RECENT PUBLICATIONS IN COMMUNICATION JOURNALS by gjmpzlaezgx

VIEWS: 705 PAGES: 306

									 RECENT PUBLICATIONS IN COMMUNICATION JOURNALS




The following list references articles (by author‟s name and title of article) from select
communication journals published, for the most part, between 1995 and 2004. For information
on articles prior to that time, consult the following source:

Matlon, R. J., & Ortiz, S. P. (Eds.). (1997). Index to journals in communication studies through
    1995. Annandale, VA: National Communication Association.
                                                                                                 2


                              COMMUNICATION EDUCATION

2007, Vol. 56(4)

Stephen Gencarella Olbrys. Dissoi logio, civic friendship, and the politics of education. 353
Paul Schrodt, Paul D. Turman & Jordan Aoliz. Perceived understanding as a mediator of
     perceived teacher confirmation and students‟ ratings of instruction. 370
Rose Sprinkle, Stephen Hunt, Cheri Simonds & Mark Comadena. Fear in the classroom: An
     examination of teachers‟ use of fear appeals and students‟ learning outcomes. 389
James C. McCroskey, Virginia P;. Richmond & Vickie E. Bennett. The relationships of student
     end-of-class motivation with teacher communication behaviors and instructional outcomes.
     403
Sherwyn Morreale, Lawrence Hugenberg & David Worley. The basic communication course at
     U.S. colleges and universities in the 21st century: Study VII. 415
Patricia R. W. Clasen & Ronald Lee. Teaching in a sanitized world: An exploration of the
     suburban scene in public communication pedagogy. 438
Mark Hickson III. Why bother attending conferences. 464 (Raising the Question # 4)

2007, Vol. 56(3)

Chad Edwards, Autumn Edwards, Qingmei Qing & Shawn T. Wahl. The influence of computer-
    mediated word-of-mouth communication on student perceptions of instructors and attitudes
    toward learning course content. 255
Rachel A. Smith & Brittany L. Peterson. “Psst . . . what do you think?” The relationship between
    advice prestige, type of advice, and academic performance. 278
Jonathan Adams, Margaret H. DeFleur & Gary R. Heald. The acceptability of credentials earned
    online for obtaining employment in the health care professions.
Paul Schrodt, Paul L. Witt & Paul D. Turman. Reconsidering the measurement of teacher power
    use in the college classroom. 308
Paul D. Turman. The influence of athlete sex, context, and performance on high school
    basketball coaches‟ use of regret messages during competition. 333
Mark R. Stoner. PowerPoint in a new key. 354
Jason J. Teven. Teacher temperament: correlates with teacher caring, burnout, and organizational
    outcomes. 382
Steven T. Mortenson. Should we teach personal transformation as a part of interpersonal
    communication? If so, how is it done? 401 (Raising the Question #7)

2007, Vol. 56(2)

Matthew S. McGlone & Joshua Aronson. Forewarning and forearming stereotype-threatened
    students. 119
Franbklin J. Boster, Garry S. Mere, Anthony J. Roberto, Lisa Lindsey, Rachel Smith, Carol Inge
    & Renee E. Strom. The impact of video streaming on mathematics performance. 134
                                                                                                3


Timothy P. Mottet, Jessica Parker-Raley, Steven A. Beebe & Cory Cunningham. Instructors who
    resist “college-lite”: The neutralizing effect of instructor immediacy on students‟ course-
    workload violations and perceptions of instructor credibility and affective learning. 145
Dale Cyphert. Presentation technology in the age of electronic eloquence: From visual aid to
    visual rhetoric. 168
Heather E. Canary. Teaching ethics in communication courses: An investigation of instructional
    methods, course foci, and student outcomes. 193
Qin Zhang. Teacher misbehaviors as learning demotivators in college classrooms: A cross-
    cultural investigation in China, Germany, Japan, and the United States. 209
Qin Zhang, John G. Otezel, Xiafvang Gao, Richard G. Wilcox & Jiro Takai. Teacher immediacy
    scales: Testing for validity across cultures. 228
Steven A. Beebe. What do communication trainers do? 249 (Raising the Question #6)

2007, Vol. 56(1)

Joseph P. Mazer, Richard E. Murphy & Cheri J. Simonds. I‟ll see you on “Facebook”: The
    effects of computer-mediated teacher self-disclosure on student motivation, affective
    learning, and classroom climate. 1
Mary B. McPherson & Yuhua (Jake) Liang. Students‟ reactions to teachers‟ management of
    compulsive communication. 18
Carolyn H. Rester & Renee Edwards. Effects of sex and setting on students‟ interpretations of
    teachers‟ excessive use of immediacy. 34
Blair Thompson. The syllabus as a communication document: Constructing and presenting the
    syllabus. 54
Desiree C. Duff, Timothy R. Levine, Michael J. Beatty, Jessica Woolbright & he Sun Park.
    Testing public anxiety treatments against a control placebo control. 72
Rebecca M. Chory. Enhancing student perceptions of fairness: The relationship between
    instructor credibility and classroom justice. 89
Melvin L. DeFluer: What is tenure and how do I get it? 106 (Raising the question #5)
Schwartzman. Refining the question: How can online instruction maximize opportunities for all
    students? 113

2006, Vol. 55(4)

Stephen Gencarella Olbrys. Dissoi logio, civic friendship, and the politics of education. 353
Paul Schrodt, Paul D. Turman & Jordan Soliz. Perceived understanding as a mediator of
     perceived teacher confirmation and students‟ ratings of instruction. 370
Cheri Simonds & Mark Comadena. Fear in the classroom: An examination of teachers‟ use of
     fear appeals and students‟ learning outcomes. 389
James C. McCroskey, Virginia Richmond & Vicki E. Bennett. The relationships of student end-
     of-class motivation with teacher communication behaviors and instructional outcomes. 403
Sherwyn Morreale, Lawrence Hugenberg & David Worley. The basic communication course at
     U.S. colleges and universities in the 21st century: Study VII. 415
Patricia W. Clasen & Ronald Lee. Teaching in a sanitized world: An exploration of the suburban
     schene in public communication pedagogy. 438
                                                                                                 4


Mark Hickson III. Why bother attending conferences? 464 (Raising the question #4)

2006, Vol. 55(3)

Michael McDevitt & Spiro Kiousis. Deliberative learning: An evaluative approach to interactive
    civic education. 247
Paul D. Turman & Paul Schrodt. Student perceptions of teacher power as a function of perceived
    teacher confirmation. 265
Scott W. Campbell. Perceptions of mobile phones in college classrooms: Ringing, cheating, and
    classroom policies. 280
Timothy P. Mottet & Steven A. Beebe. The relationship between student responsive behaviors,
    student socio-communicative style, and instructor‟s subjective and objective assessments of
    student work. 295
Qui Zhang & John G. Oetzel. A cross-cultural test of immediacy-learning models in Chinese
    classrooms. 313
Lanette L. Pogue & Kimo AhYun. The effect of teacher nonverbal immediacy and credibility on
    student motivation and affective learning. 331
Jennifer H. Waldeck. What does “personalized education” mean for faculty and how should it
    serve our students. 345 (Raising the Question #3)

2006, Vol. 55(2)

Steven T. Mortenson. Cultural differences and similarities in seeking social support as a response
    to academic failure: A comparison of American and Chinese college students. 127
Timothy P. Mottet, Jessica Parker-Raley, Cory Cunninghman, Steven A. Beebe & Paul C.
    Raffeld. Testing the neutralizing effect of instructor immediacy on student course workload
    expectancy violations and tolerance for instructor unavailability. 147
Paul L. Witt & Ralph R. Behnke. Anticipatory speech anxiety as a function of public speaking
    assignment types. 167
Melissa Bekelja Wanzer, Ann Bainbridge Frymeier, Ann M. Witjtaszcsyk & Tony Smith.
    Appropriate and inappropriate uses of humor by teachers. 178
Jack Glascock & Thomas E. Ruggerio. The relationship of ethnicity and sex to professor
    credibility at a culturally diverse university. 197
Min Lui, Duana D. Sellnow & Steven Venette. Integrating nonnatives as teachers: Patterns and
    perceptions of compliance-gaining strategies. 208
Qin Zhang & John G. Oetzel. Constructing and validating a teaching immediacy scale: A
    Chinese perspective. 218
Timothy G. Plax. How much are we worth? Estimating fee for services. 242 (Raising the
    Question #2)

2006, Vol. 55(1)

Paul Schrodt & Paul L. Witt. Students‟ attributions of instructor credibility as a function of
    students‟ explanations of instructional technology use and nonverbal immediacy. 1
                                                                                                   5


Mike Allen, Paul L. Witt & Lawrence R. Wheeless. The role of teacher immediacy as a
    motivational factor in student learning: Using meta-analysis to test a causal model. 21
Jonathan Adams & Margaret H. DeFleur. The acceptability of online degrees earned as a
    credential for obtaining employment. 32
Franklin J. Boster, Gary S. Meyer, Anthony J. Roberto, Carol Inge & Renee Strom. Some effects
    of video streaming on educational achievement. 46
Sara R. Banfield, Virginia P. Richmond & James C. McCroskey. The effect of teacher
    misbehaviors on teacher credibility and affect for the teacher. 63
C. Erik Rimmerman & Kristine A. Kreupke. Computer-assisted instruction, media richness, and
    college student performance. 73
Nithya Muthuswamy, Timothy R. Levine & Jeanne Gazel. Interaction-based diversity initiative
    outcomes: An evaluation of an initiative aimed at bridging the racial divide on a college
    campus. 105
Terre H. Allen. Is the rush to provide online instruction setting our students up for failure? 122
    (Raising the Question #1)

2005, Vol. 54(4)

Michael W. Smith & William Connolly. The effects of interpretive authority on classroom
    discussions of poetry: Lessons from one teacher. 271
Prue Holmes. Ethnic Chinese students‟ communication with cultural others in a New Zealand
    university. 289
Myna M. Cornett-DeVito & David W. Worley. A front row seat: A phenomenological
    investigation on learning disabilities. 312
Marie-Fance Daniel, Louise Lafortune, Richard Pallascio, Laurance Splitter, Christina Slade &
    Teresa de la Garza. Modeling the development of dialogic critical thinking in pupils aged 10
    to 12 years. 334
Deborah L. Vess. Asynchronous discussion and communication patterns in online and hybrid
    history courses. 355 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Erina L. MacGeorge, Wendy Samter & Seth J. Gillihan. Academic stress, supportive
    communication, and health. 365 (Brief Report)

2005, Vol. 54(3)

Christina M. Sabee & Steven R. Wilson. Students‟ primary goals, attributions, and facework
    during conversations about disappointing grades. 185
Flora Kershishian. A historical-materialist critique of intercultural communication instruction.
    205
Ann Neville Miller & Tina M. Harris. Communicating to develop White racial identity in an
    interracial communication class. 223
Deanna D. Sellnow, Jeffrey T. Child & Stephanie L. Ahlfeldt. Textbook technology
    supplements: What are they good for? 243 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Tina C. Russo & Joy Koesten. Prestige, centrality, and learning: A social network analysis of an
    online class. 254 (Brief Report)
                                                                                                   6


2005, Vol. 54(2)

Theodore J. Kowalski. Evolution of the school superintendent as communicator. 101
Eunsook Hyun & Genevieve Davis. Kindergartners‟ conversations in a computer-based
    technology classroom. 118
Deanna P. Dannels. Performing tribal rituals: A genre analysis of “crits” in design studios. 136
Adam C. Jones, Cheri J. Simonds & Stephen K. Hunt. The use of application essays as an
    effective tool for assessing instruction in the basic communication course. 161 (Scholarship
    of Teaching and Learning)
Mary-Jeanette Smythe & Jon A. Hess. Are student self-reports a valid method for measuring
    teacher nonverbal immediacy? 170 (Brief Report)

2005, Vol. 54(1) (Special Issue: Communication Genres in Disciplinary Discourse Communities:
Theoretical and Pedagogical Explorations of Communication Across the Curriculum and in the
Discipline)

Deanna P. Daniels. Introduction: learning in and letting go. 1
Janne Morton & David O‟Brien. Selling your design: Oral communication pedagogy in design
     education. 6
Ann L. Darling. Public presentations in mechanical engineering and the discourse of technology.
     20
Jingzi Huang, Bruce Normandia & Sandra Geer. Communicating mathematically: Comparison of
     knowledge structures in teacher and student discourse in a secondary math classroom. 34
Emily R. Smith. Learning to talk like a teacher: Participation and negotiation in co-planning
     discourse. 52
Anthony Fleury. Liberal education and communication against the disciplines. 72
Patricia R. Palmerton. Liberal education and communication across the curriculum: A response
     to Anthony Fleury. 80
Charles Bazerman. A response to Anthony Fluery‟s “Liberal education and communication
     against the disciplines”: A view from the world of writing. 86
Kate Chanock. Investigating patterns and possibilities in an academic oral genre. 92 (Scholarship
     of Teaching and Learning)

2004, Vol. 53(4)

B. Scott Titsworth. Students‟ notetaking: The effects of teacher immediacy and clarity. 305
John T. Warren & Kathy Hytten. The faces of whiteness: Pitfalls and the critical democrat. 321
Josh Boyd. A different kind of [text]book: Using fiction in the classroom 340 (Scholarship of
    Teaching and Learning)
Laura K. Oster-Aaland, Timothy L. Sellnow, Paul E. Nelson & Judy C. Pearson. The status of
    service learning in departments of communication: A follow-up study. 348
                                                                                                  7


2004, Vol. 53(3)

Camille D. Smith & Paul E. King. Student feedback sensitivity and the efficacy of feedback
    interventions in public speaking performance improvement. 203
Leigh Anne Howard. Speaking theatre/doing pedagogy: Re-visiting Theatre of the Oppressed.
    217
David G. Levasseur, Kevin W. Dean & Julie Pfaff. Speech pedagogy beyond the basics: A study
    of instructional methods in the advanced public speaking course. 234
Rebecca M. Chory-Asad & Michelle L. Paulsel. Classroom justice: Student aggression and
    resistance as reactions to perceived unfairness. 253
William J. Dorman. Affecting students‟ points of view in a survey of media class. 274
    (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Courtney C. Kpecky, Cjris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Sensitivity to punishment and
    explanatory style as predictors of public speaking state anxiety. 281 (Brief Report)
Deanna D. Sellnow & Kristen P. Treinen. The role of gender in perceived speaker competence:
    An analysis of student peer critiques. 286 (Brief Report)

2004, Vol. 53(2)

Mark P. Orbe. Negotiating multiple identities within multiple frames: An analysis of first-
    generation college students. 131
Timothy P. Mottet, Steven A. Beebe, Paul C. Raffeld & Amanda L. Medlock. The effects of
    student verbal and nonverbal responsiveness on teacher self-efficacy and job satisfaction.
    150
Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Public speaking anxiety as a function of sensitization and
    habituation processes. 164
Barbara Mae Gayle. Transformation in a civic discourse public speaking class: Speakers‟ and
    listeners‟ attitude change. 174 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Kelly A. Rocca. College student attendance: Impact of instructor immediacy and verbal
    aggression. 185

2004, Vol. 53(1)

Kathleen Ellis. The impact of perceived teacher confirmation on receiver apprehension,
    motivation, and learning. 1
Deanna L. Fassett & John T. Warren. “You get pushed back”: The strategic rhetoric of
    educational success and failure in higher education. 21
Dawn M. Kelsey, Patricia Kearney, Timothy G. Plax, Terre H. Allen & Kerry J. Ritter. College
    students‟ attributions of teacher misbehaviors. 40
Cindy Buell. Models of mentoring in communication. 56
Troy A. Murphy. Deliberative civic education and civil society: A consideration of ideals and
    actualities in democracy and communication education. 74
Shaun S. Wulff & Donald H. Wulff. “Of course I‟m communicating; I lecture every day”:
    Enhancing teaching and learning in introductory statistics. 92 (Scholarship of Teaching and
    Learning)
                                                                                                 8


Elise J. Dallimore, Julie H. Hertenstein & Marjorie B. Platt. Classroom participation and
     discussion effectiveness: Student-generated strategies. 103 (Scholarship of Teaching and
     Learning)
Timothy P. Mottet, Matthew M. Martin & Scott A. Meyers. Relationships among perceived
     instructor verbal approach and avoidance relational strategies and students‟ motives for
     communicating with their instructors. 116 (Brief Report)

2003, Vol. 52(3/4) (Special Issue: Racial, Cultural, and Gendered Identities in Education
Contexts: Communication Perspective on Identity Negotiation)

Katherine Grace Hendrix, Ronald L. Jackson, II & Jennifer R. Warren. Shifting academic
     landscapes: Exploring co-identities, identity negotiation, and critical progressive pedagogy.
     177
Henry A. Giroux. Spectacles of race and pedagogies of denial: Anti-Black racist pedagogies
     under the reign of neoliberalism. 191
Patreece R. Boone. When the “amen corner” comer to class: An examination of the pedagogical
     and cultural impact of call-response communication in the Black college classroom. 212
Julia R. Johnson & Archana J. Bjaut. Gendered and racialized identities and alliances in the
     classroom: Formations in/of resistive space. 230
Leda Cooks. Pedagogy, performance, and positionality: Teaching about Whiteness in interracial
     communication. 245
Elizabeth Mackinlay. Performing race, culture, and gender in an indigenous Australian women‟s
     music and dance classroom. 258
Amanda J. Godley. Literacy learning as gendered identity work. 273
Andrew F. Wood & Deanna L. Fassett. Remote control: Identity, power, and technology in the
     communication classroom. 286
Fred Fitch & Susan E. Morgan. “Not a lick of English”: Constructing the IRA identity through
     student narratives. 297
Tina M. Harris. Impacting student perceptions of and attitudes toward race in the interracial
     communication course. 311 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)

2003, Vol. 52(2)

Paul D. Turman. Athletic coaching from an instructional communication perspective: The
    influence of coach experience on high school wrestlers‟ preferences and perceptions of
    coaching behaviors across a season. 73
Susan S. Easton. Clarifying the instructor‟s role in online distance learning. 87
Paul Schrodt. Students‟ appraisals of instructors as a function of students‟ perceptions of
    instructors‟ aggressive communication. 106
Brooks Aylor & Patrice Oppliger. Out-of-class communication and student perceptions of
    instructor humor orientation and socio-communicative style. 122
Joseph L. Chesebro. Effects of teacher clarity and nonverbal immediacy on student learning,
    receiver apprehension, and affect. 135
                                                                                                9


Laurie K. Lewis & Pamela A. Hayward. Choice-based learning: Student reactions in an
    undergraduate organizational communication course. 148 (Scholarship of Teaching and
    Learning)
Jean Goodwin. Students‟ perspectives on debate exercises in content area clusters. 157
    (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Nilanjana Bardhan. Creating spaces for international and multi(inter)cultural perspectives in
    undergraduate public relations education. 164 (Brief Report)

2003, Vol. 52(1)

Ann L. Darling & Deanna P. Dannels. Practicing engineers talk about the importance of talk: A
    report on the role of oral communication in the workplace. 1
Paul Schrodt, Carol Stringer Cawyer & Renee Sanders. An examination of academic mentoring
    behaviors and new faculty members‟ satisfaction with socialization and tenure processes. 17
Lesley A. Rex. Loss of the creature: The obscuring of inclusivity in classroom discourse. 30
Ann L. Darling. Scholarship of teaching and leaning in communication: New connections, new
    directions, new possibilities. 47 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Deanna P. Dannels, Chris M. Anson, Lisa Bullard & Steven Peretti. Challenges in learning
    communication skills in chemical engineering. 50 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Pat Hutchings. The scholarship of teaching and learning in communication: A few words from
    the Carnegie Academy. 57 (Scholarship of Teaching and Learning)
Chad Edwards & Jake Harwood. Social identity in the classroom: An examination of age
    identification between students and instructors. 60 (Brief Report)

2002, Vol. 51(4) (Special Issue)

Loren Reid. The Speech Teacher: Early years. 333
Jo Sprague. Communication Education: The spiral continues. 337
Frank E. X. Dance. Speech and thought: A renewal. 355
Mary Margaret Roberts. Communication Education and communication education: On editing
    and teaching. 360
Kenneth L. Brown. From The Speech Teacher to Communication Education: Some reflections.
    364
Gustav W. Friedrich. The communication education research agenda. 372
John A. Daly. After 50: Reflecting on the future. 376
Linda L. McCroskey, Virginia P. Richmond & James C. McCroskey. The scholarship of teaching
    and learning: Contributions from the discipline of communication. 383
Douglas M. Trank. Speech and theatre education: A vanishing discipline. 393
Ruth Anne Clark. Learning outcomes: The bottom line. 396
Heather Crandall & Michael Hazel. Issues in communication education: An interview with Joe
    Ayres. 405
Donald L. Rubin. Binocular vision for communication education. 412
                                                                                                10


2002, Vol. 51(3)

Thomas Hugh Feeley. Evidence of halo effects in student evaluations of communication
      instruction. 225
Jill J. McMillan & Katy J. Harriger. College students and deliberation: A benchmark study. 237
Deanna P. Daniels. Communication across the curriculum and in the disciplines: Speaking in
      engineering. 254
Jennifer L. Willis-Rivera & Melissa Meeker. De que colores: A critical examination of
      multicultural children‟s books. 269
Scott D. Johnson & Ann N. Miller. A cross-cultural study of immediacy, credibility, and learning
      in the U.S. and Kenya. 280
Leda Cooks & Chyng Sun. Constructing gender pedagogies: Desire and resistance in the
      “alternative” classroom. 293
Travis L. Russ, Cheri K. Simonds & Stephen K. Hunt. Coming out in the classroom . . . an
      occupational hazard: The influence of sexual orientation on teacher credibility and perceived
      student learning. 311

2002, Vol. 51(2)

Caryn E. Medved & Jennifer Heisler. A negotiated order exploration of critical student-faculty
    interactions: Student-parents manage multiple roles. 105
Scott A. Myers, Matthew M. Martin & Timothy P. Mottet. Students‟ motives for communicating
    with their instructors: Considering instructor socio-communication style, student socio-
    communicative orientation, and student gender.
Joseph Schmitz & Kelly Whitworth. Collaborative self-assessment in the academy: Coping with
    structural blockages to self-discovery. 134
Marjorie A. Jaasma. Friendship: The core value for sixth graders engaged in interethnic
    encounters. 152
Ann Neville Miller. An exploration of Kenyan public speaking patterns with implications for the
    American introductory public speaking course. 168
Mary Stairs Vaughn. A delicate balance: The praxis of empowerment at a Midwestern
    Montessori school. 183
Lynne Kelly, James A. Keanten, Cynthia Finch, Ilze B. Duarte, Patrizia Hoffman & Margaret M.
    Michels. Family communication patterns and the development of reticence. 202 (Research
    report)

2002, Vol. 51(1) (Special Issue on the Communication Curriculum: What Should We Teach and
How Should We Teach It?)

Sherwyn P. Morreale & Philip M. Backlund. Communication curricula: History,
    recommendations, resources. 2
Ann Rosenthal. Report of the Hope College Conference on Designing the Undergraduate
    Curriculum in Communication. 19
Terre H. Allen. Charting a communication pathway: Using assessment to guide curriculum
    development in a re-vitalized general education plan. 26
                                                                                                11


Rock Roddic & Linda Dickmeyer. Providing undergraduate research opportunities for
     communication students: A curricular approach. 40
Colleen Garside. Seeing the forest through the trees: A challenge facing communication across
     the curriculum programs. 51
Richard K. Olsen, David E. Weber & Frank P. Trimble. Cornerstones and capstones: A case
     study on the value of a holistic core in the discipline of communication studies. 65
Stephen K. Hunt, Cheri J. Simonds & Pamela J. Copper. Communication and teacher education:
     Exploring a communication course for all teachers. 81
Bettina Heinz. Enga(y)ging the discipline: Sexual minorities and communication studies. 95

2001, Vol. 50(4)

B. Scott Titsworth. The effects of teacher immediacy, use of organizational lecture cues, and
    students‟ notetaking on cognitive learning. 283
Judith N. Martin & Olga Idriss Davis. Conceptual foundations for teaching Whiteness in
    intercultural communication classes. 298
Ann Bainbridge Frymier & Benjamin Weser. The role of student predispositions on student
    expectations for instructor communication behavior. 314
Paul L. Witt & Lawrence R. Wheeless. An experimental study of teachers‟ verbal and nonverbal
    immediacy and students‟ affective and cognitive learning. 327
Scott A. Myers & Ronda L. Knox. The relationship between college student information-seeking
    behaviors and perceived instructor verbal behaviors 343
Shirley D. Fortney, Danette Ifert Johnson & Kathleen M. Long. The impact of compulsive
    communicators on the self-perceived competence of classroom peers: An investigation and
    test of instructional strategies. 357

2001, Vol. 50(3)

Sally Jackson & Staci Wolski. Identification and adaptation to students‟ preinstructional believes
   in introductory communication research methods: Contributions of interactive web
   technology. 189
Leonard Shedletsky & Joan E. Aitken. The paradoxes of online academic work. 206
Joe Downing & Cecile Garmon. Teaching students in the basic course how to use presentation
   software. 218.
Lori J. Carrell & Kent E. Menzel. Variations in learning, motivation, and perceived immediacy
   between live and distance education classrooms. 230
Derek R. Lane & Michael W. Shelton. The centrality of communication education in classroom
   computer-mediated communication: Toward a practical and evaluative pedagogy. 241
Jeff Kerssen-Griep. Teacher communication activities relevant to student motivation: Classroom
   facework and instructional communication competence. 256 (Research Report)

2001, Vol. 50(2)

John T. Warren. Doing Whiteness: On the performative dimensions of race in the classroom. 91
                                                                                              12


Ruth Anne Clark & David Jones. A comparison of traditional and online formats in a public
    speaking course. 109
Laura L. Shue & Christina S. Beck. Stepping out of bounds: Performing feminist pedagogy
    within a dance education community. 125
Deanna P. Dannels. Time to speak up: A theoretical framework of situated pedagogy and practice
    for communication across the curriculum. 144
Jason J. Teven. The relationships among teacher characteristics and perceived caring. 159 (Brief
    Report)
Lynne Kelly, Robert L. Duran & J. Jerome Zolten. The effects of reticence on college students‟
    use of electronic mail to communicate with faculty. 170 (Brief Report)

2001, Vol. 50(1)

K. David Roach & Paul R. Byrne. A cross-cultural comparison of instructor communication in
    American and German classrooms. 1
Vincent R. Waldron, Melissa Lavitt & Margaret McConnaughy. “Welfare-to-work”: An analysis
    of the communication competencies taught in a job training program serving an urban
    poverty area. 15
Pamela L. Stepp. Sexual harassment in communication extra-curricular activities: Intercollegiate
    debate and individual events. 34
John Burk. Communication apprehension among master‟s of business administration students:
    Investigating a gap in communication education. 51
Joseph L. Chesebro & James C. McCroskey. The relationship of teacher clarity and immediacy
    with student state receiver apprehension, affect, and cognitive learning. 59
Pamela J. Lannutti, Melanie Laliker & Jerold L. Hale. Violations of expectations and social-
    sexual communication in student/professor interactions. 69

2000, Vol. 49(4)

Ann Q. Staton & Jennifer A. Peeples. Educational reform discourse: President George Bush on
   “America 2000.” 303
Robert LaRose & Pam Whitten. Re-thinking instructional immediacy for web courses: A social
   cognitive exploration. 320
Linda B. Hobgood. The pursuit of speaking proficiency: A voluntary approach. 339
Carla R. Chamberlin. Nonverbal behaviors and initial impressions of trustworthiness in teacher-
   supervisor relationships. 352
Paul E. King, Melissa J. Young & Ralph R. Behnke. Public speaking performance improvement
   as a function of information processing in immediate and delayed feedback interventions. 365
Mark L., Knapp & William J. Earnest. Shall ye know the truth? Student odysseys in truth-telling.
   375

2000, Vol. 49(3)

Ann Bainbridge Frymier & Marian L. Houser. The teacher-student relationship as an
   interpersonal relationship. 207
                                                                                               13


Ronald L. Pelias. The critical life. 220
Sandra L. Ragan. “The critical life”: An exercise in applying inapplicable critical standards. 229
Stephen P. Banks & Anna Banks: Reading “The critical life”: Autoethnography as pedagogy. 233
Todd S. Frobish. Jamieson meets Lucas: Eloquence and pedagogical model(s) in The Art of
    Public Speaking. 239
Ronald E. Rice, Lea P. Stewart & Michele Hujber. Extending the domain of instructional
    effectiveness assessment in student evaluations of communication courses. 253
Michael Anne Lord & W. J. (Jack) Lord, Jr. Effects of the Special Olympics of Texas Athletes
    for Outreach program on communication competence among individuals with mental
    retardation. 267
George W. Musambira. Top convention paper productivity in the U.S.: Analysis of National
    Communication Association (NCA) and International Communication (ICA) awards 1994-
    1998. 284 (Brief report)
Joseph L. Chesebro & James C. McCroskey. The relationship between students‟ reports of
    learning and their actual recall of lecture material: A validity test. 297 (Brief report)

2000, Vol. 49(2)

Donald L. Rubin, Teresa Hafer & Kevin Arata. Reading and listening to oral-based versus
    literate-based discourse. 121
James A. Keaten, Lynne Kelly & Cynthia Finch. Effectiveness of the Penn State program in
    changing beliefs associated with reticence. 134
Timothy P. Mottet. Interactive television instructors‟ perceptions of students‟ nonverbal
    responsiveness and their influence on distance teaching. 146
James A. Keaten & Lynne Kelly. Reticence: An affirmation and revision. 165
Dorren K. Barringer & James C. McCroskey. Immediacy in the classroom: Student immediacy.
    178
Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Anticipatory anxiety patterns for male and female public
    speakers. 187
Melanie Booth-Butterfield, Robert Anderson & Kimberly Williams. Perceived messages from
    schools regarding adolescent tobacco use. 196

2000, Vol. 49(1) (Special Issue: The Nature/Nurture Balance)

James C. McCroskey & Michael J. Beatty. The communibiological perspective: Implications for
    communication in instruction. 1
Celeste Michelle Condit. Culture and biology in human communication: Toward a multi-causal
    model. 7
Michael J. Beatty & James C. McCroskey. A few comments about communibiology and the
    nature/nurture question. 25
Celeste Michelle Condit. Toward new “sciences” of human behavior. 29
Michael J. Beatty & James C. McCroskey. Theory, scientific evidence, and the
    communibiological paradigm: Reflections of misguided criticism. 36
Lynne Kelly & James A. Keaton. Treating communication anxiety: Implications of the
    communibiological paradigm. 45
                                                                                                 14


Michael J. Beatty & Kristin Marie Balencic. Context-based apprehension versus planning
    demands: A communibiological analysis of anticipatory public speaking anxiety. 58
Karen Kangas Dweyer. The multidimensional model: Teaching students to self-manage high
    communication apprehension by self-selecting treatments. 72
David L. Bodary & Larry D. Miller. Neurobiological substrates of communicator style. 82
John T. Morello. Comparing speaking across the curriculum and writing across the curriculum
    programs. 99
Andrew S. Rancer, Theodore A. Avtgis, Roberta L. Kosberg & Valerie Goff Whitecap. A
    longitudinal assessment of trait argumentativeness and verbal aggressiveness between
    seventh and eighth grades. 114

1999, Vol. 48(4)

Michael J. Cody, Deborah Dunn, Shari Hoppin & Pamela Wendt. Silver surfers: Training and
    evaluating internet use among older adult learners. 269
Joe Ayres, Tim Hopf & Patricia A. Edwards. Vividness and control: Factors in the effectiveness
    of performance visualization? 287
Lawrence B. Rosenfeld & Jack M. Richman. Supportive communication and school outcomes,
    part II: Academically “at-risk” low income high school students. 294
Kelly A. Rocca & James C. McCroskey. The interrelationship of student ratings of instructors‟
  immediacy, verbal aggressiveness, homophilly, and interpersonal attraction. 308

1999, Vol. 48(3)

John Gastil & James P. Dillard. The aims, methods, and effects of deliberative civic education
    through the National Issues Forums. 179
Christine M. Bachen, Moira M. McLoughlin & Sara S. Garcia. Assessing the role of gender in
    college students‟ evaluations of faculty. 193
Karla Jay Jensen & Vinne Harris. The public speaking portfolio. 211

Reflections on Undergraduate Communication Education
Michael W. Shelton, Derek R. Lane & Enid S. Waldhart. A review and assessment of national
    educational trends in communication instruction. 228
Richard A. Katula & Elizbeth Threnhauser. Experiential education in the undergraduate
    curriculum. 238
William J. Wardrope. A curricular profile of U.S. communication departments. 256

1999, Vol. 48(1)

Eunkyong Lee Yook & Rosita D. Albert. Perceptions of international teaching assistants: The
    interrelatedness of intercultural training, cognition, and emotion. 1
Mike Allen, Sandra Berkowitz, Steve Hunt & Alan Louden. A meta-analysis of the impact of
    forensics and communication education on critical thinking. 18
Kent E. Menzel & Lori J. Carrell. The impact of gender and immediacy on willingness to talk
    and perceived learning. 31
                                                                                               15


Marjorie A. Jasma & Randall J. Koper. The relationship of student-faculty out-of-class
    communication to instructor immediacy and trust and to student motivation. 41
Melissa Bekelja Warner & Ann Bainbridge Frymier. The relationship between student
    perceptions of instructor humor and student‟s reports of learning. 48
Amy M. Bippus & John A. Daly. What do people think causes stage fright?: Naive attributions
    about the reasons for public speaking anxiety. 63
Robert N. Bostrom & Nancy Grant Harrington. An exploratory investigation of compulsive
    talkers. 73

1998, Vol. 47(4)

Lawrence B. Rosenfeld, Jack M. Richman & Gary L. Bowen. Supportive communication and
    school outcomes for academically “at-risk” and other low income middle school students.
    309
Paul E. King & Chris R. Sawyer. Mindfulness, mindlessness, and communication instruction.
    326
John O. Greene, Mary P. Rucker, Emily S. Zauss & Adam A. Harris. Communication anxiety
    and the acquisition of message-production skill. 337
Katherine S. Thweatt & James C. McCroskey. The impact of teacher immediacy and
    misbehaviors on teacher credibility. 348
Peter D. MacIntyre & J. Renee MacDonald. Public speaking anxiety: Perceived competence and
    audience congeniality. 359
Frances Anne Freitas, Scott A. Meyers & Theodore A. Avtgis. Student perceptions of instructor
    immediacy in conventional and distributed learning classrooms. 366
Melissa Bekelja Wanzer. An exploratory investigation of student and teacher perceptions of
    student-generated affinity-seeking behaviors. 373

1998, Vol. 47(3)

Jeffrey L. Stringer. Teaching language as oral communication: Everyday life performance in
     foreign language instruction. 221
Carol Stringer Cawyer & Gustav W. Friedrich. Organizational socialization: Processes for new
     communication faculty. 234
Lawrence R. Frey, Shawny Anderson & Paul Friedman. The status of instruction in qualitative
     communication research methods. 246

Communication Instruction Around the World
Steven A. Beebe, Maria Kharcheva & Valentina Kharacheva. Speech communication in Russia.
    261
Harry Irwin. Communication studies in Australia: Tensions and new challenges. 274
Maarit Valo. Speech Communication the Finnish way: Fifteen years of university degrees in
    Speech Communication in Jyvaskyla, Finland. 286
Judith A. Rolls. Communication pedagogy: What‟s typical across Canada and unique at the
    University College of Cape Breton. 292
                                                                                              16


1998, Vol. 47(2)

Dee Oseroff-Varnell. Communication and the socialization of dance students: An analysis in a
     residential arts school. 101
Susan L. Kline & Barbara L. Clinton. Development in children‟s persuasive message practices.
     120
Karen Kangas Dwyer. Communication apprehension and learning style preference: Correlations
     and implications for teaching. 137
J. S. Hinton & Michael W. Kramer. The impact of self-directed videotape feedback on students‟
     self-reported levels of communication competence and apprehension. 151
Diane F. Witmer. Introduction to computer-mediated communication: A master syllabus for
     teaching communication technology. 162 (Master Syllabus)
Roy M. Berko, Sherwyn P. Morreale, with Pamela J. Cooper & Carolyn D. Perry.
     Communication standards and competencies for kindergarten through grade 12: The role of
     the National Communication Association. 174 (Reflections on K-12 Standards)
Donald L. Rubin & Sally Hampton. National performance standards for oral communication K-
     12: New standards and speaking/listening/viewing. 183 (Reflections on K-12 Standards)
Nancy Rost Goulden. The roles of national and state standards in implementing speaking:
     Listening, and media literacy. 194 (Reflections on K-12 Standards)

1998, Vol. 47(1)

Joe Ayers, Tanichya Keereetaweep, Pao-En Chen & Patricia A. Edwards. Communication
    apprehension and employment interviews. 1
Eunkyong L. Yook & Rosita D. Albert. Perceptions of the appropriateness of negotiation in
    educational settings: A cross-cultural comparison among Koreans and Americans. 18
Laura K. Guerrero & Tammy A. Miller. Associations between nonverbal behaviors and initial
    impressions of instructor competence and course content in videotaped distance education
    courses. 30
Melissa Bekelja Wanzer & James C. McCroskey. Teacher socio-communicative style as a
    correlate of student affect toward teacher and course material. 43
Vincent R. Waldron & James L. Applegate. Person-centered tactics during verbal disagreements:
    Effects on student perceptions of persuasiveness and social attraction. 53
Robert T. Craig & David A. Carlone. Growth and transformation of communication studies in
    U.S. higher education: Towards reinterpretation. 67
Laura J. Christensen & Kent E. Menzel. The linear relationship between student reports of
    teacher immediacy behaviors and perceptions of state motivation, and of cognitive, affective,
    and behavioral learning. 82 (Brief Report)

1997, Vol. 46(4)

Charles A. Braithwaite. Sa‟ah Naaghai Bik‟eh Hozhoon: An ethnography of Navajo educational
    communication practices. 219
Lori J. Carrell. Diversity in the communication curriculum: Impact on student empathy. 234
                                                                                            17


John Gorham & Diane M. Millette. A comparative analysis of teacher and student perceptions of
    sources of motivation and demotivation in college classes.
Lori J. Carrll & Kent E. Menzel. The impact of preparation and motivation on learning
    performance. 262
Andrew S. Rancer, Valerie Whitecap, Roberta L. Kosberg & Theodore A. Avtgis. Training in
    argumentativeness: Testing the efficacy of a communication training program to increase
    argumentativeness and argumentative behavior.
Marshalita Sims Peterson. Personnel interviewers‟ perceptions of the importance of applicants‟
    communication skills. 287 (Brief report)

1997, Vol. 46(3)

Leigh Maxwell & Thomas A. McCain. Gateway or gatekeeper: The implications of copyright
    and digitalization on education. 141
Scott L. Althaus. Computer-mediated communication in the university classroom: An experiment
    with on-line discussions. 158
Terri Freeman, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Behavioral inhibition and the attribution of
    public speaking anxiety. 175
Thomas E. Robinson II. Communication apprehension and the basic public speaking course: A
    national survey of in-class treatment techniques. 188
Paul David Bolls, Alex Tan & Erica Austin. An exploratory comparison of Native American and
    Caucasian students‟ attitudes toward teacher communication behavior. 189 (Brief Report)
Barbara Ann Mastrolia. The media deprivation experience: Revealing mass media as both
    message and massage. 203 (Brief Report)

1997, Vol. 46(2)

Micahel S. Waltman & Brant R. Burleson. Explaining bias in teacher ratings of behavior
     alteration techniques: An experimental test of the heuristic processing account. 75
Patricia Kearney & Timothy G. Plax. Item desirability bias and the BAT checklist: A reply to
     Waltman and Burleson. 95
Michael S. Waltman & Brant R. Burleson. The reality of item desirability and heuristic
     processing in BAT ratings: Respecting the data. 100
Rebecca B. Rubin, Alan M. Rubin & Felecia F. Jordan. Effects of instruction on communication
     apprehension and communication competence. 104

Symposium on Graduate Education: Reflections on the SCA Summer Conference and Beyond
James L. Applegate, Ann Darling, Jo Sprague, Jody Nyquist & Janis F. Anderson. An agenda for
    graduate education in communication: A report from the SCA 1996 summer conference. 115
Janis F. Anderson. Graduate education trends: Implications for the communication discipline.
    121
Thomas M. Steinfatt. Predicting trends in graduate communication education. 128
                                                                                               18


1997, Vol. 46(1)

Jason J. Teven & James C. McCroskey. The relationship of perceived teacher caring with student
    learning and teacher evaluation. 1
Shuming Lu. Culture and compliance gaining in the classroom: A preliminary investigation of
    Chinese college teachers‟ use of behavior alteration techniques. 10
Christy R. Lee, Timothy R. Levin & Ronald Cambra. Resisting compliance in the multicultural
    classroom. 29
Craig R. Scott & Steven C. Rockwell. The effect of communication, writing, and technology
    apprehension on likelihood to use new communication technologies. 44
David Lapakko. Three cheers for language: A closer examination of a widely cited study of
    nonverbal communication. 63

1996, Vol. 45(4)

Sandra L. Hunt & Ann Q. Staton. The communication of education reform: A nation at risk. 271
Jose Rodriquez, Timothy G. Plax & Patricia Kearney. Clarifying the relationship between teacher
    nonverbal immediacy and student cognitive learning: Affective learning as the central causal
    mediator. 293
Randolph H. Witworth & Claudia Cochran. Evaluation of integrated versus unitary treatments
    for reducing public speaking anxiety. 306

The Women’s University: A Symposium
Cheris Kramarae. Centers of change: An introduction to women‟s own communication programs.
    315
Fern L. Johnson. Loosing the boundaries of communication study: Lesson for the academy from
    women‟s studies. 322
Victoria Leto DeFranciso. The world of designing women: A narrative account of focus group
    plans for a women‟s university. 330
Marsha Houston. Beyond survival on campus: Envisioning communication studies at women-
    centered universities. 338
Cindy Jenesky. Public speaking as empowerment at visionary university. 343
Nina Gregg. What “„d want”: Communication studies in which women‟s university where? 356

1996, Vol. 45(3)

Ann Bainbridge Frymier, Gary M. Shulman & Marian Houser. The development of a learner
    empowerment measure. 181
James C. McCroskey, Aino Sallinen, Joan M. Fayer, Virginia P. Richmond & Robert A.
    Barraclough. Nonverbal immediacy and cognitive learning: A cross-cultural investigation.
    200
Colleen Garside. Look who‟s talking: A comparison of lecture and group discussion teaching
    strategies in developing critical thinking skills. 212
Joe Ayers. Speech preparation processes and speech apprehension. 228
                                                                                               19


Clifford G. Christians & Edmund B. Lambeth. The state-of-the-art in teaching communication
     ethics. 236
Bolanle A. Olaniran, Grant T. Savage & Ritch L. Sorenson. Experimental and experiential
     approaches to teaching face-to-face and computer mediated group communication. 244

1996, Vol. 45(2)

Colloquy: The Place of Literature in Performance Studies
Mary Frances HopKins. Cultural capital in the academic market: The place of literature in
    performance studies. 89
Michael S. Bowman. Performing literature in an age of textuality. 96
Paul H. Gray. The thoroughbred and the four-wheeled cab: Performance beyond literature. 102
James VanOosting. Acoustic writers and electronic readers: Literature Through the back door.
    108
Nathan Stucky. Re/locating the text: Literature in performance studies practice. 112

Articles
Jean A. Dobos. Collaborative learning: Effects of student expectations and communication
     apprehension on student motivation. 118
Tracy L. Morris, Joan Gorham, Stanley H. Cohen & Drew Huffman. Fashion in the classroom:
     Effects of attire on student perceptions of instructors in college classes. 135
Diane K. Ivy & Stephen Hamlet. College students and sexual dynamics: Two studies of peer
     sexual harassment. 149
William G. Kirkwood & Steven M. Ralston. Ethics and teaching employment interviewing. 167

1996, Vol. 45(1)

Jill J. McMillan & George Cheney. The student as consumer: The implications and limitations of
      a metaphor. 1
Laurie L. Haleta. Student perceptions of teachers‟ use of language: The effects of powerful and
      powerless language on impression formation and uncertainty. 16
Alexis Moore, John T. Masterson, Diane M. Christophel & Kathleen A. Shea. College teacher
      immediacy and student ratings of instruction. 29
Belle Ruth Witkin, Mae L. Lovern & Sara W. Lundsteen. Oral communication in the English
      language arts curriculum: A national perspective. 40
Johannes W. J. Beentjes, Cees M. Koolstra & Tom H. A. van der Voort. Combining background
      media with doing homework: Incidence of background media use and perceived effects. 59
Deborah Brunson & Judith F. Vogt. Empowering our students and ourselves: A liberal
      democratic approach to the communication classroom. 73 (Master Syllabus)
                                                                                              20


                            COMMUNICATION MONOGRAPHS

2007, Vol. 74(2)

Rachel A. Smith, Edward Downs & Kim Witte. Drama theory and entertainment education:
    Exploring the effects of a radio drama on behavioral intentions to limit HIV transmission in
    Ethiopia. 133
Leanne K. Knobloch, Laure E. Miller, Bradley J. Bond & Sarah E. Mannone. Relational
    uncertainty and message processing in marriage. 154
Amir Hetsroni, Hila Elphariach, Rinat Kapuza & Betty Tsfoni. Geographical proximity, cultural
    imperialism, and the cultivation effect. 181
Paul Schrodt & Tamara D. Afifi. Communication processes that predict young adults‟ feelings of
    being caught and their associations with metal health and family satisfaction. 200
Amber Marie Reinhart, Heahter M. Marshall, Thomas Hugh Feeley & Frank Tutzauer. The
    persuasive effects of message framing in organ donation: The mediating role of
    psychological reactance. 229

Issue Forum: Cultural Bias in Communication Theory
Robert T. Craig. Issue forum: Introduction. 256
Brende J. Allen. Theorizing communication and race. 259
Patricia Covarrubias. (Un)biased in Western theory: Generative silence in American Indian
     communication. 265
Yoshitaka Miike. An Asiacentric reflection on Eurocentric bias in communication theory. 272
Min-Sun Kim. The four cultures of cultural research. 279

2007, Vol. 74(1)

Torsten Reimer, Sascha Kuendig, Ulrich Hoffrage, Ernest Park & Verlin Hinsz. Effects of the
    information environment of group discussions and decisions in the hidden-profile paradigm.
    1
Robin L. Nabi, Emily Moyer-Gusé & Sahara Byrne. All joking aside: A serious investigation into
    the persuasive effect of funny social issue messages. 29
Marie-Louise Mares. Developmental changes in adult comprehension of a television program are
    modified by being a fan. 55
Tamara D. Afifi, Tara McManus, Susan Hutchinson & Brigitta Baker. Inappropriate parental
    divorce disclosures, the factors that prompt them, and their impact on parents‟ and
    adolescents‟ well-being. 78

Issue Forum: Theorizing Communication Problems
Robert T. Craig. Issue forum introduction. 103
Sarah J. Tracy. Taking the plunge: A contextual approach top problem-based research. 106
Mark Aakhus. Communication as design. 112
Leslie Baxter. Problematizing the problem in communication: A dialogic perspective. 118
Chris Russell. Communication problems in a pragmatist perspective. 125
                                                                                                21


2006, Vol. 73(4)

Yahui Kang, Joseph Cappella & Martin Dishbein. The attentional mechanisms of message
    sensation value: interaction between message sensation value and argument quality on
    message effectiveness. 351
Ashley Paige Duggan & Beth A. Le Poire. One down, two involved: An application and
    extension of inconsistent nurturing as control theory to couples including one depressed
    individual. 379
Pamela Lutgen-Sandvik. Take this job and . . .: Quitting and other forms of resistance to
    workplace bullying. 406
René M. Dailey. Confirmation in parent-adolescent relationships and adolescent openness:
    toward extending confirmation theory. 434

Issue Forum: Negotiating Boundaries between Families and Institutions
Robert T. Craig & Cindy H. White. Introduction to the issue forum. 459
Sandra Petronio. Impact of medical mistakes: Navigating work-family boundaries for physicians
    and their families. 462
Kristin M. Langellier & Eric E. Peterson. “Somebody‟s got to pick eggs”: Family storytelling
    about work. 468
Erika L. Kirby. “Helping you make room in your life for your needs”: When organizations
    appropriate family roles. 474
Steven R. Wilson. First and second-order changes in a community‟s response to a child abuse
    fatality. 481

2006, Vol. 73(3)

Timothy R. Levine, Rachel K. Kim, Hee Sun Park & Mikayla Hughes. Deception detection
    accuracy is a predictable linear function of message veracity base-rate: A formal test of Park
    and Levin‟s probability model. 243
Matthew S. McGlone, Gary Beck & Abigail Pfiester. Contamination and camouflage in
    euphemisms. 261
Sarah J. Tracy, Karen K. Myers & Clifton W. Scott. Cracking jokes and crafting selves:
    Sensemaking and identity management among human service workers. 283
Paul Schrodt. A typological examination of communication competence and mental health in
    stepchildren. 309
Brian S. Southwell & Alicia Torres. Connecting interpersonal and mass communication: Science
    news exposure, perceived ability to understand science, and conversation. 334

2006, 73(2)

Jeffrey D. Robinson. Managing trouble responsibility and relationships during conversational
     repair. 137
Travis L. Dixon. Psychological reactions to crime news portrayals of Black criminals:
     Understanding the moderating role of prior news viewing and stereotype endorsement. 162
                                                                                              22


Walid A. Afifi, Susan E. Morgan, Michael T. Stephenson, Chris Morse, Tyler Harris, Tom
    Reichert & Shawn D. Long. Examining the decision to talk with family about organ
    donation: Applying the theory of motivated information management. 188
Marie-Louise Mares. Repetition increases children‟s comprehension of television content—Up to
    a point. 216

2006, Vol. 73(1)

Mardi Kidwell & Don Ziummerman. “Observability” in the interactions of very young children.
    1
Andrew J. Flanagin, Cynthia Stohl & Bruce Bimber. Modeling the structure of collective action.
    29
Karen Lee Ashcraft. Feminist-bureaucratic control and other adversarial allies: Extending
    organized dissonance to the practice of “new” forms. 55
Jordan Soliz & Jake Harwood. Shared family identity, age salience, and intergroup contact:
    Investigation of the grandparent-grandchild relationship. 87
C. Erik Timmerman & Craig R. Scott. Virtually working: Communicative and structural
    predictors of media use and key outcomes in virtual work teams. 108

2005, Vol. 72(4)

Jody Koenig Kellas. Family ties: Communicating identity through jointly told family stories. 365
Eric M. Eisenberg, Alexandra G. Murphy, Kathleen Sutcliffe, Robert Wears, Stephen Schenkel,
     Shawna Perry & Mary Vanderhoef. Communication in emergency medicine: Implications
     for patient safety. 390
Michael Pfau, Bobi Ivanov, Brian Houston, Michal Haigh, Jeanetta Sims, Eileen Gilchrist, Jason
     Russell, Shelley Wigley, Jackie Eckstein & Natalie Richert. Inoculation and mental
     processing: The instrumental role of associative networks in the process of resistance to
     counterattitudinal influence. 414
Michael Stohl & Cynthia Stohl. Human rights, nation states, and NGOs: Structural holes and the
     emergence of global regimes. 442
Brant R. Burleson, Amanda J. Holmstrom & Cristina M. Gilstrap. “Guys can‟t say that to guys”:
     Four experiments assessing the normative motivation account for deficiencies in the
     emotional support provided by men. 468

2005, Vol. 72(3)

Sarah J. Tracy. Locking up emotion: Moving beyond dissonance for understanding emotion labor
     discomfort. 1261
Ryan Goei & Franklin J. Boster. The roles of obligation and gratitude in explaining the effect of
     favors on compliance. 284
Sorin Adam Matei & Sandra Ball-Rokeach. Watts, the 1965 Los Angeles riots, and the
     communicative construction of the fear epicenter of Los Angeles. 301
Jeffrey D. Niederdeppe. Syntactic indeterminacy, perceived message sensation value-enhancing
     features, and message processing in the context of anti-tobacco advertisements. 324
                                                                                                23


Charles Pavitt, Courtney McFeeters, Erin Towey & Vera Zingerman. Communication during
    resource dilemmas: 1. Effects of different replenishment rates. 345

2005, Vol. 72(2)

Steven R. Corman & Timothy Kuhn. The detectability of socio-egocentric group speech: A
    quasi-Turing test. 117
James Price Dillars & Lijiang Shen. On the nature of reactances and its role in persuasive health
    communication. 144
Shiv Ganesh, Heather Zoller & George Cheney. Transforming resistance, broadening our
    boundaries: Critical organizational communication meets globalization from below. 168
Tamara D. Afifi & Loreen Olson. The chilling effect in families and the pressure to conceal
    secrets. 192
Dmitri Williams & Marko Skoric. Internet fantasy violence: A test of aggression in an online
    game. 217
Catherine F. Schryer, Lorelei Lingard & Marless M. Spafford. Techne or artful science and the
    genre of case presentations in healthcare settings. 234

2005, Vol. 72(1)

Gregory S. Larson & Phillip K. Tompkins. Ambivalence and resistance: A study of management
    in a concertive control system. 1
Jennifer A. Samp & Denise Haunani Solomon. Toward a theoretical account of goal
    characteristics in micro-level message features. 22
Barbara J. Wilson, Nicole Martins & Amy L. Marske. Children‟s and parents‟ fright reactions to
    kidnapping stories in the news. 46
Yan Bing Zhang, Jake Harwood & Mary Lee Hummert. Perceptions of conflict management
    style in Chinese intergenerational dyads. 71
Edward Schiappa, Peter B. Gregg & Dean E. Hewes. The parasocial contact hypothesis. 92

2004, Vol. 71(4)

Marya L. Doelfel & Maureen Taylor. Network dynamics of interorganizational cooperation: The
    Croatian civil society movement. 373
Steven R. Wilson, Wendy M. Morgan, Javette Hayes, Carma Bylund & Andrew Herman.
    Mothers‟ child abuse potential as a predictor of material and child behaviors during play-
    time interactions. 395
Artemio Ramirze, Jr., & Judee K. Burgoon. The effect of interactivity on initial interactions: The
    influence of information valence and modality and information richness on computer-
    mediated interaction. 422
Shelly Campo, Kenzie A. Cameron, Dominique Brossard & M. Somjen Frazer. Social norms and
    expectancy violation theories: Assessing the effectiveness of health communication
    campaigns. 448
René M. Daily & Nicholas A. Palomares. Strategic topic avoidance: An investigation of topic
    avoidance frequency, strategies used and relational correlates. 471
                                                                                             24



2004, Vol. 71(3)

Timothy R. Levine, Michael J. Beatty, Sean Limon, Mark A. Hamilton, Ross Buck & Rebecca
    M. Chory-Assad. The dimensionality of the verbal aggressiveness scale. 245
Gary D. Bond, Daniel M. Malloy, Laura A. Thompson, Elizabeth A. Arias & Shannon N. Nunn.
    Post-probe decision making in a prison context. 269
Gwen M. Wittenbaum, Andrea B. Hollingshead & Isabel C. Botero. From cooperative to
    motivated information sharing in groups: Moving beyond the hidden profile paradigm. 286
Michael W. Kramer. Toward a communication theory of group dialectics: An ethnographic study
    of a community theater group. 311
Charles Pavitt. Theory-data interaction from the standpoint of scientific realism: A reaction to
    Bostrom. 333
Robert N. Bostrom. Empiricism, paradigms, and data. 343
Andrew J. Flanagin, Hee Sun Park & David R. Seibold. Group performance and collaborative
    technology: A longitudinal and multilevel analysis of information quality, contribution
    equality, and members‟ satisfaction in computer-mediated groups. 352

2004, Vol. 71(2)

Paul A. Mongeau, Mary Claire Morr Serewicz & Lona Ficara Therrien. Goals for cross-sex first
    dates: Identification, measurement, and the influence of contextual factors. 121
David Dryden Henningsen & Mary Lynn Miller Henningsen. Pre-deliberative moderation on
    choice dilemmas: Proposing a moderation-elasticity theory of choice shift. 148
Jennifer H. Waldeck, David R. Seibold & Andrew J. Flanagin. Organizational assimilation and
    communication technology use. 161
Paul L. Witt, Lawrence R. Wheeless & Mike Allen. A meta-analytical review of the relationship
    between teacher immediacy and student learning. 184
Gwen A. Hullman. Interpersonal communication motives and message design logic: Exploring
    their interaction on perceptions of compliance. 208
Joy Koesten. Family communication patterns, sex of subject, and communication competence.
    226

2004, Vol. 71(1)

Dawna I. Ballard & David R. Seibold. Communication-related organizational structures and
    work group temporal experiences: The effects of coordination method, technology type, and
    feedback cycle on members‟ construals and enactments of time. 1
Betty H. La France, Alan D. Heisel & Michael J. Beatty. Is there empirical evidence for a
    nonverbal profile of extraversion? A meta-analysis and critique of the literature. 28
David R. Roskos-Ewoldsen, H. Jessy Yu & Nancy Rhodes. Fear appeal messages affect
    accessibility of attitudes toward the threat and adaptive behaviors. 49
J. Kevin Barge. Reflexivity and managerial practice. 70
Jennifer Butler Ellis & Sandi W. Smith. Memorable messages as guides to self-assessment of
    behavior: A replication and extension diary study. 97
                                                                                                25



2003, Vol. 70(4)

Robert N. Bostrom. Theories, data, and communication research. 275
Edward L. Fink, Deborah A. Cai, Stan A. Kaploqitz, Sungeun Chung, Mark A. Van Dyke &
    Jeong-Nam Kim. The semantics of social influence: Threats vs. persuasion. 295
Scott W. Campbell & Tracy C. Russo. The social construction of mobile telephony: An
    application of the social influence model to perceptions and uses of mobile phones within
    personal communication networks. 317
William L. Benoit, Glenn J. Hansen & Rebecca M. Verser. A meta-analysis of the effects of
    viewing U.S. presidential debates. 335
Rachel A. Smith & Norbert Schwarz. Language, social comparison, and college football: Is your
    school less similar to the rival school than the rival school is to your school?

2003, Vol. 70(3)

Mary Lynn Miller Henningsen, David Dryden Henningsen, Michael G. Cruz & Joshua Morrill.
    Social influence in groups: A comparative application of relational framing theory and the
    elaboration likelihood model of persuasion. 175
Timothy Kuhn & Steven R. Corman. The emergence of homogeneity and heterogeneity in
    knowledge structures during a planned organizational change. 198
Amy Janan Johnson, Elaine Wittenberg, Melinda Morris Villagran, Michelle Mazur & Paul
    Villagran. Relational progression as a dialectic: Examining turning points in communication
    among friends. 230
Craig R. Hullett, Allan D. Loudon & Ananda Mitra. Emotion and political cognition: A test of
    bipolar, two-dimensional, and discrete models of emotion in predicting involvement and
    learning. 250
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Health communication on the web: The roles of web use motivation
    and information completeness. 264

2003, Vol. 70(2)

Joseph A. Bonito. A social relations analysis of participation in small groups. 83
Dana E. Mastro. A social identity approach to understanding the impact of television messages.
    98
Jungsu Yim. Audience concentration in the media: Cross-media comparisons and the
    introduction of the uncertainty measure. 114
Minque Mitchell Turner, Michelle A. Mazor, Nicole Wendel & Robert Winslow. Relational ruin
    or social glue? The joint effect of relationship type and gossip valence on liking, trust, and
    expertise. 129
Tamara D. Afifi & Paul Schrodt. “Feeling caught” as a mediator of ado9lescents‟ and young
    adults‟ avoidance and satisfaction with their parents in divorced and non-divorced
    households. 142
                                                                                                26


2003, Vol. 70(1)

Alan D. Heisel, Betty H. La France & Michael J. Beatty. Self-reported extraversion, neuroticism,
    and psychoticism as predictors of peer rated verbal aggressiveness and affinity-seeking
    competence. 1
Nancy Grant Harrington, Derek R. Lane, Lewis Donohue, Rick S. Zimmerman, Gretchen R.
    Norling, Jeong-Hyuan An, Wai Hasien Cheah, Leola McClure, Tim Buckingham, Elizabeth
    Garoalo & Carla C. Bevins. Persuasive strategies for effective anti-drug messages. 16
Michael Pfau, David Roskos-Wswoldsen, Michelle Wood, Suya Yin, Jaeho Cho, Kerr-Hsin Lu
    & Lijiang Shen. Attitude accessibility as an alternative explanation for how inoculation
    confers resistance. 39
Craig R. Hullett & Timothy R. Levine. The overestimation of effect sizes from F values in meta-
    analysis: The cause and a solution. 52
Jennifer L. Bevan. Expectancy violation theory and sexual resistance in close, cross-sex
    relationships. 68

2002, Vol. 69(4)

John P. Caughlin & Tamara D. Golish. An analysis of the association between topic avoidance
    and dissatisfaction: Comparing perceptional and interpersonal explanations. 275
R. Lance Holbert, William L. Benoit, Glenn J. Hansen & Wei-Chun Wen. The role of
    communication in the formation of an issue-based citizenry. 296
Anthony Mulac, Laura L. Jansma & Daniel G. Linz. Men‟s behavior toward women after
    viewing sexually-explicit films: Degradation makes a difference. 311
Annika Hylmö & Patrice M. Buzzanell. Telecommuting as viewed through cultural lenses: An
    empirical investigation of the discourses of utopia, identity, and mystery. 329
Jennifer L. Monahan & Melanie Laliker. Intensifying the dominant response II: Nonconscious
    negative affect, cognitive demand and conversations. 357
Loril M. Gossett. Kept at arm‟s length: Questioning the organizational desirability of member
    identification. 385

2002, Vol. 69(3)

Janet R. Meyer. Contextual influences on the pursuit of secondary goals in request messages. 189
Robin L. Nabi. Anger, fear, uncertainty, and attitudes: A test of the cognitive-functional model.
    204
Sandra G. Lakey & Daniel J. Canary. Actor goal achievement and sensitivity to partner as critical
    factors in understanding interpersonal communication competence and conflict strategies.
    217
Su Ahn Jang, Sandi W. Smith & Timothy R. Levine. To stay or to leave? The role of attachment
    styles in communication patterns and potential termination of romantic relationships
    following discovery of deception. 236
Susan E. Morgan, Jenny Miller & Lily A. Arasaratnam. Signing cards, saving lives: An
    evaluation of the worksite organ donation promotion project. 253
                                                                                                 27


2002, Vol. 69(2)

C. Erik Timmerman. The moderating effect of mindlessness/mindfulness upon media richness
     and social influence explanations of organizational media use. 111
Timothy R. Levine & John Banas. One-tailed F-tests in communication research. 132
Hee Sun Park, Timothy R. Levine, Steven A. McCornack, Kelly Morrison & Merissa Ferrara.
     How people really detect lies. 144
Craig R. Hullett. Charting the process underling the change of value-expressive attitudes: The
     importance of value-relevance in predicting the matching effect. 158
Eric R. Igou, Herbet Bless & Norbert Schwarz. Making sense of standardized survey questions:
     The influence of reference periods and their repetition. 179

2002, Vol. 69(1)

Michael J. Beatty, Alan D. Heisel, Alice R. Hall, Timothy R. Levine & Better H. La France.
    What can we learn from the study of twins about genetic and environmental influences on
    interpersonal affiliation, aggressiveness, and social anxiety?: A meta-analytic study. 1
Charles Pavitt & Kelly Kline Johnson. Scheidel and Crowell revisited: A descriptive study of
    group proposal sequencing. 19
Ascan F. Foerner & Mary Ann Fitzpatrick. Nonverbal communication and martial adjustment
    and satisfaction: The role of decoding relationship relevant and relationship irrelevant affect.
    33
Marianne Dainton & Brooks Aylor. Routine and strategic maintenance efforts: Behavioral
    patterns, variations associated with relational length, and the prediction of relational
    characteristics. 52
Deborah A. Cai & Edward L. Fink. Conflict style differences between individualistis and
    collectivists. 67
Karen Lee Ashcraft & April Kedrowicz. Self-direction or social support? Nonprofit
    empowerment and the tacit employment contract of organizational communication studies.
    88

2001, Vol. 68(4)

Sandi W. Smith, Jennifer Butler Ellis & Hyo-Jin Yoo. Memorable messages as guides to self-
    assessment of behavior: The role of instrumental values. 325
Franklin J. Boster, Thomas A. Fediuk & Michael Ryan Kotowski. The effectiveness of an
    altruistic appeal in the presence and absence of favors. 340
Monique M. Mitchell, Kenneth M. Brown, Melinda Morris-Villagran & Paul D. Villagran. The
    effects of anger and happiness on persuasive message processing: A test of the negative state
    relief model. 347
James C. McCroskey, Alan D. Heisel & Virginia P. Richmond. Eysenck‟s BIG THREE and
    communication traits: Three correlational studies. 360
Kathy Kellerman. The meaning of means: The means don‟t justify the ends. 367
Paul E. King. Automatic responses, target resistance, and the adaptation of compliance-seeking
    requests. 386
                                                                                            28


Amy S. Ebesu Hubbard. Conflict between relationally uncertain romantic partners: The influence
   of relational responsiveness and empathy. 400

2001, Vol. 68(3)

Betty H. La France & Franklin J. Boster. To match or mismatch? That is only one important
    question. 211
John Oetzel, Stella Ting-Toomey, Tomoko Masumoto, Yumiko Yorochi, Xiaohui Pan, Juro
    Takai & Richard Wilcox. Face and facework in conflict: A cross-cultural comparison of
    China, Germany, Japan, and the United States. 235
William L. Benoit, Mitchell S. McKinney & R. Lance Holbert. Beyond leading and persona:
    Extending the scope of presidential debate effects. 259
John L. Sherry. Toward an etiology of media use motivations: The role of temperament in media
    use. 274
Kristen M. Berkos, Terre H. Allen, Patricia Kearney & Timothy G. Plax. When norms are
    violated: Imagined interactions as processing and coping mechanisms. 289
Amy M. Bippus. Recipients‟ criteria for evaluating the skillfulness of comforting communication
    and the outcomes of comforting interactions. 301
Maria Knight Lapinski & Franklin J. Boster. Modeling the ego-defensive function of attitudes.
    314

2001, Vol. 68(2)

Anne P. Hubbell, Monique M. Mitchell & Jennifer C. Gee. The relative effects of timing of
    suspicion and outcome involvement on biased message processing. 115
Craig R. Hullett & Franklin J. Boster. Matching messages to the values underlying value-
    expressive and social-adjustive attitudes: Reconciling an old theory with a contemporary
    measurement approach. 133
Sandi W. Smith & Jennifer Butler Ellis. Memorable messages as guides to self-assessment of
    behavior: An initial investigation. 154
Vanessa B. Beasley. The rhetoric of ideological consensus in the United States: American
    principles and American pose in presidential inaugurals. 169
Susan J. Messman & Jennifer Jones-Corley. Effects of communication environment, immediacy,
    and communication apprehension on cognitive and affective learning. 184
Hee Sun Park & Timothy R. Levine. A probability model of accuracy in deception detection
    experiments. 201

2001, Vol. 68(1)

Anita L. Vangelisti, John P. Caughlin & Lindsay Timmerman. Criteria for revealing family
    secrets. 1
Timothy R. Levine & Franklin J. Boster. The effects of power and message variables on
    compliance. 28
Michael T. Stephenson & Philip Palmgreen. Sensation seeking, perceived message sensation
    value, personal involvement, and processing of anti-marijuana PSAs. 49
                                                                                               29


Rerina L. MacGeorge. Support providers‟ interaction goals: The influence of attributions and
    emotions. 72
Glenn G. Sparks & Will Miller. Investigating the relationship between exposure to television
    programs that depict paranormal phenomenon and beliefs in the paranormal.

2000, Vol. 67(4)

Guerrero, L. K., Jones, S. M., & Burgoon, J. K. Responses to nonverbal immediacy change in
    romantic dyads: Effects of behavioral valence and degree of behavioral change on nonverbal
    and verbal reactions. 325
Kory Floyd & Mark T. Morman. Affection received from fathers as a predictor of men‟s
    affection with their own sons: Tests of the modeling and compensation hypotheses. 347
Alexis Tan, Yuki Fujioka & Gerdean Tan. Television use, stereotypes of African Americans, and
    opinions on affirmative action: An affective model of public reasoning. 362
Deborah Dunn & Michael J. Cody. Account credibility and public images: Excuses,
    justifications, denials, and sexual harassment. 372
Donald C. Shields. Symbolic convergence and special communication theories: Sensing and
    examining dis/enchantment with the theoretical robustness of critical autoethnography. 392

2000, Vol. 67(3)

Kenneth L. Hacker, Walter R. Zakahi, Maury J. Giles & Shaun McQuitty. Components of
    candidate images: Statistical analysis of the issue-persona dichotomy in the presidential
    campaign of 1996. 227
April R. Trees. Nonverbal communication and the support process: Interactional sensitivity in
    interactions between mothers and young adult children. 239
Min-Sun Kim, Renee Storm Klingle, William F. Sharkey, Hee Sun Park, David H. Smith &
    Deborah Cai. A test of a cultural model of patients‟ motivation for verbal communication in
    patient-doctor interactions. 262
Walid A. Afifi & Josephine W. Lee. Balancing instrumental and identity goals in relationships:
    The role of request directness and request persistence in the selection of sexual resistance
    strategies. 284
Laura Stafford, Marianne Dainton & Stephen Haas. Measuring routine and strategic relational
    maintenance: Scale revision, sex versus gender roles, and the prediction of relational
    characteristics. 306

2000, Vol. 67(2)

Timothy R. Levine, Lori N. Anders, John Banas, Karie Leigh Baum, Keriane Endo, Allison D. S.
    Hu & Norman C. W. Wong. Norms, expectations, and deception: A norm violation model of
    veracity judgments. 123
Keith V. Erickson. Presidential rhetoric‟s visual turn: Performance fragments and the politics of
    illusionism. 138
John C. Reinard & Darin J. Arsenault. The impact of strategic and non-strategic voir dire
    questions on jury verdicts. 158
                                                                                               30


William L. Benoit. Beyond genre theory: The genesis of rhetorical action. 178
Timothy Stephen. Concept analysis of gender, feminist, and women‟s studies research in the
    communication literature. 193
Monique M. Mitchell. Able but not motivated: The relative effects of happy and sad mood on
    persuasive message processing. 215

2000, Vol. 67(1)

Daena J. Goldsmith. Soliciting advice: The role of sequential placement in mitigating face threat.
    1
Jake Harwood, Jordan McKee & Mei-Chen Lin. Younger and older adults‟ schematic
    representations of intergenerational communication. 20
Marouf Hasian, Jr., & A. Cheree Carlson. Revisions and collective memory: The struggle for
    meaning in the Amistad affair. 42
Dale E. Brashers, Judith L. Neidig, Stephen M. Haas, Linda K. Dobbs, Linda W. Cardillo & Jane
    A. Russell. Communication in the management of uncertainty: The case of persons living
    with HIV or AIDS. 63
Virginia P. Richmond & James C. McCroskey. The impact of supervisor and subordinate
    immediacy on relational and organizational outcomes. 85
Judee K. Burgoon & Norah E. Dunbar. An interactionist perspective on dominance-submission:
    Interpersonal dominance as a dynamic, situationally contingent social skill. 96

1999, Vol. 66(4)

Beth A Le Poire, Carolyn Shepard & Ashley Duggan. Nonverbal involvement, expressiveness,
    and pleasantness as predicted by parental and partner attachment style. 293
Daniel J. O‟Keefe & Marianne Figge. Guilt and expected guilt in the door-in-the-face technique.
    312
Laura Leets & Peggy J. Bowers. Loud and angry voices: The insidious influence. 325
William L. Benoit & Allison Harthcock. Functions of the great debates: Acclaims, attacks, and
    defenses in the 1960 presidential debates. 341
Michael W. Kramer & Vernon D. Miller. A response to criticisms of organizational socialization
    research: In support of contemporary conceptualization of organizational assimilation. 358
Connie Bullis. Mad or Bad: A response to Kramer and Miller. 368
Robin Patric Clair. Ways of Seeing: A Review of Kramer and Miller‟s manuscript. 374
Paaige K. Turner. What if you don‟t? A response to Kramer and Miller. 382
Vernon D. Miller & Michael W. Kramer. A reply to Bullis, Turner, and Clair. 390

1999, Vol. 66(3)

Hee Sun Park & Timothy R. Levine. The theory of reasoned action and self-construal: Evidence
    from three cultures. 199
Kory Floyd & Judee K. Burgoon. Reacting to nonverbal expressions of liking: A test of
    interaction adaptation theory. 219
                                                                                                31


Marifran Mattson. Toward a reconceptualization of communication cues to action in the health
    belief model: HIV test counseling. 240
Charles J. Wigley III. Verbal aggressiveness and communicator style characteristics of
    summoned jurors as predictors of actual jury selection. 266
James M. Honeycutt. Typological differences in predicting marital happiness from oral history
    behaviors and imagined interactions. 276

1999, Vol. 66(2)

Judee K. Burgoon & Beth A. Le Poire. Nonverbal cues and interpersonal judgments: Participant
    and observer perceptions of intimacy, dominance, composure, and formality. 105
Timothy R. Levine, Hee Sun Park & Steven A. McCornack. Accuracy in detecting truths and
    lies: Documenting the “veracity effect.” 125
Sheryl L. Lindsay. A layered model of problematic intercultural communication in U.S.-owned
    maruiladoras in Mexico. 145
Franklin J. Boster, Monique M. Mitchell. Maria Knight Lupinski, Heather Cooper, Victoria O.
    Orrego & Ronald Reinke. The impact of guilt and type of compliance-gaining message on
    compliance. 168
Mark Hickson, III, Don W. Stacks & Jean Bodon. The status of research productivity in
    communication: 1915-1995. 178

1998, Vol. 66(1)

Beth A. Le Poire & Stephen M. Yoshimura. The effects of expectancies and actual
    communication on nonverbal adaptation and communication outcomes: A test of interaction
    adaptation theory. 1
Scott E. Caplan & John O. Greene. Acquisition of message-production skill by younger and older
    adults: Effects of age, task complexity, and practice. 31
James P. Dillard, Denise H. Solomon & Mark T. Palmer. Structuring the concept of relational
    communication. 49
John P. Caughlin & Anita L. Vangelisti. Desire for change in one‟s partner as a predictor of the
    demand/withdrawal pattern of marital communication. 66
James C. McCroskey & Jason J. Teven. Goodwill: A reexamination of the construct and its
    measurement. 90

1998, Vol. 65(4)

Renee A. Meyers & Dale E. Brashers. Argument in decision making: Explication of a process
    model and investigating the argument-outcome link. 261
Sunwolf & David R. Seibold. Jurors‟ intuitive rules for deliberation: A structurational approach
    to communication in jury decision making. 282
Judee K. Burgoon, Michelle L. Johnson & Pamela T. Koch. The nature and measurement of
    interpersonal dominance. 308
Rebecca W. Tardy & Claudia L. Hale. Getting “plugged in”: A network analysis of health-
    information seeking among “stay-at-home-moms.” 336
                                                                                                  32



1998, Vol. 65(3)

Anita L. Vangelisti & Linda P. Crumley. Reactions to messages that hurt: The influence of
    relational context. 173
Michael J. Beatty, James C. McCroskey, & Alan D. Heisel. Communication apprehension as
    temperamental expression: A communibiological paradigm. 197
Larry D. Browning & Janice M. Beyer. The structuring of shared vocabulary standards in the
    U.S. semiconductor industry: Communicating to reach agreement. 220
Al Weitzel & Patricia Geist. Parliamentary procedure in a community group: Communication
    and vigilant decision making. 244

1998, Vol. 65(2)

Gerard A. Hauser. Vernacular dialogue and the rhetoricality of public opinion. 83
John R. Sparks, Charles S. Areni & K. Chris Cox. An investigation of the effects of language
    style and communication modality on persuasion. 108
Richard J. Jensen & John C. Hammerback. “Your tools are really the people”: The rhetoric of
    Robert Parris Moses. 126
Keither V. Erickson. Presidential spectacles: Political illusionism and the rhetoric of travel. 141
Grant W. Smith. The political impact of name sounds. 154

1998, Vol. 65(1)

Eric M. Eisenberg, Alexandra Murphy & Linda Andrews. Openness and decision making in the
     search for a university provost. 1
Robin Patric Clair & Adrianne W. Kunkel. “Unrealistic realities”: Child abuse and the aesthetic
     resolution. 24
Min-Sun Kim, Ho-Chang Shin & Deborah Cai. Cultural influences on the preferred forms of
     request and re-requesting. 47
William A. Ausmus. Pragmatic uses of metaphor: Models and metaphor in the nuclear winter
     scenario. 67

1997, Vol. 64(4)

Angela Trethewey. Resistance, identity, and empowerment: A postmodern feminist analysis of
    clients in a human service organization. 281
Ling Chen. Verbal adaptive strategies in U.S. American dyadic interactions with U.S. American
    or East-Asian partners. 302
Diane F. Witmer. Communication and recovery: Structuration as an ontological approach to
    organizational culture. 324
Elizabeth E. Graham. Turning points and commitment in post-divorce relationships. 350
                                                                                                33


1997, Vol. 64(3)

John O. Greene, Christoper N. Edwards, Terri L. Malek-Madani & Marianne S. Sassi. Adult
     acquisition of message production skill. 181-200
Jeffrey Pittam & Cynthia Gallois. Learning strategies in the attribution of blame for HIV and
     AIDS. 201-218.
Michael J. Papa & Arvind Singhal. Organizing for social change within coercive control systems:
     Member identification, empowerment, and the masking of discipline. 219-249
Marouf Hasian, Jr. Judicial rhetoric in a fragmentary world: “Character” and storytelling in the
     Leon Frank case. 250-269.
Thomas G. Goodnight. Opening up “the spaces of public discussion.” 270-275.
Gerald A. Houser. On publics and public spheres: A response to Phillips. 275-279.

1997, Vol. 64(2)

Denise Haunani Solomon. A developmental model of intimacy and date request explicitness. 99
Valerie Manusov, Michaela R. Winchatz & Laura M. Manning. Acting out our minds:
    Incorporating behavior into models of stereotype-based expectancies for cross-cultural
    interactions. 199
Richard Morris & Mary E. Stuckey. “More rain and less thunder”: Substitute vocabularies,
    Richard Nixon, and the construction of political reality. 140
J. Michael Hogan. George Gallup and the rhetoric of scientific democracy. 161

1997, Vol. 64(1)

Laura L. Jansma, Daniel G. Linz, Anthony Mulac & Dorothy J. Imrich. Men‟s interactions with
    women after viewing sexually explicit films: Does degradation make a difference? 1
Carol J. S. Bruess & Judy C. Pearson. Interpersonal rituals in marriage and adult friendship. 25
Mark P. Moore. The cigarette as representational ideograph in the debate over environmental
    tobacco smoke. 47
Sandra L. Borden. Choice processes in a newspaper ethics case. 65
Alexis Tan, Leigh Nelson, Qingwen Dong & Gerdean Tan. Value acceptance in adolescent
    socialization: A test of a cognitive-functional theory of television effects. 82

1996, Vol. 63(4)

Laura K. Guerrero. Attachment-style differences in intimacy and involvement: A test of the four-
    category model. 269
Carl Botan. Communication work and electronic surveillance: A model for predicting panoptic
    effects. 293
Mary Jane Collier. Communication competence problematics in ethnic friendships. 314
Shawn J. Parry-Giles & Trevor Parry-Giles. Gendered politics and presidential image
    construction: A reassessment of the “feminine style” 337
J. Donald Ragsdale. Gender, satisfaction level, and the use of relational maintenance strategies in
    marriage. 354
                                                                                               34



1996, Vol. 63(3)

Leigh A. Ford & Austin Babrow. Social support messages and the management of uncertainty in
    the experience of breast cancer: An application of problematic integration theory. 189
Beth A. Le Poire & Judee K. Burgoon. Usefulness of differentiating arousal responses within
    communication theories: Orienting response or defensive arousal within nonverbal theories
    of expectancy violation. 208
Kendall R. Phillips. The spaces of public dissension: Reconsidering the public sphere. 231
Robin Patric Clair. The political nature of the colloquialism, “A real job”: Implications for
    organizational socialization. 249

1996, Vol. 63(2)

James Price Dillard, Terry A. Kinney & Michael G. Cruz. Influence, appraisals, and emotions in
     close relationships. 105
Laurie K. Lewis & David R. Seibold. Communication during intraorganizational innovation
     adoption: Predicting users‟ behavioral coping responses to innovations in organizations. 131
Lyall Crawford. Personal, ethnography. 158
Patricia M. Sias. Constructing perceptions of differential treatment: An analysis of coworkers
     discourse. 171

1996, Vol. 63(1)

Ernest G. Bormann, John F. Cragan & Donald C. Shields. An expansion of the rhetorical vision
    component of the symbolic convergence theory: The cold way paradigm case. 1
Min-sun Kim, John H. Hunter, Akira Miyahara, Ann-Marie Horvath, Mary Bresnahan & Hye-Jin
    Yoon. Individual- vs. culture-level dimensions of individualism and collectivism: Effects on
    preferred conversational styles. 28
Judee K. Burgoon, David B. Buller, Laura K. Guerrero, Walid A. Afifi & Clyde Feldman.
    Interpersonal deception: XII. Information management dimensions underlying deceptive and
    truthful messages. 50
Scott Jacobs, Edwin J. Dawson & Dale Brashers. Information manipulation theory: A replication
    and assessment. 70
Steven A. McCornack, Timothy R. Levine, Kelly Morrison & Maria Lapinski. Speaking of
    information manipulation: A critical rejoinder. 83
David B. Biller & Judee K. Burgoon. Another look at information management: A rejoinder to
    McCornack, Levine, Morrison, and Lapinski. 92
Scott Jacobs, Dale Brashers & Edin J. Dawson. Truth and deception. 98
                                                                                              35


                             COMMUNICATION QUARTERLY

2007, Vol. 55(2)

Jason J. Teven. Effects of supervisor social influence, nonverbal immediacy, and biological sex
    on subordinates‟ perceptions of job satisfaction, liking, and supervisor credibility. 155
Jennifer A. Theiss & Denise Haunani Solomon. Communication and the emotional, cognitive,
    and relational consequences of first sexual encounters between partners. 179
Robert J. Sidelinger & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Mate value discrepancy as predictor of
    forgiveness and jealousy in romantic relationships. 207
Heather E. Canary & Daniel J. Canary. Making sense of one‟s career: An analysis and typology
    of supervisor careeer stories. 225
Frank E. Dardis. The role of issue-framing functions in affective beliefs and opinions about a
    sociopolitical issue. 247

2007, Vol. 55(1)

Michaela D. E., Meyer. Women speak(ing): Forty years of feminist contributions to rhetoric and
     an agenda for feminist rhetorical studies. 1
Marian L. Houser, Renee L. Cowan & Daniel A. West. Investigating a new education frontier:
     Instructor communication behavior in CD-ROM texts—Do traditionally positive behaviors
     translate into this new environment? 19
Jeffrey A. Hall & Betty J. La France. Attitudes and communication of homophobia in fraternizes:
     Separating the impact of social adjustment functions from hetero-identity concern. 39
Jennifer L. Bevan, Karin D. Tidgewell, Karissa C. Bagley, Lauren Cusaanelli, Meredith
     Hartstein, Domina Holbeck & Jerold L. Hale. Serial argumentation goals and their
     relationships to perceived resolvability and choice of conflict tactics. 61
Kory Floyd, Colin Hesse & Mark T. Haynes. Human affection exchange: XV. Metabolic and
     cardiovascular correlates of trait expressed affection. 79
Andrew C. Billings & James R. Angelini. Packaging the games for viewer consumption: Gender,
     ethnicity, and nationality in NBC‟s coverage of the 2004 Summer Olympics. 95
Qin Zhang. Family communication patterns and conflict styles in Chinese parent-child
     relationships. 113
Heidi Porter, Jason S. Wrench & Crissy Hoskinson. The influence of supervisor temperament on
     subordinate job satisfaction and perceptions of supervisor sociocommunicative orientation
     and approachability. 129

2006, Vol. 54(4)

James W. Chesebro & David T. McMahon. Media constructions of mass murder-suicides as
    drama: The New York Times‟ symbolic construction of mass murder-suicides. 407
Alan C. Mikkelson, Lisa Farinelli & Angela G. La Valley. The influences of brain dominance
    and biological sex on emotional expressivity, sensitivity, and control. 427
Jennifer A. Samp & Ann N. Miller. When drinking makes it worse: The malevolence
    assumption, appraisals, and communication goals. 447
                                                                                                36


Timothy R. Levine, Krystyna Strzyewski Aune & Hee Sun Park. Love styles and communication
    in relationships: Partner preferences, initiation, and intensification. 465
Jennifer Thompson & Mary Jane Collier. Toward contingent understrandings of intersecting
    identifications among selected U.S. interracial couples: Integrating interpretive and critical
    views. 487
Judy C. Pearson, Jeffrey T. Child, Jody L. Mattern & David H. Kahl, Jr. What are students being
    taught about ethics in public speaking textbooks? 507
Jean G. Jones. Tales of a Texas clinic: Theodore O. Windt remembered. 523

2006, Vol. 54(3)

James C. McCroskey. Reliability and validity of the generalized attitude measure and generalized
    belief measure. 265
Sachiyo M. Shearman & Timothy R. Levine. Dogmatism updated: A scale revision and
    validation. 275
Scott A. Myers. Using leader-member exchange theory to explain students‟ motives to
    communicate. 294
Cheryl L. Nicholas. Disciplinary-interdisciplinary GLBQR (identity) studies and Hecht‟s layering
    perspective. 305
Marian L. Hauser. Expectancy violations of instructor communication as predictors of motivation
    and learning: A comparison of traditional and nontraditional students. 331
Judy C. Pearson, Jeffrey T. Child & David H. Kahl, Jr. Preparation meeting opportunity: How do
    college students prepare for public speeches? 351
Jennifer L. Bevan, Kristen A. Stetzenbach, Eric Batson & Kulamo Bullo. Factors associated with
    general partner and relational uncertainty within early adulthood sibling relationships. 367
Stephanie Kelley-Romano. Mythmaking in alien abduction narratives. 383

2006, Vol. 54(2)

Jason J. Teven, James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Communication correlates of
    perceived Machiavellianism of supervisors: Communication orientations and outcomes. 127
Michael Pfau, Joshua Compton, Kimberly A. Parker, Chasu An, Elaine M. Wittenberg, Monica
    Ferguson, Heather Horton & Yuri Malyshev. The conundrum of the timing of
    counterarguing effects in resistance: Strategies to boost the persistence of counterarguing
    output. 143
Randall G. Rogan. Conflict framing categories revisited. 157
Andy J. Merolla. Decoding ability and humor production. 175
Alice Hall. Viewers‟ perceptions of reality programs. 191
Kay B. Harris, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Predicting speech state anxiety from trait
    anxiety, reactivity, and situational influences. 213
Paul M. Haridakis. Men, women, and televised violence: Predicting viewer aggression in male
    and female television viewers. 227
Kelli Jones, Andrea Doughty & Mark Hickson, III. The effects of age, gender, and economic
    status on generosity in the presence of exchange: A pilot study. 257
                                                                                              37


2006, Vol. 54(1)

Linda L. McCroskey, James C., McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Analysis and improvement
    of the measurement of interpersonal attraction and homophily. 1
Sara DeTruk. The power of dialogue: Consequences of intergroup dialogue and their
    implications for agency and alliance building. 33
Chas D. Koermer & Linda L. McCroskey. Sociality communication: Its influence on customer
    loyalty with the service provider and service organization. 53
Keith Weber, Matthew M. Martin, Members of COMM 401 & Michael Corrigan. Creating
    persuasive messages advocating organ donation. 67
Pamela J. Lanuitti & Elana C. Stratuman. Classroom communication: The influence of instructor
    self-disclosure on student evaluations. 89
Shannon C. McCullough, Shelly G. Russell, Ralph R. Behnke, Chris R. Sawyer & Paul L. Witt.
    Anticipatory public speaking state anxiety as a function of body sensations and state of
    mind. 101
Tony E. Smith & Ann Bainbridge Frymier. Get “real”: Does practicing speeches before an
    audience improve performance? 111

2005, Vol. 53(4)

Timothy P. Mottet, Steven A. Beebe, Paul C. Raffeld & Michelle L. Paulsel. The effects of
    student responsiveness on teachers granting power to students and essay evaluation. 421
Scott A. Myers, Matthew M. Martin & Jennifer L. Knapp. Perceived instructor in-class
    communicative behaviors as a predictor of student participation in out of class
    communication. 437
L. Patrick Devlin. Analysis of presidential primary campaign commercials of 2004. 451
David Airne & William L. Benoit. Political television advertising in Campaign 2000. 473
William L. Benoit & David Airne. Issue ownership for non-presidential television spots. 493
R. Lance Holbert, David A. Tschida, Maria Dixon, Kristin Cherry, Keli Steuber & David Airne.
    The West Wing and depictions of the American presidency: Expanding the domains of
    framing in political communication. 505

2005, Vol. 53(3)

Wendy Samter & Brant R. Burleson. The role of communication in same-sex friendship: A
    comparison among African Americans, Asian Americans, and European Americans, 265
Kory Floyd, John A. Hess, Lisa A. Miczo, Kelby H. Halone, Alan C. Mikkelson & Kyle James
    Tusing. Human affection exchange VIII: Further evidence of the benefits of expressed
    affection. 285
Laura K. Guerrero & Suzanne M. Jones. Differences in conversational skills as a function of
    attachment style: A follow-up study. 305
Courtney Waite Miller & Michael E. Roloff. Gender and willingness to confront hurtful
    messages from romantic partners. 323
Douglas L. Kelley & Vincent R. Waldron. An investigation of forgiveness-seeking
    communication and relational outcomes. 339
                                                                                             38


David Dryden Henningsen, Kathleen S. Valde & Elaine Davies. Exploring the effect of verbal
     and nonverbal cues on perceptions of deception. 359
Juliann C. Schooll & Dan O‟Hair. Uncovering beliefs about deceptive communication. 377
Jessica J. Eckstein. Conversation conundrums: Listener perceptions of affective influence
     attempts as mediated by personality and individual differences. 401

2005, Vol. 53(2)

Ray Baus, Deborah Dysart-Gale & Phil Haven. Caregiving and social support; A twenty-first
    century challenge for college students. 125
Lawrence R. Wheeless, Libby Eddelman-Spears, Lee D. Magness & Raymond W. Preisas.
    Informational reception apprehension and information from technology aversion:
    Development and test of a new construct. 143
Robert L. Durran, Lynne Kelly & James A. Keaten. College faculty use and perceptions of
    electronic mail to communicate with students. 159
Paul Schrodt & Paul D. Turman. The impact of instructional technology use, course design, and
    sex differences on students‟ initial perceptions of instructor credibility. 177
Ann Bainbridge Frymeier. Students‟ classroom communication effectiveness. 197
Marian L. Hauser. Are we violating their expectations? Instructor communication expectations of
    traditional and nontraditional students. 213
Thomas Hugh Feeley, Vivian M. Williams & Timothy J. Wise. Testing the predictive validity of
    the GRE exam on communication graduate student success: A case study at University of
    Buffalo. 229
Kristen A. Gullicks, Judy C. Pearson, Jeffrey T. Child, & Colleen R. Schwab. Diversity and
    power in public speaking textbooks. 247

2005, Vol. 53(1)

Danette Ifert Johnson. Feminine style in presidential debate discourse, 1960-2000. 3
Linda L. McCroskey, James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Applying organizational
    orientations theory to employees of profit and non-profit organizations. 21
James W. Neuliep, Stephanie M. Hintz & James C. McCroskey. The influence of ethnocentrism
    in organizational contexts: Perceptions of interviewee and managerial attractiveness,
    credibility, and effectiveness. 41
Heather L. Walter, Carolyn M. Anderson & Matthew M. Martin. How subordinates‟
    Machiavellianism and motives relate to satisfaction with superiors. 57
Keith Weber, Matthew M. Martin & Jacob L. Cayanus. Student interest: A two study re-
    examination of the concept. 71
K. David Roach, Myrna M. Cornett-DeVito & Raffaele DeVito. A cross-cultural comparison of
    instructor communication in American and French classrooms. 87
Qin Zhang. Immediacy, humor, power distance, and classroom communication apprehension in
    Chinese college classrooms. 109
                                                                                             39


2004, Vol. 52(4)

Mark Hickson, III, Jean Broden & Joshua Turner. Research productivity in communication: An
    analysis, 1915-2001. 323
Scott A. Myers & Keith D. Weber. Preliminary development of a measure of sibling relational
    maintenance behaviors: Scale development and initial findings. 334
Danette Ifert Johnson, Michael E. Roloff & Melissa A. Riffee. Responses to refusals of requests:
    Face threat and persistence, persuasion and forgiving statements. 347
Mary B. McPherson & Stacy L. Young. What students think when teachers get upset:
    Fundamental attribution error and student-generates reasons for teacher anger. 357
Chai-Fang (Sandy) Hsu. Sources of differences in communication apprehension between Chinese
    in Taiwan and Americans. 370
Jack Glascock & Thomas E. Ruggerio. Representations of class and gender on primetime
    Spanish-language television in the United States. 390
Sharon E. Jarvis. Partisan patterns in presidential campaign speeches, 1948-2000. 403
Peter M. Smudde. Implications on the practice and study of Kenneth Burke‟s idea of a “public
    relations counsel with a „heart‟.” 420

2004, Vol. 52(3)

James C. McCroskey, Kristen M. Valencic & Virginia P. Richmond. Toward a general model of
    instructional communication. 197
Nicole D. Dobrnasky & Ann Bainbridge Frymier. Developing teacher-student relationships
    through out of class communication. 211
Jason S. Wrench & Narissa M. Punyanunt. Advisee-advisor communication: An exploratory
    study examining instructional communication variables in the graduate advisee-advisor
    relationship. 224
Jacob L. Cayanus & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Relationship orientation, jealousy, and equity:
    An examination of jealousy evoking and positive communication responses. 237
Andy J. Merolla, Keith D. Weber, Scott A. Myers & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. The impact of
    past dating relationship solidarity on commitment, satisfaction, and investment in current
    relationships. 251
Eura Jung & Michael L. Hecht. Elaborating the communication theory of identity: Identity gaps
    and communication outcomes. 265
Judy C. Pearson & Shannon Borke VanHorn. Communication and gender identity: A
    retrospective analysis. 284
Keith V. Erickson & Stephanie Thomson. Seduction theory and the recovery of feminine
    aesthetics: Implications for rhetorical criticism. 300

2004, Vol. 52(2)

William L. Benoit. Political party affiliation and presidential campaign discourse. 81
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Michelle L. Paulsel. Antisocial classroom communication:
    Instructor influence and interactional justice as predictors of student aggression. 98
                                                                                              40


Elizabeth Preston & Cindy L. White. Commodifying kids: Branded identities and the selling of
    adspace on kids networks. 115
Kathleen Glenister Roberts. Textuing the narrative paradigm: Folklore and communication. 129
Melissa E. Steyn. Rehabilitating a Whiteness disgraced: Africaner White Talk in post-Apartheid
    South Africa. 143
Hye Yoon Jung & James C. McCroskey. Communication apprehension in a first language and
    self-perceived competence as predictors of communication apprehension in a second
    language: A study of speakers of English as a second language. 170
Michele L. Paulsel & Timothy P. Mottet. Interpersonal communication motives: A
    communiobiological perspective. 183

2004, Vol. 52(1)

James T. McCroskey, Virigina P. Richmond, Aaron D. Johnson & Heather T. Smith.
    Organizational orientations theory and measurement: Development of measures and
    preliminary investigations. 1
Heidi Bartoo & Patricia M. Sias. When enough is too much: Communication apprehension and
    employee information experiences. 15
]Timothy P. Mottet, Steven A. Beebe, Paul C. Raffeld & Michelle L. Paulsel. The effects of
    student verbal and nonverbal responsiveness on teachers‟ liking of students and willingness
    to comply with student requests. 27
Jason J. Teven & Trudy L. Hanson. The impact of teacher immediacy and perceived caring on
    teacher competence and trustworthiness. 39
Amy Jagan Johnson, Elaine Wittenbery, Michal Haigh, Shelly Wigley, Jennifer Becker, Ken
    Brown & Elizabeth Craig. The process of relationship development and deterioration:
    Turning points in friendships that have terminated. 54
Cheolhan Lee & William L. Benoit. A functional analysis of presentation television spots: A
    comparison of Korean and American ads. 69

2003, Vol. 51(4)

James W. Chesebro. Communication, vales, and popular television series—a twenty-five year
    assessment and final conclusions. 367
Kory Floyd & Alan C. Mikkelson. Effects of brain laterality on accuracy of decoding facial
    displays of emotions. 419
Karen Kroman Myers & John G. Oetzel. Exploring the dimensions of organizational
    assimilation: Creating and validating a measure. 438
Randall S. Rogan & Betty H. La France. An examination of the relationship between verbal
    aggressiveness, conflict management strategies, and conflict interaction goals. 458
Amber N. Finn, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Audience-perceived anxiety patterns of
    public speakers. 470
Jason S. Wrench & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Increasing patient satisfaction and compliance: A
    examination of physician humor orientation, compliance-gaining strategies, and perceived
    credibility. 482
                                                                                               41


Virginia P. Richmond, James C. McCroskey & Aaron D. Johnson. Development of nonverbal
    immediacy scale (NIS): Measures of self- and other-perceived nonverbal immediacy. 504
Michaela D. E. Meyer. Utilizing mythic criticism in contemporary narrative culture: Examining
    “present-absence” of shadow archetypes in Spider-Man. 518.

2003, Vol. 51(3)

Kory Floyd & Mary Claire Morr. Human affection exchange: VII. Affectionate communication
    in the sibling/spouse/sibling-in-law triad. 247
Michaela D. E. Meyer, “It‟s me. I‟m it.”: Defining adolescent sexual identity through relational
    dialectics in Dawson’s Creek. 262
Laura K. Guerrero & Susanne M. Jones. Difference in one‟s own and one‟s partner‟s perceptions
    of social skills as a function of attachment style. 277
Jennifer K. Wood. Justice as therapy: The Victim Rights Clarification Act. 296
Jason Edward Black. Extending the right of personhood, voice, and life to sensate others: A
    homology of right to life and animal rights rhetoric. 312
Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Integrating health communication, pedagogy, social science, and
    health interventions. 332
Theodore O. Prosise. Prejudicied, historical witness, and responsible? Collective memory and
    liminality in the Beit Hashoah Museum of Tolerance. 351

2003, Vol. 51(2)

Dennis S. Gouran. Reflections on the type of question as a determinant of the form of interaction
    in decision-making and problem-solving discussions. 111
David T. McMahan & James W. Chesebro. Media and political transformations: Revolutionary
    changes of the world‟s culture. 126
Marouf Hasian, Jr. Franklin D. Roosevelt, the holocaust, and modernity‟s rescue rhetorics. 154
Ann Bainbridge Frymier & Melissa Bekelja Wanzer. Examining differences in perceptions of
    students‟ communication with professors: A comparison of students with and without
    disabilities. 174
Troy A. Murphy. Romantic democracy and the rhetoric of heroic citizenship. 192
Nichole Egbert. Support provider mood and familiar versus unfamiliar events: An investigation
    of social support quality. 209
Richard Hold. Bakhtin‟s dimension of language and analysis of conversation. 225

2003, Vol. 51(1)

Thomas W. Benson. Then Cornell school of rhetoric: Idiom and institution. 1
Spoma Jovanovic. Difficult conversations as moral imperative: Negotiating ethnic identities
    during war. 57
Jackson B. Miller. “Legal or illegal? Documented or undocumented?” The struggle over
    Brokaven‟s Neighborhood Preservation Act. 73
Jack Glascock. Gender, race, and aggression in newer TV networks‟ primetime programming. 90
                                                                                               42


John C. Cole & James C. McCroskey. The association of perceived communication
    apprehension, shyness, and verbal aggression with perceptions of source credibility and
    affect in organizational and interpersonal contexts. 101

2002, Vol. 50(3 & 4) (Special Issue: Identity Negotiation: An Exploration of Racial, Cultural and
Gendered Identities)

Part I
Ronald L. Jackson, II. Introduction: Theorizing and analyzing the nexus between cultural and
     gendered identities and the body. 245
Patricia S. Parker. Negotiating identity in raced and gendered workplace interactions: The use of
     strategic communication by African American women senior executives within dominant
     cultural organizations. 251
Diane A. Forbesz. Internalized masculinity and women‟s discourse: A critical analysis of the (re)
     production of masculinity in organizations. 269
Nina M. Reich. Towards a rearticulation of women-as-victims: A thematic analysis of the
     construction of women‟s identities in surrounding gendered violence. 292
S. Lily Mendiza, Rona T. Halualani & Jolanta A. Drzewiecka. Moving the discourse on identities
     in intercultural communication: Structure, culture, and resignifications. 312
Bryant Keith Alexander & John T. Warren. The materiality of bodies: Critical reflections on
     pedagogy, politics, and positionality. 328

Part II
Ronald L. Jackson, II. Cultural contracts theory: Toward an understanding of identity negotiation.
    359
Rhunette C. Diggs & Kathleen D. Clark. It’s a struggle but worth it: Identifying and managing
    identities in an interracial friendship. 368
Roberto Avant-Mier & Marouf Hasian, Jr. In search of the power of Whiteness: A genealogical
    exploration of negotiated racial identities in America‟s ethnic past. 391
Alberto Gonzalez & JoBeth Gonzales. The color problem in sillyville: Negotiating White identity
    in one popular “kid-vid.” 410
Kenton T. Wilkenson. Collective situational ethnicity and Latino sub-groups‟ struggle for
    influence in U.S. Spanish-language television. 422
Kim Purnell. Listening to lady day: An exploration of the creative (re)negotiation of identity
    revealed in the life narratives and music lyrics of Billie Holiday. 444
Leda Cooks. Zonians in cyberspace: The imagining of individual, community and nation on the
    Panama-L Listserve. 467.

2002, Vol. 50(2)

Jon Paulson. Theodore Roosevelt and the rhetoric of citizenship: On tour in New England, 1902.
    123
Kory Floyd. Human affection exchange: V. Attributes of the highly affectionate. 135
Pamela J. Lannutti & Kenzie A. Cameron. Beyond the breakup: Heterosexual and homosexual
    post-dissolutional relationships. 153
                                                                                              43


David W. Worley & James W. Chesebro. Goading the discipline towards unity: Teaching
    communication in an internet environment—a policy research analysis. 171
Amber Finn & William G. Powers. The value of instrumental and affective communication skills
    in different relational stages. 192Elfriede Fursich. Packaging culture: The potential and
    limitations of travel programs on global television. 204
John F. Stone. Using symbolic convergence theory to discern and segment motives for enrolling
    in professional master‟s degree programs. 227

2002, Vol. 50(1)

Jolanta A. Drzewiecka. Reinventing and contesting identities in constitutive discourses: Between
    Diaspora and its others. 1
S. A. Welch & Rebecca B. Rubin. Development of relationship stage measures. 24
David E. Engen. The communicative imagination and its cultivation. 41
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. Classroom justice: Perceptions of fairness as a predictor of student
    motivation, learning, and aggression. 58
Pekka Isotalus & Hanni Muukkonen. Animated agent immediacy and news services with
    handheld computers. 78
Mary M. Step & Margaret O. Fincunane. Interpersonal communication motives in everyday
    interactions. 93
Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Reduction in public speaking state anxiety during
    performance as a function of sensitization processes. 110

2001, Vol. 49(4)

Marouf Hasian, Jr. & Helen A. Shugart. Melancholic nostalgia, collective memories, and the
    cinematic representation of nationalistic identities in Indochine. 329
M. Sean Limon & Franklin J. Boster. The impact of varying argument quality and minority size
    on influencing the majority and perceptions of the minority. 350
Maribeth S. Metzler. Responding to the legitimacy problems of big tobacco: An analysis of the
    “People of Phillip Morris” image advertising campaign. 366
Kathleen Ellis & Pamlea Shockley-Zalabak. Trust in top management and immediate supervisor:
    The relationship to satisfaction, perceived organizational effectiveness, and information
    receiving. 382
Alice Hall. Film reviews and the public‟s perception of stereotypes: Movie critics‟ discourse
    about The Siege. 399
Amy Janan Johnson. Examining the maintenance of friendships: Are there differences between
    geographically close and long-distance friends? 424
LeAnn M. Brazeal & William L. Benoit. A functional analysis of Congressional television spots,
    1986-2000. 436

2001, Vol. 49(3)

James W. Chesebro & Koji Fuse. The development of a perceived masculinity scale. 203
                                                                                             44


William L. Benoit & Diana Hirson. Doonesbury versus the tobacco institute: The smoke starters‟
    coupon. 279
Matthew T. Althouse. Boris Yeltsin‟s ascent to power: Rhetorical roles and the end of the Soviet
    Union. 295
Kory Floyd & Mark T. Morman. Human affection exchange III. Discriminative parental
    solicitude in men‟s affectionate communication with their biological and nonbiological sons.
    310

2001, Vol. 49(2)

Robert Westerfelhaus & Avrind Singhal. Difficulties in co-opting a complex sign: Our Lade of
    Gudalupe as a site of semiotic struggle and entanglement. 95
Gary Gumpert & Susan J. Drucker. Public boundaries: Privacy and surveillance in a
    technological world. 115
William L. Benoit & Glenn J. Hansen. Presidential debate questions and the public agenda. 130
Jason S. Wrench & James C. McCroskey. A temperamental understanding of humor
    communication and exhilaratability. 142
Joe Ayres, Tanichya K. Wrongprasert, John Silva, Tracy Story, Chia-Gang (Sandy) Hsu &
    Darshan Sawant D. Effects of performance visualization on employment interviews. 160
Marianne Dainton & Brooks Aylor. A relational uncertainty analysis of jealousy, trust, and
    maintenance in long-distance versus geographically close relationships. 172
Brian J. Snee. Clinton and Vietnam: A case for amnestic rhetoric. 189

2001, Vol. 49(1)

Bill Yousman. Who owns identity? Malcolm X, representation, and the struggle over meaning. 1
Scott A. Myers & Members of COM 200. Relational maintenance behaviors in the sibling
     relationship. 19
Stacy L. Young & Amy M. Bippus. Does it make a difference if they hurt you in a funny way?
     Humorously and non-humorously phrased hurtful messages in personal relationships. 35
Paul Schrodt & Lawrence R. Wheeless. Aggressive communication and informational reception
     apprehension: The influence of listening ability and intellectual inflexibility on trait
     argumentativeness and verbal aggressiveness. 53
Mary C. Toale & James C. McCroskey. Ethnocentrism and trait communication apprehension as
     predictors of interethnic communication apprehension and use of relational maintenance
     strategies in interethnic communication. 70
Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Patterns of psychological state anxiety in public speaking
     as a function of anxiety sensitivity. 84

2000, Vol. 48(4)

Bryan Crable. Defending dramatism as ontological and literal. 323
Elizabeth M. Perse & Douglas A. Ferguson. The benefits and costs of web surfing. 343
Lisa M. Gring-Pemble & Diane M. Blair. The best-selling feminisms: The rhetorical production
    of popular press feminists‟ romantic quest. 360
                                                                                                 45


Ann Brunett & Diane M. Badzinski. An exploratory study of argument in the jury decision-
    making process. 380
John G. Oetzel, Stella Ting-Toomey, Yumiko Yokochi, Tomoko Masumoto & Jiro Takai. A
    typology of facework behaviors in conflicts with best friends and relative strangers. 397
Janice D. Hamlet. Assessing womanist thought: The rhetoric of Susan L. Taylor. 420
Stephen D. Bruning. Examining the role that personal, professional, and community relationships
    play in respondent relationship recognition and intended behavior. 437

2000, Vol. 48(3)

Deborah Carol Robson. Stereotypes and the female politician: A case study of Senator Barbara
    Mikulski. 205
Timothy P. Mottet. The role of sexual orientation in predicting outcome value and anticipated
    communication. 223
Donna M. Kowal. One cause, two paths: Militant vs. adjustive strategies in British American
    women‟s suffrage movements 240
John O. Greene, Michael W. Kirch & Crystal S. Grady. Cognitive foundations of message
    encoding: An investigation of message production as coalition formation. 256
John Arthos. Locating the instability of topic places: Rhetoric, phronesis and neurobiology. 272
Tamara D. Golish & Loreen N. Olson. Students‟ use of power in the classroom: An investigation
    of student power, teacher power, and teacher immediacy. 293
Margaret O. Finucane & Cary W. Hovarth. Lazy leisure: A qualitative investigation of the
    relational uses of television in marriage. 311

2000, Vol. 48(2)

Thomas H. Feeley & Melissa J. Young. Self-reported cues about deceptive and truthful
    communication: The effects of cognitive capacity and communicator veracity. 101
John Sanchez & Mary E. Stuckey. The rhetoric of American Indian activism in the 1960s and
    1970s. 120
Tamara D. Golish. Is openness always better?: Exploring the role of topic avoidance, satisfaction,
    and parenting styles of stepparents. 137
Arla G. Bernstein. The effects of message theme, policy explicitness, and candidate gender. 159
Rebecca Dumalo & Renee A. Botta. Family communication patterns and the conflict styles
    young adults use with their fathers. 174
Robert McKenzie. Audience involvement in the epideictic discourse of television talk shows.
    190

2000, Vol. 48(1)

Beth A. Messner & Jacqueline J. Buckrop. Restoring order: Interpreting suicide through a
    Burlean lens. 1
Joe Ayres, Tim Hopf & Anthony Will. Are reductions in CA an experimental artifact? A
    Solomon four-group answer. 19
Judith P. Burns & Michael S. Bruner. Revisiting the theory of image restoration strategies. 27
                                                                                                46


William L. Benoit. Another visit to the theory of image restoration strategies. 40
Kevin Wright. Perceptions of on-line support providers: An examination of perceived
    homophilly, source credibility, communication and social support within on-line support
    groups. 44
Paul Schrodt, Lawrence R. Wheeless & Karen M. Ptacek. Informal reception apprehension,
    educational motivation, and achievement. 60
Paul E. King & Ralph R. Behnke. Effects of communication load, affect, and anxiety on the
    perception of information processing tasks. 74
R. S. Zaharna. Intercultural communication and international public relations: Exploring
    parallels. 85

1999, Vol. 47(4)

Donald A. Fishman. ValuJet flight 592: Crisis communication theory blended and extended. 345
William L. Benoit & Kimberly A. Kennedy. On reluctant testimony. 376
Michael Tollefson & Mike Allen. Mirror, mirror on the wall: Examining the National
    Association of Scholars and Teachers for Democratic Culture Debate. 388
Kevin B. Wright. Computer-mediated support groups: An examination of relationships among
    social support, perceived stress, and coping strategies. 402
Jawsub Lee. Leader-member exchange, gender, and member‟s communication expectations with
    leaders. 415
Kaidren Leigh Winniecki & Joe Ayres. Communication apprehension and receiver apprehension
    in the workplace4. 430

1999, Vol. 47(3)

Scott E. Caplan & Wendy Samter. The role of facework in younger and older adults‟ evaluations
    of social support messages. 245
William L. Benoit & John P. McHale. Kenneth Starr‟s image repair discourse viewed in 20/20.
    265
Joan Gorham, Stanley H. Cohen & Tracy L. Morris. Fashion in the classroom III: Effects of
    instructor attire and immediacy in natural classroom interactions. 281
Anne E. Lucchetti. Deception in disclosing one‟s sexual history: Safe-sex avoidance or
    ignorance? 300
Amir Hetsroni & Linda-Renee Bloch. Choosing the right mate when everyone is watching:
    Cultural and sex differences in television dating games. 315
Terry Robertson, Kristin Froemling, Scott Wells & Shannon McGraw. Sex, lies and videotapes:
    An analysis of gender in campaign advertisements. 333

1999, Vol. 47(2)

Charles Pavitt & Bradley Kemp. Contextual and relational factors in interpersonal negotiation
    strategy choice. 133
Sherry R. Shepler & Anne F. Mattina. “The revolt against war:” Jane Addams‟ rhetorical
    challenge to the patriarchy. 151
                                                                                               47


K. David Roach. The influence of teaching assistant willingness to communicate and
    communication anxiety in the classroom. 166
Michael Z. Hackman, Kathleen Ellis, Craig E. Johnson & Constance Staley. Self-construal
    orientation: Validation of an instrument and a student of the relationship to leadership
    communication style. 183
Katsuya Tasaki, Min-Sun Kim & Michael D. Miller. The effects of social status on cognitive
    elaboration and post-message attitude: Focusing on self-construals. 196
Peter D. MacIntrye, Patricia A. Babin & Richard Clement. Willingness to communicate:
    Antecedents & consequences. 215
Li-Ning Huang. Family communication patterns and personality characteristics. 230

1999, Vol. 47(1)

Rebecca M. Chory & James C. McCroskey. The relationship between teacher management
    communication style and affective learning. 1
Tamara D. Golish. Students‟ use of compliance gaining strategies with graduate teaching
    assistants: Examining the other end of the power spectrum. 12
Scott A. Myers & Ronda L. Knox. Verbal aggression in the college classroom: Perceived
    instructor use and student affective learning. 33
Laurie Pratt, Richard L. Wiseman, Michael J. Cody & Pamela F. Wendt. Interrogative strategies
    and information exchange in computer-mediated communication. 46
Kevin L. Sager & John Gastil. Reaching consensus on consensus: A study of the relationships
    between individual decision-making styles and use of the consensus decision rule. 67
Aimee Futch & Renee Edwards. The effects of sense of humor, defensiveness, and gender on the
    interpretation of ambiguous messages. 80
Lisa Bradford, Renee A. Myers & Kristine A. Kane. Latino expectations of communicative
    competence: A focus group interview study. 98
Victor J. Viser. Thematics and products in American magazine advertising containing children,
    1940-1950. 118

1998, Vol. 46(4)

Donald Fishman. Reform Judaism and the anti-zionist persuasive campaign, 1897-1915. 375
Donna R. Pawlowski. Dialectical tensions in marital partners‟ accounts of their relationships. 396
Jennifer D. Mlandenka, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Anxiety sensitivity and speech trait
    anxiety as predictors of state anxiety as predictors of state anxiety during public speaking.
    417
Marouf Hasian, Jr. The domestication of legal argumentation: A case study of the formalism of
    the legal realists. 430
Joseph L. Chesebro & James C. McCroskey. The relationship of teacher clarity and teacher
    immediacy with students‟ experiences of state receiver apprehension. 446
Sandra J. Berkowitz & Amy C. Lewis. Debating anti-semitism: Ernestine Rose vs. Horace
    Seaver in the Boston Investigator, 1863-1864. 457
Robin L. Nabi. The effect of disgust-eliciting visuals on attitudes toward animal experimentation.
    472
                                                                                               48



1998, Vol. 46(3)

Walid A. Afifi & Laura A. Guerrero. Some things are better left unsaid II: Topic avoidance in
    friendships. 231
Lisa M. Flaherty, Kevin J. Pearce & Rebecca B. Rubin. Internet and face-to-face communication:
    Not functional alternatives. 250
Robert Westerfelhaus & Diane Ciekawy. Cleansing the social body: Witchcraft association in an
    African society as an example of multi-hierarchical victimage. 269
Glenn G. Sparks, Marianne Pellechia & Chris Irvine. Does television news about UFOs affect
    viewers‟ UFO beliefs?: An experimental investigation. 284
Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Robert Sidelinger. The influence of family communication on the
    college-aged child: Openness, attitudes and actions about sex and alcohol. 295
Mitchell R. Hammer, Richard L. Wiseman, J. Lewis Rasmussen & Jon C. Bruschke. A test of
    anxiety/uncertainty management theory: The intercultural adaptation context. 309
Kristin Marie Valencic, Michael J. Beatty, Jill E. Rudd, Jean A. Dobos & Alan D. Heisel. An
    empirical test of a communibiological model of trait verbal aggressiveness. 327
James M. Honeycutt & Renee Brown. Did you hear the one about?: Typological and spousal
    differences in the planning of jokes and sense of humor in marriage. 342
Craig R. Scott, Laura Quinn, C. Erik Timmerman & Diana M. G. Barrett. Ironic uses of group
    communication technology: Evidence from meeting transcripts and interviews with group
    decision support system users. 353

1998, Vol. 46(2)

Thomas H. Feeley & Melissa J. Young. Humans as lie detectors: Some more second thoughts.
    109
William L. Benoit & Dawn M. Nill. Oliver Stone‟s defense of JFK. 127
Kory Floyd & Mark T. Morman. The measurement of affectionate communication. 144
Janis L. Edwards. The very model of a modern major (media) candidate: Colin Powell and the
    theory of reasoned action. 163
Robert A. Steward & J. Kadvic Roach. Argumentativeness and the theory of reasoned action. 177
Audrey M. Van Mersbergen. Rhetorical prototypes in architecture: Measuring the Acropolis with
    a philosophical polemic. 194
Joy Swenson & Fred L. Casmir. The impact of culture-sameness, gender, foreign travel, and
    academic background on the ability to interpret facial expression of emotions in others. 214

1998, Vol. 46(1)

Jill E. Rudd, Sally Vogl-Bauser, Jean A. Dobos, Michael J. Beatty & Kristin Marie Valencic.
      Interactive effects of parents‟ self-reported anger. 1
Michael J. Hostetler. Gov. Al Smith confronts the catholic question: The rhetorical legacy of the
      1928 campaign. 12
Timothy P. Mottet & Virginia P. Richmond. An inductive analysis of verbal immediacy:
      Alternative conceptualization of relational verbal approach/avoidance strategies. 25
                                                                                                49


Jeffrey W. Murray. Constructing the ordinary: The dialectical development of Nazi ideology. 41
Timothy L. Sellnow, Robert R. Ulmer & Michelle Snider. The compatibility of corrective action
     in organizational crisis communication. 60
Susan K. Opt. Confirming and disconfirming American myth: Stories within the suggestion box.
     75
James W. Neuliep & Daniel J. Ryan. The influence of intercultural communication apprehension
     and socio-communicative orientation on uncertainty reduction during initial cross-cultural
     interaction. 88
Melissa M. Spirek & Jack Glascock. Gender analysis of frightening film newspaper
     advertisements: A 50-year overview (1940-1990). 100

1997, Vol. 45(4)

Patrick di Battista. Deceivers‟ responses to challenges of their truthfulness: Difference between
      familiar lies and unfamiliar lies. 319
Jennifer J. Willis. “Latino night”: Performances of Latino/a culture in northwest Ohio. 335
Beth A. Semic & Daniel J. Canary. Trait argumentativeness, verbal aggressiveness, and
      minimally rational argument: An observational analysis of friendship discussions. 355
Jill E. Rudd, Michael J. Beatty, Sally Vogl-Bauer & Jean A. Dobos. Trait verbal aggressiveness
      and the appropriateness and effectiveness of fathers‟ interaction pans II: Fathers‟ self-
      assessment. 379
Lisa M. Skow & George N. Dionisopoulos. A struggle to contextualize photographic images:
      American print media and the “burning monk.” 393
Virginia P. Richmond, James C. McCroskey & K. David Roach. Communication and decision-
      making styles, power base usage, and satisfaction in marital dyads. 410
Bradley K. Schumacher & Lawrence R. Wheeless. Relationships of continuing uncertainty and
      state-receiver apprehension to information-seeking and predictions in dyadic interactions.
      427
Michael J. Beatty & James C. McCroskey. It‟s in our nature: Verbal aggressiveness as
      temperamental expression. 446
Michael Pfau, Kyle James Tusing, Waipeng Lee, Linda C. Godblod, Ascan Koerner, Linda J.
      Penaloza, Yah-huei Hong & Violet Shu-huei Yang. Nuances in inoculation: The role of
      inoculation approach, ego-involvement, and message processing disposition in resistance.
      461

1997, Vol. 45(3)

Jennifer H. Waldeck, Victoria O. Oggero, Timothy G. Plax & Patricia Kearney. Graduate
     student/faculty mentoring relationships:” Who gets mentored, how it happens, and to what
     end. 93
Jerry D. Feezel & Scott A. Meyers. Assessing graduate assistant teacher communication
     concerns. 110
K. David Roach. Effects of graduate teaching assistant attire on student learning, misbehaviors,
     and ratings of instruction. 125
                                                                                              50


Neil M. Alperstein & Barbara H. Vann. Star gazing: A socio-cultural approach to the study of
     dreaming about media figures. 142
Christie M. Odden & Patricia M. Sias. Peer communication relationships and psychological
     climate. 153
Julia R. Krahl & Lawrence R. Wheeless. Retrospective analysis of previous relationship
     disengagement and current attachment style. 167
Tim Kuhn. The discourse of issues management: A genre of organizational communication. 188
Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Communication apprehension and implicit memories of
     public speaking state anxiety. 211
Mark Meister. “Sustainable development” in visual imagery: Rhetorical function in the Jeep
     Cherokee. 223
Steve Booth-Butterfield, Rebecca Chory & William Beynon. Communication apprehension and
     health communication and behaviors. 235
William L. Benoit. Hugh Grant‟s image restoration discourse: An actor apologizes. 251
Stephen C. Hines, Alvin H. Moss & Laurie Badzek. Being involved or just being informed:
     Communication preferences of seriously ill, older adults. 268
Lindsey M. Grob, Renee A. Meyers & Renee Schuh. Powerful/powerless language use in group
     interactions: Sex differences or similarities? 282
Matthew M. Martin, Carolyn M. Anderson, Patricia A. Burant & Keith Weber. Verbal aggression
     in sibling relationships. 304

1997, Vol. 45(2) (Special Issue: “The Way it Was—All the Way”: A Documentary Accounting,”
Robert T. Oliver)

1997, Vol. 45(1)

William L. Benoit, P. M. Pier & Joseph R. Blaney. “Sustainable development” in visual imagery:
    A functional approach to televised political spots: Attacking, acclaiming, defending. 1
Anthony J. Roberto & Margaret E. Finucane. The assessment of argumentativeness and verbal
    aggressiveness in adolescent populations. 21
James Keaten, Lynne Kelly & Cynthia Finch. Development of an instrument to measure
    reticence. 37
Danette E. Ifert & Michael E. Roloff. Overcoming expressed obstacles to compliance: The role
    of sensitivity to the expressions of others and ability to modify self-presentation. 55
Kory Floyd. Communicating affection in dyadic relationships: An assessment of behavior and
    expectancies. 68

1996, Vol. 44(4)

Tullen E. Bach, Carole Blair, William L. Nothstine & Anne L. Pym. How to read “How to Get
    Published.” 399
Robert James Branham & W. Barnett Pearce. The conversational frame in public address. 423
A. Elizabeth Lindsey. Affect-congruency in message content: A preliminary evaluation of two
    accounts. 400
                                                                                            51


Jim A. Kuypers. Doxa and a critical rhetoric: Accounting for the rhetorical agent through
    prudence. 452
William L. Benoit & Bruce Dorries. Dateline NBC‟s persuasive attack on Wal-Mart. 463
R. Kelly Aune, Pamela U. Ching & Timothy R. Levine. Attributions of deception as a function of
    reward value: A test of two explanations. 478
Kevin R. McClure. The institutional subordination of contested issues: The case of Pittsburgh‟s
    steelworkers and ministers. 487
Raka Shome. Race and popular cinema: The rhetorical strategies of Whiteness in City of Joy.
    502

Colloquy: Whither Scholarship?
Gary Gumpert. The urban dilemma and research gaps: Explorations into scholarship and identity.
    519
Deborah Borisoff & Dan F. Hahn. Responses to “The Urban Dilemma.” 527

1996, Vol. 44(3)

Mary Boor Tonn. Donning sackcloth and ashes: Webster vs. Reproductive Health Services and
    moral agony in abortion right rhetoric. 265
Susan J. Drucker & Gary Gumpert. The regulation of social life: Communication law revisited.
    280
James C. McCrockey, Joan M. Fayer, Virginia P. Richmond, Aino Sallinen & Robert A.
    Barraclough. A multi-cultural examination of the relationship between nonverbal immediacy
    and affective learning. 297
Shereen G. Bingham & Brant R. Burleson. The development of the sexual harassment proclivity
    scale: Construct validation and relationship to communication competence. 308
Deanna Geddes & Frank Linnehan. Exploring the dimensionality of positive and negative
    performance feedback. 326
Timothy R. Levine & Franklin J. Boster. The impact of self and others‟ argumentativeness on
    talk about controversial issues. 345
Thomas W. Benson. Rhetoric, civility, and community: Political debate on computer bulletin
    boards. 359
Jasmine Tata & Susan R. Rhodes. Impression management messages and reactions to
    organizational reward allocations: The mediating influence of fairness and responsibility.
    379

1996, Vol. 44(2)

Judith N. Martin, Robert L. Krizek, Thomas K. Nakayama & Lisa Bradford. Exploring
    Whiteness: A study of self labels for White Americans. 125
Kathy Kellerman & B. Christine Shea. Threats, suggestions, hints, and promises: Gaining
    compliance efficiently and politely. 145
Tara M. Emmers & Daniel J. Canary. The effect of uncertainty reducing strategies on young
    couples‟ relational repair and intimacy. 166
                                                                                             52


Barbara Warnick. Argument schemes and construction of social reality: John F. Kennedy‟s
    address to the Houston Ministerial Association. 183
Craig R. Smith & Scott Lybarge. Bitzer‟s model reconstructed. 197
Mike Allen & John Bourhis. The relationship of communication apprehension to communication
    behavior: A meta-analysis. 214
M. Kathryn Cirksena. Sources of access and competence in women‟s political persuading, 1964-
    1984. 227
Gary M. Weier. Perspectivism and form in drama: A Burkean analysis of Julius Ceasar. 246

1996, Vol. 44(1)

Michael J. Beatty, Patricia A. Burant, Jean A. Dobos & Jill E. Rudd. Trait verbal aggressiveness
    and the appropriateness and effectiveness of fathers‟ interaction plans. 1
Susan Schultz Huxman. Mary Wollstonecraft, Margaret Fuller, and Angelina Grimke: Symbolic
    convergence and a nascent rhetorical vision. 16
Susan L. Brinson & William L. Benoit. Attempting to restore a public image: Dow Corning and
    the breast implant crisis. 29
Melissa Bekelja Wanzer, Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Steve Booth-Butterfield. Are funny
    people popular? An examination of humor orientation, loneliness, and social attraction. 42
Min-Sun Kim & Mary Bresnahan. Cognitive basis of gender communication: A cross-cultural
    investigation of perceived constraints in requesting. 53
Dreama G. Moon. Concepts of “culture”: Implications for intercultural communication discourse.
    70
Hui-Ching Chang & G. Richard Holt. The changing Chinese interpersonal world: Popular themes
    in interpersonal communication books in modern Taiwan. 85
Robert Alan Bell, Matthew F. Abrams, Catherine L. Clark & Christina Schlatter. The door-in-
    the-face compliance strategy: An individual differences analysis of two models in an AIDS
    fundraising context. 107
                                                                                                53


                                COMMUNICATION REPORTS

2006, Vol. 19(1-2)

Paul L. Witt & Paul Schrodt. The influence of instructional technology use and teacher
     immediacy on student affect for teacher and course. 1
Rodney A. Reynolds. Discouraging messages. 16
Jennifer L. Bevan. Testing and refining a consequence model of jealousy across relational
     contexts and jealousy expression messages. 31
Guy Foster Bachman & Laura K. Guerrero. Forgiveness, apology, and communicative responses
     to hurtful events. 45
John S. Seiter, Haold J. Kinzer & Harry Weger, Jr. Background behavior in live debates: the
     effects of the implicit ad hominem fallacy. 57
Eli Dresner & Segev Barak. Conversational multitasking in interactive written discourse as a
     communication competence. 70
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Employees‟ expression of upward dissent as a function of current and past
     work experiences. 79
Thomas Hugh Feeley, heather M. Marshall & Amber M. Reinhart. Reactions to narrative and
     statistical written messages promoting organ donation. 89
Dimitri A. Christakis, Michelle M. Garrison & Frederick J. Zimmerman. Television viewing in
     child care programs: A national survey. 101

2005, Vol. 18(1-2)

Bradley S. Greenberg, Matthew S. Eastin, Paul Skaleski, Len Cooper, Mark Levy & Ken
     Lachlan. Comparing survey and diary measures of internet and traditional media use. 1
Gary D. Bond, Daniel M. Malloy, Eilzabeth A. Arias, Shgannon N. Nunn & Laura A. Thompson.
     Lie-based decision making in prison. 9
Glenn G. Sparks, John Sherry & Graig Lubsen. The appeal of media violence in a full-length
     motion picture: An experimental investigation. 21
Camille D. Smith, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Physical symptoms of discomfort
     associated with worry about giving a public speech. 31
Jack Glascock. Degrading content and character sex: Accounting for men and women‟s
     differential reactions to pornography. 43
Joe Ayres. Performance visualization and behavioral disruption: A clarification. 55
Li Luo, Amy M. Bippus & Borah E. Dunbar. Causal attributions for collaborative public
     speaking presentations in college classes. 65
Patrick C. Meirick. Political knowledge and sponsorship in backlash from party- and candidate-
     sponsored attacks. 75
Guy Foster Buchanan & Amy M. Bippus. Evaluations of supportive messages provided by
     friends and romantic partners: An attachment theory approach. 85
Ele Clay, Rachel L. Fisher, Shuang Xie, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Affect intensity
     and sensitivity to punishment as predictors of sensitization (arousal) during public speaking.
     95
                                                                                               54


2004, Vol. 17(2)

John P. Caughlin & Rachel S. Malis. Demand/withdraw communication between parents and
     adolescents as a correlate of relational satisfaction. 59
Peter A. Andersen & Tammy R. Blackburn. An experimental study of language intensity and
     response rate in e mail surveys. 73
Stephen M. Yoshimura. Emotional and behavioral responses to romantic jealousy expressions.
     85
Michelle L. Paulsel & Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. The relationships among instructors‟ antisocial
     behavior alteration techniques and student resistance. 103
Jeffrey W. Kassing & Rachel L. DiCioccio. Testing a workplace experience explanation of
     displaced dissent. 113
Phillip Sullivan. Communication differences between male and female team sport athletes. 121
Scott A. Myers. The relationship between perceived instructor credibility and college student in-
     class and out-of-class communication. 129

2004, Vol. 17(1)

Tara M. Emmers-Sommer, Mike Allen, John Bourhis, Erin Sahlstein, Kara Laskowski, Wendy L.
    Falato, Jeff Ackerman, Marian Erian, Doreen Barringer, Judith Weiner, Jan Curey, Janice
    Krieger, Gren Moramba & Laurie Cashman. A meta-analysis of the relationship between
    social skills and sexual offenders. 1
Susan L. Kline & Laura Stafford. A comparison of interaction rules and interaction frequency in
    relationship to marital quality. 11
Michaell A. Mazur & Amy S. Ebesu Hubbard. “Is there something I should know?”: Topic
    avoidant responses in parent-adolescent communication. 27
Heather L. Hundley. Keeping the score: The hegemonic everyday practices in golf. 39
Melissa J. Young, Ralph R. Behnke & Yvonne M. Mann. Anxiety patterns in employment
    interviews. 49

2003, Vol. 16(2)

Robert McCann, Hiroshi Ota, Howard Giles & Richard Caraker. Accommodation and
    nonaccommodation across the lifespan: Perspectives from Thailand, Japan, and the United
    States of America. 69
Dawn O. Braithwaite, M. Chad McBride & Paul Schrodt. “Parent teams” and the everyday
    interactions of co-parenting in stepfamilies. 93
Amy M. Bippus & Emma Rollin. Attachment style differences in relational maintenance and
    conflict behaviors: Friends‟ perceptions. 113
Penny Addison, Ele Clay, Shuang Xie, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Worry as a function
    of public speaking state anxiety type. 125
Nicolas Gueguen & Marie-Agnes De Gail. The effects of smiling on helping behavior: Smiling
    and good samartian behavior. 133
                                                                                                 55


2003, Vol. 16(1)

Howard Giles, Jennifer Fortman, James Honeycutt & Hiroshi Ota. Future selves and others: A
    lifespan and cross-cultural perspective. 1
Norah E. Dunbar, Artemio Ramirez, Jr. & Judee K. Burgoon. The effects of participation on the
    ability to judge deceit. 23
Andrew S. Rancer, Felicia F. Joradn-Jackson & Dominic A. Infante. Observers‟ perceptions of
    an interpersonal dispute as a function of mode of presentation. 35
Joe Ayres & Tracy A. Ayres. Using images to enhance the impact of visualization. 47
William D. McIntosh, Rebecca M. Murray, John D. Murray & Debra Sabia. Are the liberal good
    in Hollywood? Characteristics of political figures in popular films from 1945 to 1998. 57

2002, Vol. 15(2)

Jake Harwood & Karen Anderson. The presence and portrayal of social groups on prime-time
    television. 81
Amy Janan Johnson. Beliefs about arguing: A comparison of public issue and personal issue
    arguments. 99
Scott A. Myers. Perceived aggressive instructor communication and student state motivation,
    learning, and satisfaction. 113
Chia-Fang (Sandy) Hsu. The influence of self-construals, family and teacher communication
    patterns on communication apprehension among college students in Taiwan. 123
Ling Chen. Perceptions of intercultural interaction and communication satisfaction: A study on
    initial encounters. 133

2002, Vol. 15(1) (Special Issue: Psychological Mediators of Sex Differences in Emotional
Support)

Brant R. Burleson. Introduction to the special issue: Psychological mediators of sex differences
    in emotional support. 1
Wendy Samter. How gender and cognitive complexity influence the provision of emotional
    support: A study of indirect effects. 5
Erina L. MacGeorge, Ruth Anne Clark & Set J. Gillhan. Sex differences in the provision of
    skillful emotional support: The mediating role of self-efficacy. 17
Adiranne Kinkel. Explaining sex differences in the evaluation of comforting messages: The
    mediating role of interaction goals. 29
Brant R. Burleson & Christina M. Gilstrap. Explaining sex differences in interaction goals in
    support situations: Some mediating effects of expressivity and instrumentality. 43
Steven T. Mortenson. Sex, communication values, and cultural values: Individualism-
    collectivism as a mediator of sex differences in communication values in two cultures. 57
Brant R. Burleson. Afterword: Psychological mediators of sex differences in emotional support:
    A reflection on the mosaic. 71
                                                                                               56


2001, Vol. 14(2)

Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Public speaking arousal as a function of anticipatory
     activation and autonomic reactivity. 73
Stella Ting-Toomey, John G. Oetzel & Kimberlie Yee-Jung. Self-construal types and conflict
     management styles. 87
Hee Sun Park. Self-construals as motivating factors in opinion shifts resulting from exposure to
     majority opinions. 105
Randall J. Koper & Marjorie A. Jaasma. Interpersonal style: Are human social orientations
     guided by generalized interpersonal needs? 117
Scott R. Stroud. Moral judgment and communicative action: Connections between moral
     development and formal-pragmatic presupposition awareness. 131

2001, Vol. 14(1)

Leslie A. Baxter & Garth Pittman. Communicatively remembering turning points of relational
    development in heterosexual romantic relationships. 1
Brian H. Spitzberg, Linda Marshall & William R. Cupach. Obsessive relational intrusion, coping,
    and sexual coercion victimization. 19
Daniel J. O‟Keefe & Scott L. Hale. An odds-ratio-based meta-analysis of research on the door-in-
    the-face influence strategy. 31
Nathan Miczo, Chris Segrin & & Lisa E. Allspach. Relationship between nonverbal sensitivity,
    encoding, and relational satisfaction. 39
Wendy Geiger, Jon Bruning & Jake Harwood. Talk about TV: Television viewers‟ interpersonal
    communication about programming. 49
Kelby K. Halone & Loretta L. Pecchioni. Relational listening: A grounded theory model. 59

2000, Vol. 13(2)

Gary Rudd & Jo Sprague. Can‟t see the (old growth) forest for the logs: Dialectical tensions in
    the interpretive practices of environmentalists and loggers. 55
James W. Neuliep & Erica L. Grobskopf. Uncertainty reduction and communication satisfaction
    during initial interaction: An initial test and replication of a new axiom. 67
Taramra D. Golish. Changes in closeness between adult children and their parents: A turning
    point analysis. 79
Jonathan Cohen & Gabriel Wiemann. Cultivation revisited: Some genres have some effects on
    some viewers. 99
Bryan B. Whaley & Rhonda G. Parker. Expressing the experience of communicative disability:
    Metaphors of persons who stutter. 115

2000, Vol. 13(1)

David Dryden Henningsen, Michael G. Cruz & Mary Claire Morr. Pattern violations and
    perception of deception. 1
                                                                                                57


Guy Bachman & Walter R. Zakahi. Adult attachment and strategic relational communication:
    Love schemas and affinity-seeking. 11
Susan J. Messman & Rebecca L. Mikesell. Competition and interpersonal conflict in dating
    relationships. 21
Joe Ayres, Tim Hopf & Elizabeth Peterson. A test of communication-orientation motivation
    (COM) therapy. 35
William G. Powers & Don E. Love. Exploring a consensual instructional communication strategy
    with elder adult development. 45

1999, Vol. 12(2)

Daniel J. Wiegel & Deborah S. Ballard-Reisch. The influence of marital duration and the use of
    relationship maintenance behaviors. 59
Scott A. Meyers, Ronda L. Knox, Donna S. Pawlowski & Barbara Lorene Ropog. Perceived
    communication openness and functional communication skills among organizational peers.
    71
Jake Harwood. Age identity and television viewing preferences. 85
Craig R. Scott & Jolie C. Fontenot. Multiple identifications during team meetings: A comparison
    of conventional and computer-supported interactions. 91
Sherry J. Holladay & Kathleen S. Kerns. Do age differences matter in close and casual
    friendships?: A comparison of age discrepant and age peer friendships. 101

1999, Vol. 12(1)

Lorrita N. T. Young, Timothy R. Levine & Kazuo Nishiyama. Information manipulation theory
    and perceptions of deception in Hong Kong. 1
William R. Cupach & Susan J. Messman. Face predilections and friendship solidarity. 13
Carolyn M. Anderson & Matthew M. Martin. The relationship of argumentativeness and verbal
    aggressiveness to cohesion, consensus, and satisfaction in small groups 21.
Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. State anxiety patterns for public speaking and the behavior
    inhibition system. 33
Barbara Mae Gayle & Raymond W. Priess. Language intensity plus: A methodological approach
    to validate emotions in conflicts. 43
Margaret Dsilva. Individual differences and choice of information source: Sensation seeking in
    drug abuse prevention. 51

1998, Vol. 11(2)

Marianne Dainton. Everyday interaction in marital relationships: Variations in relative
    importance and event duration. 101
Laura K. Guerrero & Walid A. Afifi. Communicative responses to jealousy as a function of self-
    esteem and relationship maintenance goals: A test of Bryson‟s dual motivation model. 111
Michael E. Mayer. Behaviors leading to more effective decisions in small groups embedded in
    organizations. 123
John G. Oetzel. The effects of self-construals and ethnicity on self-reported conflict styles. 133
                                                                                               58


Dannette E. Ifert & Leeza Bearden. The influences of argumentativeness and verbal aggression
     on responses to refused requests. 145
Vincent R. Waldron & James L. Applegate. Similarity in the use of person-centered tactics:
     Effects on social attraction and persuasiveness in dyadic verbal disagreements. 155
Edward Woods. Communication abilities as predictors of verbal and nonverbal performance in
     persuasive interaction. 167
Jason J. Teven, Matthew M. Martin & Nicholas C. Neupauer. Sibling relationships: Verbally
     aggressive messages and their effects on relational satisfaction. 179
Patricia Kearney. Remembering Gail Sorenson. 198 (Afterwards)

1998, Vol. 11(1)

Matthew M. Martin & Carolyn M. Anderson. The cognitive flexibility scale: Three validity
    studies. 1
Ann House, Judith M. Dallinger & Danni-Lynn Kilgallen. Androgyny and rhetorical sensitivity:
    The connection of gender and communication. 11
John S. Seiter, Jarrod Larsen & Jacey Skinner. “Handicapped” or “Handi-capable?”: The effects
    of language about persons with disabilities on perceptions of source credibility and
    persuasiveness. 21
Brian H. Spitzberg, Alana M. Nicastro & Amber V. Cousins. Exploring the interactional
    phenomenon of stalking and obsessive relational intrusion. 33
Mike Allen, John Bourhis, Tara Emmers-Sommer & Erin Sahlstein. Reducing dating anxiety: A
    meta-analysis. 49
Murray G. Millar & Kevin U. Millar. The effects of suspicion on the recall of cues used to make
    veracity judgments. 57
C. A. Tuglle. The bias toward finding bias in television news. 65
Joe Ayers, Brian Heuett & Debbie Ayers Sonandre‟. Testing a refinement in an intervention of
    communication apprehension. 73
Lori J. Carrell & S. Clay Willmington. The relationship between self-report measures and
    communication apprehension and observers‟ ratings of communication competence. 87
Myron Lustig. Lessons from Andalusia. 97 (Afterwords)

1997, Vol. 10(2)

Ruth Anne Clark & Jesse G. Delia. Individuals‟ preferences for friends‟ approaches to providing
    support in distressing situations. 115
Melissa Winters & Michael S. Waltman. Feminine gender identity and interpersonal cognitive
    differentiation as correlates of person-centered comforting. 123
Krystyna Stryzewski Aune. Self and partner perceptions of the appropriateness of emotions. 133
Paul A. Mongeau & Bobbi E. Schulz. What he doesn‟t know won‟t hurt him (or me): Verbal
    responses and attributions following sexual infidelity. 143
William L. Benoit & Shirley Drew. Appropriateness and effectiveness of image repair strategies.
    153
Glenn G. Sparks & Marianne Pellechia. The effect of news stories about UFOs on readers‟ UFO
    beliefs: The role of confirming or disconfirming testimony from a scientists. 165
                                                                                               59


Sherry Holladay, Kim Crutcher, Karen Gustavson, Jennifer Jones, Lori Laughlin & Sherry
    McKown. Older adults‟ motives for mediated interpersonal communication: An examination
    of telephone communication and loneliness. 173
Bruce C. McKinney, Lynne Kelly & Robert L. Duran. The relationship between conflict message
    styles and dimensions of communication competence. 185
David C. Schrader. Role relationships, goal structure, and characteristics of interpersonal
    influence messages. 197
David Sutton. On mythic criticism: A proposed compromise. 211
Marjorie A. Jaasma. Classroom communication apprehension: Does being male or female make
    a difference? 219

1997, Vol. 10(1)

Michael E. Holmes. Optimal matching analysis of negotiation phase sequences in simulated and
    authentic hostage negotiations. 1
Mitchell Mize Menees. The role of coping, social support, and family communication in
    explaining the self-esteem of adult children of alcoholics. 9
Kathryn Greene, Jerold L. Hale & Donald L. Rubin. A test of the theory of reasoned action in the
    context of condom use and AIDS. 21
Thomas H. Feeley & Mark A deTurck. Case-relevant vs. case-irrelevant questioning in
    experimental lie detection. 35
Mark V. Redmond & Denise A. Vrchota. The effects of varying lengths of initial interaction on
    attraction. 47
Charles Markham Shaw & Renee Edwards. Self-concepts and self-presentations of males and
    females: Similarities and differences. 55
Charles A. Braithwaite. Blood money: The routine violation of conversational rules. 63
John Meyer & Gerald Driskill. Children and relationship development: Communication
    strategies in a day care center. 75
Joe Ayers & Brian Heuett. The relationship between visual imagery and public speaking
    apprehension. 87
Matthew Lombard, Theresa B. Ditton, Maria Elizabeth Grabe & Robert D. Reich. The role of
    screen size in viewer response to television fare. 95
Kenneth L. Hacker & Dennis L. Wignall. Issues in predicting user acceptance of computer-
    mediated communication (CMC) in inter-university classroom discussion as an alternative to
    face-to-face interaction. 107

1996, Vol. 9(2)

Walid A. Afifi & Tom Reichert. Understand the role of uncertainty in jealousy experience and
    expression. 93
Kori I. Egland, Brian H. Spitzberg & Michelle M. Zormeier. Flirtation and conversational
    competence in cross-sex platonic and romantic relationships. 105
Dannette E. Ifert & Michael E. Roloff. Responding to refusals of requests: The role of requester
    sex on persistence. 119
                                                                                               60


Brant R. Burleson & Wendy Samter. Similarity in the communication skills of young adults:
    Foundations of attraction, friendship, and relationship satisfaction 127
Mary Beth Oliver. Influences of authoritarianism and portrayals of race on Caucasian viewers‟
    responses to reality-based crime dramas. 141
Joe Gow. Reconsidering gender roles on MTV: Depictions in the most popular music videos of
    the early 1990‟s. 151
Kathy B. McKee & Carol J. Pardun. Mixed messages: The relationship between sexual and
    religious imagery in rock, country, and Christian videos. 163
Judith A. Kolb. A comparison of leadership behaviors and competencies in high and average-
    performance teams. 173
Lori J. Carrell & S. Clay Willmington. A comparison of self-report and performance data in
    assessing speaking and listening competence. 185
Bolanle A. Olaniran & Robert A. Stewart. Instructional practices and classroom communication
    apprehension: A cultural explanation. 193

1996, Vol. 9(1)

Ling Chen. Cognitive complexity, situational influences, and topic selection in intracultural and
    intercultural dyadic interactions. 1
Edward Woods. Associations of nonverbal decoding ability with indices of person-centered
    communicative ability. 13
Anne Maydan Nicotera. An assessment of the argumentativeness scale for social desirability
    bias. 23
Elizabeth M. Perse. Sensation seeking and the use of television for arousal. 37
William N. Elwood & Ali N. Ataabadi. Tuned in and turned off: Out-of-treatment injection drug
    and crack users‟ response to media intervention campaigns. 49
Karen A. Foss & Alison F. Alexander. Exploring the margins of television viewing. 61
Aleksander Bogdanic. Hooked for a week on two Yugoslav TV channels: PALMA AND RTS2.
    69
James G. Cantrill & Michelle D. Masluk. Place and privilege as predictors of how the
    environment is described in discourse. 79
Laura Stafford & Susan L. Kline. Married women‟s name choices and sense of self. 85.
                                                                                                 61


                               COMMUNICATION RESEARCH

2007, Vol. 34(4)

Michael D. Slater, Andrew F. Hayes & Valerie L. Ford. Examining the moderating and
     mediating roles of news exposure and attention on adolescent judgments of alcohol-related
     risks,. 355
Jeff Niederdeppe, Matthew C. Farrelly, Kristin Y. Thomas, Dana Wenter & David Witzenkamp.
     Newspaper coverage as indirect effects of a health communication intervention: The Florida
     Tobacco Control Program and youth smoking. 382
Hye-Jin Paek & Albert C. Gunther. How peer proximity moderates indirect media influences on
     adolescent smoking. 407
Lijiang Shen & James Price Dillard. The influence of behavioral inhibition/approach systems and
     message framing on the processing of persuasive health messages. 433
Lisa L. Massi Lindsey, Kimo Ah Yun & Jennifer B. Hill. Anticipated guilt as motivation to help
     unknown others: An examination of empathy as a moderator. 468

2007, Vol. 34(3)

Brian L. Quick & Michael T. Stephenson. Further evidence that psychological reactance can be
     modeled as a combination of anger and negative cognitions. 255
Julai R. Fox, Byungho Park & Annie Lang. When available resources become negative
     resources: The effects of cognitive overload on memory sensitivity and criterion bias. 277
Lyn M. Van Swol & Cara L. Ludutsky. Tell me something I don‟t know: Decision makers‟
     preference for advisors with unshared information. 297
Jorge Peňa, Joseph B. Walther & Jeffret T. Hancock. Effects of geographic distribution on
     dominance perceptions in computer-mediated groups. 313
Jennifer L. Monahan & Jennifer A. Samp. Alcohol‟s effects on goal-related appraisals and
     communicative behaviors. 332

2007, Vol. 34(2)

Y. Connie Yuan, Janet Fulk & Peter R. Monge. Access to information in connective and
    communal Transactive memory systems. 131
Alex M. Susskind. Downsizing survivors‟ communication networks and reactions: A
    longitudinal examination of information flow and turnover intentions. 156
Young Mie Kium. How intrinsic and extrinsic motivations interact in selectivity: Investigating
    the moderating effects of situational information processing goals in issue publics‟ web
    behavior. 185
Monick Biuzen, Juliette H. Walma van der Molen & Patricia Sondij. Parental mediation of
    children‟s emotional responses to a violent news event. 212
Matthias Kohring & Jorg Matthes. Trust in news media: Development and validation of a
    multidimensional scale. 231
                                                                                             62


2007, Vol. 34(1)

Dietram A. Scheufele, Eunkyung Kim & Dominique Brossard. My friend‟s enemy: How split-
     screen debate coverage influences evaluation of presidential debates. 3
Jisu Huh & Rita Langteau. Presumed influence of DTC prescription drug advertising: Do experts
     and novices think differently? 25
Charles R. Berger & Eun-Ju Lee. Dynamic representations of threatening trends: The role of
     rationality and experientiality in potentiating trepidation. 53
Michael Pfau, Michal M. Haigh, Jeanatta Simms & Shelly Wigley. The influence of corporate
     front-group stealth campaigns. 73
Stephen A. Rains. The impact of anonymity on perceptions of source credibility and influence in
     computer-mediated group communication: A test of two competing hypotheses. 100

2006, Vol. 33(6)

Eun-Ju Lee. When and how does depersonalization increase conformity to group norms in
    computer-mediated communication? 423
Matthew S. Eastin & Robert P. Griffiths. Beyond the shooter game: Examining presence and
    hostile outcomes among male game players. 448
Walid A. Afifi & John P. Caughlin. A close look at revealing secrets and some consequences that
    follow. 467
Marcus Maurer & Carsten Reinemann. Learning versus knowing: Effects of misinformation in
    televised debates. 489
Kristen Harrison, Laramie D. Taylor & Amy Lee Marske. Women‟s and men‟s eating behavior
    following exposure to ideal-body images and text. 507

2006, Vol. 33(5)

Zhongdang Pan, Lijiang Shen, Hye-Jin Pack & Ye Sun. Mobilizing political talk in a presidential
    campaign: An examination of campaign effects in a deliberative framework. 315
Maria Elizabeth Grabe & Rasha Kamhawi. Hard wired for negative news? Gender differences in
    processing broadcast news. 346
Ulrike Cress, Joachim Kimmerle & Frederich W. Hesse. Information exchange with shared
    databases as a social dilemma: The effect of metaknowledge, bonus systems, and costs. 370
Jennifer A. Theiss & Denise Haunani Solomon. A relational turbulence model of communication
    about irritations in romantic relationships. 391

2006, Vol. 33(4)

Leanne K. Knobloch, Denise Haunani Solomon & Jennifer A. Theiss. The role of intimacy in the
     production and perception of relationship talk within courtship. 211
Guowei Jian & Leo W. Jeffres. Understanding employees‟ willingness to contribute to shared
     electronic databases: A three-dimensional framework. 242
Silvia Knobloch-Westerwick & Matthias R. Hastall. Social comparisons within new personae:
     Selective exposure to news portrayals of same-sex and same-age characters. 262
                                                                                                63


Ronald A. Yaros. Is it the medium or the message? Structuring complex news to enhance
   engagement and situational understanding by nonexperts. 285

2006, Vol. 33(3)

Josh Pasek, Kate Jenski, Daniel Romer & Kathleen Hall Jamieson. America‟s youth and
    community engagement: How use of mass media is related to civic activity and political
    awareness in 14- to 22-year-olds. 115
Jaeho Cho, Homero Gil de Zuniga, Dhavan V. Shah & Douglas M. McLeod. Cue convergence:
    Associative effects on social intolerance. 136
Miriam J. Metzger. Effects of site, vendor, and consumer characteristics on we site trust and
    disclosure. 155
Y-Hui Huang. Crisis situations, communication strategies, and media coverage: A multicase
    study revisiting the communicative response model. 180

2006, Vol. 33(2)

Reinout E. de Vries, Bart van den Hoof & Jan A. de Ridder. Explaining knowledge sharing: The
    role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and performance beliefs. 115
Bob M. Fennis, Enny Das & Ad Th. H. Pruyn. Interpersonal communication and compliance:
    The disrupt-then-reframe technique in dyadic influence settings. 136
Jennifer L. Gibbs, Nicole B. Eillison & Rebecca D. Heino. Self-presentation in online personals:
    The role of anticipated future interaction, self-disclosure, and perceived success in internet
    dating. 152
Jochen Peter & Patti M. Valkenburg. Adolescents‟ exposure to sexually explicit material on the
    internet. 178

2006, Vol. 33(1)

Julie L. Andsager, Victoria Bemker, Hong-Lim Choi & Vitalis Torwel. Perceived similarity of
     exemplary traits and behaviors: Effects on message evaluation. 3
Claes H. de Vreese & Hajo G. Boomgaarden. Media message flows and interpersonal
     communication: The conditional nature of effects on public opinion. 19
Brant R. Burleson, Meina Liu, Yan Liu & Steven T. Mortenson. Chinese evaluations of
     emotional support skills, goals, and behaviors: An assessment of gender-related similarities
     and differences. 38
Charles Pavitt, Vera Zingerman, Erin Towey & Courtney McFeeters. Group communication
     during resource dilemmas: 2. Effects of harvest limit and reward asymmetry. 64
Jorge Peňa & Jeffrey T. Hancock. An analysis of socioemotional and task communication in
     online multiplayer video games. 92
                                                                                                64


2005, Vol. 32(6)

Criag R. Scott & C. Erik Timmerman. Relating computer, communication, and computer-
     mediated communication apprehensions to new communication technology use in the
     workplace. 683
Edward T. Palazzolo. Organizing for information retrieval in transactive memory systems. 726
Youngmin Yoon. Legitimacy, public relations, and media access: Proposing and testing a media
     access model. 762
Yariv Tsfati & Johnathan Cohen. The influence of presumed media influence on democratic
     legitimacy: The case of Gaza settlers. 794
Patrick C. Merrick. Rethinking the target corollary: The effects of social distance, perceived
     exposure, and perceived predispositions on first-person and third-person perceptions. 822

2005, Vol. 32(5)

Dhavan V. Shah, Jaeho Cho, William P. Eveland, Jr. & Nojin Kwak. Information and expression
    in a digital age: Modeling internet effects on civic participation. 531
Yuki Fujioka. Emotional TV viewing and minority audience: How Mexican Americans process
    and evaluate TV news about in-group members. 566
Sung-Yeon Park. The influence of presumed media influence on women‟s desire to be thin. 594
Eun-Ju Lee. When placebic information differs from real information: Cognitive and
    motivational bases of mindful reactions to informational social influence. 615
Reza Barkhi. Information exchange and induced cooperation in group decision support systems.
    646

2005, Vol. 32(4)

Craig R. Hullett. The impact of mood on persuasion: A meta-analysis. 423
Anita L. Vangelisti, Stacy L. Young, Katy E. Carpenter-Theune & Alicia L. Alexander. Why
    does it hurt? The perceived causes of hurt feelings. 443
Joseph N. Cappella, Caryn Lerman, Anca Romantan & Lemi Baruh. News about genetics and
    smoking: Priming, family smoking history, and news story believability on inferences of
    genetic susceptibility to tobacco addiction. 478
John D. Richardson. Switching social identities: The influence of editorial framing on reader
    attitudes toward affirmative action and African Americans. 503

2005, Vol. 32(3)

Marina Krcmar & Edward T. Vieira, Jr. Imitating life, imitating television: The effects of family
    and television models on children‟s moral reasoning. 267
Jaeho Cho. Media, interpersonal discussion, and electoral choice. 295
Dana E. Mastro, Ron Tamborini & Craig R. Hullett. Linking media to prototype activation and
    subsequent celebrity attraction: An application of self-categorization theory. 323
Leanne K. Knobloch & Denise Haunani Solomon. Relational uncertainty and relational
    information processing: Questions without answers? 349
                                                                                              65


Rajiv N. Rimal & Kevin Real. How behaviors are influenced by perceived norms: A test of the
    theory of normative social behavior. 389

2005, Vol. 32(2)

Hye-Jin Paek, Zhongdang Pan, Ye Sun, Joseph Abisaid & Debra Houden. The third-person
    perception as social judgment: An exploration of social distance and uncertainty in perceived
    effects of political attack ads. 143
Phyllis A. Anastasio, Karen C. Rose & Joseph C. Chapman. The divisive coverage effect: How
    media may cleave differences of opinion between social groups. 171
Stephen A. Rains. Leveling the organizational playing field—virtually: A meta-analysis of
    experimental research assessing the impact of group support system use on member
    influence behaviors. 193
Hyunyi Cho & Franklin J. Boster. Development and validation of value-, outcome-, and
    impression-relevant involvement scales. 235

2005, Vol. 32(1)

Charles R. Berger. Slippery slopes to apprehension: Rationality and graphical depictions of
     increasingly threatening trends. 2
Eun-Ju Lee. Effects of the influence agent‟s sex and self-confidence on informational social
     influence in computer-mediated communication: Quantitative versus verbal presentation. 29
Patricia Moy, Marcos Torres, Keiko Tanaka & Michael R. McCluskey. Knowledge or trust?
     Investigating linkages between media reliance and participation. 59
Nojin Kwak, Ann E. Williams, Xiaoru Wang & Hoon Lee. Talking politics and engaging
     politics: An examination of the interactive relationships between structural features of
     political talk and discussion engagement. 87
Brian G. Southwell. Between messages and people: A multilevel model of memory for television
     content. 112

2004, Vol. 31(6)

Kathleen M. Schmitt, Albert C. Gunther & Janice L. Liebhart. Why partisans see mass media as
    biased. 623
Michael D. Slater, Kimberly L. Henry, Randall C. Swaim & Joe Cardador. Vulnerable teens,
    vulnerable times: How sensation seeking, alienation, and victimization moderate the
    violence media content-aggressiveness relation. 642
Kurt Neuwirth & Edward Frederick. Peer and social influence on opinion expression: Combining
    the theories of planned behavior and the spiral of silence. 669
Joseph A. Bonito. Shared cognition and participation in small groups: Similarity of member
    prototypes. 704
                                                                                              66


2004, Vol. 31(5)

Krisen Lucas & John L. Sherry. Sex differences in video game play: A communication-based
     explanation. 499
Julia R. Fox. A signal detection analysis of audio/video redundancy effects in televisions news
     video. 524
Fangfang Diao & S. Shyam Sundar. Orienting response and memory for web advertisements:
     Exploring effects of pop-up window and animation. 537
Jisu Huh, Denise E. DeLorne & Leonard N. Reid. The third-person effect and its influence on
     behavioral outcomes in a product advertising context: The case of direct-to-consumer
     prescription drug advertising. 568
Better Kaman Lee. Audience-oriented approach to crisis communication: A study of Hong Kong
     consumers‟ evaluation of an organizational crisis. 600

2004, Vol. 31(4)

Craig R. Yillett. Using functional theory to promote sexually transmitted disease (STD) testing:
    The impact of value-expressive messages and guilt. 363
Kathy Kellerman. A goal-directed approach to gaining compliance: Relating differences among
    goals to differences in behaviors. 397
Christopher E. Beaudoin & Esther Thorson. Testing the cognitive mediation model: The roles of
    news reliance and three gratifications sought. 446
Dianne Ricinski. Community boundedness, personal relevance, and the knowledge gap. 472

2004, Vol. 31(3)

Silbia Knobloch, Grit Patzig, Anna-Maria Mende & Matthias Hastall. Affective news: Effects of
     discourse structures in narratives on suspense, curiosity, and enjoyment while reading news
     and novels. 259
Patti M. Valkenburg & Marjolein Vroone. Developmental changes in infants‟ and toddlers‟
     attention to television entertainment. 288
Osei Appiah. Effects of ethnic identification on web broswers‟ attitudes toward and navigational
     patterns on race-targeted sites. 312
Susanne Jones. Putting the person into person-centered and immediate emotional support:
     Emotional change and perceived helper competence as outcomes of comforting in helping
     situations. 338

2004, Vol. 31(2)

Dawna I. Ballard & David R. Seibold. Organizational members‟ communication and temporal
    experience: Scale development and validation. 135
Leanne K. Knobloch & Kathy E. Carpenter-Theune. Topic avoidance in developing romantic
    relationships: Associations with intimacy and relational uncertainty. 173
Prabu David, Kaiya Liu & Michael Myser. Methodological artifact or persistent bias? Testing the
    robustness of the third-person and reverse third-person effects for alcohol messages. 206
                                                                                                67


Patrick C. Merrick. Topic-relevant reference groups and dimensions of distance: Political
     advertising and first- and third-person effects. 234

2004, Vol. 31(1)

Mary Claire Morr & Paul A. Mongeau. First-date expectations: The impact of sex of initiator,
     alcohol consumption, and relationship type. 3
Sprio Kiousis & Max McCombs. Agenda-setting effects and attitude strength: Political figures
     during the 1996 presidential election. 36
Dolf Zillman, Lei Chen, Silvia Knobloch & Coy Callison. Effects of lead framing on selective
     exposure to internet news reports. 58
William P. Eveland, Jr., Krisztina Marton & Mihye Seo. Moving behind “just the facts”: The
     influence of online news on the content and structure of political affairs knowledge. 82
Stella C. Chia, Kerr-hsin Lu & Douglas M. McLeod. Sex, lies, and video compact disk: A case
     study on third-person perception and motivations for media censorship. 109

2003, Vol. 30(6)

Arun Vishwanath. Comparing online information effects: A cross-cultural comparison of online
    information and uncertainty avoidance. 579
John G. Oetzel & Stella Ting Toomey. Face concerns in interpersonal conflict: A cross-cultural
    empirical test of the face negotiation theory. 599
Scott E. Caplan. Preference for online social interaction: A theory of problematic internet use and
    psychosocial well-being. 625
Zhongdang Pan & Joseph Man Chen. Shifting journalistic paradigm: How China‟s journalists
    assess “media exemplars.” 649
Jochen Peter. Country characteristics as contingent conditions of agenda setting: The moderating
    influence of polarized elite opinion. 683
Michael D. Slater, Kimberly L. Henry, Randall C. Swaim & Lori L. Anderson. Violent media
    content and aggressiveness in adolescents: A downward spiral model. 713
Charles R. Berger, Eun-Ju Lee & Joel T. Johnson. Gender, rationality, and base-rate explanations
    for increasing trends. 737

2003, Vol. 30(5)

Moniek Buijzen & Patti M. Valkenburg. The unintended effects of television advertising: A
    parent-child survey. 483
Yariv Tsfati & Joseph N. Cappella. Do people watch what they do not trust? Exploring the
    association between news media skepticism and exposure. 504
Rick W. Busselle. Television exposure, parents‟ precautionary warnings, and young adults‟
    perceptions of crime. 530
Fang Yang & James Shanahan. Economic openness and media penetration. 557
                                                                                                68


2003, Vol. 30(4)

William P. Eveland, Jr., Dhavan V. Shah, & Nojin Kwak. Assessing causality in the cognitive
    mediation model: A panel study of motivations, information processing and learning during
    Campaign 2000. 359
Maria Elizabeth Grabe, Annie Lang & Xiaoquan Zhao. News content and form: Implications for
    memory and audience evaluations. 387
Cindt T. Christen & Albert C. Gunther. The influence of mass media and other culprits on the
    projection of personal opinion. 414
Jennifer Stevens Aurbey, Kristen Harrison, Leila Kramer & Jennifer Yellin. Variety versus
    timing: Gender differences in college students‟ sexual expectations as predicted by exposure
    to sexually oriented television. 432
Lyn M. Van Swol. The effects of nonverbal mirroring on perceived persuasiveness, agreement
    with an imitator, and reciprocity in a group discussion. 461

2003, Vol. 30(3)

Charles R. Berger. Effects of discounting cues and gender on apprehension: Quantitative versus
    verbal depictions of threatening trends. 251
Erina L. MacGeorge, Seth J. Gillihan, Wendy Samter & Ruth Anne Clark. Skill deficit or
    differential motivation? Testing alternative explanations for gender differences in the
    provision of emotional support. 272
Amy I. Nathanson & Renee A. Botta. Shaping the effects of television on adolescents‟ body
    image disturbance: The role of parental mediation. 304
Michael T. Stephenson & R. Lance Holbert. A Monte Carlo simulation of observable versus
    latent variable structural equation modeling techniques. 332

2003, Vol. 30(2)

Brant R. Burleson & Steven R. Mortenson. Explaining cultural differences in evaluations of
    emotional support behaviors: Exploring the mediating influence of value systems and
    interaction goals. 113
Caroline Cornelius & Margarete Boos. Enhancing mutual understanding in synchronous
    computer-mediated communication by training: Trade-offs in judgmental tasks. 147
Ryan Goei, Lisa L. Massi Lindsey, Franklin J. Boster, Paul D. Skalski & Jonathan M. Bowen.
    The mediating roles of liking and obligation on the relationships between favors and
    compliance. 178
Charles R. Berger, Joel T. Johnson & Eun-Ju Lee. Antidotes for anthrax anecdotes: The role of
    rationality and base-rate data in assuaging apprehension. 198
Robin L. Nabi. Exploring the framing effects of emotions: Do discrete emotions differentially
    influence information accessibility, information seeking, and policy preference? 224
                                                                                                  69


2003, Vol. 30(1)

Silvia Knobloch, Matthias Hastall, Dolf Zillmann & Coy Callison. Imagery effects on the
     selective reading of internet newsmagazines. 3
S. Shyam Sundar, Sriram Kalyanaraman & Justin Brown. Explicating web site interactivity:
     Impression formation effects in political campaign sites. 30
Daniel G. McDonald & John Dimmick. The conceptualization and measurement of diversity. 60
Naewon Kang & Nojin Kwak. A multilevel approach to civic participation: Individual length of
     residence, neighborhood residential stability, and their interactive effects with media use. 80

2002, Vol. 29(6)

Claes H. de Vreese & Holli A. Semetko. Cynical and engaged: Strategic campaign coverage,
    public opinion, and mobilization in a referendum. 615
Yuki Fujioka & Erica Weintraub Austin. The relationship of family communication patterns to
    parental mediation styles. 642
Murray Miller. Effects of guilt induction and guilt reduction on door in the face. 666
Erica Scharrer. Third-person perception and television violence: The role of out-group
    stereotyping in perceptions of susceptibility to effects. 681
Robert J. Griffin, Kurt Neuwirth, James Giese & Sharon Dunwoody. Linking the heuristic-
    systematic model and depth of processing. 705

2002, Vol. 29(5)

Chingching Chang. Self-congruence as a cue in different advertising-processing contexts. 503
Paul D. Bolls. I can hear you, but can I see you? The use of visual cognition during exposure to
    high-imagery radio advertisements. 537
Klaus Schoenbach & Edmund Lauf. The “trap” effect of television and its competitors. 564
Matthew C. Nisbet, Dietram A. Scheufele, James Shanahan, Patricia May, Dominique Brossard
    & BruceV. Lewenstein. Knowledge, reservations, or promise? A media effects model for
    public perceptions of science and technology. 584

2002, Vol. 29(4)

Michael D. Slater & Kathleen J. Kelly. Testing alternative explanations for exposure effects in
     media campaigns: The case of a community-based in-school media drug prevention
     program. 367
Pamela J. Lannutti & Jennifer L. Monahan. When the frame paints the picture: Alcohol
     consumption, relational framing, and sexual communication. 390
Itzhak Yanovitsky. Effects of news coverage on policy attention and actions: A closer look into
     the media-policy connection. 422
Marilyn Roberts, Wayne Wanta & Tzong-Horng (Dustin) Dzwo. Agenda setting and issue
     salience online. 452
Jonathan J. H. Zhuo & Zhou He. Perceived characteristics, perceived needs, and perceived
     popularity: Adoption and use of the internet in China. 466
                                                                                                70



2002, Vol. 29(3)

Annie Lang, Jennifer Borse, Kevin Wise & Prabu David. Captured by the world wide web:
     Orienting to structural and content features of computer-presented information. 215
Julie L. Andsager, Erica Weintraub Austin & Bruce E. Pinkleton. Gender as a variable in
     interpretation of alcohol-related messages. 246
Prabu David, Glenda Morrison, Melissa A. Johnson & Felecia Ross. Body image, race, and
     fashion models: Social distance and social identification in third-person effects. 270
Eric W. Groenendyk & Nicholas A. Valentino. Of dark clouds and silver linings: Effects of
     exposure to issue versus candidate advertising on persuasion, Information retention, and
     issue salience. 295
Kurt Neuwirth, Edward Frederick & Charles Mayo. Person-effects and heuristic-systematic
     processing. 320

2002, Vol. 29(2)

Charles R. Berger. Base-rate bingo: Ephemeral effects of population data on cognitive responses,
    apprehension, and perceived risk. 99
Michael E. Kalman, Peter Monge, Janet Fulk & Rebecca Heino. Motivations to resolve
    communication dilemmas in database-mediated collaboration. 125
Erica Weintraub Austin, Amber Coral-Reaume Miller, John Silva, Petra Guerra, Neva Geisler,
    Luxelvira Gamoa, Orlalak Phakakayi & Bryant Kuechle. The effects of increased cognitive
    involvement on college students‟ interpretations of magazine advertisements for alcohol.
    155
Scott L. Althaus & David Tewksbury. Agenda setting and the “new” news: Patterns of issue
    importance among readers of the paper and online versions of the New York Times. 180

2002, Vol. 29(1)

Robert P. Hawkins, Suzanne Pingree, Jacqueline Bush Hitchon, Eileen Gilligan, LeeAnn Kahlor,
    Bradley W. Gorham, Barry Radler, Prathana Kannovakun, Toni Schmidt, Gudbjorg Hildur
    Kolbeins, Chin-I Wang & Ronald C. Serlin. What holds attention to television? Strategic
    inertia of looks at content boundaries. 3
Johannes W. J. Beentjes, Marianne van Oordt & Tom H. A. van der Voort. How television
    commentary affects children‟s judgments on soccer fouls. 31
Dietram A. Scheufele. Examining differential gains from mass media and their implications for
    participatory behavior. 46
Andrew J. Flanagan, Vaness Tiyaamornwong, Joan O‟Connor & David R. Seibold. Computer-
    mediated group work: The interaction of member sex and anonymity. 66

2001, Vol. 28(6)

Tamir Sheafer. Charismatic skill and media legitimacy: An actor-centered approach to
   understanding the political communication competition. 711
                                                                                             71


Lucia Savadori, Lyn M. Van Swol & Janet Sniezek. Information sampling and confidence within
    groups and judge advisor systems. 737
David Domke. Racial cues and political ideology: An examination of associative priming. 772
Robin L. Nabi & John L. Sullivan. Does television viewing relate to engagement in protective
    action against crime? A cultivation analysis from a theory of reasoned action perspective.
    802
David P. Fan, Robert O. Wyatt & Kathy Keltner. The suicidal messenger: How the press
    reporting affects public confidence in the press, the military, and organized religion. 826

2001, Vol. 28(5)

William P. Eveland, Jr. The cognitive mediation model of learning from the news: Evidence
     from nonelection, off-year election, and presidential election contexts. 571
Thomas A. Morton & Julie M. Duck. Communication and health beliefs: Mass and interpersonal
     influences on perceptions of risk to self and others.
Paul D. Bulls, Annie Lang & Robert F. Potter. The effects of message valence and listener
     arousal on attention, memory, and facial muscular responses to radio advertisements. 627
Patti M. Valkenburg & Karen E. Soctors. Children‟s positive and negative experiences with the
     internet: An exploratory survey. 652
Laura Leets. Explaining perceptions of racist speech. 676

2001, Vol. 28(4) (Special Issue: Communication Technology and Community)

Sandra J. Ball-Rokeach & Elizabeth Gutierrez Hoyt. Communication technology and
    community. 355
Lewis A. Friedland. Communication, community, and democracy: Toward a theory of the
    communicatively integrated community. 358
Sandra J. Ball-Rokeach, Yong-Chan Kim & Sorin Matei. Storytelling neighborhood: Paths to
    belonging in diverse urban environments. 392
Sorin Matei, Sandra J. Ball-Rokeach & Jack Linchuan Qui. Fear and misperception of Los
    Angeles urban space: A spatial-statistical study of communication-shaped mental maps. 429
Dhavan V. Shah, Jack M. McLeod & So-Hyang Yoon. Communication, context, and community:
    An exploration of print, broadcast, and internet influences. 464
Joo-Young Jung, Jack Linchuan Qui & Yong-Chan Kim. Internet connectedness and inequality:
    Beyond the “divide.” 507
William E. Loges & Joo-Young Jung. Exploring the digital divide: Internet connectedness and
    age. 536

2001, Vol. 28(3)

Amy I. Nathanson. Parents versus peers: Exploring the significance of peer mediation of
    antisocial television. 251
Joseph A. Bonito. An information-processing approach to participation in small groups. 275
Dietram A. Scheufele, James Shanahan & Eunjung Lee. Real talk: Manipulating the dependent
    variable in spiral of silence research. 304
                                                                                               72


Jeffrey T. Hancock & Philip J. Durham. Impression formation in computer-mediated
     communication revisited: An analysis of the breadth and intensity of impressions. 325

2001, Vol. 28(2)

Daniel G. McDonald, Caroll J. Glynn, Sei-Hill Kim & Ronald E. Ostman. The spiral of silence in
     the 1948 presidential election. 139
Wolfram Periser & Jochen Peter. Explaining individual differences in third-person perception: A
     limits/possibilities perspective. 156
Glenn Leshner. Critiquing the image: Testing image adwatches as journalistic reform. 181
Itzhak Yanovitsky & Jo Stryker. Mass media, social norms, and health promotion efforts: A
     longitudinal study of media effects on youth binge drinking. 208

2001, Vol. 28(1)

Kathy Kellerman & Hee Sun Park. Situational urgency and conversational retreat: When
    politeness and efficiency matter. 3
William P. Eveland, Jr. & Sharon Dunwoody. User control and structural isomorphism or
    disorientation and cognitive load? Learning from the web versus print. 48
Daniel J. Canary, William R. Cupach & Richard T. Serpe. A competence-based approach to
    examining interpersonal conflict: Test of a longitudinal model. 79
Joseph B. Walther, Celeste L. Slovacek & Lisa C. Tidwell. Is a picture worth a thousand words?
    Photographic images in long-term and short-term computer-mediated communication. 105

2000, Vol. 27(6)

S. Shayam Sundar & Clifford Nass. Source orientation in human-computer interaction:
    Programmer, networker, or independent social actor? 683
Jennifer Butler Ellis & Gewn M. Wittenbaum. Relationships between self-construal and verbal
    promotion. 704
D. Lawrence Kincaid. Mass media, ideation, and behavior: A longitudinal analysis of
    contraceptive change in the Philippines. 723
Betty Kama Lee & Ling Chen. Cultural communication competence and psychological
    adjustment: A study of Chinese immigrant children‟s cross-cultural adaptation in Canada.
    764

2000, Vol. 27(5)

Travis L. Dixon & Daniel Linz. Race and misrepresentation of victimization on local television
    news. 547
Koen van Eijck & Kees van Rees. Media orientation and media use: Television viewing behavior
    of specific reader types from 1975 to 1995. 574
Kristen Harrison. Television viewing, fat stereotyping, body shape standards, and eating disorder
    symptomatology in grade school children. 617
                                                                                               73


Stacy L. Smith & Barbara J. Wilson. Children‟s reactions to a television news story: The impact
    of video footage and proximity of the crime. 641

2000, Vol. 27(4)

Linda C. Godbold & Michael Pfau. Conferring resistance to peer pressure among adolescents:
    Using inoculation theory to discourage alcohol use. 411
Thomas A. Morton & Julie M. Duck. Social identity and media dependency in the gay
    community: The predication of safe sex attitudes. 438
James Price Dillard & Eugenia Peck. Affect and persuasion: Emotional responses to public
    service announcements. 461
Leo W. Jeffres. Ethnicity and ethnic media use: A panel study. 496

2000, Vol. 27(3)

Michael McDevitt & Steven Chafee. Closing gaps in political communication and knowledge:
    Effects of school intervention. 259
Marina M. Pool, Tom H. A. va der Voort, Johannes W. J. Beentjes & Cees M. Koolstra.
    Background television as an inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult homework
    assignments. 293
G. Blake Armstrong & Leeva Chung. Background television and reading memory in context:
    Assessing TV interference and facilitative context effects on encoding versus retrieval
    processes. 327
Alex M. Susskind. Efficacy and outcome expectations related to customer complaints about
    service experiences. 353
Gwen M. Wittenbaum. The bias toward discussing shared information: Why are high-status
    group members immune? 379

2000, Vol. 27(2)

Dietram A. Scheufele & Dhavan V. Shah. Personality strength and social capital: The role of
     dispositional and informational variables in the production of civic participation. 107
Juliette H. Walma van der Molen & Tom H. A. van der Voort. Children‟s and adults‟ recall of
     television and print news in children‟s and adult news formats. 132
Richard Bello. Determinants of equivocation: The influence of situational formality, interaction
     phase, and ambiguity tolerance. 161
Eric P. Bucy. Emotional and evaluative consequences of inappropriate leader displays. 194
John Dimmick, Susan Kline & Laura Stafford. The gratification niches of personal e-mail and
     the telephone: Competition, displacement, and complementarity. 227

1999, Vol. 26(6)

Lisa Henriksen & June A. Flora. Third-person perception and children: Perceived impact of pro-
    and anti-smoking ads. 643
                                                                                                74


Patrick Roessler. The individual agenda-designing process: How interpersonal communication,
     egocentric networks, and mass media shape the perception of political issues of individuals.
     666
Donna P. Wasserman. The local contours of campaign coverage: State newspapers and the 1988
     Super Tuesday campaign. 701
Cynthia Hoffner, Martha Buchanan, Joel David Anderson, Lisa A. Hubbs, Stacy K. Kamigaki,
     Laura Kowalczyk, Angela Pastorek, Richard S. Plotkin & Kelsey J. Silberg. Support for
     censorship of television violence: The role of the third-person effect and news exposure. 726
Jack M. McLeod, Dietram A. Scheufele, Patricia Moy, Edward M. Horowitz, R. Lance Holbert,
     Weiwu Zhang, Stephen Zubric & Jessica Zubric. Understanding deliberation: The effects of
     discussion networks on participation in a public forum. 743

1999, Vol. 26(5)

Michael B. Salwen & Michel Dupagne. The third-person effect: Perceptions of the media‟s
     influence and immoral consequences. 523
Patti M. Valkenburg, Holli A. Semetko & Claes H. de Vreese. The effects of news frames on
     readers‟ thoughts and recall. 550
David Domke, Kelley McCoy & Marcos Torres. News media, racial perceptions, and political
     cognition. 570
Marina Krcmar & Patti M. Valkenburg. A scale to assess children‟s moral interpretations of
     justified and unjustified violence and its relationship to television viewing. 608

1999, Vol. 26(4) (Special Issues: Bridging Established and Emerging Directions in
Communication Research)

Elizabeth Gutierrez Hoyt, Shari Hoppin, Ben Lee, Jordana Kanee Signer, Mark Latonero &
     Sandra J. Ball-Rokeach. Bridging established and emerging directions in communication
     research. 379
Nojin Kwak. Revisiting the knowledge gap hypothesis: Education, motivation, and media use.
     385
Sprio Kiousis, Philemon Bantimaroudis & Hyun Ban. Candidate image attributes: Experiments
     on the substantive dimension of second level agenda setting. 414
Itzhak Yanovitzky & Courtney Bennett. Media attention, institutional response, and health
     behavior change: The case of drunk driving, 1978-1996. 429
Naewon Kang & Junho H. Choi. Structural implications of the crossposting network of
     international news in cyberspace. 454
Philip Graham. Critical systems theory: A political economy of language, thoughts, and
     technology. 482

1999, Vol. 26(3)

William P. Eveland, Jr., Amy I. Nathanson, Benjamin H. Detenber & Douglas M. McLeod.
    Rethinking the social distance corollary: Perceived likelihood of exposure and the third-
    person perception. 275
                                                                                                   75


Charles Pavitt & Kelly Kline Johnson. An examination of the coherence of group discussions.
    303
Rajiv N. Rimal, June A. Flora & Caroline Schooler. Achieving improvements in overall health
    orientation: Effects of campaign exposure, information seeking, and health media use. 322
Michael G. Cruz, David Dryden Hennington & Brian A. Smith. The impact of directive
    leadership on group information sampling, decisions, and perceptions of the leader. 349

1999, Vol. 26(2)

Amy I Nathanson. Identifying and explaining the relationship between parental mediation and
    children‟s aggression. 124
Mark D. Watts, David Domke, Dhavan V. Shah, & David P. Fan. Elite cues and media bias in
    presidential campaigns: Explaining public perceptions of a liberal press. 144
Glenn G. Sparks, Marianne Pellechia & Chris Irvine. The repressive coping style and fright
    reactions to mass media. 176
Jennifer Anne Samp & Denise Haunani Solomon. Communicative responses to problematic
    events in close relationships II: The influence of five facets of goals on message features.
    193
Dhavan V. Shah, Ronald J. Faber & Seounmi Youn. Susceptibility and severity: Perceptual
    dimensions underlying the third-person effect. 240

1999, Vol. 26(1)

David Tewksbury. Differences in how we watch the news: The impact of processing goals and
    expertise on evaluations of political actors. 4
Katherine McComas & James Shanahan. Telling stories about global climate change: Measuring
    the impact of narratives on issue cycles. 30
C. Richard Hofstetter, Thomas G. Sticht, & Carolyn Huie Hofstetter. Knowledge, literacy, and
    power. 58
Jennifer L. Monohan & Cynthia E. Zuckerman. Intensifying the dominant response: Participant-
    observer differences and nonconscious effects. 81

1998, Vol. 25(6) (Special Issue: (Mis)communicating Across Boundaries)

Sandra Petronio, Naomi Ellemers, Howard Giles & Cynthia Gallois. (Mis)communicating across
    boundaries: Interpersonal and intergroup considerations. 471
Natalie J. Dollar & Brooke G. Zimmers. Social identity and communicative boundaries: An
    analysis of youth and young adult street speakers in a U.S. American community. 596
Larry L. Wilson, Michael E. Roloff, & Colleen M. Carey. Boundary rules: Factors that inhibit
    expressing concerns about another‟s romantic relationships. 618
Anthony Mulac, Karen T. Erlandson, W. Jeffrey Farrar, Jennifer S. Hallet, Jennifer L. Molloy &
    Margaret E. Prescott. “Uh-huh. What‟s that all about?” Differing interpretations of
    conversational backchannels and questions as sources of miscommunication across gender
    boundaries. 641
                                                                                               76


Gail E. Cooper & Linda C. Godbold. Convergence between racial and political identities:
    Boundary erasure or aversive racism? 669
Tom Postmes, Russell Speaks & Martin Lea. Breaching or building social boundaries? SIDE-
    effects of computer-mediated communication. 689

1998, Vol. 25(5)

Jack M. McLeod, Mira Sotirovic & R. Lance Holbert. Value as sociotropic judgments
    influencing communication patterns. 453
Albert C. Gunther. The persuasive press inference: Effects of mass media on perceived public
    opinion. 486
Oscar H. Gandy, Jr. & Jonathan Baron. Inequality: It‟s all in the way you look at it. 505
Tsan-Kuo Chang. All countries not created equal to be news: World systems and international
    system. 528

1998, Vol. 25(4) (Special Issue: Communication in the Global Community)

Patricia Riley & Peter R. Monge. Introduction. 355
Deborah L. Wheeler. Global culture or culture clash: New information technologies in the
     Islamic world—a view from Kuwait. 359
Silvio Waisbord. When the cart of media is before the horse of identity: A critique of technology-
     centered views on globalization. 377
Mark Meister & Phyliss MN. Japp. Sustainable development and the global economy: Rhetorical
     implications for improving the quality of life. 399
Gary Gumpert & Susan J. Drucker. The mediated home in the global village. 422

1998, Vol. 25(3)

Michael B. Salwen. Perceptions of media influence and support for censorship: The third-person
    effect in the 1996 presidential election. 259
Daniel Romer, Kathleen H. Jamieson & Nicole J. de Coteau. The treatment of persons of color in
    local television news: Ethnic blame disclosure or realistic group conflict? 286
Marianne S. Sassi & John O. Greene. The impact of individual differences on message-
    production skill acquisition. 306
Kristen Linnea Johnson & Michael E. Roloff. Serial arguing and relational quality: Determinants
    and consequences of perceived resolvability. 327

1998, Vol. 25(2)

Davette E. Ifert & Michael E. Roloff. Understanding obstacles preventing compliance:
    Conceptualization and classification. 131
Shinobu Suzuki. In-group and out-group communication patterns in international organizations:
    Implications for social identity theory. 154
Amber L. Besson, Michael E. Roloff & Gaylen D. Paulson. Preserving face in refusal situations.
    183
                                                                                                77


Stephanie A. Skumanich & David P. Kintsfather. Individual media dependency relations within
    television shopping programming: A causal model reviewed and revised. 200
Matthew Hogben. Factors moderating the effect of televised aggression on viewer behavior. 220

1998, Vol. 25(1)

Gregory Makoul & Michael E. Roloff. The role of efficacy and outcome expectations in the
    decision to withhold relational complaints. 5
Alex M. Susskind, Vernon D. Miller & J. David Johnson. Downsizing and structural holes: Their
    impact on layoff survivors‟ perceptions of organizational chaos and openness to change. 30
Jennifer Anne Samp & Denise Hauuani Solomon. Communication responses to problematic
    events in close relationships I: The variety and facets of goals. 66
Thomas W. Valente & Walter P. Saba. Mass media and interpersonal influence in a reproductive
    health communication campaign in Bolivia. 96

1997, Vol. 24(6) (Special Issue: Communication in the Age of the Disposable Worker)

Charles Conrad & Marshall Scott Poole. Introduction. 581
George Cheney & Craig Carroll. The person as object in discourses in and around organizations.
     593
David M. Boje, Grace Ann Rosile, Robert Dennehy & Debra J. Summers. Restorying
     reengineering: Some deconstructions and postmodern alternatives. 631
Christopher R. Martin & Hayg Oshagan. Disciplining the workforce: The news media frame a
     General Motors plant closing. 669
Stuart Galup, Carol Saunders, Reed E. Nelson & Robert Cerveny. The use of temporary staff and
     managers in a local government environment. 698
Patricia M. Sias, Michael W. Kramer & Edith Jenkins. A comparison of the communication
     behaviors of temporary employees and new hires. 731
Mary K. Casey, Vernon D. Miller & John R. Johnson. Survivors‟ information seeking following
     a reduction in workforce. 755

1997, Vol. 24(5)

G. Blake Armstrong & Pradeep Sopory. Effects of background television on phonological and
    visuo-spatial working memory. 459
Vincent Price, David Tewksbury & Elizabeth Powers. Switching trains of thought: The impact of
    news frames on readers‟ cognitive responses. 481
Seth Finn. Origins of media exposure: Linking personality traits to TV, radio, print, and film use.
    507
Suzanne M. Jones & Brant R. Burleson. The impact of situational variables on helpers‟
    perceptions of comforting messages: An attributional analysis. 530
Murray Miller & Karen U. Miller. The effects of cognitive capacity and suspicion on truth bias.
    556
                                                                                            78


1997, Vol. 24(4) (Special Issue: Cultural Variability in Communication)

William B. Gudykunst. Cultural variability in communication: An introduction. 327
Naoimi Sugimoto. A Japan-U.S. comparison of apology styles. 349
Angie Williams, Hiroshi Ota, Howard Giles, Herbert D. Pierson, Cynthia Gallois, Sik-Hung Ng,
    Tae-Seop Lim, Ellen Bouchard Ryan, LilnaBeth Somera, John Maher, Debra Cai & Jake
    Harwood. Young people‟s beliefs about intergenerational communication: An initial cross-
    cultural comparison. 370
Meihua Lee & George A. Barnett. A symbols-and-meaning approach to the organizational
    cultures of banks in the United States, Japan, and Taiwan. 394
Jinyoung Tak, Lynda Lee Kaid & Soobum Lee. A cross-cultural study of political advertising in
    the United States and Korea. 413
James W. Neulip. A cross-cultural comparison of teacher immediacy in American and Japanese
    college classrooms. 431

1997, Vol. 24(3)

June Woog Rhee & Joseph N. Cappella. The role of political sophistication in learning from
    news: Measuring schema development. 197
Valerie Manusov, Kory Floyd & Jeff Kerssen-Griep. Yours, mine, and ours: Mutual attributions
    for nonverbal behaviors in couples‟ interactions. 234
Gaylen D. Paulson & Michael E. Roloff. The effects of request form and content on constructing
    obstacles to compliance. 261
Michael G. Cruz, Franklin J. Boster & Jose I. Rodriguez. The impact of group size and
    proportion of shared information on the exchange and integration of information in groups.
    291

1997, Vol. 24(2)

JungKee Kim & Alan M. Rubin. The variable influence of audience activity on media effects.
    107
Cynthia Hoffner & Margaret J. Haefner. Children‟s comforting of frightened coviewers: Real and
    hypothetical television-viewing situations. 136
Douglas M. McLeod, William P. Eveland, Jr. & Amy I. Nathanson. Support for censorship of
    violent and misogynic rap lyrics: An analysis of the third-person effect. 152
L. David Ritchie. Parents‟ workplace experiences and family communication patterns. 175

1996, Vol. 23(6) (Special Issue: Communication and Reality)

Charles R. Berger. Communication and reality: An introduction. 647
Youngme Moon & Clifford Nass. How “real” are computer personalities? Psychological
    responses to personality types in human-computer interaction. 651
William Douglas. The fall from grace? The modern family on television. 675
James Price Dillard, Denise Haunani Solomon & Jennifer Anne Samp. Framing social reality:
    The relevance of relational judgments. 703
                                                                                               79


Judee K. Burgoon, David B. Buller, Kory Floyd & Joseph Grandpre. Deceptive realities: Sender,
    receiver, and observer perspectives in deceptive conversations. 724
Terri R. Metzger & Wayne A. Beach. Preserving alternative versions: Interactional techniques
    for organizing courtroom cross-examinations. 749

1996, Vol. 23(5)

Dhavan V. Shaw, David Domke & Daniel B. Wackman. “To thine own self be true”: Values,
    framing, and voter decision-making strategies. 509
Hans-Bernd Brosius & Gabriel Weimann. Who sets the agenda?: Agenda-setting as a two-step
    flow. 561
Janet R. Meyer. Retrieving knowledge in social situations: A test of the implicit rules model. 581
Michael Dupagne & R. Jeffrey Green. Revisiting the principle of relative constancy: Consumer
    mass media expenditures in Belgium. 612

1996, Vol. 23(4)

Doug McCann & Chris Segrin. Communication and psychopathology: An overview. 370
Mary Ann Fitzpatrick, Linda J. Marshall, Timothy J. Leutwiler & Marina Krcmar. The effect of
   family communication environments on children‟s social behavior during middle childhood.
   379

1996, Vol. 23(3)

Daniel R. Anderson, Patricia A. Collins, Kelly L. Schmitt & Robin Smith Jacobvitz. Stressful
    life events and television viewing. 243
Keiko Miyamoto Tanaka & Robert A. Bell. Equivocation in America and Japan: A cross-national
    comparison of the effects of situational conflict and status. 261
Laura E. Drake & William A. Donohue. Communicative framing theory in conflict resolution.
    297
Kyungmo Kim & George A. Barnett. The determinants of international news flow: A network
    analysis. 323

1996, Vol. 23(2)

Zhongdang Pan & Gerald M. Kosicki. Assessing news media influences on the formation of
    Whites‟ racial policy preferences. 147
Jack M. McLeod, Katie Daily, Zhongshi Guo, William P. Eveland, Jr., Jan Bayer, Seungchan
    Yang & Hsu Wang. Community integration, local media use, and democratic processes. 179
Michael D. Slater & Donna Rouner. Value-affirmative and value-protective processing of
    alcohol education messages that include statistical evidence or anecdotes. 210
                                                                                               80


1996, Vol. 23(1)

Joseph B. Walther. Computer-mediated communication: Impersonal, interpersonal, and
    hyperpersonal interaction. 3
James Price Dillard, Courtney A. Plotnick, Linda C. Godbold, Vicki S. Freimuth & Timothy
    Edgar. The multiple affective outcomes of AIDS PSAs: Fear appeals do more than scare
    people. 44
William Dougles & Beth M. Olson. Subversion of the American family? An examination of
    children and parents in television families. 73
Charles Mullin, Dorothy J. Imrich & Daniel Linz. The impact of acquaintance rape stories and
    case-specific pretrial publicity on juror decision making. 100
                                                                                                 81


                         COMMUNICATION RESEARCH REPORTS

2006, Vol. 23(1-4)

Scott A. Myers & Alan K. Goodboy. Perceived sibling use of verbally aggressive messages
     across the lifespan. 1
Theodore A. Avtgis & Kelly R. Taber. “I laughed so hard my side hurts, or is that an ulcer?” The
     influence of work humor on job stress, job satisfaction, and burnout among print media
     employees. 13
Nichole Egbert & Denise Polk. Speaking the language of relational maintenance: A validity test
     of Chapman‟s (1992) five love languages. 19
Anthony J. Roberto, Kellie E. Carlyle & Leola McClure. Communication and corporal
     punishment: The relationship between parents‟ use of verbal and physical aggression. 27
Bryan Fix & Patricia M. Sias. Person-centered communication, leader-member exchange, and
     employee job satisfaction. 35
Mike Allen, Raymond W. Preiss & Barbara Mae Gayle. Meta-analytic examination of the base-
     rate fallacy. 45
Ron Leone & Nicole Houle. 21st century ratings creep: PG-13 and R. 53
Keith Weber & Matthew M. Martin. Pedagogy in practice: Linking the graduate research
     methods course with communication theory. 63
Michelle L. Paulsel, James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Perceptions of health care
     professionals‟ credibility as a predictor of patients‟ satisfaction with their medical care and
     physician. 69
Chrisopher Hajek & Howard Giles. On communicating pride, crying in movies, and recruiting
     innocent bystanders: The effect of sex on communication schemas activated with gay and
     heterosexual targets. 77
Alicia Matthews, Valerian J. Derlega & Jennifer Morrow. What is highly personal information
     and how is it related to self-disclosure decision-making? The perspective of college students.
     85
Lily A. Arasaratnam. Further testing of a new model of intercultural communication competence.
     93
Jennifer A. Samp. Identity-processing orientations and the importance of single and multiple
     communication goals for managing problematic events. 101
M. Scott Barrett, Julie M. Novak, Steven J. Venette & Michelle Shumate. Validating the high
     reliability organization perception scale. 111
Michel Dupagne. Predictors of consumer digital television awareness in the United States. 119
Yan Tian. Political use and perceived effects of the internet: A case study of the 2004 election.
     129
Merry C. Buchanan, H. Dan O‟Hair & Jennifer A. H. Becker. Strategic communication during
     marital relationship dissolution: Disengagement resistance strategies. 139
Derek R. Lane, Nancy Grant Harrington, Lewis Donohew & Rick S. Zimmerman. Dimensions
     and validation of a perceived message cognition value scale. 149
Kevin B. Wright & Brian R. Patterson. Socioemotional selectivity theory and the macrodynamics
     of friendship: The role of friendship style and communication in friendship across the
     lifespan. 163
                                                                                               82


Carla A. Hackworth & Laura A. Brannon. Understanding and managing others: The impact of
     social intelligence upon social influence. 171
Shuangyue Zhang & Andy J. Merolla. Communicating dislike of close friends‟ romantic
     partners. 179
Brent K. Simonds, Kevin R. Meyer, Margaret M. Quinlan & Stephen J. Hunt. Effects of
     instructor speech rate on student affective learning, recall, and perceptions of nonverbal
     immediacy, credibility, and clarity. 187
Qin Zhang & Jibiao Zhang. Dimensions of teacher immediacy as predictors of student learning:
     A Chinese perspective. 199
R. Lance Holbert, Glenn J. Hansen, Steve Mortensen & Scott E. Caplan. An analysis of the
     relative influences of Fahrenheit 9/11 and presidential viewing on shifting confidence in
     President George W. Bush. 209
Patric R. Spence, David Westeman, Paul D. Skalski, Matthew Seeger, Timothy L. Sellnow &
     Robert R. Ulmer. Gender and age effects on informating-seeking after 9/11. 217
Monique Mithcell Turner. The research team concept, II: (Still) an approach to graduate training.
     225
Theodore A. Avtgis, Maria Brann & Sydney M. Staggers. Perceived information exchange and
     health control expectancies as influenced by a patient‟s medical interview situation. 231
Janice L. Krieger, Roxanne L. Parrott & Walid A. Afifi. The role of perceived control in alcohol
     prevention campaigns. 239
Elaine M. Wittenberg-Lyles & Melinda M. Villagran. Disclosure of a cancer diagnosis in
     organizational peer relationships. 251
Deanna Sellnow, Min Liu & Steven Venette. When in Rome, do as the Romans do: A
     comparative analysis of Chinese and American new teachers‟ compliance-gaining strategies.
     259
Scott E. Caplan & Andrew C. High. Beyond excessive use: The interaction between cognitive
     and behavioral symptoms of problematic internet use. 265
Paul D. Turman. Athletes‟ perception of coach power use and the association between playing
     status and sport satisfaction. 273
Matthew M. Martin & Scott A. Myers. Students‟ communication traits and their out-of-class
     communication with their instructors. 283
Susanne M. Jones. “Why is this happening to me?”: The attributional make-up of negative
     emotions experienced in emotional support encounters. 291
Donald E. Vincent. Exploring college students‟ family discussions about organ and tissue
     donation. 299
Timothy Levine, Craig R. Hullett, Monique Mitchell Turner & Maria Knight Lapinski. The
     desirability of using confirmatory factor analysis on published scales. 309

2005, Vol. 22(1-4)

Lisa Sparks, Gary L. Kreps, Carl Botan & Katherine E. Rowan. Responding to terrorism:
    translating communication research into practice. 1.
Mohan Dutta-Bergman. Depression and news gathering after September 11: The interplay of
    affect and cognition. 7
                                                                                             83


John C. Pollock, Christine Piccillo, Dana Leopardi, Stefanie Gratale & Kenneth V. Cabot.
     Nationwide newspaper coverage of Islam post-September 11: A community structure
     approach. 15
Steven J. Venette, Shari R. Veil & Timothy L. Sellnow. Essential communication resources for
     combating bioterrorism: Some practical and generalizable recommendations. 29
Patric R. Spence, David Westerman, Paul D. Skalski, Matthew Seeger, Robert R. Ulmer, Steve
     Venette & Timothy L. Sellnow. Proxemic effects on information seeking after the
     September 11 attacks. 39
Cheryl Campanella Bracken, Leo W. Jeffries, Kimberly A. Neundorf, Jenifer Kopfman & Fani
     Moulla. How cosmopolites react to messages: America under attack. 47
Michael J. Palenchar, Robert L. Heath & Emily M. Oberton. Terrorism and industrial chemical
     production: A new era of risk communication. 59
Elspeth Tilley. Responding to terrorism using ethical means: The propaganda index. 69
Claude H. Miller & Mark J. Landau. Communication and terrorism: A terror management theory
     perspective. 79
Brant R. Burleson, Wendy Samter, Susanne M. Jones, Adrianne Kunkel, Amanda J. Holmstrom,
     Steven T. Mortenson & Erina L. MacGeorge. Which comforting messages really work best?
     A different perspective on Lemieux and Tighe‟s “receiver perspective.” 89
Robert Lemieux & M. Rachel Tighe. A little comfort for the theoretically distressed: A follow-up
     to Burleson et al.‟s response. 103
Yan Bing Zhang, Mei-Chen Lin, Akihiko Nonaka & Khisu Beom. Harmony, hierarchy and
     conservatism: A cross-cultural comparison of Confucian values in China, Korea, Japan, and
     Taiwan. 109
V. Orrego Dunleavy, l. Crandall & L. R. Metsch. A comparative study of sources of health
     information and access to preventive care among low income chronic drug users. 119
Michelle L. Paulsel, Virginia P. Richmond, James C. McCroskey & Jacob L. Cayanus. The
     relationships of perceived health professionals‟ communication traits and credibility with
     perceived patient confidentiality. 131
Jennifer A. H. Becker, Jonathon R. B. Halbesleben & H. Dan O‟Hair. Defensive communication
     and burnout in the workplace: The mediating role of leader-member exchange. 145
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Vincent Cicchirillo. Empathy and affective orientation as predictors
     of identification with television characters. 153
Jodi Saunders Wahba & James C. McCroskey. Temperament and brain systems as predictors of
     assertive communication traits. 159
Patrick C. Hughes, Juliann C. Scholl & Kandi L. Walker. The influence of expectations for
     health-related talk on reports of marital satisfaction. 167
Andrew J. Flanagin. IM online: Instant messaging use among college students. 175
Jacob L. Cayanus, Matthew M. Martin & Keith D. Weber. The relationships between driver
     anger and aggressive communication traits. 189
Jennifer L. Monahan, Irene Shtrulis & Sonja Brown Givens. Priming welfare queens and other
     stereotypes: The transference of media images into interpersonal contexts. 199
Michelle L. Paulsel, Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Katie N. Dunleavy. The relationship between
     student perceptions of instructor power and classroom justice. 207
Maria Brann, Chad Edwards & Scott A. Myers. Perceived instructor credibility and teaching
     philosophy. 217
                                                                                                  84


Jeffrey W. Kassing. Speaking up competently: A comparison of perceived competence in upward
     dissent strategies. 227
Jason J. Teven & Jane E. herring. Teacher influence in the classroom: A preliminary
     investigation of perceived instructor power, credibility, and student satisfaction. 235
Melinda M. Villagran & Joseph F. Lucke. Translating communication measures for use in non-
     English-speaking populations. 247
Lisa L. Massi Lindsey & Kimo Ah Yun. The relationship between narrative content variation,
     affective cognitive reactions, and a person‟s willingness to sign an organ donor card. 253
Maria Brann. The influence of medical orientation on perceived physician credibility. 265
Timothy P. Mottet, Jessica Parker-Raley, Cory Cunningham & Steven A. Beebe. The
     relationships between teacher nonverbal immediacy and student course workload and
     teacher availability expectations. 275
Michelle L. Paulsel & Rebeccca M. Chory-Assad. Perceptions of instructor interactional justice
     as a predictor of student resistance. 283
Narissra Maria Punqanunt-Carter. Father and daughter motives and satisfaction. 293
Jason S. Wrench & Narissra M. Punyanunt-Carter. Advisor-advisee communication two: The
     influence of verbal aggression and humor orientation on advisee perceptions of advisor
     credibility and affective learning. 303
Phillip G. Clampitt & M. Lee Williams. Conceptualizing and measuring how employees and
     organizations manage uncertainty. 315
Erica Scharrer. Sixth graders take on television: Media literacy and critical attitudes of television
     violence. 325
Timothy R. Levine. Confirmatory factor analysis and scale validation in communication research.
     335

2004, Vol. 21(4)

Laura R. Umphrey. Message defensiveness, efficacy and health-related behavioral intentions. 329
Stacy L. Young. What the ____ is your problem? Attribution theory and perceived reasons for
    profanity usage during conflict. 339
Janet R. Meyer & Kyra Rothenberg. Repairing regretted messages: Effects of emotional state,
    relationship type, and seriousness of offense. 348
Rhonald J. Sprague. Pauses, transition relevance, and speaker change in multiple-party
    interactions. 357
Scarlet L. Wynns & Lawrence B. Rosenfeld. A test of competing models of the influence of
    social support on school engagement in the presence of neighborhood danger. 366
Kelli Jean K. Asada, Eunsoon Lee, Timothy R. Levine & Melissa Hart Ferrara. Narcissism and
    empathy as predictors of obsessive relational intrusion. 379
Gaelle Picherit-Duthler & Alan R. Freitag. Researching employees‟ perceptions of benefits
    communication: A communication inquiry on channel preferences, understanding, decision-
    making, and benefits satisfaction. 391
James C. McCroskey, Virginia P. Richmond, Alan D. Heisel & Jamie L. Hayhurst. Eysenck‟s
    BIG THREE and communication traits: Communication traits as manifestations of
    temperament. 404
                                                                                                85


Donna F. Henson, Kristen C. Dybvig-Pawelko & Daniel. J. Canary. The effects of loneliness on
     relational maintenance behaviors: An attributional perspective. 411
Leslie A. Donovan & Peter D. MacIntyre. Age and sex differences in willingness to
     communicate, communication apprehension, and self-perceived competence. 420
Keith Weber. The relationship between student interest and teacher‟s use of behavior alteration
     techniques. 428
Jeffrey A. Wickersham, John C. Sherblom & Virginia P. Richmond. A twenty year retrospective
     on a research community: An analysis of scholarship published in Communication Research
     Reports (1984 to 2004). 437

2004, Vol. 21(3)

Charles Pavitt, Michael Philipp & Kelly Kline Johnson. Who owns a group‟s proposals: The
     initiator or the group as a whole? 221
Glynis A. Fitzgerald & Marya L. Doefel. The use of semantic network analysis to manage
     customer complaints. 231
Eric B. Meiners. Time pressure: An unexamined issue in organizational newcomers‟ role
     development. 243
Jacob L. Cayanus & Matthew M. Martin. An instructor self-disclosure scale. 252
Karen Kangas Dwyer, Shereen G. Bingham, Robert E. Carlson, Marshall Prisbell, Ana M. Cruz
     & Dennis A. Fus. Communication and connectedness in the classroom: Development of the
     connected classroom climate inventory. 264
James A. Keatan & Lynne Kelly. Disposition versus situation: Neurocommunicology and the
     influence of trait apprehension versus situational factors on state public speaking anxiety.
     273
Penny Addison, Jaime Ayala, Mark Hunter, Ralph E. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Body
     sensations of higher and lower anxiety sensitive speakers anticipating a public presentation.
     284
M. Sean Limon & Dean C. Kazoleas. A comparison of exemplar and statistical evidence in
     reducing counter-arguments and responses to a message. 291
Jennifer L. Lambe, Scott E. Caplan, Xiaomei Cai & Nancy Signorelli. Public perceptions of
     media performance at the beginning of the war on terrorism. 299
Todd C. Trautman. Concerns about crime and local television news. 310
Keith Weber, Aaron Johnson & Michael Corrigan. Communicating emotional support and its
     relationship to feelings of being understood, trust, and self-disclosure. 316
Timothy R. Levine & Charles Atkin. The accurate reporting of software-generate p-values: A
     cautionary research nite. 324

2004, Vol. 21(2)

Beth A Le Poire, Howard Giles & Margaret Prescott. Stigma-by-association: The role of
    symbolic and instrumental attitudes. 105
Dana E. Mastro & Linda R. Tropp. The effects of interracial contact, attitudes, and stereotypical
    portrayals on evaluations of Black television sitcom characters. 119
                                                                                                86


Paul D. Turman & Paul Schrodt. New avenues for instructional communication research:
     Relationships among coaches‟ leadership behaviors and athletes‟ affective learning. 130
Robert Lemieux and Associates & M. Rachel Tighe. Attachment style and the evaluation of
     comforting responses: A receiver perspective. 144
Lisa M. Millhous. Projective measures of motivation and media choice. 154
William L. Benoit & Glenn J. Hansen. The changing media environment of presidential
     campaigns.
Jerry L. Allen & Daniel J. Post. Source valence in assessing candidate image in a local election.
     174
Tien-Tsung Lee & Faith Hsiao-Fang Hwang. Journalistic ideologies versus corporate interests:
     how time and Warner‟s merger influences Time‟s Content. 188
Lynne Kelly, James A. Keaten & Cynthia Finch. Reticent and non-reticent college students‟
     preferred communication channels for interacting with faculty. 197
Cristen I. Marek, Melissa Bekelja Wanzer & Jennifer L. Knapp. An exploratory investigation of
     the relationship between roommates‟ first impressions and subsequent communication
     patterns. 210

2004, Vol. 21(1)

Boris H. J. M. Brummans & Katherine Miller. The effect of ambiguity on the implementation of
    a social change initiative. 1
Ulla Brunz & Scott W. Canpbell. Politeness accommodation in electronic mail. 11
Xiaomei Cai. Is the computer a functional alternative to traditional media. 11
Meredith Diane Lett, Andrea Lynn DiPietro & Dannette Ifert Johnson. Examining effects of
    television news violence on college students through cultivation theory. 39
Charles H. Grant, Lawrence B. Rosenfeld & Kenneth N. Cissna. The effects of family-of-origin
    alcohol abuse on the self-perceived communication competence of the children. 47
Kevin G. Lamude, Joseph Scudder, Donna Simmons & Patricia Torres. Organizational
    newcomers: Temporary and regular employees, same-sex and mixed-sex superior-
    subordinate dyads, supervisor influence techniques, subordinates communication satisfaction
    and leader-member exchange. 60
Ron Leone. Rated sex: An analysis of the MPAA‟s use of the R and NC-17 ratings. 68
Scott A. Meyers & Aaron D. Johnson. Perceived solidarity, self-disclosure, and trust in
    organizational peer relationships. 75
Carla Chamberlain Quinlisk. Communicator status and expectations in intercultural
    communication: Implications for language learning in a multicultural community. 84
Jason S. Wrench & Virginia P. Richmond. Understanding the psychometric properties of the
    humor assessment instrument through an analysis of the relationships between teacher
    humor assessment and instructional communication variables in the college classroom. 92

2004, Vol. 20(4)

John S. Seiter & Andrea Sandry. Pierced for success? The effects of ear and nose piercing on
    perceptions of job candidates‟ credibility, attractiveness, and hireability. 287
                                                                                                87


Levin Lamude, Joseph Scudder & Donna Simmons. The influence of applicant characteristics on
    use of verbal impression management tactics in the employment selection interview. 299
Mark Hickson, III, Joshua Turner & Jean Boden. Research productivity in communication: An
    analysis, 1996-2001. 308
James W. Neuliep, Michelle Chadouir & James C. McCroskey. A cross-cultural test of the
    association between temperament and communication apprehension. 320
Craig O. Stewart & Roger J. Kruez. On the communicative function of exaggeration: How to be
    a million times clearer. 331
Theodore A. Avtgis. Male sibling social and emotional support as a function of attributional
    confidence. 341
Anne E. Luccheti, Gina L. Phipps & Ralph R. Behnke. Trait anticipatory public speaking anxiety
    as a function of self-efficacy expectations and self-handicapping strategies. 348
Margarete Imhof. The social construction of the listener: Listening behavior across situations,
    perceived listener status, and cultures. 357
Rick W. Busselle. Television realism measures: The influence of program salience on global
    judgments. 367
Keith Weber. The relationship of interest to internal and external motivation. 376

2003, Vol. 20(2)

Laura R. Umphrey. The effects of message framing and message processing on testicular self-
     examination attitudes and perceived susceptibility. 97
John Oetzel, Karen K. Myers, Mary Meares & Estefana Lara. Interpersonal conflict in
     organizations: Explaining conflict styles via face-negotiation theory. 106
Keith Weber, Bennie Fornash, Michael Corrigan & Nicholas C. Neupauer. The effect of interest
     on recall: An experiment. 116
Chas D. Koermer, Wendy S. Zabava Ford, Mary C. Toale & Andy D. Dohanos. Confirmatory
     analysis of the factorial structure and validity of the service provider sociality scale. 124
Julie A. Burke & Edward V. Springer. Relationship valence and attitudes as predictors of
     interactive intentions. 134
Joseph L. Chesebro & Matthew M. Martin. The relationship between conversational sensitivity,
     cognitive flexibility, verbal aggressiveness and indirect interpersonal aggressiveness. 143
James A. Keaten, Lynne Kelly & Cynthia Finch. Student perceptions of the helpfulness of the
     Pennsylvania State University reticence program components. 151
Bonnie Oppenheimer, Carolyn Adams-Price, Mark Goodman, Jim Codling & Jill Davis Coker.
     Audience perceptions of strong female characters on television. 161
Jack Glascock. Viewer perception of gender roles on network prime-time television. 173
Stephanie Lee Sargent. Enjoyment of televised sporting events: Evidence of a gender gap. 182
Yang Lin & Andrew S. Rancer. Ethnocentrism, intercultural apprehension, intercultural
     willingness-to-communicate, and intentions to participate in an intercultural dialogue
     program: Testing a proposed model. 189 (Addendum)
                                                                                                88


2003, Vol. 20(1)

Jennifer A. Samp, Elaine M. Wittenberg & Douglas L. Gillett. Presenting and monitoring a
    gender-defined self on the internet. 1
M. Sean Limon & Franklin J. Boster. The effects of performance feedback on group members‟
    perceptions of prestige, task competencies, group belongings, and loafing. 13
Jason S. Wrench & James C. McCroskey. A communibiological examination of ethnocentrism
    and homophobia. 24
J. Kevin Barge & Sandra Hackett. The intersection of cultural and professional identity in
    nonprofit management. 34
Joe Ayres & Tanichya K. Wongprasert. Measuring the impact of visualization on mental
    imagery: Comparing prepared versus original drawings. 45
Chad C. Edwards, Scott A. Myers, Autumn Hensley-Edwards & Shawn T. Wahl. The
    relationship between student pre-performance concerns and evaluation apprehension. 54
Yang Lin &Andrew S. Rancer. Ethnocentrism, intercultural communication apprehension,
    intercultural willingness-to-communication, and intentions to participate in an intercultural
    dialogue program: Testing a proposed model. 62
James T. Kitchens, Larry Powell & Glenda Williams. Information please? Information seeking
    mass media, and the undecided voter. 73
K. David Roach. Teaching assistant anxiety and coping strategies in the classroom. 81
Scott A Myers & Aaron D. Johnson. Verbal aggression and liking in interpersonal relationships.
    90

2002, Vol. 19(4)

Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Steve Booth-Butterfield. The role of affective orientation in the five
    factor personality structure. 301
Carl J. S. Bruess & Judy C. Pearson. The function of mundane ritualizing in adult friendship and
    marriage. 314
Stephen D. Bruning & Kathryn Lambe. Relationship building and behavioral outcomes exploring
    the connection between relationship attitudes and key constituent behavior.
Miriam J. Metzger & Andrew J. Flanagan. Audience orientations toward new media. 338
Scott A. Myers, Matthew M. Martin & Timothy P. Mottet. The relationship between student
    communication motives and information seeking. 352
Scott D. Moore, Dan O‟Hair & Gerald R. Ledlow. The effects of health delivery systems and
    self-efficacy on patient compliance and satisfaction. 362
Rick Rodrick & Ronald L. Knowx. Information seeking among organizational members. 372
Lisa M. Schroeder. The effects of skills training on communication satisfaction and
    communication anxiety in the basic speech course. 380
Mark Hickson, III, Larry Powell, Joshua Turner, Eduardo Neiva & Carol T. Adams. The somatic
    marker as a “short cut” to verbal immediacy. 389
Guo-Ming Chen & Hsueh-Hua Chen. An examination of People‟s Republic of China business
    negotiating behaviors. 399
                                                                                             89


2002, Vol. 19(3)

Beth Le Porie, Carolyn Shepard, Ashley Duggan & Judee Burgoon. Relational messages
    associated with nonverbal involvement, pleasantness, and expressiveness in romantic
    couples. 195
Virginia P. Richmond, Ralph S. Smith, Jr., Alan D. Heisel & James C. McCroskey. The
    association of physician socio-communicative style with physician credibility and patient
    satisfaction. 207
John Chapin. Third-person perception and school violence. 216
Theodore A. Avtgis. Adult-child conflict control expectancies: Effects on taking. 226
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. The predictive validity of the verbal aggressiveness scale. 237
Nancy M. Schullery & Stephen E. Schullery. Relationships between group skills, temperament,
    and argumentativeness. 246
Jennifer L. Bevan & Pamela J. Lannutti. The experience and expression of romantic jealousy in
    same-sex and opposite-sex romantic relationships. 258
Carolyn M. Anderson & Matthew M. Martin. Communication motives (state vs. trait?) and task
    group outcomes. 269
Courtney C. Kopecky & William G. Powers. Relational development and self-image
    communication accuracy. 283
Dominique M. Gendrin & Mary L. Rucker. The impact of gender on teacher immediacy and
    student learning in the HBCU classroom. 291

2002, Vol. 19(2)

Ernest S. Park, Timothy R. Levine, Chad M. Harms & Melissa H. Ferrara. Group and individual
    accuracy in deception detection. 99
Artemio Ramirez, Jr. The role of overall communication quality in the association between
    partner‟s perceived decision-making style and relational satisfaction in heterosexual same-
    sex and cross-sex friendships. 107
Marianne Dainton & Brooks Aylor. Patterns of communication channel use in the maintenance
    of long-distance relationships. 118
Amy M. Bippus & Tenzin Dorjee. The validity of the PRECA as an index of interethnic
    communication apprehension. 130
William L. Benoit & Glenn J. Hansen. Issue adaptation of presidential television spots and
    debates to primary and general audiences. 138
Scott A. Meyers & Leah E. Bryant. Perceived understanding, interaction involvement, and
    college student outcomes. 146
James B. Roberts, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph E. Behnke. Facets of Pavlovian temperament as
    correlates of communication apprehension. 156
Joe Ayres & Debbie Ayres Sonandre. The Stroop test for public speaking apprehension: Validity
    and reliability. 167
Jack Sargent. Topic avoidance: Is this the way to a more satisfying relationship?
Kristen Campbell & Kevin B. Wright. On-line support groups: An investigation of relationships
    among source credibility, dimensions of relational communication, and perceptions of
    emotional support. 183
                                                                                              90



2002, Vol. 19(1)

Matthew M. Martin, Kristin Marie Valencic & Alan D. Heisel. The relationship between
    students‟ communication apprehension and their motives for communicating with their
    instructors. 1
Ron Warren & Angela Bluma. Parental mediation of children‟s internet use: The influence of
    established media. 8
Stephanie Thomson & Mary L. Rucker. The development of a specialized public speaking
    competency scale: Test of reliability. 18
Karen Kangas Dweyer & Dennis A. Fus. Perceptions of communication competence, self-
    efficacy, and trait communication apprehension: Is there an impact on basic course success?
    29
Joe Ayres & Terence S. Schlieshman. Paradoxical intention: An alternative for the reduction of
    communication apprehension? 38
Mike Allen & Associates. Effect of timing of communicator identification and level of source
    credibility on attitudes. 46
Kevin L. Sager & John Gastil. Exploring the psychological foundations of democratic group
    deliberation: Personality factors, confirming interaction, and democratic decision making. 56
Todd T. Holm. Public speaking students‟ perceptions of cheating. 66
Timothy P. Mottet & Steve A. Beebe. Relationships between teacher nonverbal immediacy,
    student emotional response, and perceived student learning. 77
Kevin Wright. Motives for communication within on-line support groups and antecedents for
    interpersonal use. 89

2001, Vol. 18(4)

Anthony J. Roberto, Gary Meyer & Franklin J. Boster. Predicting adolescents‟ decisions about
    fighting: A test of the theory of planned behavior. 315
Laura R. Umphrey & John C. Sherblom. The role of relational interdependence, relationship
    thinking, and relational communication in three stages of romantic relationships. 324
John S. Seiter. Silent derogation and perceptions of deceptiveness: Does communicating
    nonverbal disbelief during an opponent‟s speech affect perceptions of debater‟s veracity?
    334
Theodore A. Avtgis. Affective learning, teacher clarity, and student motivation as a function of
    attributional confidence. 345
Scott A. Myers. Perceived instructor credibility and verbal aggressiveness in the college
    classroom. 354
Brian G. Southwell. Health message relevance and disparagement among adolescents. 365
Matthew M. Seger, Elizabeth A. Barton, Beth Heyart & Sonja Bultnyck. Crisis planning and
    crisis communication in the public schools: Assessing post Columbine responses. 375
Brianne M. Racer & Danette Ifert Johnson. A consumer‟s view of crisis communication: Can an
    organization benefit from having a response plan? 384
Scott W. Campbell & Michael R. Neer. The relationship of communication apprehension and
    interaction involvement to perceptions of computer-mediated communication. 391
                                                                                                91


Kenneth L. Hacker & Robert Steiner. Hurdles of access and benefits of usage for internet
    communication. 399
Leo W. Jeffres, David J. Atkin & Kimberly A. Neuendorf. Expanding the range of dependent
    measures in mainstreaming and cultivation analysis. 408
Amir Hetsroni. What do we really need to know to be a millionaire? Content analysis of quiz
    shows in American and in Israel. 418
Elizabeth E. Graham & Carolyn K. Shue. Reflections on the past, directions for the future: A
    template for the study and instruction of interpersonal communication. 337 (Reprinted)

2001, Vol. 18(3)

Virginia P. Richmond, Ralph S. Smith, Jr., Alan D. Heisel & James C. McCroskey. Nonverbal
     immediacy in the physician/patient relationship. 211
Larry Powell, Todd Hamilton, Mark Hickson, III & Janice Stuckey. The relationship of
     homophilly to verbal and nonverbal immediacy in the classroom. 217
Timothy Rumbough. The development and maintenance of interpersonal relationships through
     computer-mediated communication. 223
Timothy R. Levin. Dichotomous and continuous views of deception: A reexamination of
     deception ratings in information manipulation theory. 230
Carolyn M. Anderson, Matthew M. Martin & Bruce L. Riddle. Attitudes, styles, and
     socialization: Predictors of commitment and satisfaction in workgroups. 241
Theodore A. Avtgis & Jeffrey W. Kassing. Elucidating influences on superior-subordinate
     communication: Attributional confidence and organizational control expectancies. 255
Jeffrey W. Kassing & Todd A. Armstrong. Examining the association of job tenure, employment
     history, and organizational status with employee dissent. 264
Susan L. Kline & Kaoru Chatani. Social perception and message awareness as correlates of
     person-centered regulative messages. 274
Craig R. Hullett. Attributional support: Targeting attributions underlying recipient emotions. 285
Raymond D. Baus, Kate Hanizeski Ksobiech & Megan Cunninghman. The ambiguous nature of
     college students‟ condom use scripts. 295
Shirley Matile Ogletree, Brad Mason, Tammy Grahmann & Paul Raffeld. Perceptions of two
     television cartoons: Powerpuff Girls and Johnny Bravo. 307

2001, Vol. 18(2)

Emiko Kobayashi, Harold Grasmick & Gustav Friedrich. A cross-cultural study of shame,
     embarrassment, and management sanctions as deterrent to noncompliance with
     organizational rules. 105
Jeffrey W. Kassing & Theodore A. Avtgis. Dissension in the organization as it related to control
     expectancies. 118
Lois L. Hinkle. Perceptions of supervisor nonverbal immediacy, vocalics, and subordinate liking.
     128
James W. Neuliep, Michelle Chaudoir & James C. McCroskey. A cross-cultural comparison of
     ethnocentrism among Japanese and United States college students. 138
                                                                                                 92


Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Secret test use and self-esteem in
     deteriorating relationships. 147
Janet R. Meyer. Effect of request type and situational features on negative politeness in requests.
     158
Kimo AhYun. The impact of interaction expectancies on the relationship between attitude
     dissimilarity and interpersonal attraction. 166
Lega‟ K. Strain, Chris R. Sawyer, Ralph Behnke & Paul E. King. Public speaking state anxiety
     and anxiety sensitivity as predictors of self-perceived speaker competence. 174
Scott A. Myers & Megan F. Ferry. Interpersonal communication motives and nonverbal
     immediacy behaviors. 182
N. J. Brown. A comparison of fictional television crime and crime index statistics. 192
John S. Dahlberg. Message attributes of advertising found during daytime fringe talk show
     television: A descriptive analysis. 200

2001, Vol. 18(1)

Lawrence R. Wheeless & Paul Schrodt. An examination of cognitive foundations of
     informational reception apprehension: Political identification, religious affiliation, and
     family environment. 1
Jerry Monroe Jordan & C. Mo Bahke. The cognitive bases and social consequences of
     communication involvement. 11
K. David Roach & Bolanle A. Olaniran. Intercultural willingness to communication and
     communication anxiety in international teaching assistants. 26
Paige Johnson, A. Elizabeth Lindsey & Walter Zakahi. Angle American, Hispanic American,
     Chilean, Mexican and Spanish perceptions of competent communication in initial
     interaction. 36
Patricia Rockwell & Evelyn M. Theriot. Culture, gender, and gender mix in encoders of sarcasm:
     A self-assessment analysis. 44
John E. Spillan & Mary Mino. Special peers‟ perceived use of communication openness and
     functional communication skills in specific organizational contexts. 53
Kristen L. Campbell, Matthew M. Martin & Melissa Bekelja Wanzer. Employee perceptions of
     manager humor orientation, assertiveness, responsiveness, approach/avoidance strategies,
     and satisfaction. 67
Garad J. Copstead, Claudia N. Lanzetta & Theodore A. Avtgis. Adult children conflict control
     expectancies: Effects on aggressive communication toward parents. 75
Larry Powell, Jean Bodon & Mark Hickson III. Rejection of crisis information: Public apathy and
     the macro-crisis of Y2K. 84
Stephen A. Banning. Taking the third-person effect outside the laboratory: How an unplanned
     real world event failed to change the third-person effect. 93

2000, Vol. 17(4)

Mike Allen, Rebecca Bruflat, Renee Fucilla, Michael Kramer, Steve McKellips, Daniel Ryan &
   Marieke Spiefelhoff. Testing the persuasiveness of evidence: Combining narrative and
   statistical forms. 331
                                                                                           93


Elizabeth E. Graham & Carolyn K. Shue. Reflections on the past, directions for the future: A
     template for the study and instruction of interpersonal communication. 337
Kathleen M. Long, Shirley D. Fortney & Danette Ifert Johnson. An observer measure of
     compulsive communication. 349
Theodore A. Avtgis. Marital support giving as a function of attributional confidence. 357
Joe Ayres, Chia-Fang “Sandy: Hsu & Tim Hopf. Does exposure to visualization alter speech
     preparation processes? 366
Pamela Shockley-Zalabak & Kathleen Ellis. Perceived organizational effectiveness, job
     satisfaction, culture, and communication: Challenging the traditional view. 375
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Exploring the relationship between workplace freedom of speech,
     organizational identification, and employee dissent. 387
Michelle A. Mazur, Ryan J. Burns & Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. Perceptions of relational
     interdependence in online relationships: The effects of communication apprehension and
     introversion. 397
Theodore A. Avtgis, Matthew M. Martin & Kelly A. Rocca. Social support and perceived
     understanding in the brother relationship. 407
Eric W. Hoffman & Gary R. Heald. Tobacco and alcohol advertisements in popular African-
     American and general audience magazines. 415
Stephen D. Bruning & Meghan Ralston. The role of relationships in public relations: Examining
     the influence of key public member relational attitudes on behavioral intent. 426

2000, Vol. 17(3)

William G. Powers & Don E. Love. Communication apprehension in the dating partner context.
     221
Joe Ayres & Brian L. Heuett. An examination of the long term effect of performance
     visualization. 229
Jeffrey W. Kassin, Kevin J. Pearce & Dominic A. Infante. Corporal punishment and
     communication in father-son dyads. 237
Chris Koermer, Wendy S. Zabava Ford & Curtis Brant. Toward the development of a service
     provide sociability scale and its relationship to customer satisfaction and loyalty. 250
Bryan B. Whaley & Mindi Ann Golden. Stutters‟ perceptions of more satisfying communication:
     Interaction strategies for fluent speakers. 260
Donna R. Pawlowski, Scott A. Meyers & Kelly A. Rocca. Relational messages in conflict
     situations among siblings. 271
Brian R. Patterson & Tania K. Gojdycz. The relationship between computer-mediated
     communication and communication related anxieties. 278
Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Tomoka Noguchi. Students‟ perceptions of teachers‟ nonverbal
     behavior: Comparison of American and international students‟ classroom response. 288
Scott A. Myers & Ronda L. Knox. Perceived instructor argumentativeness and verbal
     aggressiveness and student outcomes. 299
Amy M. Bippus & Stacy L. Young. What behaviors reflect involvement in a course?: Students‟
     perceptions and differences between high and low communication apprehensives. 310
John R. Chapin. Not like me: Self vs. other distinctions in first-person perception. 320
                                                                                               94


2000, Vol. 17(2)

John G. Cole & James C. McCroskey. Temperament and socio-communicative orientation. 105
Carolyn M. Anderson, Paul R. Raptis, Yang Lin & Fendrich R. Clark. Motives as predictors of
    argumentativeness and verbal aggressiveness of Black and White adolescents. 115
David Tewksbury & Scott L. Althaus. An examination of motivations for using the World Wide
    web. 127
Kevin B. Wright. Social support satisfaction, on-line communication apprehension, and
    perceived life stress within computer-mediated support groups. 139
Marifran Mattson, Mike Allen, Daniel J. Ryan & Vernon Miller. Considering organizations as a
    unique interpersonal context for deception detection: A meta-analytic review. 148
Scott A. Myers, Timothy P. Mottet & Matthew M. Martin. The relationship between student
    communication motives and perceived instructor communicator style. 161
Marianne Dainton & Laura Stafford. Predicting maintenance enactment from relational
    schemata, spousal behavior, and relational characteristics. 171
Larry Powell & Mark Hickson, III. Power imbalance and anticipation of conflict resolution:
    Positive and negative attributes of perceptual recall. 181
Tara L. Crowell & Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. Explaining condom use self-efficacy and coping in
    sexual situations. 191
John S. Seiter & Deborah Dunn. Beauty and believability in sexual harassment cases: Does
    physical attractiveness affect perceptions of veracity and the likelihood of being harassed.
    203
Subir Sengupta. In the eyes of the beholder: The relevance of skin tone and facial features of
    African American female models to advertising effectiveness. 210

2000, Vol. 17(1)

Scott A. Myers & Kelly A. Rocca. The relationship between perceived instructor communicator
     style, argumentativeness, and verbal aggressiveness. 1
Renee Edwards. Interpreting relational meanings: The influence of sex and gender-role. 13
Keith Weber & Brian R. Patterson. Student interest, empowerment and motivation. 22
Narissra Maria Punyanunt. The effects of humor on perceptions of compliance-gaining in the
     college classroom. 30
William A. Benoit. Comparing the Clinton and Dole advertising campaigns: Identification and
     division in 1996 presidential television spots. 39
Victoria Nevin Locke & M. Lee Williams. Supervisor mentoring: Does a female manager make a
     difference? 49
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Investigating the relationship between superior-subordinate relational quality
     and employee dissent. 58
Nancy Signorielli. Sex and prime-time in the 90‟s. 70
Philip J. Aiuter & Philip Palmgreen. Development and validation of a parasocial interaction
     measure: The audience-persona interaction scale. 79
John G. Cole. A temperament perspective of nonverbal immediacy. 90
Amy S. Ebesu Hubbard. Interpersonal coordination in interactions: Evaluations and social skills
     95
                                                                                               95



1999, Vol. 16(4)

Joe Ayres, Tim Hopf & Kiyoko Nagami. A test of COM therapy in Japan. 317
Anthony J. Roberto. Applying the argumentative skill deficiency model of interpersonal violence
    to adolescent boys. 325
Theodore A. Avtgis. The relationship between unwillingness to communicate and family
    communication patterns. 333
Scott A. Meyers, Erin K. Cavanaugh, Lisa M. Dohmen, Julie L. Freeh, Vivian W. Huang,
    Michelle R. Kapler, Andy Leonatti, Marlo M. Malicay, Victoria Schweig, Heather J.
    Sorensen, Marchell M. Vang & David C. Wise. Perceived sibling use of relational
    communication messages and sibling satisfaction, liking, and loving. 339
Robert Lemieux, Roxanne Parrott & Karen Ogata Jones. I‟m lonely and apprehensive: The
    presentation of stigmatizing information in personal ads. 353
Brian J. Rizzo, Melissa Bekelija Wanzer & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Individual differences in
    managers‟ use of humor: Subordinate perceptions of managers‟ humor. 360
Matthew M. Martin, Carolyn M. Anderson & Pawena Sirimangkala. Subordinates‟ socio-
    communicative orientation and their use of conflict strategies with superiors. 370
Michelle T. Violanti. So you want to work together: Strengths and limitations of collaborative
    research. 377
Sylvia E. White, N. J. Brown & Sandra L. Ginsburg. Diversity of body types in network
    television programming: A content analysis. 386
Yang Lin. Using mass media in the presidential primaries: Effects on candidate issue knowledge
    and confidence in judging candidate viability. 393
Michael W. Shelton, Derek R. Lane & Enid S. Waldhart. Defining rules and roles in instructional
    contexts: A preliminary assessment of student perceptions. 402

1999, Vol. 16(3)

Jean Bordon, Larry Powell & Mark Hickson III. An analysis of book versus article productivity
    based on top research careers. 213
Karla Kay Jensen. Training teachers to use verbal immediacy. 223
Joseph L. Chesebro. The relationship between listening styles and conversational sensitivity. 233
Kelly A. Rocca & Sally Vogl-Bauer. Trait verbal aggression, sports fan identification, and
    perceptions of appropriate sports fan communication. 239
Kimo Ah Yun. The effect of attitude similarity on interpersonal attraction: A test of the
    conversational expectations explanation. 249
A. Elizabeth Lindsey & Valerie Vigil. The interpretation and evaluation of wining in stranger
    dyads. 256
Kevin B. Wright & Dan O‟Hair. Seeking and resisting compliance: Selection and evaluation of
    tactics in a simulated college student drinking contest. 266
Rhonda J. Sprague. The relationship of gender and topic intimacy to decisions to seek advice
    from parents. 276
                                                                                              96


Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. Negative relational events and event responses across relationship-
    types: Examining and comparing the impact of conflict strategy-use on intimacy in same-sex
    friendships, opposite sex friendships and romantic relationships. 286
Brooks Aylor. Source credibility and presidential candidates in 1996: The changing nature of
    character and empathy evaluations. 298
Randy Jacobs & William Yousman. Understanding cable television community access
    viewership. 305

1999, Vol. 16(2)

Michael J. Beatty, Kristin Marie Valencic, Jill E. Rudd & Jean A. Dobos. A “dark side” of
     communication avoidance: Indirect interpersonal aggressiveness. 103
Jeffrey W. Kassin & Dominic A. Infante. Aggressive communication in the coach-athlete
     relationship. 110
Frank G. Hunsaker, Lynne Kelly & Robert L. Duran. Sensation seeking and communication
     apprehension: Biological and genetic correlates of approaching or avoiding communication
     events. 121
Brian Heuett, Joe Ayers & Meera Manvi. Imagery and public speaking apprehension in India.
     131
Joe Ayres & Debbie Ayres Sonandre. The effect of “initiating” on communication apprehension
     and other variables in initial interactions between ablebodied persons and persons with a
  disability. 138
Carole A. Barbato & Elizabeth M. Perse. “I don‟t care if you are 65, you are still my baby!”:
     Examining parents‟ communication motives throughout the life-span. 147
Leeva Chiling Chung & Stella Ting-Toomey. Ethnic identity and relational expectations among
     Asian Americans. 157
Katherine W. Hawkins & Bryant P. Fillion. Perceived communication skill needed for work
     groups. 167
Marya L. Doerfel. Interorganizational networks: The convergence of cooperative competitors.
     175
Greg Boiarsky, Marilee Long & Greg Thayer. Formal features in children‟s science television:
     Sound effects, visual pace, and topic shifts. 185
Mark R. Barner. Gender stereotyping and intended audience age: An analysis of children‟s
     educational/informational TV programming. 193
Kevin B. Wright & Juliann C. Scholl. Heuristic-systematic processing in the classroom. 203

1999, Vol. 16(1)

Alan D. Heisel, James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Testing theoretical relationships
     and non-relationships of genetically-based predictors: Getting started with communibiology.
     1
Michael J. Beatty, Jill E. Rudd & Kristin Marie Valencic. A re-examination of the verbal
     aggressiveness scale: One factor or two? 10
Jeffrey W. Kassing, Kevin J. Pearce, Dominic A. Infante & Susan M. Pyles. Exploring the
     communicative nature of corporal punishment. 18
                                                                                            97


Joe Ayers & Brian L. Heuett. An examination of the impact of performance visualization. 29
Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Sawyer. Public speaking procrastination as a correlate of public
    speaking communication apprehension and self-perceived public speaking competence. 40
Lynn O. Cooper & Trey Buchanan. Interrater agreement in judgments of listening competency:
    An item-based analysis of the organization listening survey. 48
John Gribas. Organizational sports metaphors: Reconsidering gender bias in the team concept. 55
Theodore A. Avtgis & Shannon M. Brogan. Quality of organizational relationships as a function
    of work locus of control. 65
Diane M. Martin & Barbara Mae Gayle. It isn‟t a matter of just being funny: Humor production
    by organizational leaders. 72
Lois L. Hinkle. Nonverbal immediacy communication behaviors and liking in marital
    relationships. 81
Amy Janan Johnson, Monique M. Mitchell, Sandi W. Smith, Victoria O. Orrego & Kimo Ah
    Yun. Expert advice on daytime talk television: A beneficial source of information for the
    general public. 91

1998, Vol. 15(4)

Jerry L. Allen. Continuing the tradition . . . Advancing the boundaries. 341
Virginia P. Richmond, Alan M. Heisel, Ralph S. Smith, Jr., & James C. McCroskey. The impact
     of communication apprehension and fear of talking with a physician on perceived medical
     outcomes. 344
J. David Roach. Management view, power use, and affinity-seeking: Effects on college student
     employee identification. 354
Melanie Booth Butterfield. Measurement of communication flexibility: Working adults vs.
     college students. 365
Timothy P. Mottet & Virginia P. Richmond. New is not necessarily better: A reexamination of
     affective learning measurement. 370
Barbara Mae Gayle, Raymond W. Preiss & Mike Allen. Embedded gender expectations: A
     covariate analysis of conflict situations and issues. 379
Monique M. Mitchell & Franklin J. Boster. Conflict management satisfaction and relational and
     sexual satisfaction. 388
Scott A. Meyers & Ronda L. Knox. Perceived sibling use of functional communication skills.
     397
Matthew M. Martin, Keith Weber, Timothy P. Mottet & Steven C. Koehn. The relationships of
     trait verbal aggressiveness and frequency of viewing and enjoyment of television sitcoms.
     406
Kristine Kay Johnson Fortman, Tracy Lee Clarke & Erica Weintraub Austin. Let‟s talk about
     what we‟re watching: Parental mediation of children‟s television viewing. 413
Danette E. Ifert, Kathleen M. Long & Shirley D. Forntet. Examining variation among compulsive
     communicators in classroom settings. 426
Karen Kangas Dwyer & Ana M. Cruz. Communication apprehension, personality, and grades in
     the basic course: Are there correlations? 436
Kelly A. Rocca, Matthew M. Martin & Mary C. Toale. Players‟ perceptions of their coaches‟
     immediacy, assertiveness, and responsiveness. 445
                                                                                           98



1998, Vol. 15(3)

Ralph R. Benke & Chris R. Sawyer. Productive arousal as a function of task difficulty in
    information processes. 235
Carolyn M. Anderson, Matthew M. Martin & Dominic A. Infante. Decision-making
    collaboration scale: Tests of validity. 245
John Bourhis & Mike Allen. The role of videotaped feedback in the instruction of public
    speaking: A quantitative synthesis of published empirical research. 256
Joseph L. Chesebro & James C. McCroskey. The development of the teacher clarity short
    inventory (TCSI) to measure clear teaching in the classroom. 262
Hee Sun Park. The theory of reasoned action and self construal in predicting intention of
    studying among Korean college students. 267
Theodore A. Avtgis, Daniel W. West & Traci L. Anderson. Relationship stages: An inductive
    analysis identifying cognitive, affective, and behavioral dimensions of Knapp‟s relational
    stages model. 280
Jason J. Teven & Joan Gorham. A qualitative analysis of low-inference student perceptions of
    teacher caring and non-caring behaviors within the college classroom. 288
Aldert Vrij & Michelle Holland. Individual differences in persistence in lying and experiences
    while deceiving. 299
Scott A. Meyers. Sibling communication satisfaction as a function of interpersonal solidarity,
    individualized trust, and self-disclosure. 309
Deirdre L. Sutter & Matthew M. Martin. Verbal aggression during disengagement of dating
    relationships. 318
Megan Lyons, Melissa Bekelja Wanzer & Virginia P. Richmond. Amount of communication as a
    symptom of distressed marriages based on reports of divorced individuals. 327
Stephen C. Hines, Laurie Badzek, Nan Leslie & Jackie Glover. Managing uncertainty in
    conversations about treatment preferences: A study of home health care nurses. 331

1998, Vol. 15(2)

Ann Bainbridge Frymier & Marian L. Houser. Does making content relevant make a difference
    in learning? 121
K. David Roach. Teaching assistant communication apprehension, willingness to
    communication, and state communication anxiety in the classroom. 130
Scott A. Meyers. Instructor socio-communicative style, argumentativeness, and verbal
    aggressiveness in the college classroom. 141
Erica Cooper & Mike Allen. A meta-analytic examination of the impact of student race on
    classroom interaction. 151
Barry Asker. Student reticence and oral testing: A Hong Kong study of willingness to
    communicate. 162
Joe Ayres, Terry Schliesman & Debbie Ayres Sondandre. Practice makes perfect but does it help
    reduce communication apprehension? 170
Margaret U. Dsilva, Rebecca Maddox & Bart Collins. Criticism on the internet: An analysis of
    participant reactions. 180
                                                                                            99


Prashant Bordia, Nicholas DiFonzo & Verity Travers. Denying rumors of organizational change:
    A higher source is not always better. 188
Stephen D. Bruning & John A. Ledingham. Organization-public relationships and consumer
    satisfaction: The role of relationships in the satisfaction mix. 198
Jason J. Teven, James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Measurement of tolerance for
    disagreement. 209
Timothy R. Levine. Modeling the psychometric properties of information manipulation ratings.
    218
Theodore A. Avtgis, Andrew S. Rancer & Philip P. Amato. Self-handicapping orientation and
    tendencies toward verbal aggressiveness. 226

1998, Vol. 15(1)

Deborah M. Rekart, Cynthia M. Finch & Mary Mino. Gender- and reticence-related vocal cues:
    An exploratory acoustical analysis. 1
Terri Freeman, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Differences in anticipatory anxiety and
    adaptation rate as a function of affect management strategy. 17
Victoria Smith, Susan A. Siltanen & Lawrence A. Hosman. The effects of powerful and
    powerless speech styles and speaker expertise on impression formation and attitude change.
    27
Darin L. Garard, Stephen K. Hunt, Lance Lippert & Scott T. Paynton. Alternatives to traditional
    instruction: Using games and simulations to increase student learning and motivation. 36
Lois L. Hincle. Teacher nonverbal immediacy behaviors and student-perceived cognitive learning
    in Japan. 45
Dale A. Herbeck & Christopher D. Hunter. Intellectual property in cyberspace: The use of
    protected images on the world wide web. 57
Gary B. Randolph. Effects of hypermedia and graphics on recall and retention in on-line
    publishing. 64
Scott A. Meyers & Jeffrey W. Kassing. The relationship between perceived supervisory
    communication behaviors and subordinate organizational identification. 71
Kelly A. Rocca & Matthew M. Martin. The relationship between willingness to communicate
    and solidarity with frequency, breadth, and depth of communication in the sibling
    relationship. 82
Chia-Fang Hsu. Relationships between family characteristics and communication apprehension.
    91
Vincent R. Waldron & Robert Miller. Personalizing AIDS risk through self disclosure:
    Implications for peer-based prevention programs. 99
Robert Lemieux, M. Rachel Tighe, Margaret J. Daniels, Kathryn Greene, John E. Hocking,
    Adrian B. Carins & Jerold L. Hale. The persuasive effect of the AIDS NAMES quilt on
    behavioral intentions. 113

1997, Vol. 14(4)

James W. Neuliep & James C. McCroskey. The development of a U.S. and generalized
   ethnocentrism scale. 385
                                                                                          100


Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Robert J. Sidelinger. The relationship between parental traits and
     open family communication: Affective orientation and verbal aggression. 408
Erica Weintraub Austin, Christopher Knaus & Ana Menguelli. Who talks how to their kids about
     TV: A clarification of demographic correlates of parental mediation patterns. 418
Matthew M. Martin, Joseph L. Chesebro & Timothy P. Mottet. Students‟ perceptions of
     instructors‟ socio-communicative styles and the influence on instructor credibility and
     situational motivation. 431
Theodore A. Avtgis & Andrew S. Rancer. Argumentativeness and verbal aggressiveness as a
     function of locus of control. 441
Patricia Rockwell, David B. Buller & Judee K. Burgoon. The voice of deceit: Refining and
     expanding vocal cues to deception. 451
William F. Sharkey, Cailin Kulp, B. Marie Carpenter, Cristy Lee & Ursula Rodillas.
     Embarrassment: The effects of embarrassor and target perceptions. 460
Charles Pavitt, Gail C. Whitchurch, Heather Siple & Nancy Peterson. Communication and
     emergent group leadership: Does content count? 470
Cheri J. Simons. Challenge behavior in the college classroom. 481
Mary Mino & Marilynn N. Butler. A traditional lecture versus a collaborative approach: A
     comparison of student performance outcomes. 493

1997, Vol. 14(3)

Mark A. deTurck, Thomas H. Feeley & Lori A. Roman. Vocal and visual cue training in
    behavioral lie detection. 249
Theodore A. Avtgis & Virginia P. Richmond. An examination of the factorial stability and
    reliability of the communication-specific locus of control scale. 260
Rodney A. Reynolds. A validation test of a message elaboration measure. 269
Cheri J. Simonds. Classroom understanding: An expanded notion of teacher clarity. 279
Bruce E. Pinkleton, Joey Reagan, Dustin Aaronson & Chien-fei Chen. The role of individual
    motivations in information source use and knowledge concerning divergent topics. 291
Janie M. Harden Fritz. Responses to unpleasant work relationships. 302
Lynn O. Cooper, David R. Seibold & Robert Suchner. Listening in organizations: An analysis of
    error structures in models of listening competency. 312
Kory Floyd. Knowing when to say “I love you”: An expectancy approach to affectionate
    communication. 321
Matthew M. Martin, Carolyn M. Anderson & Timothy P. Mottet. The relationship between
    perceived understanding and self-disclosure in the sibling relationship. 331
Scott A. Myers & Theodore A. Avtgis. The association of socio-communicative style and
    relational type on perceptions of nonverbal immediacy. 339
James B. Weaver, III, Stephanie Lee Sargent & Christian Kiewitz. Communication apprehension
    and the type-A personality. 350
Sherri L. Kelly & Brian R. Patterson. The end of the life span: Determinants of communication
    apprehension. 356
Maili Porhola. Trait anxiety, experience, and the public speaking state reposes of Finish
    university students. 367
                                                                                            101


1997, Vol. 14(2)

Mike Allen & Raymond W. Preiss. Comparing the persuasiveness of narrative and statistical
    evidence using meta-analysis. 125
Timothy R. Levine & Lawrence R. Wheeless. Situational intimacy as a predictor of compliance-
    gaining tactic selection. 132
James W. Neuliep & James C. McCroskey. The development of intercultural and interethnic
    communication apprehension scales. 145
Peter D. MacIntrye, Kimberly A. Thivierge & J. Renee MacDonald. The effect of audience
    interest, responsiveness, and evaluation on public speaking anxiety and related variables.
    157
Tim Hopf, Steven Michael Crosby & Joe Ayers. Tactics for getting high communication
    apprehensive students to attend workshops: Are they effective? 169
Amy I. Nathanson, Elizabeth M. Perse & Douglas A. Ferguson. Gender differences in television
    use: An exploration of the instrumental-expressive dichotomy. 176
Douglas A. Ferguson & Srinivas R. Melkote. Leisure time and channel repertoire in a
    multichannel environment. 189
Matthew M. Martin, Carolyn M. Anderson & Grant Cos. Verbal aggression: A study of the
    relationship between communication traits and feelings about a verbally aggressive
    television show. 195
William C. Donaghy. Perceptions of speech events and nonverbal behavior in social and personal
    relationships. 203
Jerold L. Hale, M. Rachel Tighe & Paul A. Mongeay. Effects of event type and sex on
    comforting messages. 214
Keith Weber & Brian R. Patterson. The effects of maternal verbal aggression on the adult child‟s
    future romantic relationships. 221
Daniel J. Cahill & Patricia M. Sias. The perceived social costs and importance of seeking
    emotional support in the workplace: Gender differences and similarities. 231
Timothy P. Mottet & Katherine S. Thweatt. The relationships between peer teasing, self-esteem
    and affect for school. 241

1997, Vol. 14(1)

Robert J. Sidelinger & James C. McCroskey. Communication correlates of teacher clarity in the
    college classroom. 1
Joan Gorham, Stanley H. Cohen & Tracy L. Morris. Fashion in the classroom II: Instructor
    immediacy and attire. 11
Theresa H. Glenn, Jill Rhea & Lawrence R. Wheeless. Interpersonal communication satisfaction
    and biological sex: Nurse-physician relationships. 24
JC Bruno Teboul. “Scripting” the organization: New hire learning during organizational
    encounter. 33
Carole A. Barbato, Elizabeth E. Graham & Elizabeth M. Perse. Interpersonal communication
    motives and perceptions of humor among elders. 48
                                                                                             102


Carolyn M. Anderson, Matthew M. Martin, Mei Zhong & Daniel West. Reliability, separation of
     factors, and sex differences on the assertiveness-responsiveness measure: A Chinese sample.
     58
Danette E. Ifert & Leeza Bearden. The use of rational, emotional, and combination appeals to
     respond to rejected requests. 65
Stephanie Lee Sargent, James B. Weaver, III & Christian Kiewitz. Correlates between
     communication apprehension and listening style preferences. 74
Dominic A. Infante, Mary M. Step & Cary L. Horvath. Counterattitudinal advocacy: When high
     argumentatives are more persuasible. 79
Eric R. Spangeberg & Joan L. Giese. An exploratory study of word-of-mouth communication in
     a hierarchy of effects contest. 88
Elizabeth M. Perse, Douglas M. McLeod, Nancy Signorielli & Juliet Dee. News coverage of
     abortion between Roe and Webster: Public opinion and real-world events. 97
Alan M. Rubin & Mary M. Step. Viewing television talk shows. 106
W. James Potter & Misha Vaughn. Antisocial behaviors in television entertainment: Trends and
     profiles. 116

1996, Vol. 13(2)

Lynda Lee Kaid. Technology and political advertising: The application of ethical standards to the
    1992 spots. 129
Kenneth Hacker, Lori Howl, Max Scott, Robert Steiner. Uses of computer-mediated political
    communication in the 1992 presidential campaign: A content analysis of the Bush, Clinton
    and Perot computer list. 138
David E. Proctor & William J. Schenck-Hamlin. Form and variations in negative political
    advertising. 147
Melanie Booth-Butterfield and Steve Booth-Butterfield. Using your emotions: Improving the
    measurement of affective orientation. 157
Thomas H. Feeley. Exploring sanctioned and unsanctioned lies in interpersonal deception. 164
Michelle D. Kirtley & James M. Honeycutt. Listening styles and their correspondence with
    second guessing. 174
Claire F. Sullivan. Recipients‟ perceptions of support attempts across various stressful life
    events. 183
Stephanie A. Westmyer & Scott A. Myers. Communication skills and social support messages
    across friendship levels. 191
Katherine S. Thweatt & James C. McCroskey. Teaching nonimmediacy and misbehavior:
    Unintentional negative communication. 198
Paul Davis Bolls & Alex Tan. Communication anxiety and teacher communication competence
    among Native American and Caucasian students. 205
Laura Stafford & Susan L. Kline. Women‟s surnames and titles: Men‟s and women‟s views. 215
Mary Mino. The relative effect of content and vocal delivery during a simulated employment
    interview. 225
Chuka Onwumechili. Organizational culture in Nigeria: An exploratory study. 239
                                                                                               103


1996, Vol. 13(1)

Raymond D. Baus & Jerry L. Allen. Solidarity and sexual communication as selective filters: A
     report on intimate relationship development. 1
Tara M. Emmers & Russell D. Hart. Romantic relationship disengagement and coping rituals. 8
Matthew M. Martin, Carolyn M. Anderson & Cary L. Hovarth. Feelings about verbal aggression:
     Justifications for sending and hurt from receiving verbally aggressive messages. 19
Kory Floyd. Communication closeness among siblings: An application of the gendered closeness
     perspective. 27
Patricia M. Sias & Christie Odden. The next best thing to being there: A test of the joint
     conversation reconstruction method. 35
Diane M. Christophel. Russian communication orientations: A cross-cultural examination. 43
Gary Fontaine. The experience of experiential intercultural training exercises: The role of a sense
     of presence and other states. 52
Matthew M. Martin & Carolyn M. Anderson. Communication traits: A cross-generalization
     investigation. 58
Keith D. Weber & Brian Patterson. Construction and validation of a communication based
     emotional support scale. 68
Nicholas C. Neupauer. Individual differences in on-air television and radio personalities. 77
Joe Ayers, Noelle Colby-Rotell, Paul Mark Wadleigh & Tim Hopf. Measuring patients‟
     communication apprehension about interacting with physicians: Instrument development. 86
Andrea G. Wooten & James C. McCroskey. Student trust of teacher as a function of socio-
     communicative style of teacher and socio-communicative orientation of student. 94
Jason J. Teven & Mark E. Comadena. The effects of office aesthetic quality on students‟
     perceptions of teacher credibility and communicator style. 101
Joan O‟Mara, Jerry L. Allen, Kathleen M. Long & Ben Judd. Communication apprehension,
     nonverbal immediacy, and negative expectations for learning. 109
                                                 \
                                                                                               104


                                  COMMUNICATION STUDIES

2007, Vol. 58(2)

Craig R. Scott. Communication and social identity theory: Existing and potential connections in
    organizational identification research. 123
Laura Ann Janusik. Building listening theory: The validation of the conversational listening span.
    139
Stephenson Beck, Sarah Elizabeth Clabaugh, Ruth Anne Clark, Megan Connelly Kosovski,
    Rivka Daar, Veronica Hefner, Tracy Kmetz, Sheila McDaniel, Laura Miller, Cortney
    Moriarty, Zhilong Qian, Siddhartha Raja, Mary Ramey & Ratnadeep Suri. Teasing among
    college men and women. 157
Hiroshi Ota, Howard Giles & Lilnabeth P. Somera. Beliefs about intra- and intergenerational
    communication in Japan, the Philippines, and the United States: Implication for older adults‟
    subjective well-being. 173
Amy Janan Johnson, Jenifer A. H. Becker, Shelley Wigley, Michael M. Haiugh & Elizabeth A.
    Craig. Reported argumentativeness and verbal aggressiveness levels: The influence of type
    of argument. 189
Debra Worley, Scott Titsworth, David W. Worley & Myrna Cornett-DeVito. Instructional
    communication competence: Lessons learned from award-winning teachers. 207

2007, Vol. 58(1)

John B. Seiter & Jon Bruschke. Deception and emotion: The effects of motivation, relationship
    type, and sex on expected feelings of guilt and shame following acts of deception in United
    States and Chinese samples. 1
David W. Worley & Myrna M. Cornett-DeVito. College students with learning disabilities
    (SWLD) and their responses to teacher power. 17
Kevin B. Wright, Larry Frey, & Pradeep Sopory. Willingness to communicate about health as an
    underlying trait of patient self-advocacy: The development of the willingness to
    communication about health (WTCH) measure. 35
Artemio Ramirez, Jr. The effect of anticipated future interaction and initial impression valence
    on relational communication in computer-mediated interaction. 53
Suzanne M. Jones & John G. Wirtz. “Sad monkey see, monkey do”: Nonverbal matching in
    emotional support encounters. 71
Joann Keyton & Kathy Menzie. Sexually harassing messages: Decoding workplace conversation.
    87
Kevin T. Jones, Kenneth S. Zagacki & Todd V. Lewis. Communication, liminality, and hope:
    The September 11th missing person posters. 105

2006, Vol. 57(4)

Jennifer L. Bevan & Jerold L. Hale. Negative jealousy-related emotion rumination as
    consequences of romantic partner, cross-sex friend, and sibling jealousy expression. 363
                                                                                               105


Leslie A. Baxter, Dawn O. Braithwaite & Leah E. Bryant. Types of communication triads
    perceived by young-adult stepchildren in established stepfamilies. 381
LeAnn M. Brazeal & William L. Benoit. On the spot: A functional analysis of Congressional
    television spots, 1980-2004. 401
Anna-Karin Magnusson. Nonverbal conversation-regulating signals of the blind adult. 421
Heather M. Marshall & Thomas Hugh Feeley. A normative approach to shaping college students‟
    attitudes toward organ donation. 436
Jennifer A. Samp, Kimberly A. Parker & Heather Duvall. Adolescents‟ communicative goals for
    problematic events: Defining content and examining the influence of identity processing
    orientations. 455

2006, Vol. 57(3)

Susan M. Wildermuth, Sally Vogl-Bauer & Julimar Rivera. Practically perfect in every way.
    Communication strategies of ideal relational partners. 239
Maria Brann. The influence of illness factors on physicians‟ likelihood of disclosing confidential
    health information to relatives of patients. 259
Weiwu Zhang & Stella C. Chia. The effects of mass media use and social capital on civic and
    political participation. 277
Michael L. Kent, Tyler R. Harrison & Maureen Taylor. A critique of internet polls as symbolic
    representation and pseudo events. 299
Dawna I. Ballard & David R. Seibold. The experience of time at work: Relationship to
    communication load, job satisfaction, and interdepartmental communication. 317
Laura K. Guerrero & Guy F. Bachman. Associations among relational maintenance behaviors,
    attachment-style categories, and attachment dimensions. 341

2006, Vol. 57(2)

Sunwolf. Decisional regret theory: Reducing the anxiety about uncertain outcomes during group
    decision making through shared counterfactual storytelling. 107
Abhik Roy. Regenerating masculinity in the construction of Hindu nationalist identity: A case
    study of Shiv Sena. 135
Traci L. Anderson & Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. Predictors of relationship satisfaction in online
    romantic relationships. 153
Randall A. Rose. A proposal for integrating structurational theory with coordinated management
    of meaning theory. 173
James A. Janack. The rhetoric of “the body”: Jesse Ventura and Bakhtin‟s carnival. 197
Debbie S. Dougherty & Kristina Drumheller. Sensemaking and emotions in organizations:
    Accounting for emotions in a ration(ized) context. 215

2006, Vol. 57(1) (Special Issue: Spirituality and Organizing)

Patrice M. Buzzanell & Lynn M. Harter. (De)centering and (re)envisioning the secular hegemony
   of organizations communication theory and research. 1
                                                                                              106


Mark A. Leeman. A house divided against itself cannot stand: Problematizing public and private
   in organized religion. 5
Jennifer Mize Smith, Colleen Arendt, Jennifer Bezek Lahman, Gina N. Settle & Ashley Duff.
   Framing the work of art: Spirituality and career discourse in the nonprofit arts sector. 25
Bethany Crandell Goodier & Eric M. Eisenberg. Seeking the spirit: Communication and the
   (re)development of a “spiritual” organization. 47
Sarah Bonewits Feldner. Living our mission: A study of university mission building. 67
Erika L. Kirby, M. Chad McBride, Sherianne Shuler, Marty J. Birkholt, Mary Ann Danielson &
   Donna R. Pawlowski. The Jesuit difference (?): Narratives of negotiating spiritual values and
   secular practices. 87

2005, Vol. 56(4)

Robert M. McCann, René M. Daily, Howard Giles & Hiroshi Ota. Beliefs about intergenerational
     communication across the lifespan: Middle age and the roles of age stereotyping and respect
     norms. 293
Kenneth A. Lachian, Stacy L. Smith & Ron Tamborini. Models for aggressive behavior: The
     attributes of violent characters in popular video games. 313
Lorin Basden Arnold. Don‟t you know what causes that? Advice, celebration, and justification in
     a large families bulletin board. 331
Mary Christine Banwart & Mitchell S. McKinney. A gendered influence in campaign debates?
     Analysis of mixed-gender United States Senate and gubernatorial debates. 353
Patricia M. Sias. Workplace relationship quality and employee information experiences. 375
Alex M. Susskind, Donald F. Schwartz, William D. Richards & J. David Johnson. Evolution and
     diffusion of the Michigan State University traditional of organizational communication
     network research. 397

2005, Vol. 56(3)

William L. Benoit & Kevin A. Stein. A functional analysis of presidential direct mail advertising.
     203
Lisa M. Schroeder. Cultivation and the elaboration likelihood model: A test of the learning and
     construction and availability heuristic models. 227
Jennifer A. H. Becker & Glen H. Stamp. Impression management in chat rooms: A grounded
     theory model. 243
Patrice M. Buzzanell, Rebecca Meisenbach, Robyn Remke, Meina Liu, Venessa Bowers, &
     Cindy Conn. The good working mother: Managerial women‟s sense making and feelings
     about work-family issues. 261
Roberta A. Davilla. Presidential reflections. 287

2005, Vol. 56(2)

Paul D. Turman & Paul Schrodt. The influence of instructional technology use on students‟
    affect: Do course designs and biological sex make a difference? 109
                                                                                           107


Shereen G. Bingham & Karen M. Battey. Communication of social support to sexual harassment
    victims: Professors‟ responses to a student‟s narrative of unwanted sexual attention. 131
John M. Jones & Robert C. Rowland. A covenant-affirming jeremiad: The post-presidential
    ideological appeals of Ronald Wilson Reagan. 157
Heather M. Zoller. Women caught in the multicausal web: A gendered analysis of Healthy
    People 2010. 175
Helen Sterk & Samuel L. Becker. How does Central rock. 193 (Keynote address)

2005, Vol. 56(1)

Lance R. Lippert, B. Scott Titsworth & Stephen K. Hunt. The ecology of academic risk:
    Relationships between communication apprehension, supportive communication, and
    students‟ academic risk status. 1
Erina MacGeorge, Bo Feng, Ginger L. Butler, Jennifer L. Dane & Stacey A. Passalacqua. Sex
    differences in goals for supportive interactions. 23
Anne P. Hubbell & Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. Motivating factors: Perceptions of justice and
    their relationship with managerial and organizational trust. 47
Kathryn Greene & Marina Krcmar. Predicting exposure to and liking of media violence: A uses
    and gratifications approach. 71
Kathy Krone. Trends in organizational communication research: Sustaining the discipline,
    sustaining ourselves. 95

2004, Vol. 55(4)

Michaela D. E. Meyer. “We‟re too afraid of these imaginary tensions”: Student organizing in
     lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender campus communities. 499
Philip J. Aust. Communicated values as indicators of organizational identity: A method for
     organizational assessment and its application in a case study. 515
Stacey K. Sowards & Valerie R. Renegar. The rhetorical functions of consciousness raising in
     third wave feminism. 535
Mayra L. Doerfel & Glynis A. Fitzgerald. A case study of cooperation in a commission-based
     organization. 553

2004, Vol. 55(3)

Stephen D. Bruning, Janessa D. Castle & Erin Schrepfer. Building relationships between
    organizations and publics: Examining the linkage between organization-public relationships,
    evaluations of satisfaction, and behavioral intent. 435
Benjamin R. Bates. Audiences, metaphors, and the Persian Gulf War. 447
Stacey L. Connaughton & Sharon E. Jarvis. Apolitical politics: GOP efforts to foster
    identification from Latinos, 1984-2000. 464
W. Timothy Coombs & Sherry J. Holladay. Understanding the aggressive workplace:
    Development of the workplace aggression tolerance questionnaire. 481
                                                                                                108


2004, Vol. 55(2)

Autumn Edwards & Gregory J. Shepherd. Theories of communication, human nature, and the
    world: Associations and implications. 197
Nathan Miczo. Humor ability, unwillingness to communicate, loneliness, and perceived stress:
    Testing a security theory. 209
Danette Ifert Johnson, Michael E. Roloff & Melissa A. Rifee. Politeness theory and refusals of
    requests: Face threat as a function of expressed obstacles. 227
Kevin B. Wright. On-line relational maintenance strategies and perceptions of partners within
    exclusively internet-based and primarily internet-based relationships. 239
Larry A. Erbert & Kory Floyd. Affectionate expressions as face-threatening acts: Receiver
    assessments. 254
Loreen N. Olson & Dawn O. Braithwaite. “If you hit me again, I‟ll hit you back”: Conflict
    management strategies of individuals experiencing aggression during conflicts. 271
Craig R. Hullett. A test of the initial processes of the goal-planning-action model of interpersonal
    influence. 286
Jake Harwood. Relational, role, and social identity as expressed in grandparents‟ person web
    sites. 300
Alan D. DeSantis & Susan E. Morgan. Civil liberties, the constitution, and cigars: Anti-smoking
    conspiracy logic in Cigar Afficonado, 1992-2001. 319
Denise M. Bostdorff. The internet rhetoric of the Klu Klux Klan: Study in web site community
    building run amok. 340
Pamela J. Lannutti & Jennifer L. Monahan. “Not now, maybe later”: The influence of
    relationship type, request persistence, and alcohol consumption on women‟s refusal
    strategies. 362
Judy Pearson & Judith Trent. 2003 Keynote Address: Communication, women, and leadership.
    400
Lynn M. Harter, Autumn Edwards, Andrea McClanahan, Mark C. Hopson & Evelyn Carson-
    Stern. Organizing for survival and social change: The case of Streetwise. 407
Pamela Cooper. CSCA presidential reflection: Our stories . . . our legacy. 425

2004, Vol. 55(1)

Cindy White. Welsh widows‟ descriptions of their relationships: Themes of relational experience
    in long-term marriage. 1
Jennifer L. Bevan & Wendy Samter. Toward a broader conceptualization of jealousy in close
    relationships: Two exploratory studies. 14
Jack Glascock. The Jasper dragging death: Crisis communication and the community newspaper.
    29
Lynn M. Harter & Erica L. Kirby. Socializing medical students in an era of managed care: The
    ideological significance of standardized virtual patients. 48
Joy Koesten & Robert C. Rowland. The rhetoric of atonement. 68
Robert M. McCann, Kathy Kellerman, Howard Giles, Cynthia Gallois & M. Angeles Viladot.
    Cultural and gender influences on age identification. 88
J. Kevin Barge. Antenarrative and managerial practice. 106
                                                                                             109


Caryn E. Medved. The everyday accomplishment of work and family: Exploring practical actions
    in daily routines. 128
Denise Haunani Solomon, Leanne K. Knoblock & Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. Relational power,
    marital schema, and decisions to withhold complaints: An investigation of the chilling effect
    on confrontation in marriage. 146
Janet R. Meyer. Effect of verbal aggressiveness on the perceived importance of secondary goals
    in message. 168
Lawrence J. Mullen & Julie D. Fisher. A visual analysis of prescription drug advertising imagery:
    Elaborating Foss‟s rhetorical techniques. 185

2003, Vol. 54(4)

Corey Anton & Valerie V. Peterson. Who said what: Subject positions, rhetorical strategies and
    good faith. 403
Betty H. La France, Franklin J. Boster & Sherri Darrow. An analysis of role conflict and role
    ambiguity within the cancer information service‟s communication network. 420
Kathryn M. Olson & Clark D. Olson. Problems of exclusionary research criteria: The case
    against the “usable knowledge” litmus test for social justice communication research. 438
Young-ok Yum. The relationships among loneliness, self/partner constructive maintenance
    behavior, and relational satisfaction in two cultures. 451
Shelley R. A. Hovick & Renee A. Myers. E-mail communication in workplace romantic
    relationships. 468
Zachary P. Hart, Vernon D. Miller & John R. Johnson. Socialization, resocialization, and
    communication relationships in the context of an organizational change. 483
Brooks Aylor. The impact of sex, gender, and cognitive complexity on the perceived importance
    of teacher communication skills. 496
Nathan Stormer. To remember, to act, to forget: Tracing collective remembrance through “A Jury
    of Her Peers.” 510
Mike Allen, Cynthia Chenh, Mariko Izumi, Shana Kopaczewsik, Stacy Tye-Williams & Kristi
    Wilkum. Mentor reviewing: A retrospective on an experiment. 530

2003, Vol. 54(3)

Josh Boyd. A quest for cinergy: The war metaphor and the construction of identity. 249
Kanzie A. Cameron, Shelly Camp & Dominique Brossard. Advocating for controversial issues:
     The effect of activism on compliance-gaining strategy likelihood of use. 265
Leanne K. Knobloch & Denise Haunani Solomon. Responses to changes in relational uncertainty
     within dating relationships: Emotions and communication strategies. 282
Lisa L. Massi Lindsey & Kimo Ah Yun. Examining the persuasive effects of statistical messages:
     A test of mediating relationships. 306
Patricia M. Sias, Guy Smith & Tatyana Avdeyeva. Sex and sex-composition differences and
     similarities in peer workplace friendship development. 322
Jennifer K. Stitt, Cheri J. Simonds & Stephen K. Hunt. Evaluation fidelity: An examination of
     criterion-based assessment and rater training in the speech communication classroom. 341
                                                                                            110


Special Section: What Constitutes Publishable Rhetorical Scholarship
Mike Allen. Heavy lies the editor‟s fingers on the keyboard. 354
Sandra J. Berkowitz. Originality, conversation and reviewing rhetorical criticism. 359
Barry Brummett. Double binds in publishing rhetorical studies. 364
Joshua Gunn. Publishing peccadilloes and idioms of disposition: Views from the habitus of
    scholarly adolescence. 370
Steven B. Hunt. An essay on publishing standards for rhetorical criticism. 378
Catherine Helen Palczewski. What is “good criticism”? A conversation in progress. 385
John W. Jordan, Kathryn M. Olson & Steven R. Goldzwig. Continuing the conversation on
    “What constitutes publishable rhetorical criticism?”: A response. 392

2003, Vol. 54(2)

Rives Collins. Dreams of children. 121
Isabelle Bauman. Responsibility in instruction: Who is doing the learning here? 127
Leah E. Bryant. Becoming a better teacher: Learning from our mistakes. 130
Stephen K. Hunt. Encouraging student involvement> An approach to teaching communication.
     133
Laura Shue O‟Hara & Marcy Meyer. “I never felt more uncomfortable in my life”: University
     student‟s discursive constructions of “The lesbian convention.” 137
Mary Vaughn & Glen H. Stamp. The empowerment dilemma: The dialectic of emancipation and
     control in staff/client interaction at shelters for battered women. 154
Jeffrey Murray. An other-Burkean frame: Rhetorical criticism and the call of the other. 169
Kathryn M. Olson, Renee A. Myers & Kristi L. C. Wilkum. Perceptions and practices regarding
     M.A. capstone options and Ph.D. admission decisions: A survey of communication M.A.
     and Ph.D. program representatives. 188
Charles J. G. Griffin. Movement as memory: Significant form in eyes on the prize. 196
David K. Scott & Robert H. Gobetz. The U.S. Supreme Court 1969-1992: A shift toward an
     individualistic style of judging. 211
Suzanne LaGrande & Trudy Milburn. “Keeping it real”: Identity management strategies used by
     teens in conversation. 230

2003, Vol. 54(1)

Kami J. Silk, Roxanne L. Parrott & Megan R. Dillow. Using theory to guide formative
    evaluation of “Who‟s afraid of Franken-food?”: Implications for health message design. 1
Nichole Egbert & Roxanne Parrott. Empathy and social support for the terminally ill:
    Implications for recruiting and retaining hospice and hospital volunteers. 18
Lee Ann Carroll & Pat Arneson. Communication in a shared governance hospital: Managing
    emergent paradoxes. 35
J. Kevin Barge. Presidential reflections. 56
Paul D. Turman & Brigitta Brunner. An analysis of CSCA member interests for the regional
    conference experience. 62
Meijeong Han. Body image dissatisfaction and eating disturbances among Korean college female
    students: Relationships to media exposure, upward comparison, and perceived reality. 65
                                                                                            111


Keith Hearit & Jeffrey L. Courtright. A social constructionist approach to crisis management:
    Allegations of sudden acceleration in the Audi 5000. 70
William Benoit & Mary Jeanette Smythe. Rhetorical theory as message reception: A cognitive
    response approach to rhetorical theory and criticism. 96
Bruce E. Gronbeck. Douglas Ehninger: Modernist rhetorician and master of rules. 115

2002, Vol. 53(4) (Special Issue: Health Communication and Public Health: Pedagogical and
Research Insights)

Kathryn Greene & Sandra L. Faulkner. Expected versus actual responses to disclosure in
    relationships of HIV-positive African-American adolescent females. 297
Gary L. Kreps & Daria Chapelsky Massimilla. Cancer communications research and health
    outcomes: Review and challenge. 318
Marifran Mattson & Maria Brann. Managed care and the paradox of patient confidentiality: A
    case study analysis from a communication boundary management perspective. 337
Michael T. Stephenson. Sensation seeking as a moderator of the processing of anti-heroin PSAs.
    358
Lea P. Stewart, Linda C. Lederman, Mark Golubow, Joanne L. Cattafesta, Fern Walter Goodhart,
    Richard L. Powell & Lisa Laitman. Appling communication theories to prevent dangerous
    drinking among college students: The RU SURE campaign. 381
Kelly S. McNeilis. Assessing communication competence in the primary care medical interview.
    400

2002, Vol. 53(3)

Mary F. Huffman. “Do all things with counsel!”: Benedictine women and organizational
    democracy. 203
Dean Scheibel, Katie Gibson, & Carrie Anderson. Practicing “sorority rush”: Mockery and the
    dramatistic rehearsing of organizational conversations. 219
Ascan F. Koerner & Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. You never leave your family in a fight: The impact
    of family of origin on conflict-behavior in romantic relationships. 234
Joseph A. Bonito & Stacy L. Wolski. The adaptation of complaints to participation frameworks.
    252
Marouf Hasian, Jr. & Geoffrey D. Klinger. Sarah Roberts and the early history of “separate but
    equal” doctrine: A study in rhetoric, law, and social change. 269
Glenn J. Hansen & William L. Benoit. Presidential television advertising and public policy
    priorities, 1952-2000. 284

2002, Vol. 53(2)

Cynthia Berryman Fink. Presidential reflections. 91
Afsheen J. Nomai & George N. Dionisopoulous. Framing the Cubas narrative: The American
    dream and the capitalist reality. 97
John Gribas & Cal W. Downs. Metaphoric manifestations of talking “team” with team novices.
    112
                                                                                              112


Marouf Hasian, Jr. Holocaust denial debates: The symbolic significance of Irving V. Penguin &
    Lipstadt. 129
Michael W. Kramer. Communication in a community theatre group: Managing multiple group
    roles. 151
Loreen N. Olson. “As ugly and painful as it was, it was effective”: Individuals‟ unique
    assessment of communication competence during aggressive conflict episodes. 171
Paul Schrodt. The relationship between organizational identification and organizational culture:
    Employee perceptions of culture and identification in a retail sales organization. 189

2002, Vol. 53(1) (Special Issue: Communication, Globalism, and Localism)

David Cratis Williams. Introduction: Communication perspectives on relationships between
    globalism and localism. 1
Jason Ingram. Hegemony and globalism: Kenneth Burke and paradoxes of representation. 4
M. Lane Bruner. Global constitutionalism and the arguments over free trade. 25
Jane E. Fitzgibbon & Matthew W. Seeger. Audiences and metaphors of globalization in the
    DaimlerChuslerAG merger. 40
Kristin M. Langellier. Performing family stories: Forming cultural identity: Franco American
    memere stories. 56
Tim Cole, Laura Leets & James J. Bradac. Deceptive message processing the role of attachment
    style and verbal immediacy markers in deceptive message judgments. 74

2001, Vol. 52(4)

Bliss W. Browne. Keynote address from Cincinnati: Harnessing hope and imaginations for
    public life. 249
Nancy A. Burrell. Central States outstanding teachers award winners recognizing the importance
    of teaching: An introduction to our very best! 257
Cheri J. Simonds. Central States outstanding teaching award winners reflecting on the
    relationship between instructional communication theory and teaching practices. 260
Paul D. Turman. Central States outstanding teaching award winners “learn to play the game”:
    Recommendations for being successful as a graduate teaching assistant. 266
Paaige K. Turner. Central States Outstanding teaching award winners wisdom, eloquence, and a
    little bit of yourself: A philosophy for teaching. 272
David W. Worley. Central States outstanding teacher award winners a teaching philosophy. 278
Enid M. I. Sofcovic & Celeste M. Condit. Narrative and social change: A case study of the
    Wagner Act of 1935. 284
Tara L. Crowell & Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. “If I knew then what I know now”: Seropositive
    individuals‟ perceptions of partner trust, safety, and risk prior to HIV infection. 302
Michael T. Stephenson, William L. Benoit & David A. Tschida. Testing the mediating role of
    cognitive responses in the elaboration likelihood model. 324
                                                                                             113


2001, Vol. 52(3)

B. Scott Titswoth. Immediate and delayed effects of interest cues and engagement cues on
    students‟ affective learning. 169
Donna R. Pawlowski, Chad Thilborger & Jode Cieloha-Meekins. Prisons, old cars, and
    Christmas trees: A metaphoric analysis of familia communication. 180
Jon A. Hess, M. J. Smythe & Communication 451. Is teacher immediacy actually related to
    student cognitive learning? 197
Carolyn M. Anderson, Matthew M. Martin & B. L. Riddle. Small group relational satisfaction
    scale: Development, reliability and validity. 220
Everett M. Rogers. The Department of Communication at Michigan State University as a seed
    institution for communication study. 234

2001, Vol. 52(2)

Arlie Daniel. Presidential reflections. 103
William Benoit. The functional approach to presidential television spots: Acclaiming, attacking,
    defending 1952-2000. 109
Tara Emmers-Sommer & Mike Allen. HIV and AIDS: Toward increased awareness and
    understanding of prevention and education research using meta-analysis. 127
Monique Mitchell. Risks, threat, and information seeking about genital herpes: The effects of
    mood and message framing. 141
Timothy Sellnow. Exploring the boundaries of crisis communication: The case of the 1997 Red
    River Valley flood. 153

2001, Vol. 52(1)

Craig R. Hullett & Ron Tamborini. When I‟m within my rights: An expectancy-based model of
   actor evaluative and behavioral responses to compliance-resistance strategies. 1
Jennifer A. Stamp. Dependence power, severity appraisals, and communicative decisions about
   problematic events in dating relationships. 17
Michael E. Roloff & Danette Ifert Johnson. Reintroducing taboo topics: Antecedents and
   consequences of putting topics back on the table. 37
Victoria E. Sanchez. Intertribal dance and cross cultural communication: Traditional powwos in
   Ohio. 51
William L. Benoit. Framing through temporary metaphor: The “bridges” of Bob Dole and Bill
   Clinton in their 1996 acceptance addresses. 70
Jayne M. Morgan. Are we “out of the box” yet?: A case study and critique of managerial
   metaphors of change. 85

2001, Vol. 51(4) (Special Issue: Identity Management)

Deborah A. Cai & Steven R. Wilson. Identity implications of influence: A cross-cultural
   comparison of interaction goals and facework. 307
                                                                                             114


Jennifer A. Stamp. Relationship and self-driven influences on goal characteristics by problematic
    events: Components of a cybernetic cycle. 329
Sally O. Hastings. Self-disclosure and identity management by bereaved parents. 352
Michal L. Hecht & Sandra L. Faulkner. Sometimes Jewish, sometimes not: The closeting of
    Jewish American identity. 372
Brian L. Heisterkamp & Jess K. Alberts. Control and desire: Identity formation through teaching
    among gay men and lesbians. 388
Courtney Dillard, Larry D. Browning, Sim B. Sitkin & Kathleen M. Sutcliffe. Impression
    formation and the use of procedures at the Ritz-Carlton: Moral standards and dramaturgical
    discipline. 404

2001, Vol. 51(3)

James S. Sass. Characterizing organizational spirituality: An organizational communication
    culture approach. 195
Theodore Matula. Contextualizing musical rhetoric: A critical reading of the Pixies‟ “rock
    music.” 218
Christine Scodari & Jenna L. Felder. Creating a pocket university: “Shippers,” fan fiction and
    The X-Files. 238
John Ballotti & Lynda Lee Kaid. Examining verbal style of presidential campaign spots. 258
William L. Benoit. A functional analysis of political advertising across media, 1998. 274
Franklin J. Boster, Kenzie A. Cameron, Shelly Campo, Wen-Ying Liu, Janet K. Lillie, Esther M.
    Baker & Kimo Ah Yun. The persuasive effects of statistical evidence in the presence of
    exemplars. 296

2000, Vol. 51(2)

Dreama Moon & Lisa A. Flores. Antiracism and the abolition of Whiteness: Rhetorical strategies
    of domination among “race traitors.” 97
John P. Caughlin, Tamara D. Golish, Lorren N. Olson, Jack E. Sargent, Jeff S. Cook & Sandra
    Petronio. Intrafamily secrets in various family configurations: A communication boundary
    management perspective. 116
Karen Ijams & Larry D. Miller. Perceptions of dream-disclosure: An exploratory study. 135
Harry Weger, Jr. & Leah E. Polcar. Attachment style and the cognitive representation of
    communication situations. 149
Hee Sun Park. Relationships among attitudes and subjective norms: Testing the theory of
    reasoned action across cultures. 162
Marjorie Keeshan Nadler & Lawrence B. Nadler. Out of class communication between faculty
    and students: A faculty perspective. 176
Judith S. Trent. Prospectus for the future: The communication scholar as citizen. 189

2000, Vol. 51(1)

Cary R. W. Voss & Robert C. Rowland. Pre-inception rhetoric in the creation of a social
    movement: The case of Frances Wright. 1
                                                                                              115


John Arthos. Who are we and who am I? Gadamer‟s communal ontology as palimpsest. 15
Donald K. Enholm. Robert Taft and Nuremberg: The verdict of time. 35
Maria Knight Lapinski & Timothy R. Levine. Culture and information manipulation theory: The
    effects of self-construal and locus of benefit on information manipulation. 55
Zhuojun (Joyce) Chen. Chinese-American children‟s ethnic identity: Measurement and
    implications. 74

1999, Vol. 50(4) (Special Issue: Looking forward/Looking Back: Honoring W. Charles Redding

Leanne K. Knobloch & Denise Haunani Solomon. Measuring the sources and content of
     relational uncertainty. 261
Lynda Lee Kaid, Mitchell S. McKinney, John C. Tedesco & Kim Gaddie. Journalistic
     responsibility and political advertising: A content analysis of coverage by state and local
     media. 279
Mark T. Morman & Kory Floyd. Affectionate communication between fathers and young adult
     sons: Individual- and relational-level correlates. 294
Patrice M. Buzzanell. W. Charles Redding (1914-1994): The teacher-scholar model of the
     Redding tradition. 310
Patrice M. Buzzanell & Cynthia Stohl. The Redding tradition of organizational communication
     scholarship: W Charles Redding and his legacy. 324
W. Charles Redding. Communication research and the “Rhetorical environment.” 337

1999, Vol. 50(3) (Special Issue: Looking Forward/Looking Back: Honoring Gerald R. Miller)

Sandi W. Smith, Monique M. Mitchell, James Ah Yun, Amy Janan Johnson, Victoria O. Orrego
    & Bradley S. Greenberg. The nature of close relationships as presented in televised talk
    shows. 175
David C. Shrader. Goal complexity and the perceived competence of interpersonal influence
    messages. 188
Jerold L. Hale & Melanie Laliker. Explaining the door-in-the-face: Is it really time to abandon
    reciprocal concessions? 203
Daniel J. O‟Keefe. Three reasons for doubting the adequacy of the reciprocal-concessions
    explanation of door-in-the-face effects. 211
Gerald R. Miller & Charles R. Berger. On keeping the faith in matters scientific. 221
Gerald R. Miller. “„Tis the season to be jolly”: A yuletide 1980 assessment of communication
    research. 232
Robert N. Bostrom. Gerald R. Miller: A personal remembrance. 239
Erwin P. Bettinghaus. Gerald R. Miller: A colleague‟s view. 247
Walt R. Fisher. The presence of GR, my pal. 251
Pamela J. Kalbfleisch. A tribute to Gerald R. Miller. 253
Sandra Metts. An interview with Gerald R. Miller, 255
                                                                                             116


1999, Vol. 50(2) (Special Issue: Looking Forward/Looking Back: Honoring Karlyn Korhs
Campbell)

Sara Hayden. Negotiating femininity and power in the early twentieth century west: Domestic
    ideology and feminine style in Jeanette Rankin‟s suffrage rhetoric. 83
John Sanchez & Mary E. Stucky. Communicating culture through leadership: One view from
    Indiana country. 103
Jimmie D. Trent. Central States Communication Association: History since 1981 and 50 years of
    Communication Studies Karlyn Kohrs Campbell. The rhetoric of women‟s liberation: An
    oxymoron. 125
Karlyn Korhs Campbell. “The rhetoric of women‟s liberation: An oxymoron” revisited. 138
Bonnie J. Dow. Spectacle, spectatorship, and gender anxiety in television coverage of the 1970
    women‟s strike for equality. 143
Kyra Pearson. Mapping rhetorical interventions in “natural” feminist histories: Second wave
    feminism and Ain‟t I a Woman. 158

1999, Vol. 50(1) (Special Issue: Looking Forward/Looking Back: Honoring Samuel Becker)

Ann Bainbridge Frymier & Marian Houser. The revised learning indicators scale. 1
Loren Reid. Fanfare for fifty: A brief history of the Central States Speech Association to 1981
Samuel L. Becker. Looking forward, looking back: A personal retrospective. 22
Samuel L. Becker. Rhetorical studies for the contemporary world. 28
John Waite Bowers. Scientizing rhetoric. 45
Ronald H. Carpenter. An autobiographical tribute to Samuel L. Becker‟s “Rhetorical studies for
    the contemporary world.” 54
Bruce E. Gronbeck. Rhetorical studies escapes modernist psychology: Samuel Becker as
    subversive. 63
Leah R. Vande Berg. The critical sense: Three decades of critical media studies in the wake of
    Samuel L. Becker‟s “Rhetorical studies for the contemporary world.” 72

1998, Vol. 49(4) (Special Issue: Seeking and Resisting Compliance: The Vitality of Compliance-
Gaining Research)

Steven R. Wilson. Introduction to the special issue on seeking and resisting compliance: The
    vitality of compliance-gaining research. 273
David C. Schrader & James Price Dillard. Goal structures and interpersonal influence. 276
Gregory J. Shepherd. Response: The trouble with goals. 294
James Price Dillard & David C. Schrader. Reply: On the utility of the goals-plans-action
    sequence. 200
Dale Hample & Judith M. Dallinger. On the etiology of the rebuff phenomenon: Why are
    persuasive messages less polite after rebuffs? 305
Christopher Pudlinski. Giving advice on a consumer-run warm line: Implicit and dilemmatic
    practices. 322
Linda J. Marshall & Victor M. Levy, Jr. The development of children‟s perceptions of obstacles
    in compliance-gaining interactions. 342
                                                                                            117


Michelle A. Miller. The social process of drug resistance in a relational context. 358

1998, Vol. 49(3)

William L. Benoit & Dawn M. Nill. A critical analysis of Judge Clarence Thomas‟ statement
    before the Senate Judiciary Committee. 179
Hee Sun Park, Timothy R. Levine & William F. Sharkey. The theory of reasoned action and self-
    construals: Understanding recycling in Hawai‟i. 196
Valerie Manuscov, April R. Trees, Lois Adeyinka Reddick, Aimee M. Carrillo Rowe & Julie M.
    Easley. Explanations and impressions: Investigating attributions and their effects on
    judgments for friends and strangers. 209
Ruth Anne Clark, Amy J. Pierce, Kathleen Finn, Karen Hsu, Adam Toosley & Lionel Williams.
    The impact of alternative approaches to comforting, closeness of relationship, and gender on
    multiple measures of effectiveness. 224
Scott A. Meyers, Mei Zhong & Shijie Guan. Instructor immediacy in the Chinese college
    classroom. 240
Douglas Kelley. The communication of forgiveness. 255

1998, Vol. 49(2)

Dawn O. Braithwaite, Leslie A. Baxter & Anneliese M. Harper. The role of rituals in the
     management of the dialectical tensions of “old” and “new” blended families. 101
Wendy Samter & William Cupach. Friendly fire: Topical variations in conflict among same- and
     cross-sex friends. 121
Myria Watkins Allen, Patricia Amason & Susan Holmes. Social support, Hispanic emotional
     acculturative stress and gender. 139
Randall L. Bertwerk. The propagandas of Nazi Germany and the German Democratic Republic.
     158
Julia T. Wood. Celebrating diversity in the communication field. 172 (Keynote address)

1998, Vol. 49(1)

Ronald Lee & Karen King Lee. Multicultural education in the Little Red Schoolhouse: A
     rhetorical exploration of ideological justification and mythic repair. 1
John H. Trindell & Martin J. Medhurst. Rhetorical reduplication in MTV‟s Rock the Vote
     Campaign. 18
Jeffrey W. Murray. An other ethics for Kenneth Burke. 29
Terry Kinner & Chris Segrin. Cognitive moderators of negative reactions to verbal aggression. 49
Robert Alan Brookey. Keeping a good wo/man down: Normalizing Deborah Sampson Gannett.
     73
Bettina Heinz & Ronald Lee. Getting down to the meat: The symbolic construction of meat
     consumption. 86
                                                                                             118


1997, Vol. 48(4) (Special Issue: Communication and Organizational Democracy)

George Cheney, Dennis Mumby, Cynthia Stohl & Teresa M. Harrison. Communication and
     organizational democracy: Introduction. 277
Raymond Russell. Workplace democracy and organizational communication. 279
Patrice Buzzanell, Laura Ellinson, Christina Silvio, Vicki Pasch, Brenna Dale, Greg Mauro, Erin
     Smith, Neil Weir & Couna Martin. Leadership processes in alternative organizations:
     Invitations and dramaturgical leadership. 285
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Articulating, antagonizing, and displacing: A model of employee dissent.
     311
Maribeth Metzler. Organizations, democracy, and the public sphere: The implications of
     democratic (r)evolution at a nuclear weapons facility. 333
Jeanne Nelson Ratliffe. The politics of nuclear waste: An analysis of a public hearing on the
     proposed Yucca mountain nuclear waste repository. 359

1997, Vol. 48(3)

Stephens, G. Frederick Douglass‟ mutiracial abolitionism: “Antagonistic cooperation” and
    “redeemable ideals” in the July 5 speech. 175
Marof Haian, Jr. Understanding the power of conspiratorial rhetoric: A case study of The
    Protocols of the Elders of Zion. 195
Robert R. Ulmer & Timothy L. Sellnow. Strategic ambiguity and the ethic of significant choice
    in the tobacco industry‟s crisis communication. 215
Robert Alexander Kraig. The narration of essence: Salmon P. Chase‟s Senate oration against the
    Kansas-Nebraska act. 234
Ernest G. Bormann, Roxann L. Knutson & Karen Musolf. Why do people share fantasies? An
    empirical investigation of a basic tenet of the symbolic convergence communication theory.
    254

1997, Vol. 48(2)

Douglas L. Kelley & Debra-L Sequeira. Understanding family functioning in a changing
    America. 93
Dafna Lemish. Kindergartners‟ understanding of television: A cross-cultural comparison. 109
J. David Johnson. A framework for interaction (FINT) scale: Extensions and refinement in an
    industrial setting. 127
Jacqueline C. Hitchon & Jerzy O. Jura. Allegorically speaking: Intertextuality of the postmodern
    culture and its impact on print and television advertising. 142
B. Lee Artz & Mark A. Pollock. The rhetorical of unconditional surrender: Locating the
    necessary moment for coercion. 159

1996, Vol. 47(4) (Special Issue: Theorizing Communication From Marginalized Perspectives

Sonja K. Foss & Eileen Berlin Ray. Theorizing communication from marginalized perspectives.
    253
                                                                                             119


Brenda J. Allen. Feminist standpoint theory: A Black woman‟s (re)view of organizational
    socialization. 257
Cindy L. Griffin. A web of reasons: Mary Wolsstonecraft‟s A Vindication of the Rights of
    Woman and the re-weaving of form. 272
Dwight E. Brooks & Walter RE. Jacobs. Black men in the margins: Space Traders and the
    interpoisitional strategy against b(l)acklash. 289
Radha S. Hedge. Narratives of silence: Rethinking gender, agency and power from the
    communication experiences of battered women in South India. 303
Heidi M. Reeder. A critical look at gender differences in communication research. 318

1996, Vol. 47(3)

Mark P. Orbe. Laying the foundation for co-cultural theory: An inductive approach to study
    “non-dominant” communication strategies and the factors that influence them. 157
Stephen H. Browne. Textual style and radical critique in William Lloyd Garrison‟s Thoughts on
    African Colonization. 177
Trevor Parry-Giles & Shawn J. Parry-Giles. Political scopophilia, presidential campaigning, and
    the intimacy of American politics. 191

Dialogue: Innovative Theoretical Approaches to the Study of Health Communication

Renee Storm Klingle. Physician communication as a motivational tool to facilitate long-term
     patient compliance: Reinforcement expectancy theory. 206
Patricia Geist & Lisa Gates. The poetics and politics of re-covering identities in health
     communication. 218
Kim Witte, Gary Meyer, Helen Bidol, Mark K. Casey, Jenifer Kopfman, Karen Maduschke,
     Alicia Marshall, Kelly Morrison, Kurt M. Ribisl & Steve Robbins. Bringing order to chaos:
     A health communication model. 229
Dale E. Brashers & Austin S. Babrow. Theorizing communication and health. 243

1996, Vol. 47(1 & 2)

Vernon Miller. An experimental study of newcomers‟ information seeking behaviors during
    organizational entry. 1
Lyall Crawford. Everyday Tao: Conversation and contemplation. 25
Kathleen M. Propp & Daniel Nelson. Problem-solving performance in naturalistic groups: A test
    of ecological validity of the functional perspective. 35
Deanna D. Sellnow. Rhetorical strategies of continuity and change in the music of popular artists
    over time. 46
Mark Meister. Drama and tragedy in contemporary folk music: Nancy Griffith‟s “It‟s a hard life
    wherever you go.” 62
Bolanle A. Olaniran. Social skills acquisition: A closer look at foreign students on college
    campuses and factors influence their level of social difficulty in social situations. 72
Jinshi Tsao. Compensatory media use: An exploration of two paradigms. 89
                                                                                              120


Dialogue: Communication and Social Justice
Lawrence R. Frey, W. Barnett Pearce, Mark A. Pollock, Lee Artz, & Bren A. O. Murphy.
     Looking for justice in all the wrong places: On a communication approach to social justice.
     110
Julia T. Wood. Social justice research: Alive and well in the field of communication. 128
Josina Makau. Notes on communication education and social justice.135
Mark A. Pollock, Lee Artz, Lawrence R. Frey, W. Barnett Pearce & Bren A. O. Murphy.
     Navigating between Scylla and Charybdis: Continuing the dialogue on communication and
     social justice. 142

Continuing the Dialogue on the Genetic Debate
     Robert Alan Bookey. Recontextualizing the genetic debate: A response to Condit. 152
                                                                                              121


                                  HEALTH COMMUNICATION

2007, Vol. 22(1)

Chingching Chang. Ideal self-image congruency as a motivator for smoking: The moderating
    effects of personality traits. 1
Roxanne Parrott, Suellen Hopfer, Christie Ghetian & Eugene Lengerich. Mapping as a visual
    health communication tool: Promises and dilemmas. 13
Brian L. Quick & Michael T. Stephenson. Authoritative parenting and issue involvement as
    indicators of ad recall: An empirical investigation of anti-drug ads for parents. 25
Smita C. Banerjee & Kathryn Greene. Antisomoking initiatives: Effects of analysis versus
    production media literacy interventions on smoking-related attitude, norm, and behavioral
    intention. 37
Teresa Mastin, Julie L. Andsager, Jounghwa Choi & Kyungjin Lee. Health disparities and direct-
    to-consumer prescription drug advertising: A content analysis of targeted magazine genres,
    1992-2002. 49
Maria L. Carpiac-Claver & Lené Levy-Storm. In a manner of speaking: Communication between
    nurse aides and older adults in long-term care settings. 59
R. Wade Kenny. An effect of communication on medical decision making: Answerability, and
    the medically induced death of Paul Mills. 69
Steve Booth-Butterfield, Jennifer Welbourne, Charles Williams & Vickie Lewis. Formative field
    experiment of a NOSH alert to reduce the risks to firefighters from structural collapse:
    Applying the cascade framework. 79

2007, Vol. 21(3)

Mary Bresnahan, Sun Young Lee, Sandi W. Smith, Sachiyo Shearman, Reiko Nebashi, Cheong
    Yi Park & Jina Yoo. A theory of planned behavior study of college students‟ intentions to
    register as organ donors in Japan, Korea, and the United States. 201
Zheng Wang & Walter Gantz. Health content in local television news. 213
John Oetzel, Felicia DeVargas, Tamar Ginossar & Christina Sanchez. Hispanic women‟s
    preferences for breast health information: Subjective cultural influences on source, message,
    and channel. 223
Jennifer J. Bute, Erin Donovan-Kickeyn & Nicole Martins. Effects of communication-
    debilitating illnesses and injuries on close relationships: A relational maintenance
    perspective. 235
Tony N Brotn, Koji Ueno, Carrie L. Smith, Noel S. Austin & Leonard Bickman. The
    construction of HIV/.AIDS in Indian newspapers: A frame analysis. 257
Regina Jucks & Rainer Bromme. Choice of words in doctor-patient communication: An analysis
    of health-related internet sites. 267
Craig Boylstein, Maude Rittman & Ramon Hinojosa. Metaphor shifts in stroke recovery. 279
Linda Godbold Kean & Laura C. Prividera. Communicating about race and health: A content
    analysis of print advertisements in African American and general readership magazines. 290
                                                                                              122


2007, Vol. 21(2)

Nancy Grant Harrington, Gretchen R. Norling, Florence M. Witte, Judith Taylor & James E.
    Andrews. The effects of communication skills training on pediatricians‟ and parents‟
    communication during “sick child” visits. 105
Anthony J. Roberts, Rick S. Zimmerman, Kellie E. Carlyle, Erin L. Abner, Pamela K. Cupp &
    Gary L. Hansen. The effects of a computer-based pregnancy, STD, and HIV prevention
    intervention: A nine-school trial. 115
Thomas Hugh Feeley & Donald Vincent III. How organ donation is represented in newspaper
    articles in the United States. 125
Jim L. Query, Jr., Kevin B. Wright, Carma L. Bylund & Marifran Mattson. Health
    communication instruction: Toward identifying common learning goals, course content, and
    pedagogical strategies to guide curricula development. 133
Loretta L. Pecchioni & Lisa Sparks. Health information sources of individuals with cancer and
    their family members. 143
Pauline Hope Cheong. Health communication resources for uninsured and insured Hispanics.
    153
Karyn Ogata Jones, Bryan E. Denham & Jeffrey K. Springston. Differing effects of mass and
    interpersonal communication on breast cancer risk estimates: An exploratory study of
    college students and their mothers. 165
Donald J. Cegala, Richard L. Street, Jr. & C. Randall Clinch. The impact of patient participation
    on physicians‟ information provision during a primary care medical interview. 177
Amber Basu & Mohan J. Dutta. Centralizing context and culture in the co-construction of health:
    Localizing and vocalizing health meanings in rural India. 187

2007, Vol. 21(1)

Mohan J. Dutta. Health information processing from television: The role of health orientation. 1
Erina L. MacGeorge, Wendy Samter, Bo Feng, Seth J. Gillihan & Angela R. graves. After 9/11:
    Goal disruption, emotional support, and psychological health in a lower exposure sample. 11
Bruce E. Pinkleton, Erica Weintraub Austin, Marilyn Cohen, Autumn Miller & Erin Fitzgerald.
    A statewide evaluation of the effectiveness of media literacy training to prevent tobacco use
    among adolescents. 23
Tanya R. Berry, John Wharf-Higgins & P. J. Naylor. SARS wars: An examination of the quantity
    and construction of health information in the news media. 35
Mary Bresnahan, Sun Young Lee, Sandi W. Smith, Sachiyo Shearman & Jina H. Yoo.
    Reservations of the spirit: The development of a culturally sensitive spiritual beliefs scales
    about organ donation. 45
Rachel A. Smith, Merissa Ferrara & Kim Witte. Social sides of health risks: Stigma and
    collective efficacy. 55
Margaret U. D‟Silva & Philip Palmgreen. Individual differences and context: Factors mediating
    recall of anti-drug public service announcements. 65
Jonathan Matusitz & Gerald-Mark Breen. Telemedicine: Its effects on health communication. 73
Kimberly N. Kline. Cultural sensitivity and health promotion: Assessing breast cancer education
    pamphlets designed for African American women. 85
                                                                                             123



2006, Vol. 20(3)

Rajiv N. Rimal & Dan Morrison. A uniqueness to personal threat (UPT) hypothesis: How
    similarity affects perceptions of susceptibility and severity in risk assessment. 209
Mohan Jyoti Dutta. Theoretical approaches to entertainment education campaigns: A subaltern
    critique. 221
Seth M. Noar, Ashley Clark, Christi Cole & Mia Liza A. Lustria. Review of interactive safer sex
    web sites: Practice and potential. 233
Maria Knight Lapinski. StarvingforPerfect.com: A theoretically based content analysis of pro-
    eating disorder web sites. 243
Denise E. DeLorme, Jisu Huh & Leonard N. Reid. Age differences in how consumers behave
    following exposure to DTC advertising. 255
Michael L. Hecht, John W. Graham & Elvira Elek. The drug resistance strategies intervention:
    Program effects on substance use. 267
Kenzie A. Cameron & Shelly Campo. Stepping back from social norms campaigns: Comparing
    normative influences to other predictors of health behaviors. 277
M. F. Casper, Jeffrey T. Child, Deneen Gilmour, Kristen A. McIntyre & Judy C. Pearson.
    Healthy research perspectives: Incorporating college student experiences with alcohol. 289
Moon J. Lee & Shannon L. Bichard. Effective message design targeting college students for the
    prevention of binge-drinking: basing design on rebellious risk-taking tendency. 299

2006, Vol. 20(2) (75th Issue of Health Communication)

Nancy Grant Harrington. Emerging issues in health communication: The 2006 Kentucky
    Conference on Health Communication. 113
Teresa L. Thompson. Seventy-five (count „em—75!) issues of Health Communication: An
    analysis of emerging themes. 75
Donald J. Cegala. Emerging trends and future directions in patient communication skills training.
    123
Shoba Ramanadhan & K. Viswanath. Health and information nonseeker: A profile. 131
Vicki S. Friemuth. Order out of chaos: The self-organization of communication following the
    anthrax attacks. 141
Michael D. Slater. Specification and misspecification of theoretical foundations and logic models
    for health communication campaigns. 149
Michael T. Stephenson, R. Lance Holbert & Rick S. Zimmerman. On the use of structural
    equation modeling in health communication research. 159
Seth M. Noar. In pursuit of cumulative knowledge in health communication: The role of meta-
    analysis. 169
Elaine Hsieh. Understanding medical interpreters: Reconceptualizing bilingual health
    communication. 177 (Research article)
Ulla Talvitie & Outi Pyöriä. Discourse analytic study of counseling sessions in stroke
    physiotherapy. 187 (Research article)
Mohan J. Dutta. The ten commandments of reviewing: The promise of a kinder, gentler
    discipline! (Commentary)
                                                                                                124



2006, Vol. 20(1)

Special Section: Communication on Alcohol
Sandi W. Smith, Charles K. Atkin & JoAnn Roznowski. Are “drink responsibly” alcohol
    campaigns strategically ambiguous. 1
C. M. Simon-Arndt, S. L. Hurtado & L. A. Patriarca-Troyk. Acceptance of web-based
    personalized feedback: User ratings of an alcohol misuse prevention program targeting U.S.
    marines. 13
Lindsey D. Polonec, Ann Marie Major & L. Erwin Atwood. Evaluating the believability and
    effectiveness of the social norms message “Most student drink 0 to 4 drinks when they
    party.” 23

Anne P. Hubbell. Mexican American women in a rural area and barriers to their ability to enact
    protective behaviors against breast cancer. 35
Nichole Egbert, Lynn Koch, Harriet Coeling & Denise Ayers. The role of social support in the
    family and community integration of right-hemisphere stroke survivors. 45
Craig R. Hullett. Using functional theory to promote HIV testing: The impact of value-expressive
    messages, uncertainty, and fear. 57
Heather M. Zoller & Tracy Worrell. Television illness depictions, identity, and social experience:
    Responses to multiple sclerosis on The West Wing among people with MS. 69
Carey Noland & Walter J. Carl. “It‟s not our ass”: Medical resident sense-making regarding
    lawsuits. 81
Hyunyi Cho & Charles T. Salmon. Fear appeals for individuals in different stages of change:
    Intended and unintended effects and implications on public health campaigns. 91
Akihito Hagihara, Kimio Tarumi & Joichi Nobutomo. Physicians‟ and patients‟ recognition of
    the level of the physician‟s explanation in medical encounters. 101

2006, Vol. 19(3)

Xiaoquan Zhao, Sarah Saueed, Joseph Cappella, Robert Hornik, Martin Fishbein & R. Kirkland
     Ahern. Targeting norm-related beliefs about marijuana‟s use in an adolescent population.
     187
Eric M. Eisenberg & Joan E. Pynes. Transforming emergency medicine through narrative:
     Qualitative action research at a community hospital. 197
Shelly Campo & Kenzie A. Cameron. Differential effects of exposure to social norms
     campaigns: A cause for concern. 209
Yaacov G. Bachner, Sara Carmel, Hasia Lubertzky, Nurit Heiman & Aharon Galil. Patient-
     therapist communication and satisfaction with the services of a child development center: A
     comparison between Israeli parents—Jews and Bedouins. 221
Meridith E. Pearse, Laura A. Brannon & Valerie K. Pilling. Increasing selective exposure to
     health messages by targeting person versus behavior schemas. 231
Claude H. Miller, Michgal Burgoon, Joseph R. Grandpre & Eusebio M. Alvaro. Identifying
     principal risk factors for the initiation of adolescent smoking behaviors: The significance of
     psychological reactance. 241
                                                                                              125


Melanie Wakefield & Russil Durrant. Effects of exposure of youths at risk for smoking to
    television advertising for nicotine replacement therapy and Zyban®: An experimental study.
    253
Michael Robert Dennis. Compliance and intimacy: Young adults‟ attempts to motivate health-
    promoting behaviors by romantic partners. 259
Juanne N. Clarke. The case of the missing person: Alzheimer‟s disease in mass print magazines
    1991-2001. 269

2006, Vol. 19(2)

John Heritage & Jeffrey D. Robinson. The structure of patients‟ presenting concerns: Physicians
     opening questions. 89
Julie A. Burke, Mark Earley, Lynda D. Dixson, Allan Wilke & Sandra Puczynski. Patients with
     diabetes speak: Exploring the implications of patients‟ perspectives for their diabetes
     appointments. 103
Amanda J. Dillard, Kevin D. McCaul, Pamela D. Kelso & William M. P. Klein. Resisting good
     news: Reactions to breast cancer risk communication. 115
Wilson Lowrey & William B. Anderson. The impact of internet use on the public perception of
     physicians: A perspective from the sociology of professions literature. 125
Bret R. Shaw, Robert Hawkins, Fiona McTavish, Suzanne Pingree & David H. Gustafson.
     Effects of insightful disclosure within computer mediated support groups on women with
     breast cancer. 133
Josh Compton. Serious as a heart attack: Health-related content of light-night comedy television.
     143
Michelle Miller-Day & Jennifer D. Marks. Perceptions of parental communication orientation,
     perfectionism, and disordered eating behaviors of sons and daughters. 153
Seth M. Noar, Rick S. Zimmerman, Phillip Palmgreen, Mia Lustria & Mary Lee Horosewski.
     Integrating personality and psychosocial theoretical approaches to understanding safer sexual
     behavior: Implications for message design. 165
Christopher E. Beaudoin, Esther Thorson & Traci Hong. Promoting youth health by social
     empowerment: A media campaign targeting social capital. 175

2006, Vol. 19(1)

Itzhak Yanovitsky, Lea P. Stewart & Linda C. Lederman. Social distance, perceived drinking by
     peers, and alcohol use by college students. 1
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. A formative approach to strategic message targeting soap operas:
     Using selective processing theories. 11
Katherine Clegg Smith & Melanie Wakefield. Newspaper coverage of youth and tobacco:
     Implications for public health. 19
Donna Rouner & Rebeeca Lindsey. Female adolescent communication about sexually
     transmitted diseases. 29
Juanne Nancarrow Clarke & Jeannine Binns. The portrayal of heart disease in mass print
     magazines, 1991-2001. 39
                                                                                            126


Amanda J. Young & Keri L. Rodriguez. The role of narrative in discussing end-of-life care:
    Eliciting values and goals from text, context, and subtext. 49
John Lynch & Tasha Dubriwny. Drugs and double binds: Racial identification and
    phamacogenomics in a system of binary race logic. 61
Pamela Williams-Piehota, Judith Pizarro, Stephanie A. Navarro Silvera, Linda Mowad & Peter
    Salovey. Need for cognition and message complexity in motivating fruit and vegetable
    intake among callers to the Cancer Information service. 77

2005, Vol. 18(3)

Yumi Iwamitsu, Kazutaka Shimoda, Hajime Abe, Toru Tani, Masako Okawa & Ross Buck. The
    relation between negative emotional suppression and emotional distress in breast cancer
    diagnosis and treatment. 201
Pam McGrath. Developing a language for nonreligious spirituality in relation to serious illness
    through research: Preliminary findings. 217
Kelly Morrison. Motivating women and men to take protective action against rape: Examining
    direct and indirect persuasive fear appeals. 237
Denise M. Polk. Communication and family caregiving for Alzheimer‟s dementia: Linking
    attributions and problematic integration. 257
L. Kaye Rasnake, Emily Laube, Meghan Lewis & Thomas R. Linscheid. Children‟s nutritional
    judgments: Relation to eating attitudes. 275
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. The relationship between health-orientation, provider-patient
    communication, and satisfaction: An individual-difference approach. 291

2005, Vol. 18(2)

Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Theory and practice in health communication campaigns: A critical
    interrogation. 103
Carma L. Bylund & Gregory Makoul. Examining empathy in medical encounters: An
    observational studying using the empathic communication coding system. 123
Jennifer Welbourne & Steve Booth-Butterfield. Using the theory of planned behavior and a stage
    model of persuasion to evaluate a safety message for firefighters. 141
Mozhdeh B. Bruss, Joseph R. Morris, Linda L. Dannison, Mark P. Orbe, Jackie A. Quitugua &
    Rosa T. Palacios. Food, culture, and family: Exploring the coordinated management of
    meaning regarding childhood obesity. 155
Carolyn A. Lin & Gren A. Hullman. Tobacco-prevention messages online: Social marketing via
    the web. 177

2005, Vol. 18(1)

Peter Clarke, Susan H. Evans, Douglas Shook & Wanda Johanson. Information seeking and
    compliance in planning for critical care: Community-based health outreach to seniors about
    advance directives. 1
Carma L. Bylund. Mothers‟ involvement in decision making during the birthing process: A
    quantitative analysis of women‟s online birth stories. 23
                                                                                                127


Tanya Stivers. Parent resistance to physicians‟ treatment recommendations: One resource for
    initiating a negotiation of the treatment process. 41
Erica Weintraub Austin. Bruce E. Pinkleton, Stacey J. T. Hust & Marilyn Cohen. Evaluation of
    an American legacy foundation/Washington State Department of Health media literacy pilot
    study. 75

2005, Vol. 17(3)

Theodore E. Zorn & Kimberly Weller Gregory. Learning the ropes together: Assimilation and
    friendship development among first-year male medical students. 211
Scott E. Caplan, Beth J. Haslett & Brant R. Burleson. Telling it like it is: The adaptive function
    of narratives in coping with loss in later life. 233
John Hammermeister, Barbara Brock, David Winterstein & Randy Page. Life without TV?
    Cultivation theory and psychosocial health consequences of television-free individuals and
    their television-viewing counterparts. 253
Myra A. Crawford, Lesa L. Woodby, Toya V. Russell & Richard A. Windsor. Using formative
    evaluation to improve a smoking cessation intervention for pregnant women. 265
Annie Lang, Youngkuk Chung, Seungwhan Lee & Xiaoquan Zhao. It‟s the product: Do risky
    products compel attention and elicit arousal in media users? 283
Michael T. Stephenson, Brian L. Qucik, Joshua Atkinson & David T. Tschida. Authoritative
    parenting and drug-prevention practices: Implications for antidrug ads for parents. 301

2005, Vol. 17(2)

Kristen Harrison. Is “fat free” good for me? A panel study of television viewing and children‟s
    nutritional knowledge and reasoning. 117
Rachel B. Fry & Steven Prentice-Dunn. Effects of coping information and value affirmation on
    responses to a perceived health threat. 133
Pradeep Sopory. Metaphor in formative evaluation and message design: An application to
    relationships and alcohol use. 149
Lisa Schreiber. The importance of precision in language: Communication research and (so-
    called) alternative medicine. 173
Margo Charchuk & Christy Simpson. Hope, disclosure, and control in the neonatal intensive care
    unit. 191

2005, Vol. 17(1)

Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Developing a profile of consumer intention to seek out additional
    information beyond a doctor: The role of communication and motivation variables. 1
Robert Wade Kenny. A cycle of terms implicit in the idea of medicine: Karen Ann Quinlan as a
    rhetorical icon and the transvaluation of the ethics of euthanasia. 17
Michelle Assa-Eley & Carole L. Kimberlin. Using interpersonal perception of characterize
    pharmacists‟ and patients‟ perceptions of the benefits of pharmaceutical care. 41
Cristel Antonio Russell, John D. Clapp & William DeJong. Done 4: Analysis of a failed social
    norms marketing campaign. 57
                                                                                              128


Itzhak Yanovitsky. Sensation seeking and adolescent drug use: The mediating role of association
     with deviant peers and pro-drug discussions. 67
Deborah Dysart-Gale. Communication models, professionalism, and the work of medical
     interpreters. 91

2004, Vol. 16(4)

Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. An alternative approach to social capital: Exploring the linkage
    between health consciousness and community participation. 393
Jennifer Haard, Michael D. Slater & Marilee Long. Scientese and ambiguous citations in the
    selling of unproven medical treatments. 411
Heather L. Powell & Chris Segrin. The effect of family and peer communication on college
    students‟ communication with dating partners about HIV and AIDS. 427
Gary Meyer, Anthony J. Roberto, Franklin J. Boster & Heather L. R Roberto. Assessing the Get
    Real about Violence® curriculum: Processes and outcome evaluation results and
    implications. 451
Christina S. Beck, Jose Luis Benitez, Autumn Edwards, Amanda Olson, Aarthi Pai & Maria
    Beatriz Torres. Enacting “health communication”: The field of health communication as
    construction through publication in scholarly journals. 475
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Reaching unhealthy eaters: Applying a strategic approach to media
    vehicle choice. 493

2004, Vol. 16(3)

Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Primary sources of health information: Comparisons in the domain of
    health attitudes, health cognitions, and health behaviors. 273
Donald J. Cegala, Carmin Gade, Stefne Lenzmeier Brox & Leola McClure. Physician‟s and
    patients‟ perceptions of communication competence in a primary care medical interview.
    289
Dale E. Brashers, Judith L. Neidig & Daena J. Goldsmith. Social support and the management of
    uncertainty for people with HIV or AIDS. 305
Sandi W. Smith, Jenifer E. Kopfman, Lisa L. Massi Lindsey, Jina Yoo & Kelly Morrison.
    Encouraging family discussion on the decision to donate organs: The role of the willingness
    to communication scale. 333
Nathan Miczo. Stressors and social support perceptions predict illness attitudes and care-seeking
    intentions: Re-examining the sick role. 347
Melissa Bekelja Wanzer, Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Kelly Gruber. Perceptions of health care
    providers‟ communication: Relationships between patient-centered communication and
    satisfaction. 363

2004, Vol. 16(2)

Rebecca J. Welch Cline & Henry N. Young. Marketing drugs, marketing health care
   relationships: A content analysis of visual cues in direct-to-consumer prescription drug
   advertising. 131
                                                                                                129


Rose G. Campbell & Austin S. Babrow. The role of empathy in responses to persuasive risk
    communication: Overcoming resistance to HIV prevention messages. 159
Suzanne Pingree, Eric Boberg, Christi Patten, Kenneth Offord, Martha Gaie, Ann Schensky,
    David H. Gustafson, Ellen Dornelas & Jasjit Ahluwalia. Helping adolescents quit smoking:
    A needs assessment of current and former teen smokers. 183
James Price Dillard, Christine L. Carson, Carolynee Jane Bernard, Anita Laxova & Phillip M.
    Farrell. An analysis of communication following newborn screening for cystic fibrosis. 195
Michelle Miller-Day & Jacqueline M. Barnett. “I‟m not a druggie”: Adolescents‟ ethnicity and
    (enormous) beliefs about drug use norms. 207
Maria Brann & Marifran Mattson. Toward a typology of confidentiality breaches in health care
    communication: An ethic of care analysis of provider practices and patient perceptions. 229
Joy L. Johnson, Joan L. Bottorf, Annette J. Browne, Sukhdev Grewal, B. Ann Hilton & Heather
    Clarke. Othering and being othered in the context of health care services. 253

2004, Vol. 16(1) (Special Issue: Religious Faith, Spirituality, and Health Communication)

Roxanne Parrot. “Collective amnesia: The absence of religious faith and spirituality in health
     communication research and practice. 1
Nichole Egbert, Jacqueline Mickley & Harriet Coeling. A review and application of social
     scientific measures of religiosity and spirituality: Assessing a missing component in health
     communication research. 7
Roxanne Parrott, Kami Silk, Janice Raup Krieger, Tina Harris & Celeste Condit. Behavioral
     health outcomes associated with religious faith and media exposure about human genetics.
     29
Rema Adel Afifi Soweid, Marwan Khawaja & Mylen Tewtel Salen. Religious identity and
     smoking behavior among adolescents: Evidence from entering students at the American
     University of Beirut. 47
Jeffrey D. Robinson & Jon F. Nussbaum. Grounding research and medical education about
     religion in actual physician-patient interaction: Church attendance, social support, and older
     adults. 63
Maureen P. Keeley. Final conversations: Survivors‟ memorable messages concerning religious
     faith and spirituality. 87
Tina Harris, Roxanne Parrot & Kelly Dorgan. Talking about human genetics within religious
     frameworks. 105
Carolyn Anderson. The delivery of health care in faith-based organizations: Parish nurses as
     promoters of health. 177
Michael Long. The church‟s role in health and wholeness. 129

2003, Vol. 15(4)

Pamela Williams-Piehota, Tamera R. Schneider, Judith Pizarro, Linda Mowad & Peter Salovey.
   Matching health messages to information-processing styles: Need for cognition and
   mammography utilization. 275
                                                                                              130


M. Robin DiMatteo, Jeffrey D. Robinson, John Heritage, Melissa Tabbarah & Sarah A. Fox.
    Correspondence among patients‟ self-reports, chart records, and audio/videotapes of medical
    visits. 393
Amy Y. Zhang & Laura Siminoff. Silence and cancer: Why do families and patients fail to
    communicate? 415
Gerald R. Ledlow, H. Dan O‟Hair & Scott Moore. Predictors of communication quality: The
    patient, provider, and nurse call center triad. 431
Alan D. DeSantis & Susan E. Morgan. Sometimes a cigar [magazine] is more than just a cigar
    [magazine]: Pro-smoking arguments in Cigar Aficionado, 1992-200.
Shelly Campo, Dominique Brossard, M. Somjen Frazer, Timothy Marchell, Deborah Lewis &
    Janis Talbot. Are social norms campaigns really magic bullets? Assessing the effects of
    students misperceptions on drinking behavior. 481
Janet Audrain-McGovern, Kenneth P. Tercyak, Alexandra E. Shields, Angelita Bush, Carlos
    Francisco Espinel & Caryn Lerman. Which adolescents are most receptive to tobacco
    industry marketing? Implications for counter-advertising campaigns. 499
Thomas K. Houston, Daniel Z. Sands, Beth R. Nash & Daniel E. Ford. Experience of physicians
    who frequently use e-mail with patients. 515

2003, Vol. 15(3)

Valerie Barker & Howard Giles. Integrating the communicative predicament and enhancement of
     aging models: The case of older Native Americans. 255
Linda Godbold Kean & Kelly Fudge Albada. The relationships between college students‟ schema
     regarding alcohol use, their television viewing patterns, and their previous experiences with
     alcohol. 277
Gary Meyer, Anthony J. Roberto & Charles K. Atkin. A radio-based approach to promoting gun
     safety: Process and outcome evaluation implications and insights. 299
Juliann C. Scholl & Sandra L. Ragan. The use of humor in promoting positive provider-patient
     interactions in a hospital rehabilitation unit. 319
Amanda L. Kundrat & Jon F. Nussbaum. The impact of invisible illness on identity and
     contextual age across the life span. 331
Joseph Grandpre, Eusebio M. Alvaro, Michael Burgoon, Claude H. Miller & John R. Hall.
     Adolescent reactance and anti-smoking campaigns: A theoretical approach. 349

2003, Vol. 15(2) (Special Issue: Cancer Communication and Aging)

Lisa Sparks. An introduction to cancer communication and aging: Theoretical and research
    insights. 123
Jennifer Ott Anderson & Patrician Geist-Martin. Narratives and healing: Exploring one family‟s
    stories of cancer survivorship. 133
Jake Harwood & Lisa Sparks. Social identity and health: An intergroup communication approach
    to cancer. 145
Gary L. Kreps. The impact of communication on cancer risk, incidence, morbidity, mortality, and
    quality of life. 161
                                                                                                131


Melanie Booth-Butterfield. Embedded health behaviors from adolescence to adulthood: The
    impact of tobacco. 171
Jon F. Nussbaum, Doreen Baringer & Amanda Kundrat. Health, communication, and aging:
    Cancer and older adults. 185
Dan O‟Hair, Melinda M. Villagrin, Elaine Wittenberg, Kenneth Brown, Monica Ferguson, Harry
    T. Hall & Timothy Dory. Cancer survivorship and agency model: Implication for patient
    choice, decision making, and influence. 193
Jim L. Query, Jr. & Kevin Wright. Assessing communication competence in an online study:
    Toward informing subsequent interventions among older adults with cancer, their lay
    caregivers, and peers. 203
Sandra L. Ragan, Elaine Whittenberg & Harrt T. Hall. The communication of palliative care for
    the elderly cancer patient. 219
James D. Robinson & Jeanine Turner. Impersonal, interpersonal, and hyperpersonal social
    support: Cancer and older adults. 227
Katherine E. Rowan, Lisa Sparks, Loretta Pecchioni & Melinda M. Villagran. The CAUSE
    model: A research-supported aid for physicians communicating with patients about cancer
    risk. 235

2003, Vol. 15(1)

Nurit Guttman & Hannah Peleg. Public preferences for an attribution to government or to
     medical research versus unattributed messages in cigarette warning labels in Israel. 1
Jeffrey D. Robinson. An interactional structure of medical activities during acute visits and its
     implications for patients‟ participation. 27
Robert R. Weaver. Informatics tools and medical communication: Patient perspectives of
     “knowledge coupling” in primary care. 59
Cynthia-Lou Coleman. Examining influences of pharmacists‟ communication with consumers
     about antibiotics. 79
Mohan Jyoti Dutta-Bergman. The linear interaction model of personality effects in health
     communication. 101

2002, Vol. 14(4)

Philip Palmgreen, Michael T. Stephenson, Maureen W. Everett, John R. Baseheart & Regina
     Frances. Perceived message sensation value (PMSV) and the dimensions and validation of a
     PMSV scale. 403
Robin L. Nabi, Brian Southwell & Robert Hornik. Predicting intentions versus predicting
     behaviors: Domestic violence prevention from a theory of reasoned action perspective. 429
Philip Manning & George B. Ray. Setting the agenda: An analysis of negotiation strategies in
     clinical talk. 451
Sheana Salyers Bull, Jenifer Cohen, Charlene Ortiz & Tom Evans. The POWER campaign for
     promotion of female and male condoms: Audience research and campaign development. 475
John C. Lammers & Aashley Duggan. Bringing the physician back in: Communication predictors
     of physicians‟ satisfaction with managed care. 493
Katherine Miller. Complicating the diagnosis: A response to Lammers and Duggan. 515
                                                                                              132



2002, Vol. 14(3)

Wayne A. Beach. Between dad and son: Initiating, delivering, and assimilating bad cancer news.
    271
Tanya Stivers. Presenting the problem in pediatric encounters: “Symptoms only” versus
    “candidate diagnosis” presentations. 299
Susan Eggly. Physician-patient co-construction of illness narratives in the medical interview. 339
Hisako Kakai. A double standard in bioethical reasoning for disclosure of advanced cancer
    diagnoses in Japan. 361
Vincent T. Covello & Richard G. Peters. Women‟s perceptions of the risks of age-related
    diseases, including breast cancer: Reports from a 3-year research study. 377

2002, Vol. 14(2)

Raymond W. Gibbs, Jr. & Heather Franks. Embodied metaphor in women‟s narratives about
    their experiences with cancer. 139
Alan D. DeSantis. Smoke screen: An ethnographic study of a cigar shop‟s collective
    rationalization. 167
Renee A. Botta & Rebecca Dumlao. How do conflict and communication patterns between
    fathers and daughters contribute to or offset eating disorders? 199
Stan A. Kaplowtiz, Shelly Campo & Wai Tat Chiu. Cancer patients‟ desires for communication
    of prognosis information. 221
Robert Wade Kerry. The death of loving: Material identity as moral constraint in a narrative
    testimonial advocating physician assisted suicide. 243

2002, Vol. 14(1)

Athena du Pre. Accomplishing the impossible: Talking about body and soul and mind during a
    medical visit. 1
Michael T. Stephenson, Susan E. Morhan, Elizabeth Pugzles Lorch, Philip Palmgren, Lewis
    Donohue & Rick H. Hoyle. Predictors of exposure from an antimarijuana media campaign:
    Outcome research assessing sensation seeking targeting. 23
Kandi L. Walker, Christa L. Arnold. Michelle Miller-Day & Lynne M. Webb. Investigating the
    physician-patient relationship: Examining emergent themes. 45
Amanda Young & Linda Flower. Patients as partners, patients as problem-solvers. 99
Merry C. Buchanan, Melinda Morris Villagran & Sandra L. Ragan. Women, menopause and
    (Ms.)information: Communication about the climacteric. 99
Susan E. Morgan & Jenny K. Miller. Beyond the organ donor card: The effect of knowledge,
    attitudes, and values on willingness to communicate about organ donation to family
    members. 121
                                                                                              133


2001, Vol. 13(4)

Marifran Mattson & Felicia Roberts. Overcoming telling as an obstacle to initiating safer sex:
    Clients and health practitioners planning decision during HIV test counseling. 343
Robert Wade Kenny. Toward a better death: Applying Burkean principles of symbolic action to
    interpret family adaptation to Karen Ann Quinlan‟s coma. 363
P. V. Sharada, Chitta Venkataramana & K. Rao Nirupama. Media, audience, and policy
    perspectives in health broadcasting.
Lynn M. Harter & Phyllis M. Japp. Technology as the representative anecdote in popular
    discourses of health and medicine. 409
Thomas A. Workman. Finding the meanings of college drinking: An analysis of fraternity
    drinking stories. 427
Kelsy Lin Ulrey & Patricia Amason. Intercultural communication between patients and health
    care providers: An exploration of intercultural communication effectiveness, cultural
    sensitivity, stress, and anxiety. 449

2001, Vol. 13(3)

Crystale Purvis Cooper, Michael Burgoon & Debra L. Roter. An expectancy-value analysis of
    viewer interest in television prevention news stories. 227
Brian A. Costello & Felicia Roberts. Medical recommendations as joint social practice. 241
Marsha L. Vanderford, Terry Stein, Robert Sheeler & Susan Shochelak. Communication
    challenges for experienced clinicians: Topics for an advanced communication curriculum.
    261
Robin Reid Rody, Lawrence B. Rosenfeld, John P. Galassi, Joanna Parker & Rachel Schanberg.
    Participants‟ perceptions of a peer-helper: Telephone-based social support intervention for
    melanoma patients. 285
Carol J. Germansen & Joseph B. Widerholt. Pharmacist-patient relationship development in an
    ambulatory clinic setting. 307
Stephen C. Hines, Austin S. Babrow, Laurie Badzek & Alvin Moss. From coping with life to
    coping with death: Problematic integration for the seriously ill elderly. 327

2001, Vol. 13(2)

Priscilla Murphy. Framing the nicotine debate: A cultural approach to risk. 119
Kristen M. Bauer & Mark P. Orbe. Networking, coping, and communicating about a medical
     crisis: A phenomenological inquiry of transplant recipient communication. 141
Julie L. Andsager & Angela Powers. Framing women‟s health with a sense-making approach:
     Magazine coverage of breast cancer and implants. 163
C. Mo Bahk. Drench effects of media portrayal of fatal virus disease on health locus of control
     beliefs. 187
Isaac M. Lipkus, Monica Biradavolu, Kathryn Fenn, Punam Keller & Barbara K. Rimer.
     Informing women about their breast cancer risks: Truth or consequences. 205
                                                                                              134


2001, Vol. 13(1) (Special Issue: Coding Provider-Patient Interaction)

Teresa Thompson. Introduction. 1
Kelly S. McNellis. Analyzing communication competence in medical consultations. 5
Leslie Meredith, Moira Stewart & Judith Belle Brown. Patient-centered communication scoring
    method report on nine coded interviews. 19
Debra L. Roter & Susan Larson. The relationship between residents‟ and attending physicians‟
    communication during primary care visits: An illustrative use of the Roter interaction
    analysis system. 33
Ayesha Shaikh, Lynne M. Knobloch & William B. Stiles. The use of a verbal response mode
    coding system in determining patient and physician roles in medical interviews. 49
Richard L. Street, Jr. & Bradford Millay. Analyzing patient participation in medical encounters.
    61
Marlene M. von Friederichs-Fitzwater & John Gilgun. Relational control in physician-patient
    encounters. 75
Rajiv N. Rimal. Analyzing the physician-patient interaction: An overview of six methods. 89
    (Response)
Richard M. Frankel. Cracking the code: Theory and method in clinical communication analysis.
    101 (Response)

2000, Vol. 12(4)

Loretta L. Pecchioni & Jon F. Nussbaum. The influence of autonomy and paternalism on
     communicative behaviors in mother-daughter relationships prior to dependency. 317
Jill Kroll, Marilyn Rothert, William S. Davidson II, Neal Schmitt, Margaret Holmes-Rovner,
     Georgia Padona & Thomas M. Reischl. Predictors of participation in health care at
     menopause. 339
Lisa Sparks Bethea, Shirley S. Travis & Loretta Pecchioni. Family caregivers‟ use of humor in
     conveying information about caring for dependent older adults. 361
Mark J. Bergstrom & Michael E. Holmes. Lay theories of successful aging after the death of a
     spouse: A network text analysis of bereavement advice. 377

2000, Vol. 12(3)

Rajiv N. Rimal. Closing the knowledge-behavior gap in health promotion: The mediating role of
    self-efficacy. 219
Cynthia Baur. Limiting factors on the transformative powers of e-mail in patient-physician
    relationships: A critical analysis. 239
David B. Buller, Michael Burgoon, John R. Hall, Norman Levine, Ann M. Taylor, Barbara
    Beach, Mary Klein Buller & Charlene Melcher. Long-term effects of language intensity in
    preventive messages on planned family solar protection. 261
Craig R. Hullett, Jill J. McMillan & Randall G. Rogan. Caregivers‟ predispositions and
    perceived organizational expectations for the provision of social support to nursing home
    residents. 277
                                                                                             135


Christopher Stephen Knaus, Bruce E. Pinkleton & Erica Weintraub Austin. The ability of the
    AIDS quilt to motivate information seeking, personal discussion, and preventive behavior as
    a health communication intervention. 301

2000, Vol. 12(2)

Pamela Whitten, Beverly Davenport Sypher & James D. Patterson II. Transcending the
    technology of telemedicine: An analysis of telemedicine in North Carolina. 109
Melanie Booth-Butterfield, Robert Anderson & Steve Booth-Butterfield. Adolescents‟ use of
    tobacco, health locus of control, and self-mentoring. 137
Wendy S. Zabava Ford & Olivia Jane Snyder. Customer service in dental offices: Analyses of
    service orientations and waiting time in telephone interactions with a potential new
    customer. 149
Michael Greco, Arthur Brownlea, Julie McGovern & Michael Cavanagh. Consumers as
    educators: Implementation of patient feedback in general practice training. 173
Ashlea Troth & Candida C. Peterson. Factors predicting safe-sex talk and condom use in early
    sexual relationships. 195

2000, Vol. 12(1)

Kimberly Nicole Kline & Marifran Mattson. Breast self-examination pamphlets: A content
     analysis grounded in fear appeal research. 1
Charles H. Grant, III, Kenneth N. Cissna & Lawrence B. Rosenfeld. Patients‟ perceptions of
     physicians communication and outcomes of the accrual to trial process. 23
Mark P. Orbe & Granville King, III. Negotiating the tension between policy and reality:
     Exploring nurses‟ communication about organizational wrongdoing. 41
Julia Hannum Rose, Karen F. Bowman & Denise Kresevic. Nurse versus family caregiver
     perspectives on hospitalized older patients: An exploratory study of agreement at admission
     and discharge. 63
Robert J. Griffin & Sharon Dunwoody. The relation of communication to risk judgment and
     preventive behavior related to lead in tap water. 81

1999, Vol. 11(4)

Alicia M. Dorsey, Clifford W, Scherer & Kevin Real. The college tradition of “drink „til you
    drop”: The relation between students‟ social networks and engaging in risky behaviors. 313
Michael D. Slater. Integrating application of media effects, persuasion, and behavior change
    theories to communication campaigns: A states-of-change framework. 335
Dennis D. Cali & Carlos Estrada. The medical interview as rhetorical counterpart of the case
    presentation. 355
Sally J. McMillan. Health communication and the internet: Relations between interactive
    characteristics of the medium and site creators, content, and purpose 375
                                                                                            136


1998, Vol. 10(4) (Special issue: Mentoring and Nurturing Communication in Health Contexts)

Jeffrey Pittam & Cynthia Gallois. Mentoring and nurturing communication in health contexts:
     Foreword. 289
Beth A. Le Poire, Karen T. Erlandson & Jennifer S. Hallet. Punishing versus reinforcing
     strategies of drug discontinuance: Effect of persuaders‟ drug use. 293
Helen Edwards & Patricia Noller. Factors influencing caregiver-care receiver communication and
     its impact on the well-being of older care receivers. 317
Bernadette Watson & Cynthia Gallois. Nurturing communication by health professionals toward
     patients: A communication accommodation theory approach. 343
Pamela A. Saunders. “You‟re out of your mind!”: Humor as a face-saving strategy during
     neuropsychological examinations. 357
Pamela J. Kalbfleisch & Betsy W. Bach. The language of mentoring in a health care
     environment. 373

1998, Vol. 10(3)

David H. Smith. Interviews with elderly patients about side effects. 199
Murray C. Millar & Karen Millar. Processing messages about disease detection and health
    promotion behaviors: The effects of anxiety. 211
Fiona Chew, Sushma Palmer & Soohong Kim. Testing the influence of the health belief model
    and a television program on nutrition behavior. 227
Shari McMahan, Kim Witte & Jon „a Meyer. The perception of risk messages regarding
    electromagnetic fields: Extending the extended parallel process model to an unknown risk.
    247
Donald J. Cegala, Mary Thoesen Coleman & Jeanine Warisse Turner. The development and
    partial assessment of the medical communication competence scale. 261

1998, Vol. 10(2)

Annette Harres. “But basically you‟re feeling well, are you?” Tag questions in medical
    consultations. 111
Denise Wigginton Cecil. Relational control patterns in physician-patient clinical encounters:
    Continuing the conversation. 125
Rebeccca W. Tardy & Claudia L. Hale. Bonding and cracking: The role of informal,
    interpersonal networks in health care decision making. 151
Joyce Allman. Bearing the burden or baring the soul: Physicians‟ self-disclosure and boundary
    management regarding medical mistakes. 175

1998, Vol. 10(1)

Austin S. Babrow, Chris R. Kasch & Leigh Ford. The many meanings of uncertainty in illness:
    Toward a systematic accounting. 1
Garrett J. O‟Keefe, Heath Hartwig Boyd & Marion R. Brown. Who learns preventive health care
    information from where: Cross-channel and repertoire comparisons. 25
                                                                                              137


Leigh Arden Ford & Beth Hartman Ellis. A preliminary analysis of memorable and nonsupport
    messages received by nurses in acute care settings. 37
Roger Myrick. In search of cultural sensitivity and inclusiveness: Communication strategies used
    in rural HIV prevention campaigns designed for African Americans. 65
Lisa Henriksen & Christine Jackson. Anti-smoking socialization: Relationship to child smoking
    status. 87

1997, Vol. 9(4)

Nancy Signorielli & Jessica Staples. Television and children‟s conceptions of nutrition. 289
Jennifer L. Monahan, Lynn Carol Miller & Sadina Rothspan. Power and intimacy: on the
    dynamics of risky sex. 303
Erica Weintraub Austin & Kristine Kay Johnson. Immediate and delayed effects of media
    literacy training on third graders‟ decision making for alcohol. 323
Donald L. Rubin, Pamela Healy, T. Clifford Gardiner, Richard C. Zath & Cynthia Partain Moore.
    Nonnative physicians as message sources: Effects of accent and ethnicity on patients‟
    responses to AIDS prevention counseling. 351
Stephen C. Hines, Alvin H. Moss & John McKenzi. Prolonging life or prolonging death:
    Communication‟s role in difficult dialysis decisions. 369

1997, Vol. 9(3)

Stephen C. Hines, Austin S. Babrow, Laurie Badzek & Alvin H. Moss. Communication and
    problematic integration in end-of-life decisions: Dialysis decisions among the elderly. 199
Celeste M. Condit & Melanie Williams. Audience responses to the discourse of medical
    genetics: Evidence against the critique of medicalization. 219
S. Deborah Majerovitz, Michele G. Greene, Ronald D. Adelman, Gerald M. Brody, Kathleen
    Leber & Susan W. Healy. Older patients‟ understanding of medical information in the
    emergency department. 237
A. Hafstad & L. E. Aaro. Activating interpersonal influence through provocative appeals:
    Evaluation of a mass media-based antismoking campaign targeting adolescents. 253
Satya P. Krishman, Tracy Durrah & Karen Winkler. Coverage of AIDS in popular African
    American magazines. 273

1997, Vol. 9(1) (Special Issue: The Patient as a Central Construct in Health Communication
    Research)

Barbara F. Sharf & Richard L. Street, Jr. The patient as a central construct: Shifting the
    emphasis. 1
Marsha L. Vanderford, Elaine B. Jenks & Barbara F. Sharf. Exploring patients‟ experiences as a
    primary source of meaning. 13
Bruce L. Lambert, Richard L. Street, Donald J. Cegala, David H. Smith, Suzanne Kurtz & Theo
    Schofield. Provider-patient communication, patient-centered care, and the mangle of
    practice. 27
                                                                                           138


John C. Lammers & Patricia Geist. The transformation of caring in the light and shadow of
    “managed care.” 45
Rajiv N. Rimal, Scott C. Ratzan, Paul Arnston & Vicki S. Freimuth. Reconceptualizing the
    “patient”: Health care promotion as increasing citizens‟ decision-making competencies. 61
Robert M. Kaplan. Health outcomes and communication research. 75 (Response)
Keith C. Bennett & Harry Irwin. Shifting the emphasis to “patient as central”: Sea changes or
    ripple on the pond? 83

1996, Vol. 8(4)

Rina Alcalay & Robert A. Bell. Ethnicity and health knowledge gaps: Impact of the California
    Wellness Guide on poor African American, Hispanic, and non-Hispanic White women. 303
Robert A. Bell, Matthew Cholerton, Veronica Davison, Kevin E. Fraczek & Heather Lauter.
    Making health communication self-funding: Effectiveness of pregiving in an AIDS
    fundraising/education campaign. 331
Satra P. Krishnan. Health education at family planning clinics: Strategies for improving
    information about contraception and sexually transmitted diseases for low-income women.
    353

1996, Vol. 8(3) (Special Issue: Communication, Aging, and Health)

Ellen Bouchard Ryan & Robert N. Butler. Communication, aging, and health: Toward
    understanding health provider relationships with older clients. 191
Anthony Muluc & Howard Giles. “You‟re only as old as you sound”: Perceived vocal age and
    social meanings. 199
Margaret M. Baltes & Hans-Werner Wahl. Patters of communication in old age: The
    dependency-support and independence-ignore script. 217
Mark J. Bergstrom & Jon F. Nussbaum. Cohort differences in interpersonal conflict: Implications
    for the older patient--younger care provider interaction. 233
Marie R. Haug. The effects of physician/elder patient characteristics on health communication.
    249
Michele G. Greene, Ronald D. Adelman & S. Deborah Majerovitz. Physician and older patient
    support in the medical encounter. 263
Cathy Charles, Laurie J. Goldsmith, Larry Chambers, R. Brian Haynes & Mary Gauld. Provider--
    patient communication among elderly and nonelderly patients in Canadian hospitals: A
    national survey. 281

1996, Vol. 8(2)

Caroline Schooler, Michael D. Basil & David G. Altman. Alcohol and cigarette advertising on
    billboards: Targeting with social cues. 109
Kathryn Greene, Donald L. Rubin, Jerold L. Hale & Lynda H. Walters. The utility of
    understanding adolescent egocentrism in designing health-promotion messages. 131
Stephne Herselman. Some problems in health communication in a multicultural clinical setting:
    A South African experience. 153
                                                                                          139


Elizabeth M. Perse, Amy I. Nathanson & Douglas M. McLeod. Effects of spokesperson sex,
    public service announcement appeal, and involvement of safe-sex PSAs. 171

1996, Vol. 8(1)

Donald J. Cegala, Deborah Socha McGee & Kelly S. McNelis. Components of patients‟ and
    doctors‟ perceptions of communication competence during a primary care medical interview.
    1
Marti Young & Renee Storm Klingle. Silent partners in medical care: A cross-cultural study of
    patient participation. 29
Subir Sengupta. Understanding less educated smokers‟ intention to quit smoking: Strategies for
    antismoking communication aimed at less educated smokers. 55
Athena A. Smith-Dupre & Christina S. Beck. Enabling patients and physicians to pursue multiple
    goals in health care encounters: A case study. 73
Judith Bowker. Cancer, individual process, and control: A case study in metaphor analysis. 91

1995, Vol. 7(4)

Alicia A. Marshall, Sandi W. Smith & Janet K. McKeon. Persuading low-income women to
    engage in mammography screening: Source, message, and channel preferences. 283
Dirk Scheerhorn, Jeanine Warisse & Kelly S. McNeilis. Computer-based telecommunication
    among an illness-related community: Design, delivery, early use, and the functions of
    HIGHnet. 301
Ronald B. Anderson & Priscilla Y. McMillion. Effects of similar and diversified modeling on
    African American women‟s efficacy expectations and intentions to perform breast self-
    examination. 327
William J. Brown & Michael D. Basil. Media celebrities and public health: Responses to
    “Magic” Johnson‟s HIV disclosure and its impact on AIDS risk and high-risk behaviors. 345
Nancy Grant Harrington. The effects of college students‟ alcohol resistance strategies. 371

1995, Vol. 7(3)

Donald J. Cegala, Kelly S. McNeilis & Deborah Socha McGee. A study of doctors‟ and patients‟
    perceptions of information processing and communication competence during the medical
    interview. 179
Vivian C. Sheer & Rebecca J. Welch Cline. Individual differences in sensation seeking and
    sexual behavior: Implications for communication intervention for HIV/AIDS prevention
    among college students. 205
Maureen W. Everett & Philip Palmgren. Influences of sensation seeking, message sensation
    value, and program context on effectiveness of anticocaine public service announcements.
    225
Vincent R. Waldron, John Caughlin & Dan Jackson. Talking specifics: Facilitating effects of
    planning on AIDS talk in peer dyads. 249
Thomas Addington & Jeanne Wegescheide-Harris. Ethics and communication with the
    terminally ill. 267
                                                                                             140



1995, Vol. 7(2)

Moshe Engeberg, June A. Flora & Clifford I. Nass. AIDS knowledge: Effects of channel
     involvement and interpersonal communication. 73
Richard W. Thomas & David R. Seibold. Interpersonal influence and alcohol-related
     interventions in the college environment. 93
Leslie B. Snyder & Ruby A. Rouse. The media can have more than an impersonal impact: The
     case of AIDS risk reduction perceptions and behavior. 125
Anne Moyer, Susan Greener, John Beauvais & Peter Salovey. Accuracy of health research
     reported in the popular press: Breast cancer and mammography. 147
Julie W. Scherz, Harold T. Edwards & Ken J. Kallal. Communicative effectiveness of doctor-
     patient interactions. 163

1995, Vol. 7(1)

Erica Weintraub Austin & Bethe Nach-Ferguson. Sources and influences of young school-age
    children‟s general and brand-specific knowledge about alcohol. 1
J. Michael Gotcher. Well-adjusted and maladjusted cancer patients: An examination of
    communication variables. 21
Anne S. Gabbard-Alley. Health communication and gender: A review and critique. 35
Danielle J. Dolin & Steve Booth-Butterfield. Foot-in-the-door and cancer prevention. 55

1994, Vol. 6(4) (Special Issue: Communicating With Patients About Their Medications)

Sharon Lee Hammond & Bruce L. Lambert. Communication about medication: Directions for
    research. 247
M. Robin DiMatteo, Robert C. Reiter & Joseph C. Gambone. Enhancing medication adherence
    through communication and informed collaborative choice. 253
Roxanne Parrott. Exploring family practitioners‟ and patients‟ information exchange about
    prescribed medications: Implications for practitioners‟ interviewing and patients‟
    understanding. 267
David H. Smith, Karen Graham Cunningham & William E. Hale. Communication about
    medicines: Perceptions of the ambulatory elderly. 281
Jon C. Schommer. Effects of interrole congruence on pharmacist-patient communication. 297
Bruce L. Lambert & Jeann Lee Gillespie. Patient perceptions of pharmacy students‟ hypertension
    compliance-gaining messages: Effects of message design logic and content themes. 311
John C. Reid, CarolAnne M. Kardash, Richard D. Robinson & Robbie Scholes. Comprehension
    in patient literature: The importance of text and reader characteristics. 327

1994, Vol. 6(3)

Lorraine D. Jackson. Maximizing treatment adherence among back-pain patients: An
    experimental study of the effects of physician-related cues in written medical messages. 173
                                                                                              141


Bryan B. Whaley. “Food is to me as gas is to cars??”: Using figurative language to explain
    illness to children. 193
Laurie K. Lewis. A challenge for health education: The enactment problem and a
    communication-related solution. 205
Renee Storm Klingle & Krystyna Strzyweski Aune. Effects of a daytime serial and a public
    service announcement in promoting cognitions, attitudes, and behaviors related to bone-
    marrow testing. 225

1994, Vol. 6(2)

Beth Hartman Ellis & Katherine I. Miller. Supportive communication among nurses: Effects on
    commitment, burnout, and retention. 77
Michael Burgoon & John R. Hall. Myths as health belief systems: The language of slaves,
    sorcery, and science. 97
Michele J. Hindlin, D. Lawrence Kincaid, Opia Mensah Kumah, Winthrop Morgan, Young Mi
    Kim, & J. K. Ofori. Gender differences in media exposure and action during a family
    planning campaign in Ghana. 117
Mark A. Hamilton, Ruby A. Rouse, & Jeffrey Rouse. Dentist communication and patient
    utilization of dental services: Inhibited anxiety and enhanced competence effects. 137
Michael G. Garko. Communication styles of powerful physician-executives in upward-influence
    situations. 159

1994, Vol. 6(1)

Sandi E. Smith, Kelly Morrison, Jenifer E. Kopfman, & Leigh Arden Ford. The influence of
     prior thought and intent on the memorability and persuasiveness of organ donation message
     strategies. 1
Inger Brannstrom & Inga-Britt Lindblad. Mass communication and health promotion: The power
     of the media and public opinion. 21
Gordon L. Danhne, Rick Garlick, & Dean Kazoleas. Testing a new disease-specific health locus
     of control scale among cancer and aplastic anemia patients. 37
Deborah Lupton. Toward the development of critical health communication praxis. 55 (Essay)
Irving Rootman & Larry Hershfield. Health communication research: Broadening the scope. 69
     (Essay)

1993, Vol. 5(4)

Timothy Edgar & Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. Expectations for sexual interaction: A cognitive test of
    the sequencing of sexual communication behaviors. 239
Kathleen K. Reardon & Carolyn E. Aydin. Changes in lifestyle initiated by breast cancer patients:
    Who does and who doesn‟t. 263
Renee Storm Klingle. Bringing time into physician compliance gaining research: Toward a
    reinforcement expectancy theory of strategy effectiveness. 283
                                                                                             142


1993, Vol. 5(3)

Barbara F. Sharf & Vicki S. Freimuth. The construction of illness on entertainment television:
    Coping with cancer on Thirtysomething. 141
Joachim Knuf & John Caughlin. Weighty issues: Semiotic notes on dieting as a secular ritual.
    161
Keith Cherry & David H. Smith. Sometimes I cry: The experience of loneliness for men with
    AIDS. 181
Fred Molitor. Accuracy in science news reporting by newspapers: The case of aspirin for the
    prevention of heart attacks. 209
Lesley G. Frederikson. Development of an integrative model for medical consultation. 225

1993, Vol. 5(2)

Michael L. Hecht, Steven R. Corman, & Michelle Miller-Rassulo. An evaluation of the drug
    resistance project: A comparison of film versus live performance media. 75
Carol Lynn Thompson & Linda M. Pledger. Doctor-patient communication: Is patient knowledge
    of medical terminology improving. 89
Brent D. Ruben. What patients remember: A content analysis of critical incidents in health care.
    99
Hartmut B. Mokros. Communication and psychiatric diagnosis: Tales of depressive moods from
    two contexts. 113
David G. Dunning & Brian M. Lange. “Direction” in male and female dental students‟
    interaction with patients: A confirmation of similarities. 129

1993, Vol. 5(1)

John V. Pavlik, John R. Finnegan, Jr., Daniel Strickland, Charles T. Salmnon, K. Viswanath, &
    Daniel B. Wackman. Increasing public understanding of heart disease: An analysis of data
    from the Minnesota heart health program. 1
James K. Hetog, John R. Finnegan, Jr., Brenda Rooney, K. Visanath, & John Potter. Self-efficacy
    as a target population segmentation strategy in a diet and cancer-risk reduction campaign. 21
Analee E. Beisecker & Thomas D. Beisecker. Using metaphors to characterize doctor-patient
    relationships: Paternalism versus consumerism. 41
Kathryn Green, Roxanne Parrott, & Julianne M. Serovich. Privacy, HIV testing and AIDS:
    College students‟ versus parents‟ perspectives. 59

1992, Vol. 4(4)

Nancy Signorielii & Margaret Lears. Television and children‟s conceptions of nutrition:
    Unhealthy messages. 245
C. Richard Hofstetter, William A. Schultze, & Mary M. Mulvihill. Communications media,
    public health, and public affairs: Exposure in a multimedia community. 259
Rebecca J. Welch Cline & Sarah J. Johnson. Mosquitoes, doorknobs, and sneezing:
    Relationships between homophobia and AIDS mythology among college students. 273
                                                                                             143


Bonnie J. Garvin, Carol W. Kennedy, Carol F. Baker, & Barbara J. Polivka. Cardiovascular
    responses of CCU patients when communicating with nurses, physicians, and families. 291
Bruce Watkins, Richard Lichtenstein, David Vest, & J. William Thomas. HMO advertising and
    enrollee health status: Marketing Medicare plans to seniors. 303

1992, Vol. 4(3)

Kristi L. Ferguson, Julie A. Burke, Samuel L. Becker, Thomas M. Reimers, Virginia S.
    Daughtery, & Paul R. Pomrehn. The recruitment of new smokers by adolescents. 171
J. David Johnson, Hendrika Meischke, Jennifer Grau, & Sally Jackson. Cancer-related channel
    selection. 183
Lorraine D. Jackson. Information complexity and medical communication: The effects of
    technical language and amount of information in a medical message. 197
Debra Lieberman. The computer‟s potential role in health education. 211
Elizabeth Harper, Robert R. Broyden, & James C. Impara. Using informal caregivers to
    communicate with women about mammography. 227

1992, Vol. 4(2)

Timothy Edgar, Vicki S. Freimuth, Sharon Lee Hammond, Deborah A. McDonald, & Edward L.
    Fink. Strategic sexual communication: Condom use resistance and response. 83
Juanne N. Clarke. Cancer, heart disease, and AIDS: What do the media tell us about these
    diseases? 105
Clay Warren. perspectives on international sex practices and American family sex
    communication relevant to teenage sexual behavior in the United States. 121
Michael G. Garko. Physician-executives‟ use of influence strategies: Gaining compliance from
    supervisors who communicate in attractive and unattractive styles. 137
Barry J. Evans, Robb O. Stanley, & Graham D. Burrows. Communication skills training and
    patients‟ satisfaction. 155

1992, Vol. 4(1)

Julie A. Burke, Abran Salazar, Virginia Daughtery, & Samuel L. Becker. Activating
     interpersonal influence in the prevention of adolescent tobacco use: An evaluation of Iowa‟s
     program against smoking. 1
David E. Scheider & Raymond K. Tucker. Measuring communicative satisfaction in doctor-
     patient relations: The doctor-patient communication inventory. 19
Adelaide Hass & Susan L. Puretz. Encouraging partnerships between health care providers and
     women recommended for gynecological surgery. 29
Rebecca J. Welch Cline, Sarah J. Johnson, & Kim E. Freeman. Talk among sexual partners about
     AIDS: Interpersonal communication for risk reduction or risk enhancement? 39
Roxanne Parrott, Michael Burgoon, & Cathy Ross. Parents and pediatricians talk: Compliance-
     gaining strategies‟ use during well-child exams. 57
Richard L. Hollowar & John C. Rogers. Physician adaptation to patients‟ locus of control and
     congruence with health recommendation. 67
                                                                                           144



1991, Vol. 3(4) (Special Issue: Communication and Drug Abuse Prevention)

Howard E. Sypher & Lewis Donohew. Communication and drug abuse prevention research. 191
Sara M. Baker, Richard E. Petty, & Faith Gleicher. Persuasion theory and drug abuse prevention.
     193
Ellen Wartella & Susan Middlestadt. The evolutions of models of mass communication and
     persuasion. 205
Philip Palmgreen, Lewis Donohew, Elizabeth Pugzles Lorch, Mary Rogus, David Helm, &
     Nancy Grant. Sensation seeking, message sensation value, and drug use as mediators of PSA
     effectiveness. 217
Richard R. Clayton, Anne Cattarello, & Katherine P. Walden. Sensation seeking as a potential
     mediating variable for school-based prevention intervention: A two-year follow-up of
     DARE. 229
Analee E. Beisecker. Interpersonal communication strategies to prevent drug abuse by health
     professionals and the elderly: Contributions of the health belief model. 241
Teresa L. Thompson & Louis P. Cusella. Communication and drug abuse prevention:
     Information, incentives, and metaphors. 251

1991, Vol. 3(3)

Mara B. Adelman. Play and incongruity: Framing safe-sex talk. 139
Nancy Wyatt. Physician-patient relationships: What do doctors say? 157
Mark S. Larson. Health-related messages embedded in prime-time television entertainment. 175

1991, Vol. 3(2)

Michael D. Basil, Caroline Schooler, David G. Altman, Michael Slater, Cheryl L. Albright, &
    Nathan Maccoby. How cigarettes are advertised in magazines: Special messages for special
    markets. 75
Austin S. Babrow. Tensions between health beliefs and desires: Implications for a health
    communication campaign to promote a smoking-cessation program. 93
Richard M. Perloff & George B. Ray. An analysis of AIDS brochures directed at intravenous
    drug users. 113
Paul E. King. Communication, anxiety, and the management of postoperative pain. 127

1991, Vol. 3(1)

Edward Maibach, June A. Flora, & Clifford Nass. Changes in self-efficacy and health behavior in
    response to a minimal contact community health campaign. 1
Marlene M. von Friederichs-Fitzwater, Edward J. Callahan, Neil Flynn, & John Williams.
    Relational control in physician-patient encounters. 17
Leslie B. Snyder. The impact of the Surgeon General‟s understanding AIDS pamphlet in
    Connecticut. 37
                                                                                               145


James G. Cantrill. Inducing health care voluntarism through sequential requests: Perceptions of
   effort and novelty. 59

1990, Vol. 2(3)

Angela Williams, Howard Giles, Nikolas Coupland, Michelle Dalby, & Hannah Manassee. The
    communicative contexts of elderly social support and health: A theoretical model. 123
Austin S. Babrow, David R. Black, & Stephen T. Tiffany. Beliefs, attitude, intentions, and a
    smoking-cessation program: A planned behavior analysis of communication campaign
    development. 145
Ronald J. Chenail, Paul E. Douthit, Jerry E. Gale, Jeffrey L. Stormberg, G. H. Morris, Joon M.
    Park, Somkid Sridaromont, & Veronica Schmer. “It‟s probably nothing serious, but . . .”:
    Parents‟ interpretation of referral to pediatric cardiologists. 165

1990, Vol. 2(2)

Sharon Lee Hammond, Vicki S. Freimuth, & William Morrison. Radio and teens: Convincing
     gatekeepers to air health messages. 59
Patricia Geist & Monica Hardesty. Reliable, silent, hysterical, or absurd: Physicians assess
     patient cues in their medical decision making. 69
Deborah S. Ballard-Reisch. A model of participative decision making for physician-patient
     interaction. 91
Analee E. Beisecker. Patient power in doctor-patient communication: What do we know? 105

1990, Vol. 2(1)

Walter Gantz, Michael Fitzmaurice, & Euisun Yoo. Seat belt campaigns and buckling up: Do the
    media make a difference. 1
Michael Burgoon, Roxanne Parrott, Judee K. Burgoon, Thomas Birk, Michael Pfau, & Ray
    Coker. Primary care physicians‟ selection of verbal compliance-gaining strategies. 13
Michael Burgoon, Roxanne Parrott, Judee K. Burgoon, Ray Cocker, Michael Pfau, & Thomas
    Birk. Patients‟ severity of illness, noncompliance, and locus of control and physicians‟
    compliance-gaining messages. 29
Eileen Berlin Ray & George B. Ray. The relationship of paralinguistic cues to impression
    formation and the recall of medical messages. 47

1989, Vol. 1(4)

Virginia Eman Wheeless, Lawrence R. Wheeless, & Sharon Riffle. The role of situation,
     physician communicator style, and hospital rules climate on nurses‟ decision styles and
     communication satisfaction. 189
Beth Hartman Ellis, Katherine I. Miller, & Charles W. Given. Caregivers in home health care
     situations: Measurement and relations among critical concepts. 207
J. Gregory Payne, Scott C. Ratzan, & Robert A. Baukus. Newspaper coverage of the Harvard
     medicare project: Regional distinctions or discreet disregard? 227
                                                                                            146


Ruby A. Rouse. A paradigm of intervention: Emotional communication in dentistry. 239
Jack C. S. Ling. New communicable diseases: A communication challenge. 253

1989, Vol. 1(3)

Richard L. Street, Jr. Patients‟ satisfaction with dentists‟ communicative style. 137
David G. Dunning & Brian M. Lange. Male and female dental students‟ interaction with patients:
    A test of sex differences. 155
Jim L. Query, Jr., & Anita C. James. The relationship between interpersonal communication
    competence and social support among elderly support groups in retirement communities.
    165

1989, Vol. 1(2)

Paul Arntson, Gregory Makoul, David Pendleton, & Theo Schofield. Patients‟ perceptions of
    medical encounters in Great Britain: Variations with health loci of control and
    sociodemographic factors. 75
Dan O‟Hair. Dimensions of relational communication and control during physician-patient
    interactions. 97
David A. Brenders. Perceived control and the interpersonal dimension of health care. 117

1989, Vol. 1(1)

Barbara M. Korsch. Current issues in communication research. 5
Gary L. Kreps. Setting the agenda for health communication research and development:
    Scholarship that can make a difference. 11
David H. Smith. Studying health communication: An agenda for the future. 17
Paul Arnston. Improving citizens‟ health competencies. 29
Jon F. Nussbaum. Directions for research within health communication. 25
Kathleen K. Reardon & Ross Buck. Emotion, reason, and communication in coping with cancer.
    41
Analee E. Beisecker. The influence of a companion on the doctor-elderly patient interaction. 55
                                                                                                147


                          HUMAN COMMUNICATION RESEARCH

2007, Vol. 33(3)

Nick Yee & Jeremy Bailenson. The proteus effect: The effect of transformed self-representation
    on behavior. 271
Donald G. Ellis & Ifat Maoz. Online argument between Israeli Jews and Palestinians. 291
Kwan Min Lee, Katherine Liao & Seoungho Ryu. Children‟s responses to computer-synthesized
    speech in educational media: Gender consistency and gender similarity effects. 310
Paul Schrodt & Andrew M. Ledbetter. Communication processes that mediate family
    communication patterns and mental well-being: A mean and covariance structures analysis
    of young adults from divorced and nondivorced families. 330
Michelle L. M. Wood. Rethinking the inoculation analogy: Effects on subjects with differing
    preexisting attitudes. 357
Narine S. Yegiyan & Maria Elizabeth Grabe. An experimental investigation of source confusion
    in televised messages: News versus advertisements. 379

2007, Vol. 33(2)

Kory Floyd, Alan C. Mikkelson, Colin Hesse & Perry M. pauley. Affectionate writing reduces
    total cholesterol: Two randomized, controlled trials. 119
Scott A. Reid, Sahara Byrne, Jennifer S. Brundidge, Mirit D. Shoham & Mikaela L. Marlow. A
    critical test of self-enhancement, exposure, and self-categorization explanations for first- and
    third-person perceptions. 143
Li Gong & Clifford Nass. When a talking-face computer agent is half-human and half-humanoid:
    Human identity and consistency preference. 165
Hee Sun Park & Sandi W. Smith. Distinctiveness and influence of subjective norms, personal
    descriptive and injunctive norms, and societal descriptive and injunctive norms on
    behavioral intent: A case study of two behaviors critical to organ donation. 194
Claude H. Miller, Lindsay T. lane, Leslie M. Deatrick, Alice M. Young & Kimberly A. Potts.
    Psychological reactance and promotional health messages: The effects of controlling
    language, lexical concreteness, and the restoration of freedom. 219
Stephan A. Rains & Monique Mitchell Turner. Psychological reactance and persuasive health
    communication: A test and extension of the intertwined model. 241

2007, Vol. 33(1)

Joseph B. Walther & Natalya N. Bazarova. Misattribution in virtual groups: The effects of
     member distribution on self-serving bias and partner blame. 1
K. Laura Keck & Jennifer A. Samp. The dynamics of goals and message productions as revealed
     in a sequential analysis of conflict interaction. 27
Michael J. Beatty & Alan D. Heisel. Spectrum analysis of cortical activity during verbal
     planning: Physical evidence for the formation of social interaction routines. 48
L. J. Shrum. The implications of survey method for measuring cultivation effects. 64
                                                                                              148


Hee Sun Park, Timothy R. Levine, Catherine Y. Kingsley Westerman, Tierney Orfgen & Sarah
    Foregger. The effects of argument quality and involvement type on attitude formation and
    attitude change. 81
Timothy Stephens & Renee Geel. Normative publication productivity of communication scholars
    at selected career milestones. 103

2006, Vol. 32(4) (Special Issue: Applications of Multilevel Modeling)

Slater, M. D., Snyder, L., & Hayes, A. F. Thinking and modeling at multiple levels: the potential
     contribution of multilevel modeling to communication theory and research. 375
Andre F. Hayes. A primer on multilevel modeling. 385
Young-Chan Kim & Sandra J. Ball-Rokeach. Community storytelling network, neighborhood
     context, and civic engagement: A multilevel approach. 411
Karen Kroman Myers & Robert D. McPhee. Influences on member assimilation in workgroups
     in high-reliability organizations: A multilevel approach. 440
Jennifer A. Theiss & Denise Haunani Solomon. Coupling longitudinal data and multilevel
     modeling to examine the antecedents and consequences of jealousy experiences in romantic
     relationships. 469
Scott A. Reid & Sik Hung Ng. The dynamics of intragroup differentiation in an intergroup social
     context. 504

2006, Vol. 32(3)

Suzanne M. Jones & John G. Wirtz. How does the comforting process work? An empirical test
    of an appraisal-based model of comforting. 217
Leanne K. Knobloch. Relational uncertainty and message production within courtship: Features
    of date request messages. 244
Robert M. McCann & James M. Honeycutt. A cross-cultural analysis of imagined interactions.
    274
Joseph A. Bonito. A longitudinal social relations analysis of participation in small groups. 302
Arun Vishwanath. The effect of the number of opinion seekers and leaders on technology
    attitudes and choices. 322
Matthew S. Eastin. Video game violence and the female game player: Self- and opponent gender
    effects on presence and aggressive thoughts. 351

2006, Vol. 32(2)

R. Lance Holbert & Glenn J. Hansen. Farenheit 9-11: Need for closure and the priming of
    affective ambivalence. 109.
Monique Mitchell Turner, Rajiv N. Rimal, Daniel Morrison & Hyojin Kim. The role of anxiety
    in seeking and retaining risk information. 130
Christopher E. Beaudoin & Esther Thorson. The social capital of Blacks and Whites: Differing
    effects of the mass media in the United States. 157
Lyn M. Van Swol & Emily Seinfeld. Differences between minority, majority, and unanimous
    group members in the communication of information. 178
                                                                                           149


Rachel S. Malis & Michael E. Roloff. Demand/withdraw patterns in serial arguments. 198

2006, Vol. 32(1)

Stephen I. Reid, Lynn C. Miller, Paul Robert Appleby, Mary E. Nwosu, Sadina Reunaldo, Ada
     Lauren & Anila Putcha. Socially optimized learning in a virtual environment: Reducing
     risky sexual behavior among men who have sex with men. 1
Walid A. Afifi & Judith L. Weiner. Seeking information about sexual health: Applying the
     theory of motivated information management. 35
Silvia Knobloch-Westerwick & Scott Alter. Mood adjustment to social situations through mass
     media use. 58
Robert M. McCann & Howard Giles. Communication with people of different ages in the
     workplace. 74

2005, Vol. 31(4)

Lisa L. Massi Lindsey. Anticipated guilt as behavioral motivation: An examination of appeals to
    help unknown others through bone marrow donation. 453
Michelle Shumate, Janet Fulk & Peter Monge. Predictors of the international HIV-AIDS INGO
    network over time. 482
Jeremy N. Bailenson, Andrew C. Beall, Jack Loomis, Jim Blascovich & Matthew Turk.
    Transformed social interaction, augmented gaze, and social influence in immersive virtual
    environments. 511
Kwan Min Lee, Namkee Park & Hayeon Song. Can a robot be perceived as a developing
    creature? Effects of a robot‟s long-term cognitive developments on its social presence and
    people‟s social responses toward it. 538
Tamara D. Afifi, Loreen N. Olson & Christine Armstrong. The chilling effect and family secrets:
    the role of self protection, other protection, and communication efficacy. 564

2005, Vol. 31(3)

Lori Bergen, Tom Grimes & Deborah Potter. How attention partitions itself during simultaneous
    message presentations. 311
Heejo Keum, Elliott D. Hillback, Hernando Rojas, Homero Gil De Zunga, Dhavan V. Shah &
    Douglas M. McCleod. Personifying the radical: How news framing polarizing security
    concerns and tolerance judgments. 337
Hee Sun Park, Hee Eun Lee & Jeong An Song. “I am sorry to send you SPAM”: Cross-cultural
    differences in the use of apologies in email advertising in Korea and the U.S. 365
Richard Clement, Susan C. Baker, Gordon Josephson & Kimberly A. Noel;s. Media effects on
    ethnic identity among linguistic majorities and minorities. 399
Roxanne Parrott, Kami Silk, Kelly Dorgan, Celeste Condit & Tina Harris. Risk comprehension
    and judgments of statistical evidentiary appeals. 423
                                                                                            150


2005, Vol. 31(2)

Scott A. Reid, Helen N. Gunter & Joanne R. Smith. Aboriginal self-determination in Australia:
    The effects of minority-majority frames and target universalism on majority collective guilt
    and compensation attitudes. 189
Yu Yuan, Janet Fulk, Michellle Shumate, Peter R. Monge, J. Alison Bryant & Matthew
    Matsaganis. Individual participation in organizational information commons. 212
Matthew S. McGlone, Diane Kobrynowicz & Ryan B. Alexander. A certain je ne said quoi:
    Violation bias in education. 241
Karen Anderson, Jake Harwood & Mary Lee Hummert. The grandparent-grandchild relationship:
    Implications for models of intergenerational communication. 268
Zachary P. hart & Vernon D. Miller. Context and message content during organizational
    socialization. 295

2005, Vol. 31(1)

Leslie D. Dinauer & Edward L. Fink. Inter-attitude structure and attitude dynamics: A
    comparison of the hierarchical and Galileo spatial-linkage models. 1
Mary J. Breshnahan, Timothy R. Levine, Sachiyo Morinaga Shearman, Sun Young Lee, Cheong
    Yi Park & Toru Kiyomiya. A multi-method multi-trait validity assessment of self-construal
    in Japan, Korea, and the United States. 33
Leanne K. Knobloch. Evaluating a contextual model of responses to relational uncertainty
    increasing events: The role of intimacy, appraisals, and emotions. 60
Alan Sillars, Ascan Koerner & Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. Communication and understanding in
    parent-adolescent relationships. 102
Scott A. Reid & Michael A. Hogg. A self-categorization explanation for the third-person effect.
    129
Robert P. Hawkins, Suzanne Pingree, Jacqueline Hitchon, Barry Radler, Bradley W. Gorham,
    Leeann Kahlor, Eileen Gilligan, Ronad C. Serlin, Toni Schmidt, Prathana Kannovakun &
    Gudbjorg Hildur Kolneins. What produces television attention and attention style? Genre,
    situation, and individual differences as predictors. 162

2004, Vol. 30(4)

Paul J. Taylor & Ian Donald. The structure of communication behavior in stimulated and actual
    crisis negotiations. 443
John Caughlin & Tamara D. Affifi. When is topic avoidance unsatisfying: Examining moderators
    of the association between avoidance and dissatisfaction. 479
Valerie Manuscov, Jody Koenig Kellas &April R. Treets. Do unto others? Conversational moves
    and perceptions of attentiveness toward other face in accounting sequences between friends.
    514
David Dryden Henningsen &Mary Lynn Miller Henningsen. The effect of individual difference
    variables on information sharing in decision-making groups. 540
Nicholas A. Palomares. Gender schematicity, gender identity salience, and gender-linked
    language use. 556
                                                                                             151


Patricia M. Sias & Tara Perry. Disengaging from workplace relationships. 589

2004, Vol. 30(3)

Nurit Tal-Or, David S. Bonniger, Amir Poran & Faith Gleicher. Counterfactual thinking as a
     mechanism in narrative persuasion. 301
Michael Pfau, Joshua Compton, Kimberly A. Parker, Elaine M. Wittenberg, Chasu An, Monica
     Ferguson, Heather Horton & Yuri Malyshev. The traditional explanation for resistance
     versus attitude accessibility. 329
Edward F. Schneider, Annie Lang, Mija Shin & Samuel D. Bradley. Death with a story: How
     story impacts em0tional, motivation, and physiological responses to first-person shooter
     video games. 361.
Felicia Roberts & Jeffrey D. Robinson. Interobserver agreement on “first-stage” conversation
     analytic transcription. 376
Klaus Krippendorf. Reliability in content analysis. 411
Matthew Lombard, Jennifer Snyder-Duch & Cheryl Cammpanella Bracken. A call for
     standardization in content analysis reliability. 434

2004, Vol. 30(2)

Tom Grimes, Lori Bergen, Kathie Nichols, Eric Vernberg & Peter Fonagy. Is psychopathology
    the key to understanding who some children become aggressive when they are exposed to
    violent television programming? 153
Kwan Min Lee & Clifford Nass. The multiple source effect and synthesized speech: Doubly-
    disembodied language as a conceptual framework. 182
William P. Eveland, Jr., Juliann Cortese, Heesun Park & Sharon Dunwoody. How web site
    organization influences free recall, factual knowledge, and knowledge structure diversity.
    208
Eun-Ju Lee. Effects of visual representation on social influence in computer-mediated
    communication 234.
Tanya Stivers. “No, no no” and other types of multiple sayings in social interaction. 260

2004, Vol. 30(1)

Aldert Brij, Lucy Akehurst & Stavcroula Soukara. Detecting deceit via analyses of verbal and
    nonverbal behavior in children and adults. 8
Erina L. MacGeorge, Bo Feng, Ginger L. Butler & Sara K. Budarz. Understanding advice in
    supportive interactions: Beyond the facework and message evaluation paradigm. 42
Michael W. Kramer, Debbie S. Dougherty & Tamyra A. Pierce. Managing uncertainty during a
    corporate acquisition: A longitudinal study of communication during an airline acquisition.
    71
Dhavan V. Shah, Nojin Kwak, Mike Schmierback & Jessica Zubric. The interplay of news
    frames on cognitive complexity. 102
William L. Benoit & Glenn J. Hansen. Presidential debate watching, issue knowledge, character
    evaluation, and vote choice. 145
                                                                                            152



2003, Vol. 29(4)

Leanne K. Knobloch & Denise Haunani Solomon. Manifestations of relationship
    conceptualization in conversation. 482
Tamara D. Afifi & Paul Schrodt. Uncertainty and avoidance of the state of one‟s family in
    stepfamilies, postdivorce single-parent families, and first-marriage families. 516
Joseph A. Bonito. Information processes and exchange in mediated groups: Interdependence and
    interaction. 533
Michele H. Jackson & Marshall Scott Poole. Idea-generation in naturally occurring contexts:
    Complex appropriation of a simple group procedure. 560

Colloquy: Do Interacting Groups Perform Better than Aggregates of Individuals?
Charles Pavitt. Why we have to be reductionists about group memory. 592
Kathleen M. Propp. In search of the assembly bonus effect: Continued exploration of
    communication‟s role in group memory. 600
Andrea B. Hollingshead & David P. Brandon. Potential benefits of communication in transactive
    memory systems. 607
Gwen M. Wittenbaum. Putting communication into the study of group memory. 615
Charles Pavitt. Why we still have to be reductionists about group memory. 624

2003, Vol. 29(3)

Chris Segrin. Age moderates the relationship between social support and psychosocial problems.
    317
Michael T. Stephenson. Examining adolescents‟ responses to antimarijuana PSAs. 343
Rajiv N. Rimal & Kevin Real. Perceived risk and efficacy beliefs as motivators of change: Use of
    the risk perception attitude (RPA) framework to understand health behaviors. 3760
Laurie K. Lewis, Brian K. Richardson & Stephanie AS. Hamel. When the “stakes” are
    communicative: The lamb‟s and the lion‟s share during nonprofit planned change. 400

Colloquy: Should Stepfamily Alpha be Adjusted?
Daniel J. O‟Keefe. Against familywise alpha adjustment. 431
Dean E. Hewes. Methods as tools: A response to O‟Keefe. 448
Frank Tutzauer. On the sensible application of familywise alpha adjustment. 455
Daniel J. O‟Keefe. Searching for a defensible application of alpha adjustment. 464
Matthew Lombard, Jennifer Snyder-Duch & Cheryl Campanella Bracken. Correction. 469

2003, Vol. 29(2)

Maureen Taylor & Marya L. Doefel. Building interorganizational relationships that build nations.
    153
Ling Chen. Conversation orientation and cognitive processes: A comparison of U.S. students in
    initial interaction with native- versus nonnative-speaking partners. 182
                                                                                            153


Colloquy: Are Self-construal Scales Valid?
Timothy R. Levine, Mary Jiang Bresnahan, Hee Sun Park, Maria Knight Lapinski, Gewn M.
    Wittenbaum, Sachiyo Morinaga Sheamna, Sun Young Leee, Donghun Chung, Rie Ohashi.
    Self-construal scales lack validity. 210
William B. Gudykunst & Carmen M. Lee. Assessing the validity of self construal scales: A
    response to Levine et al. 253
Min-Sun Kim & Narayan S. Raja. When validity testing lacks validity: Comment on Levine et al.
    275
Timothy R. Levine, Mary Jiang Bresnahan, Hee Sun Park, Maria Knight Lapinski, Tai Sik Lee &
    Dong Wook Lee. The (in)validity of self-construal scales revisited. 291

2003, Vo. 29(1)

John P. Caughlin. Family communication standards: What counts as excellent family
    communication and how are such standards associated with family satisfaction. 5
Tamara D. Golish. Stepfamily communication strengths: Understanding the ties that bind. 41
Rachel Oakley Hsuing & Richard P. Bagozzi. Validating the relationship qualities of influence
    and persuasion with the family social relations model. 81
Amy I. Nathanson & Mong-Shan Yang. The effects of mediation content and form on children‟s
    responses to violent television. 111
Anthony J. Roberto, Gary Meyer, Franklin J. Boster & Heather L. Roberto. Adolescents‟
    decisions about verbal and physical aggression: An application of the theory of reasoned
    action. 135

2002, Vol. 28(4) (Special Issue: Statistical and Methodological Issues in Communication
Research)

Timothy R. Levine, Michael J. Beatty & Dan O‟Keefe. Introduction: Statistical and
    methodological issues in communication research. 471
Franklin J. Boster. On making progress in communication science. 473
Michael A. Shapiro. Generalizability in communication research. 491
Michael D. Basil, William J. Brown & Mihai C. Bocarnea. Differences in univariate values
    versus multivariate relationships: Findings from a study of Diana, Princess of Wales. 501
Rachel A. Smith, Timothy R. Levine, Kenneth A. Lachlan & Thomas A. Fediuk. The high cost
    of complexity in experimental design and data analysis: Type I and Type II error in multiway
    ANOVA. 515
R. Lance Holbert & Michael T. Stephenson. Structural equation modeling in the communication
    sciences, 1995-2000. 531
John E. Hunter & Mark A. Hamilton. The advantages of using standardized scores in causal
    analysis. 552
Hee Sun Park, Rene Dailey & Daisy Lemus. The use of exploratory factor analysis and principal
    components analysis in communication research. 562
Thomas Hugh Feeley. Comment on halo effects in rating and evaluation research. 578
Matthew Lombard, Jennifer Snyder-Duch & Charyl Campanella Bracken. Content analysis in
    mass communication: Assessment and reporting of intercoder reliability. 587
                                                                                              154


Michael J. Beatty. Do we know a vector from a scale? Why measures of association (not their
   squares) are appropriate indices of effect. 605
Timothy R. Levine & Craig R. Hullett. Eta squared, partial eta squared, and misreporting of
   effect size in communication research. 612

2002, Vol. 28(3)

Lisa Collins Tidwell & Joseph B. Walther. Computer-mediated communication effects on
    disclosure, impressions, and interpersonal evaluations: Getting to know one another a bit at a
    time. 317
Eun-Ju Lee & Clifford Nass. Experimental tests of normative group influence and representation
    effects in computer-mediated communication: When interacting via computers differs from
    interacting with computers. 349
Pradeep Sopory and James Price Dillard. The persuasive effects of metaphor: A meta-analysis.
    382
Marianne Schmid Mast. Dominance as expressed and inferred through speaking time. 420
Erina L. MacGeorge, Rochelle M. Lichtman & Lauren C. Pressey. The evaluation of advice in
    supportive interaction: Facework and contextual factors. 451

2002, Vol. 28(2)

Steven R. Corman, Timothy Kuhn, Robert D. McPhee & Kevin J. Dooley. Studying complex
    discursive systems: Centering resonance analysis of communication. 157

Colloquy on Information Sharing
Walid A. Afifi & Judith L. Weiner. Introduction: Information seeking across contexts. 207
Artemio Ramirez, Jr., Joseph B. Walther, Judee K. Burgoon & Michael Sunnafrank.
    Information-seeking strategies, uncertainty, and computer-mediated communication.:
    Toward a conceptual model. 213
Elizabeth Wolfe Morrison. Information seeking within organizations. 229
Leanne K. Knobloch & Denise Haunani Solomon. Information seeking beyond initial interaction:
    Negotiating relational uncertainty within close relationships. 243
Dale E. Brashers, Daena J. Goldsmith & Elaine Hsieh. Information seeking and avoiding in
    health contexts. 258
John R. Baldwin & Stephen K. Hunt. Information-seeking behavior in intercultural and
    intergroup communication. 272
Charles R. Berger. Strategic and nonstrategic information acquisition. 287
Hartmut B. Mokros & Mark Aakhus. From information-seeking behavior to meaning
    engagement practice: Implications for communication theory and research. 298

2002, Vol. 28(1)

Jack McLeod & Dale Kunkel. His word respected, his judgment revered: In memory of Steven
    H. Chaffee. 5
Paul J. Taylor. A cylindrical model of communication behavior in child negotiations. 7
                                                                                             155


John P. Caughlin. The demand/withdraw pattern of communication as a predictor of marital
    satisfaction over time: Unresolved issues and future directions. 49
Melissa Nichols Saphir & Steven H. Chaffee. Adolescents‟ contributions to family
    communication patterns. 86
Michael A. Shapiro & Julia R. Fox. The role of typical and atypical events in story memory. 109
Denise Haunani Solomon, James Price Dillard & Jason W. Anderson. Episode type, attachment
    orientation, and frame salience: Evidence for a theory of relational framing. 136 (Research
    Note)

2001, Vol. 27(4)

Timothy R. Levine & Steven A. McCornack. Behavioral adaptation, confidence, and heuristic-
    based explanations of the probing effect. 471
Judee K. Burgoon, David B. Buller & Kory Floyd. Does participation affect deception success?
    A test of the interactivity principle. 503
Yan Xu & Brant R. Buleson. Effects of sex, culture, and support type on perceptions of spousal
    social support. 535
Suzanne M. Jones & Laura K. Guerrero. The effects of nonverbal immediacy and verbal person
    centeredness in the emotional and support process. 567
Renee Edwards & Richard Bello. Interpretations of messages: The influence of equivocation,
    face concerns, and ego-involvement. 597

2001, Vol. 27(3)

Laura E. Drake. The culture-negotiation link: Integrative and distributive bargaining through an
    intercultural communication lens. 317
G. Blake Armstrong & Stan A. Kaplowitz. Sociolinguistic inference and intercultural
    coorientation: A Bayesian model of communicative competence in intercultural interaction.
    350
Men-Sun Kim, Krystna S. Aune, John E. Hunter, Hyun-Joo Kim & Jung-Sik Kim. The effect of
    culture and self-construals on predispositions toward verbal communication. 382
John L. Sherry. The effects of violent video games on aggression: A meta-analysis. 409
Susan D. Boon & Chistrine D. Lomore. Admirer-celebrity relationships among young adults:
    Explaining perceptions of celebrity influence on identity. 432

2001, Vol. 27(2)

L. J. Shrum & Valerie Darmann Bischak. Mainstreaming, resonance, and impersonal impact:
     Testing moderators of the cultivation effect for estimates of crime risk. 187
Michael Pfau, Erin Alison Szabo, Jason Anderson, Joshua Morrill, Jessica Zubric & Jua-Hsin
     Wan. The role and impact of affect in the process of resistance to persuasion. 216
Jeffrey D. Robinson & Tanya Stivers. Achieving activity transitions in physician-patient
     encounters: From history taking to physical examination. 253
Ashley P. Duggan & Roxanne L. Parrott. Physicians‟ nonverbal rapport building and pateints‟
     talk about the subjective component of illness. 299 (Research note)
                                                                                               156



2001, Vol. 27(1)

Cindy H. White & Judee K. Burgoon. Adaptation and communicative design: Patterns of
     interaction in truthful and deceptive conversations. 5
James Price Dillard & Eugenia Peck. Persuasion and the structure of affect: Dual systems and
     discrete emotions as complementary models. 38
Andrew J. Flanagan, Peter Monge & Janet Fulk. The value of formative investment in
     organizational federations. 69
L. J. Shrum. Processing strategy moderates the cultivation effect. 94
Anthony Mulac, James J. Bradac & Pamela Gibbons. Empirical support for the gender-as-culture
     hypothesis: An intercultural analysis of male/female language differences. 121
Andrew J. Flanagin & Miriam J. Metzger. Internet use in the contemporary media environment.
     153

2000, Vol. 26(4)

Mara Olekalns & Philip L. Smith. Understanding optimal outcomes: The role of strategy
    sequences in competitive negotiations. 527
Tim Kuhn & Marshall Scott Poole. Do conflict management styles affect group decision
    making? Evidence from a longitudinal field study. 558
Deborah A. Cai, Steven R. Wilson & Laura E. Drake. Culture in the context of intercultural
    negotiation: Individualism-collectivism and paths to integrative agreements. 591
Andrew J. Flanagin. Social pressures on organizational website adoption. 618
Daniel J. Canary. Colloquy: Traveling the communication research highway: CARs versus SUVs
    and other concerns. 647

2000, Vol. 26(3)

Tom Postmes, Russell Spears & Martin Lea. The formation of group norms in computer-
     mediated communication. 341
Dale E. Brashers, Stephen M. Haas, Renee S. Klingle & Judith L. Neidig. Collective AIDS
     activism and individuals‟ perceived self-advocacy in physician-patient communication. 372
Patrick B. O‟Sullivan. What you don‟t know won‟t hurt me: Impression management functions
     of communication channels in relationships. 403
Beth A. Le Poire, Jennifer S. Hallett & Karen T. Erlandson. An initial test of inconsistent
     nurturing as control theory: How partners of drug abusers assist their partners‟ sobriety. 432
Jon A. Hess. Maintaining nonvoluntary relationships with disliked partners: An investigation into
     the use of distancing behaviors. 458
Chris Segrin & Jeanne Flora. Poor social skills are a vulnerability factor in the development of
     psychosocial problems. 489
Melanie R. Trost. Colloquy: Strategies at the edge: Negotiating relational borders. 515
                                                                                               157


2000, Vol. 26(2)

Jennifer L. Monahan & Pamela J. Lannutti. Alcohol as social lubricant: Alcohol myopia theory,
    social self-esteem, and social interaction. 175
Walid A. Affifi & Judee K. Brugoon. The impact of violations of uncertainty and the
    consequences for attractiveness. 203
Daena J. Goldsmith & Erina L. Macgeorge. The impact of politeness and relationship on
    perceived quality of advice about a problem. 234
Kathleen Ellis. Perceived teacher confirmation: The development and validation of an instrument
    and two studies of the relationship to cognitive and affective learning. 264
Timothy G. Pollock, Robert C. Whitbred & Noshir Contractor. Social information processing
    and job characteristics: A simultaneous test of two theories with implications for job
    satisfaction. 292
John A. Daly. Colloquy: Getting older and getting better: Challenges for communication
    research. 331

2000, Vol. 26(1)

Juliette H. Walma Van Der Molen & Tom H. A. Van Der Voort. The impact of television, print,
     and audio on children‟s recall of the news: A study of three alternative explanations for the
     dual-coding hypothesis. 3
Charles R. Berger. Quantitative depictions of threatening phenomena in news reports: The scary
     world of frequency data. 27
William J. Schenck-Hamlin, David E. Proctor & Deborah J. Rumsey. The influence of negative
     advertising frames on political cynicism and politician accountability. 53
Matthew Lombard, Robert D. Reich, Maria Elizabeth Grable, Cheryl Campanella Bracken &
     Theresa Bolmarchich Ditton. Presence and television: The role of screen size. 75
John Newhagen. Colloquy: Information Processes: A more inclusive paradigm for the study of
     mass media effects. 99
Michael G. Cruz, David Dyrden Henningsen & Mary Lynn Miller Williams. The presence of
     norms in the absence of groups? The impact of normative influence under hidden-profile
     conditions. 104
Gail E. Coover & Sheila T. Murray. The communicated self: Exploring the interaction between
     self and social context. 125
Kyle James Tusing & James Price Dillard. The sounds of dominance: Vocal precursors of
     perceived dominance during interpersonal influence. 148

1999,Vol. 25(4) (Special Issue: Analysis of HCR and the Communication Discipline)

Robert D. McPhee & Edward L. Fink. Introduction. 453
Dale E. Brashers & Sally Jackson. Changing conceptions of “message effects”: A 24-year
    overview. 257
Tara M. Emmers-Sommer & Mike Allen. Surveying the effect of media effects: A meta-analytic
    summary of media effects research in Human Communication Research. 478
Timothy Stephen. Computer-assisted concept analysis of HCR‟s first 25 years. 498
                                                                                             158


Michele T. Violanti. An analysis of HCR‟s theoretical and methodological evolution. 514
Glen H. Stamp. A qualitative constructed interpersonal communication model: A grounded
     theory analysis. 531
Leslie D. Dinauer & Kristen Ondeck. Gender and institutional affiliation as determinants of
     publishing in Human Communication Research. 548
Patrick O‟Sullivan. Bridging the mass-interpersonal divide: Synthesis scholarship in HCR. 569
Marya L. Dorfel & George A. Barnett. A semantic network analysis of the International
     Communication Association. 589
William J. White. Academic topographies: A network analysis of disciplinarity among
     communication faculty. 604
Everett M. Rogers. Anatomy of the two subdisciplines of communication study. 618

1998, Vol. 25(3)

Adrianne W. Kunkel & Brant R. Burleson (1999). Assessing explanations for sex differences in
    emotional support. 307
Kory Floyd & Michael Voloudakis. Affectionate behavior in adult platonic friendships:
    Interpreting and evaluating expectancy violations. 341
Anita L. Vangelisti, Susan D. Corbin, Anne E. Lucchetti & Rhonda J. Sprague. Couples‟
    concurrent cognitions: The influence of relational satisfaction on the thoughts couples have
    as they converse. 370
James M. Honeycutt & John M. Wiemann. Analysis of functions of talk and reports of imagined
    interactions (IIs) during engagement and marriage. 399
Dougles L. Kelley. Relational expectancy fulfillment as an explanatory variable for
    distinguishing couple types. 420
Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. Racing toward the millennium: Twenty-five years of research on
    communication in relationships. 443 (Colloquy)

1999, Vol. 25(2)

Prashant Bordia & Ralph L. Rosnow. Rumor rest stops on the information highway: transmission
    patterns in a computer-mediated rumor clinic. 163
Prabu David. News concreteness and visual-verbal association: Do news pictures narrow the
    recall gap between concrete and abstract news? 180
John G. Oetzel. Explaining individual communication processes in homogeneous and
    heterogeneous groups through individualism-collectivism and self-construal. 202
Karen Tracy & Sarah K. Tracy. Rudeness at 911: Reconceptualizing face and face attack. 225
Young Yun Kim, Philip Lujan & Lynda Dee Dixon. “I can walk both ways”: Identity integration
    of American Indians in Oklahoma. 252
Ann Weatherall. Women and men in language: An analysis of seminaturalistic person
    descriptions. 275
Judith N. Martin & Lisa A. Flores. Colloquy: Challenges in contemporary culture and
    communication research. 293
                                                                                              159


1998, Vol. 25(1)

Jerry Monroe Jordan. Executive cognitive control in communication: Extending plan-based
     theory. 5
James M. Honeycutt, James G. Cantrill, Pamela Kelly & David Lambkin. How do I love thee?
     Let me consider my options: Cognitive, verbal strategies, and the escalation of intimacy. 39
Steven R. Wilson, Carlos G. Aleman & Geoff B. Leatham. Identity implications of influence
     goals: A revised analysis of face-threatening acts with application to seeking compliance
     with same-sex friends. 64
Jeffrey David Robinson. getting down to business: Talk, gaze, and body orientation during
     openings of doctor-patient consultations. 97
Mary Lee Hummert, Jaye L. Shaner, Teri A. Garstka & Clark Henry. Communication with older
     adults: The influence of age stereotypes, context, and communicator age. 124
Austin Babrow. Colloquy: Developing multiple process theory of communication. 152

1998, Vol. 24(4)

Jennifer L. Monahan. I don‟t know it but I like you: The influence of nonconscious affect on
    person perception. 480
Peter A. Andersen, Laura K. Guerrero, David B. Buller & Peter F. Jorgensen. An empirical
    comparison of three theories of nonverbal immediacy exchange. 501
Maureen R. Heald, Noshir S. Contractor, Laura M. Koehly & Stanley Wasserman. Formal and
    emergent predictors of coworkers‟ perceptual congruence on an organization‟s social
    structure. 536
April R. Trees & Valerie Manusov. Managing face concerns in criticism: Integrating nonverbal
    behaviors as a dimension of politeness in female friendship dyads. 564
Audrey J. Weiss & Barbara J. Wilson. Children‟s cognitive and emotional responses to the
    portrayal of negative emotions in family-formatted situation comedies. 584
Rajiv N. Rimal & June A. Flora. Bidirectional familial influences in dietary behavior: Test of a
    model of campaign influences. 610

1998, Vol. 24(3) (Special Issue: Communication Theory and Health Campaign Research)

Thomas W. Valente, Patricia Paredes & Patricia R. Poppe, Matching the message to the process:
    The relative ordering of knowledge, attitudes, and practices in behavior change research. 366
Roxanne Parrott, Jennifer Monahan, Stuart Ainsworth & Carol Steiner. Communicating to
    farmers about skin cancer: The behavioral adaptation model. 386
Caroline Schooler, Steven H. Chaffee, June A. Flora & Connie Roser. Health campaign
    channels: Tradeoffs among reach, specificity, and impact. 410
David B. Buller, Ron Borland & Michael Burgoon. Impact of behavioral intention on
    effectiveness of message features; Evidence form the family sun safety project. 433
Lewis Donohue, Elizabeth Pugzles Lorch & Philip Palmgreen. Applications of a theoretic model
    of information exposure to health interventions. 454
                                                                                               160


1997, Vol. 24(2)

Michael Pfau, Kyle James Tusing, Ascan F. Koerner, Waipeng Lee, Linda C. Godbold, Linda J.
     Penaoloza, Violet Shu-Huei Yang & Yang-Huie Hong. Enriching the inoculation construct:
     The role of critical components in the process of resistance. 187
John S. Seiter. Honest or deceitful? A study of persons‟ mental models for judging veracity. 216
Laura Leets & Howard Giles. Words as weapons—when do they wound? Investigations of
     harmful speech. 260
Charla L. Markham Shaw. Personal narrative: Revealing self and reflecting other. 302
J. David Johnson, Marcy E. Meyer, Judy M. Berkowitz, Caroline T. Ethington & Vernon D.
     Miller. testing two contrasting structural models of innovativeness in a contractual network.
     320
L. J. Shrum. The role of course confusion in cultivation effects may depend on processing
     strategy: A comment on Mares (1996). 349

1997, Vol. 24(1)

Steven W. Knowlton & Charles R. Berger. Message planning, communication failure and
     cognitive load: Further explorations of the hierarchy principle. 4
David R. Roskos-Ewoldsen. Implicit theories of persuasion. 31
Daniel J. O‟Keefe & Marianne Figge. A guilt-based explanation of the door-in-the-face influence
     strategy. 64
Sik Hung Ng, James H. Lui, Ann Weatherall & Cynthia S. F. Loong. Younger adults‟
     communication experiences and contact with elders and peers. 82
Patrice M. Buzzanell & Nancy A. Burrell. Family and workplace conflict: Examining
     metaphorical conflict schemas and expressions across context and sex. 109
Shinobu Suzuki. Cultural transmission in internal organizations: Impact of interpersonal
     communication patterns in intergroup contexts. 147

1997, Vol. 23(4) (Special Issue: Qualitative Contributions to Empirical Research)

Deana J. Goldsmith & Kristine Fitch. The normative context of advice as social support. 453
Richard Buttny. Reported speech in talking race on campus. 477
E. Sean Rintel & Jeffrey Pittam. Strangers in a strange land: Interaction management on internet
    relay chat. 507
Rebecca Ann Lind. Ethical sensitivity in viewer expectations of a TV news investigative report.
    535
Wayne A. Beach & Terri R. Metzger. Claiming insufficient knowledge. 562
Anita Pomerantz, B. J. Fehr & Jack Ende. When supervising physicians see patients: Strategies
    used in difficult situations. 589

1997, Vol. 23(3)

Cynthia Hoffner. Children‟s emotional reactions to a scary film: The role of prior outcome
    information and coping style. 323
                                                                                              161


Joseph B. Walther. Group and interpersonal effects in international computer-mediated
    collaboration. 342
Thomas S. Freeley & George A. Barnett. Predicting employee turnover from communication
    networks. 370
Kathryn Dindia, Mary Anne Fitzpatrick & David A. Kenny. Self-disclosure in spouse and
    stranger interaction: A social relations analysis. 388
Beth A. Le Poire, Julie Haynes, Jennifer Driscoll, Bennett N. Driver, Tracy F. Wheelis, Mary
    Kay Hyde, Matthew Prochaska & Lauria Ramos. Attachment as a function of parental and
    partner approach-avoidance tendencies. 413

1996, Vol. 23(2)

Abran J. Salazar. Ambiguity and communication effects on small group decision-making
    performance. 155
Andreas B. Hollingshead. Information suppression and status persistence in group decision
    making: The effects of communication media. 193
Angie Williams & Howard Giles. Intergenerational conversations: Young adults‟ retrospective
    accounts. 220
Marina Krcmar. Family communication patterns, discourse behavior, and child television
    viewing. 251
Marie-Louise Mares. The role of source confusions in television‟s cultivation of social reality
    judgments. 278
Robert N. Bostrom. Memory, cognitive processing, and the process of “listening”: A reply to
    Thomas and Levine. 298
L. Todd Thomas & Timothy R. Levine. Further thoughts on recall, memory, and the
    measurement of listening: A rejoinder to Bostrom. 306

1996, Vol. 23(1)

Cees M. Koolstra & Van Der Voort, T. H. A. Longitudinal effects of television on children‟s
    leisure-time reading: A test of three explanatory models. 4
J. Gerard Power, Sheila T. Murphy & Gail Coover. Priming prejudice: How stereotypes and
    counter-stereotypes influence attribution of responsibility and credibility among ingroups
    and outgroups. 36
Michael W. Kramer. A longitudinal study of peer communication during job transfers: The
    impact of frequency, quality, and network multiplexity on adjustment. 59
Daena J. Goldsmith & Leslie A. Baxter. Constituting relationships in talk: A taxonomy of speech
    events in social and personal relationships. 87
Krystyna Strzyzewski Aune, David B. Buller & R. Kelly Aune. Display rule development in
    romantic relationships: Emotion management and perceived appropriateness of emotions
    across relationship stages. 87
                                                                                           162


1996, Vol. 22(4)

Noshir S. Contractor, David R. Seibold & Mark A. Heller. Interactional influence in the
     structuring of media use in groups: Influence in members‟ perceptions of group decision
     support system use. 451
L. J. Shrum. Psychological processes underlying cultivation effects: Further tests of construct
     accessibility. 482
William B. Gudykunst, Yuko Matsumoto, Stella Ting-Toomey, Tsukasa Nishida, Kwangsu Kim
     & Sam Heyman. The influence of cultural individualism-collectivism, self construals, and
     individual values on communication style across cultures. 510
Aldert Vrij, Gun R. Semin & Ray Bull. Insight into behavior displayed during deception. 510
Edward Truman Funkhouser. The evaluative use of citation analysis for communication journals.
     563
Timothy R. Levine & Steven A. McCornack. A critical analysis of the behavioral adaptation
     explanation of the probing effect. 575
David R. Buller, James B. Stiff & Judee K. Burgoon. Behavioral adaptation in deceptive
     transactions: Fact or fiction: Reply to Levine and McCornack. 589
Timothy R. Levine & Steven A. McCornack. Can behavioral adaptation explain the probing
     effect: Rejoinder to Buller et al. 604

1996, Vol. 22(3)

Dominic A. Infante, Andrew S. Rancer & Felecia F. Jordan. Affirming and nonaffirming style,
    dyad sex, and the perception of argumentation and verbal aggression in an interpersonal
    dispute. 315
Laura K. Guerrero & Judee K. Burgoon. Attachment styles and reactions to nonverbal
    involvement change in romantic dyads: Patterns of reciprocity and compensation. 335
Jeannette Schmid & Klaus Fiedler. Language and implicit attributions in the Nuremberg trials:
    Analyzing prosecutors‟ and defense attorneys‟ closing speeches. 371
Joseph M. Kayany, C. Edward Worting & Edward J. Forrest. Relational control and interactive
    media choice in technology-mediated communication situations. 399
Clyde W. Holsapple, Linda Ellis Johnson & Vincent R. Waldron. A formal model for the study
    of communication support systems. 422
                                                                                          163


                   JOURNAL OF APPLIED COMMUNICATION RESEARCH

2007, Vol. 35(2)

Timothy A. Gibson. WARNING—The existing media system may be toxic to your health:
     Health communication and the politics of media reform. 125 (Commentary)
Elizabeth A. Gill & Austin S. Babrow. To hope or to know: Coping with uncertainty and
     ambivalences in women‟s magazine breast cancer articles. 133
Juliann C. Scholl. The use of humor to promote patient-centered care. 156
Lisa Sparks, Melinda M. Villagram, Jessica Parker-Railey & Cory B. Cunningham. A patient-
     centered approach to breaking bad news: Communication guidelines for health care
     providers. 177
Stephen A. Rains. The anonymity effect: The influence of anonymity on perceptions of sources
     of information on health websites. 197

2007, Vol. 35(1) (Special Issue: 2005 Atlantic Hurricane Season)

Dennis S. Gouran & Matthew M. Seeger. Introduction to special issue on the 2005 Atlantic
    Hurricane Season. 1 (Editorial)
Marsha L. Vanderford, Tersa Nastoff, Jana L. Telfer & Sandra E. Bonzo. Emergency
    communication challenges in response to hurricane Katrina: lessons from the Centers for
    Disease Control and Prevention. 9
Robert S., Littlefield & Andrea M. Quenette. Crisis leadership and Hurricane Katrina: the
    portrayal of authority by the media in natural disasters. 26
George L. Daniels & Ginger Miller Loggins. Conceptualizing continuous coverage: A strategic
    model for wall-to-wall local television weather broadcasts. 48
Claire H. Procopio & Steven T. Procopio. Do you know what it means to miss New Orleans?
    Internet communication, geographic community, and social capital in crisis. 67
Damion Waymer & Robert L. Heath. Emergent agents: the forgotten public in crisis
    communication and issues management research. 88
Kenneth A. Lachlan & Patric R. Spense. Hazard and outrage: Developing a psychometric
    instrument in the aftermath of Katrina. 109

2006, Vol. 34(4)

Vickie Cox Edmondson. Organizational surveys: A system for employee voice. 307
Melissa Bigam Stahley & Josh Boyd. Winning is(n‟t) everything: The paradox of excellent and
    the challenge of organizational epideictic. 311
Tim A. Grice. “We do it, but they don‟t”: Multiple categorizations and work team
    communication. 331
Matthew S. Thatcher. Bahktin applied: Employing dialogism to analyze the interplay of the
    ideologies of individualism and community within the discourse of Alcoholic Anonymous.
    349
Johny T. Garner. Masters of the university? Resource dependency and interorganizational power
    relationships at NASA. 368
                                                                                              164


Spoma Jovanovic & Roy V. Wood. Communication ethics and ethical culture: A study of the
   ethics initiative in Denver city government. 386

2006, Vol. 34(3)

Special Section: Best Practices in Risk and Crisis Communication
Steven J. Venette. Introduction. 229
Matthew W. Seeger. Best practices in crisis communication: An expert panel process. 232
Robert L. Heath. Best practices in crisis communication: Evolution of practice through research.
    245
Barbara Reynolds. Response to best practices. 249
David Ropeik. Best practices response. 253
Peter M. Sandman. Crisis communication best practices: Some quibbles and additions. 257
Amy O‟Connor. Merchant of mercy, merchant of death: How values advocacy messages
    influence jury deliberations. 263
William L. Benoit. President Bush‟s image repair effort on Meet the Press: The complexities of
    defeasibility. 285

2006, Vol. 34(2)

Theodore E. Zorn, Juliet Roper, Kristen Broadfoot & C. Kay Weaver. Focus groups as sites of
    influential interaction: Building communication self-efficacy and effective attitudinal change
    in discussing controversial topics. 115
Michael W. Kramer. Shared leadership in a community theater group: Filling the leadership role.
    141
Mary Ann Renz. Paving consensus: Enacting, challenging, and revising the consensus process in
    a cohousing community. 163
Scott W. Campbell & Michael J. Kelley. Mobile phone use in AA networks: An exploratory
    study. 191
Jennifer R. Warren, Michael L. Hecht, David A. Wagstaff, Elvira Elek, Khadidiatou Ndiaya,
    Patricia Dustman & Flavio F. Marsiglia. Communication prevention: The effects of keepin’
    it REAL classroom videotapes and televisions PSAs on middle-school students‟ substance
    use. 209.

2006, Vol. 34(1)

Lynn M. Harter, Jennifer A. Scott, David R. Novak, Mark Leeman & Jerimiah F. Morris.
    Freedom through flight: Performing a counter-narrative of disability. 3
Dawn O. Braithwaite & Leslie A. Baxter. “You‟re my parent but you‟re not”: Dialectical
    tensions in stepchildren‟s perceptions about communicating with the nonresidential parent.
    30
Gerald L. Pepper & Gregory S. Larson. Cultural identity tensions in a post-acquisition
    organization. 49
David M. Ryfe. Narrative and deliberation in small group forums. 72
                                                                                             165


Karyn Ogata Jones, Bryan E. Denham & Jeffrey K. Springston. Effects of mass and interpersonal
    communication on breast cancer screening: Advancing agenda-setting theory in health
    contexts. 94

2005, Vol. 33(4)

Brent D. R. Linking communication scholarship and professional practice in colleges and
    universities. 294 (Commentary)
Lynn M. Harter, Charlene Berquist, B. Scott Titsworth, David Novak & Ted Brokaw. The
    structuring of invisibility among the hidden homeless: The politics of space, stigma, and
    identity construction. 305
Michael Robert Dennis & Austin S. Babrow. Effects of narrative and paradigmatic judgmental
    orientations on the use of qualitative and quantitative evidence in health related inference.
    328
Henry N. Young & Rebecca J. Welch Cline. Textual cues in direct-to-consumer prescription drug
    advertising: Motivators to communicate with physicians. 348

2005, Vol. 33(3) (Special Issue: Communication Research and Institutional Review Boards)

Debbie S. Dougherty & Michael W. Kramer. Special issue introduction: A rationale for scholarly
    examination of institutional review boards: A case study. 183
Ann Hamilton. The development and operation of IRBs: Medical regulations and social science.
    189
Communication scholars’ narratives of IRB Experiments
Ascan F. Koerner. Communication scholars‟ communication and relationship with their IRBs.
    231
Craig R. Scott. Anonymity in applied communication research: Tensions between IRBs,
    researchers, and human subjects. 242
Betsy Wackernagel Bach. The organizational tension of othering. 258
Kristine L. Fitch. Difficult interactions between IRBs and investigators: Applications and
    solutions. 269
Debbie S. Dougherty & Michael W. Kramer. Special issue conclusion: Organizational power and
    the institutional review board. 277

2005, Vol. 33(2)

Julie Apker, Kathleen M. Propp & Wendy S. Zabava Ford. Negotiating status and identity
     tensions in healthcare team interactions: An exploration of nurse role dialectics. 93
Paul D. Turmna. Coaches‟ use of anticipatory and counterfactual regret messages during
     competition. 116
Susan Tyler Eastman, Nancy C. Schwartz & Xiaomei Cai. Promoting movies on television. 139
Michael W. Kramer. Communication and social exchange processes in community theater
     groups. 159
                                                                                             166


2005, Vol. 33(1)

Patrice M. Buzzanell & Meina Liu. Struggling with maternity leave policies and practices: A
     poststructuralist feminist analysis of gendered organizing. 1
Amy M. Bippus & Stacy L. Young. Owning your emotions: Reactions to expressions of self-
     versus other-attributed positive and negative emotions. 26
Paige W. Toller. Negotiation of dialectical contradictions by parents who have experienced the
     death of a child. 46
Clifton Scott & Karen Kroman Myeres. The socialization of emotion: Learning emotion
     management at the fire station. 67

2004, Vol. 32(4)

Kristen Lucas & Patrice M. Buzzanell. Blue-collar work, career, and success: Occupational
    narratives of Sisu. 273
Debbie S. Dougherty & Mary Jeanette Smythe. Sensemaking, organizational culture, and sexual
    harassment. 293
Tyler R. Harrison & Calvin Morrill. Ombuds processes and disputant reconciliation. 318
Joshua A. Compton& Michael Pfau. Use of inoculation to foster resistance to credit card
    marketing targeting college students. 343

2004, Vol. 32(3)

H. L. Goodall, Jr. Narrative ethnography as applied communication research. 185 (Commentary)
Sunwolf & Laura Leets. Being left out: Rejecting outsiders and communicating group boundaries
    in childhood and adolescent groups. 195
Leslie A. Baxter, Randy Hirokawa, John B. Lowe, Peter Nathan & Liz Pearce. Dialogic voices in
    talk about drinking and pregnancy. 224
Michael A. Gross, Laura K. Guerrero & Jess K. Alkberts. Perceptions of conflict strategies and
    communication competence in task-oriented dyads. 249

2004, Vol. 32(2) (Special Issue: Organized Irrationality? Coping with Paradox, Contradiction,
and Irony in Organizational Communication)

Angela Trethewey & Karen L. Ashcraft. Practicing disorganization: The development of applied
    perspectives on living with tension. 81
Lynn M. Harter. Masculinity(s), the agrarian frontier myth, and cooperative ways of organizing:
    Contradictions and tensions in the experience and enactment of democracy. 89
Sarah J. Tracy. Dialectic, contradiction, or double bind? Analyzing and theorizing employee
    reactions to organizational tensions. 119
Diane M. Martin. Humor in middle management: Women negotiating the paradoxes of
    organizational life. 147
Karen L. Ashcraft & Angela Trethewey. Developing tension: An agenda for applied research on
    the organization of irrationality. 171
                                                                                              167


2004, Vol. 32(1)

Mary M. Meares, John G. Oetzel, Annette Torres, Denise Derkacs & Tamar Ginossar. Employee
   mistreatment and muted voices in the culturally diverse workplace. 4
Lawrence B. Rosenfeld, Jack M. Richman & Steven K. May. Information adequacy, job
   satisfaction and organizational culture in a dispersed-network organization. 28
Michelle E. Riedlinger, Cindy Gallois, Susan McKay & Jeffrey Pittam. Impact of social group
   processes and functional diversity on communication in networked organizations. 55

2003, Vol. 31(4)

William N. Elwood, Kathryn Greene & Karen K. Carter. Gentlemen don‟t speak:
    Communication norms and condom use in bathhouses. 277
Sandra L. French. Reflections on healing: Framing strategies utilized by acquaintance rape
    survivors. 298
Jordan Soliz & Jake Harwood. Perceptions of communication in a family relationship and the
    reduction of intergroup prejudice. 320
Xiaomei Cai, Walter Gantz, Nancy Schwartz & Xinye Wang. Children‟s website adherence to
    the FTC‟s online privacy protection rule. 346

2003, Vol. 31(3)

Eileen Berlin Ray. Football, social support, and war: Some musings of an applied
    communication scholar. 185 (Commentary)
Wendy S. Zabava Ford. Communication practices of professional service providers: Predicting
    customer satisfaction and loyalty. 189
Marya L. Doerfel & Pamela S. Marsh. Candidate-issue positioning in the context of presidential
    debates. 212
Susan Tyler Eastman, Gregory D. Newton & Paul D. Bolls. How promotional content changes
    ratings: The impact of appeals, humor, and presentation. 236
Amy M. Bippus, Patricia Kearney, Timothy G. Plax & Catherine F. Brooks. Teacher access and
    mentoring abilities: Predicting the outcome value of extra class communication. 260

2003, Vol. 31(2)

Laura L. Ellingsley. Interdisciplinary health care teamwork in the clinic backstage. 93
Heather M. Zoller. Health on the line: Identity and disciplinary control in employee occupational
    health and safety discourse. 118
J. Kevin Barge & William E. Logues. Parent, student, and teacher perceptions of parental
    involvement. 140
Katherine A. McComas. Citizen satisfaction with public meetings used for risk communication.
    164
                                                                                           168


2003, Vol. 31(1)

Dawn O. Braithwaite & Nancy J. Eckstein. How people with disabilities communicatively
     manage assistance: Helping as instrumental social support. 1
Patrice M. Buzzanell & Lynn H. Turner. Emotion work revealed by job loss discourse:
     Backgrounding-foregrounding of feelings, construction of normalcy, and (re)instituting of
     traditional masculinities. 27
Mark G. Frank & Thomas Hugh Feeley. To catch a liar: Challenges for research in lie detection
     training. 58
Mary B. McPherson, Patricia Kearney & Timothy G. Plax. The dark side of instruction: Teacher
     anger as classroom norm violations. 76

2002, Vol. 30(4)

Timothy L. Sellnow, Matthew M. Seeger & Robert Ulmer. Chaos theory, informational needs,
    and natural disasters. 269
David E. Williams & Bolanle A. Olaniran. Crisis communication in racial issues. 293

Special Forum on Funded Research
Michael D. Slater. Communication research on a broader stage: An introduction to the special
    forum on funded research in communication. 315
Leslie Snyder & Beth A. Le Poire. Writing your first successful grant application to conduct
    communication research. 321
Jane D. Brown. Doing relevant, funded mass media research. 334
Everett M. Rogers. Funding international communication research. 341
Zena Biocca & Fran Biocca. Building bridges across fields, universities, and countries:
    Successfully funding communication research through interdisciplinary collaboration. 350
James W. Dearing & R. Sam Larson. Private foundation funding of applied communication
    research. 358
Gary L. Kreps, K. Viswanath & Linda M. Harris. Advancing communication as a science:
    Research opportunities from the federal sector. 369
Michel L. Hecht & Roxanne Parrott. Creating a departmental culture for communication grants.
    382
Nancy Grant Harrington. Funded research in communication: A chairperson‟s perspective. 393
James L. Applegate. Skating to where the puck will be: Engaged research as a funding strategy
    for the communication discipline. 402
David B. Buller. Final thoughts on funded communication research. 411

2002, Vol. 30(3)

Donald G. Ellis & Ifat Moaz. Cross-cultural argument interactions between Israeli-Jews and
    Palestinians. 181
Kevin Wright. Social support within an on-line cancer community: An assessment of emotional
    support, perceptions of advantages and disadvantages, and motives for using the community
    from a communication perspective. 195
                                                                                           169


Anthony J. Roberto, Gary Myers, Amy Janan Johnson, Charles K. Atkin & Patricia K. Smith.
    Promoting gun trigger-lock use: Insights and implications from a radio-based health
    communication intervention. 210
Pamela Shockley-Zalabak. Protean places: Teams across time and space. 231
Charles K. Atkin, Sandi W. Smith, Anthony J. Roberto, Thomas Fediuk & Thomas Wagner.
    Correlates of verbally aggressive communication in adolescents. 251

2002, Vol. 30(2)

Lisa Sparks Bethea. The impact of adult parent on communicative satisfaction and dyadic
    adjustment in the long-term marital relationship: Adult-children and spouses‟ retrospective
    accounts. 107
Matthew W. Seeger & Robert Ulmer. A post-crisis discourse of renewal: The case of Malden
    Mills and Cole Hardwoods. 126
John C. Sherblom, Lisa Keranen & Lesley A. Withers. Tradition, tension, and transformation: A
    structuration analysis of a game warden service in transition. 143
Susan E. Morgan & Jerry K. Miller. Communicating about gifts of life: The effect of knowledge,
    attitudes, and altruism on behavior and behavioral intentions regarding organ donation. 163

2001, Vol. 30(1)

Leslie A. Baxter, Dawn O. Braithwaite, Tamara D. Golish & Loreen N. Olson. Contradictions of
    interaction for wives of elderly husbands with adult dementia. 1
Michael D. Slater, David N. Karan, Donna Rouner & Denise Walters. Effects of threatening and
    announcer differences on responses to televised alcohol warnings. 27
Erika L. Kriby & Kathleen J. Krone. “The policy exists but you can‟t really use it”:
    Communication and the structuration of work-family policies. 50
Tamara D. Golish & John P. Caughlin. “I‟d rather not talk about it”: Adolescents‟ and young
    adults‟ use of topic avoidance in stepfamilies. 78

2001, Vol. 29(4)

Karen Tracy & Catherine Ashcraft. Crafting policies about controversial values: How wording
    disputes manage a group dilemma. 297
Jayne M. Morgan & Kathleen J. Krone. Bending the rules of “professional” display: Emotional
    improvisation in caregiver performances. 317
Mark Aakhus. Technocratic and design stances toward communication expertise: How GDSS
    facilitators understand their work. 341
Debbie S. Dougherty. Sexual harassment as [dys]functional process: A feminist standpoint
    analysis. 372
                                                                                               170


2001, Vol. 29(3)

Josephine W. Lee & Laura K. Guerrero. Types of touch in cross-sex relationships between
    coworkers: Perceptions of relational and emotional messages, inappropriateness, and sexual
    harassment. 197
Dawn O. Braithwaite, Loreen N. Olson, Tamara D. Golish, Charles Soukup & Paul Turman.
    “Becoming a family: Developmental processes represented in blended family discourse. 221
Lynn M. Harter & Kathleen K. Krone. The boundary-spanning role of a cooperative support
    organization: Managing the paradox of stability and change in non-traditional organizations.
    248
Timothy L. Sellnow & Jeffrey D. Brand. Establishing the structure of reality for an industry:
    Model and anti-model arguments as advocacy in Nike‟s crisis communication. 278

2001, Vol. 29(2) (Special Issue: Communication in the Age of Managed Care)

Katherine Miller & Daniel J. Ryan. Introduction to the special issue. 91
S. Renee Gillespie. The politics of breathing: Asthmatic Medicaid patients under managed care.
    97
J. Apker. Role development in the managed care era: A case of hospital-based nursing. 117
Caryn E. Medved, Kelly Morrison, James W. Dearing, R. Sam Larson, Greg Cline & Boris H. J.
    M. Brummans. Tensions in community health improvement initiatives: Communication and
    collaboration in a managed care environment. 137
Charles Conrad & Brad Millay. Confronting free market romanticism: Health care reform in the
    least likely place. 153
Sharon L. Bracci. Managing health care in Oregon: The search for a civic bioethics. 171

2001, Vol. 29(1)

Wendy S. Zabava Ford. Customer expectations for interactions with service providers:
    Relationship versus encounter orientation and personalized service communication.
Alexandra G. Murphy. The flight attendant dilemmas: An analysis of communication and
    sensemaking during in-flight emergencies.
Jennifer H. Waldeck, Patricia Kearney & Timothy G. Plax. Teacher e-mail message strategies
    and students‟ willingness to communicate online.
Keith Weber, Matthew M. Martin & Brian R. Patterson. Teacher behavior, student interest, and
    affective leading: Putting theory to practice.

2000, Vol. 28(4)

Mary A. Gerend, David P. MacKinnon & Liva Nohre. High school students‟ knowledge and
    beliefs about television advertising warnings. 291
Granville King, III & Amy Hermodson. Peer reporting of coworker wrongdoing: A qualitative
    analysis of observer attitudes in the decision to report versus not report unethical behavior.
    309
Josh Boyd. Selling home: Corporate stadium names and the destruction of commemoration. 330
                                                                                              171


Masami Nishishiba & L. David Ritchie. The concept of trustworthiness: A cross-cultural
   comparison between Japanese and U.S. business people. 347

2000, Vol. 28(3)

Katherine Miller, Lori Joseph & Julie Apker. Strategic ambiguity in the role development
    process. 193
Christine L. Carson & William R. Cupach. Facing corrections in the workplace: The influence of
    perceived face threat on the consequences of managerial reproaches. 215
Robert Agne, Teresa L. Thompson & Louis P. Cusella. Stigma in the line of face: Self-disclosure
    of patients‟ HIV status to health care providers. 235
Thomas Hugh Freeley. Testing a communication network model of employee turnover based on
    centrality. 262
James C. McCroskey & Virginia P. Richmond. Applying reciprocity and accommodation
    theories to supervisor/subordinate communication. 278

2000, Vol. 28(2)

Matt T. Morman. The influence of fear appeals, message design, and masculinity on men‟s
    motivation to perform the testicular self-exam. 91
Gary Rudd. The symphony: Organizational discourse and the symbolic tensions between artistic
    and business ideologies. 117
Michael Huspek. Oppositional codes: The case of the penitentiary of New Mexico riot. 144

Forum: Defining Applied Communication Scholarship
Dan O‟Hair. Editor‟s introduction to the forum. 164
Joann Keyton. Applied communication research should be practical. 166
Kenneth M. Cissna. Applied communication research in the 21st century. 169
William F. Eadie. Changing boundaries, changing expectations, changing results. 174
Lawrence R. Frey. To be applied or not to be applied, that isn‟t even the question; but wherefore
     art thou, applied communication researcher? Reclaiming applied communication research
     and redefining the role of the researcher. 178
David R. Seibold. Applied communication scholarship: Less a matter of boundaries than of
     emphases. 183
Julia T. Wood. Applied communication research: Unbounded and for good reason. 188

2000, Vol. 28(1)

Michael J. Hyde & Kenneth Rufo. The call of conscience, rhetorical interruptions, and the
     euthanasia controversy. 1
Jeffrey Pittam & Cynthia Gallois. Malevolence, stigma, and social distance: Maximizing
     intergroup differences in HIV/AIDS discourse. 24
Laurie K. Lewis. “Blindsided by that one” and “I saw that one coming”: The relative anticipation
     and occurrence of communication problems and other problems in implementers‟ hindsight.
     44
                                                                                              172


Melissa K. Gibson & Michael J. Paper. The mud, the blood, and the beer guys: Organizational
    osmosis in blue-collar work groups. 68

1999, Vol. 27(4)

Ronald E. Rice, Lori Collins-Jarvis & Sharon Zydney-Walker. Individual and structural
     influences on information technology helping relationships. 285
Patricia Amason, Myria Watkins Allen & Susan A. Holmes. Social support and acculturative
     stress in the multicultural workplace. 310
Michael W. Kramer & Timothy L. Noland. Communication during job promotions: A case of
     ongoing assimilation. 335
Renee Guarriello Heath & Patricia M. Sias. Communicating spirit in a collaborative alliance. 356
Alicia Marshall Dorsey, Katherine I. Miller & Clifford W. Sherer. Communication, risk
     behavior, and perceptions of threat and efficacy: A test of a reciprocal model. 377-395

1999, Vol. 27(3)

Michael T. Stephenson, Philip Palmgreen, Rick H. Hoyle, Lewis Donohew, Elizabeth Pugzles
    Lorch & Susan E. Colon. Short-term effects of an anti-marijuana media campaign targeting
    high sensation seeking adolescents. 175
Joseph N. Scudder. Influence, beliefs, appraisals, and affect: A test of appraisal theory in a
    mediated context. 196
Lori Melton McKinnon & Lynda Lee Kaid. Exposing negative campaigning or enhancing
    advertising effects: An experimental study of adwatch effects on voters‟ evaluations of
    candidates and their ads. 217
Gage Chapel, Kristin M. Peterson & Roy Joseph. Exploring anti-gang advertisements: Focus
    group discussions with gang members and at-risk youth. 237
W. James Potter & Deborak Levine-Donnerstein. Rethinking validity and reliability in content
    analysis. 248 (Essay)

1999, Vol. 27(2) (Special Issue: Translating Scholarship into Practice)

Sandra Petronio. Translating scholarship into practice: An alternative metaphor. 87
John F. Cragan & Donald C. Shields. Translating scholarship into practice: Communication
    studies reflecting the value of theory-based research to everyday life. 92
Roxanne Parrot & Ashley Duggan. Using coaches as role models of sun protection for youth:
    Georgia‟s “Got Youth Covered” project. 107
Melanie R. Trost, Emily J. Langan & Yvonne Kellar-Gunther. Not everyone listens when you
    “just say no”: Drug resistance in relational context. 120
Leigh Arden Ford, Eileen Berlin Ray & Beth Hartman Ellis. Translating scholarship on
    intrafamilial sexual abuse: The utility of a dialectical perspective for adult survivors. 139
Joann Keyton & Steven C. Rhodes. Organizational sexual harassment: Translating research into
    application. 158
                                                                                               173


1999, Vol. 27(1)

Grace Y. Lim & Michael E. Roloff. Attributing sexual consent. 1
Vernon D. Miller, John R. Johnson, Zachary Hart & Debra L. Peterson. A test of antecedents and
    outcomes of employee role negotiation ability. 24
Marifran Mattson & Patrice M. Buzzanell. Traditional and feminist organizational
    communication ethical analyses of messages and issues surrounding an actual job loss case.
    49
Susan Tyler Eastman & Gregory D. Newton. Hitting promotion hard: A network response to
    channel surfing and new competition. 73

1998, Vol. 26(4)

Tricia S. Jones & Andrea Bodtker. A dialectical analysis of a social justice process: International
    collaboration in South Africa. 357
Victoria Christie & Chris Segrin. The influence of self-efficacy and of gender on the performance
    of social and nonsocial tasks. 374
Sarah J. Tracy & Karen Tracy. Emotion labor at 911: A case study and theoretical critique. 390
Deborah Socha McGee & Donald J. Cegala. Patient communication skills training for improved
    communication competence in the primary care medical consultation. 412

1998, Vol. 26(3)

Jenifer E. Kopfman, Sandi W. Smith, James K. Ah Yun & Annemarie Hodges. Affective and
     cognitive reactions to narrative versus statistical evidence organ donation messages. 279
James G. Cantrill. The environmental self and a sense of place: Communication foundations for
     regional ecosystem management. 301
Corine L. Shefner-Rogers, Nagesh Roa, Everett M. Rogers & Arun Wayangankar. The
     empowerment of women dairy farmers in India. 319
Aaron Castelan Cargile & Howard Giles. Language attitudes toward varieties of English: An
     American-Japanese context. 338

1998, Vol. 26(2) (Special Issue: Communication and Social Justice Research)

Lawrence R. Frey. Communication and social justice research: Truth, justice, and the applied
    communication way. 155
Charlotte Ryan, Kevin M. Carragee & Cassie Schwerner. Media, movements, and the quest for
    social justice. 165
Robbin D. Crabtree. Mutual empowerment in cross-cultural participatory development and
    service learning: Lessons in communication and social justice from projects in El Salvador
    and Nicaragua. 182
Lee Artz. African-Americans and higher education: An exigence in need of applied
    communication. 210
Stephen Hartnett. Lincoln and Douglas meet the abolitionist David Walker as prisoners debate
    slavery: Empowering education, applied communication, and social justice 232
                                                                                           174


Sharon M. Varallo, Eileen Berlin Ray & Beth Hartman Ellis. Speaking of incest: The research
    interview as social justice. 254
W. Barnett Pearce. On putting social justice in the discipline of communication and putting
    enriched concepts of communication in social justice research and practice. 272

1998, Vol. 26(1) (Special Issue: Applied Research in Language and Intergenerational
    Communication)

Helen Edwards & Howard Giles. Prologue on two dimensions: The risk and management of
     intergenerational miscommunication. 1
Jake Harwood. Young adults‟ cognitive representations of intergenerational conversations. 13
Deborah Cai, Howard Giles & Kimberly Noels. Elderly perceptions of communication with older
     and younger adults in China: Implications for mental health. 32
Svenja Sachweh. Granny darling‟s napies: Secondary babytalk in German nursing homes for the
     aged. 52
Caja Thimm, Ute Rademacher & Lenelis Kruse. Age stereotyping and patronizing messages:
     Features of age-adapted speech in technical instructions to the elderly. 66
Ellen Bouchard Ryan, Ann P. Anas, Mary Lee Hummert & Alison Laver-Ingram. Young and
     older adults‟ views of telephone talk: Conversation problems and social uses. 83
M. Kathleen Pichora-Fuller, Carolyn E. Johnson & Kristin E. J. Roodenburg. The discrepancy
     between hearing impairment and handicap in the elderly: Balancing transaction and
     interaction in conversation. 99
J. B. Orange, Karen M. Van Gennep, Linda Miller & Andrew M. Johnson. Resolution of
     communication breakdown in dementia of the Alzheimer‟s type: A longitudinal study. 120
Angela Williams & Nickolas Coupland. Epilogue: The socio-political framing of communication
     and aging research. 139

1997, Vol. 25(4)

Gail T. Fairhurst, Jerry Monroe Jordan & Kurt Neuwith. Why are we here? Managing the
    meaning of an organizational mission statement. 243
Susan L. Smith. The effective use of fear appeals in persuasive immunization strategies: An
    analysis of national immunization intervention messages. 264
James D. Patterson II & Myria Watkins Allen. Accounting for your actions: How stakeholders
    respond to the strategic communication of environmental activist organizations. 293
Thomas G. Endres. Father-daughter dramas: A Q-investigation of rhetorical visions. 317

1997, Vol. 25(3)

Stephen C. Hines, Laurie Badzek & Alvin H. Moss. Informed consent among chronically ill
    elderly: Assessing its (in)adequacy and predictors. 151
Jake Harwood, Ellen Bouchard Ryan, Howard Giles & Shirley Tysoski. Evaluations of
    patronizing speech and three response styles in a non-service-providing context. 170
                                                                                              175


Denise Haunani Solomon & Mary Lynn Miller Williams. Perceptions of social-sexual
    communication at work: The effects of message, situation, and observer characteristics on
    judgments of sexual harassment. 196
Travis L. Dixon & Daniel G. Linz. Obscenity law and sexually explicit rap music: Understanding
    the effects of sex, attitudes, and beliefs. 217

1997, Vol. 25(2)

Michael Hecht, Melanie R. Trost, Renee J. Bator & David MacKinnon. Ethnicity and sex
    similarities and differences in drug resistance. 75
G. Stonet Alder. Managing environmental uncertainty with legitimate authority: A comparative
    analysis of the Mann Gulch and Storm King mountain fires. 98
Sandra Petronio & Samantha Kovach. Managing privacy boundaries: Health providers‟
    perceptions of resident care in Scottish nursing homes. 115
Joseph Gemin. Dangerous liaisons: On the systemic self-production of codependent identities.
    132

1997, Vol. 25(1)

Lori Collins-Jarvis. Participation and consensus in collective action organizations: The influence
    of interpersonal versus mass-mediated channels. 1
John C. Lammers & Dean H. Krikorian. Theoretical extension and operationalization of the bona
    fide group construct with an application to surgical teams. 17
Abhik Roy & Jake Harwood. Underepresented, positively portrayed older adults in television
    commercials. 39
Katherine Miller & Eric G. Zook. Care partners for persons with AIDS: Implications for health
    communication. 57

1996, Vol. 24(3)

John R. Johnson, Michael J. Bernhagen, Vernon Miller & Mike Allen. The role of
    communication in managing reductions in work force. 139
Vernon D. Miller & Patrice M. Buzzanell. Toward a research agenda for the second employment
    interview. 165
Sandra Petronio, Heidi M. Reeder, Michael L. Hecht & Theresa Mon‟t Ros-Mendoza. Disclosure
    of sexual abuse by children and adolescents. 181
Margaret S. Leach & Dawn O. Braithwaite. A binding tie: Supportive communication of family
    kinkeepers. 200
Karen Lee Ashcraft & Michael E. Pacanowsky. “A woman‟s worst enemy”: Reflections on a
    narrative of organizational life and female identity. 217

1996, Vol. 24(2)

Michelle T. Violanti. Hooked on expectations: An analysis of influence and relationships in the
   Talihook reports. 67
                                                                                              176


Jerry Hogins. The inconvenient public interest: Policy challenges in the age of information. 83
Lisa Henriksen. Naive theories of buying and selling: Implications for teaching critical-viewing
     skills. 93

1996, Vol. 24(1)

Robin P. Clair & Kelly Thompson. Pay discrimination as a discursive and material practice: A
     case concerning extended housework. 1
Priscilla Murphy & Michael L. Maynard. Using judgment analysis to improve consultant/client
     understanding: An advertising application. 21
Jenifer E. Kopfman & Sandi W. Smith. Understanding the audiences of a health communication
     campaign: A discriminant analysis of potential organ donors based on intend to donate. 33
Kathryn Greene & Julianne M. Serovich. Appropriateness of disclosure of HIV testing
     information: The perspective of PLWAs. 50
                                                                                           177


                   JOURNAL OF BROADCASTING & ELECTRONIC MEDIA

2007, Vol. 51(1)

Lee Hood. Radio reverb: The impact of “local” news reimported to its own community. 1
R. Lance Holbert, Jennifer L. Lambe, Anthony D. Dudo & Kristin A. Carlton. Primacy effects of
     The Daily Show and national TV news viewing: Young viewers, political gratifications, and
     internal political self-efficacy. 20
Philip M. Napoli & Michael Zhaoxu Yan. Media ownership regulations and local news
     programming on broadcast television: An empirical analysis. 39
C. A. Tuggle, Suzanne Huffman & Dana Scott Rosengard. Reporting live from the scene:
     Enough to attract the 18-24 audience? 58
Silvia Knobloch-Westerwick. Gender differences in selective media use for mood management
     and mood adjustment. 73
Rajiv C. Shah & Jay P. Kesan. The privatization of the internet‟s backbone network. 93
Elfriede Fürsich & Seema Shrikhande. Development broadcasting in India and beyond:
     Redefining an old mandate in an age of media globalization. 110
John S. Armstrong. Constructing television communities: The FCC, signals, and cities, 1948-
     1957. 129
Maria Elizabeth Grabe & Dan G. Drew. Crime cultivation: Comparisons across media genres and
     channels. 147
Sangoak Lee. A longitudinal analysis of foreign program imports on South Korean television,
     1978-2002: A case of rising indigenous capacity in programs supply. 172

2006, Vol. 50(4)

Jay Newell, Charles T. Salmon & Susan Chang. The hidden history of product placement. 575
Marie-Louise Mares & Emory H. Woodard, IV. In search of the older audience: Adult age
     differences in television viewing. 595
Erica Scharrer, Andrea Bergstom, Angela Paradise & Quianqing Ren. Laughing to keep from
     crying: Humor and aggression in television commercial content. 615
Kristie M. Farra. Sexual intercourse on television: Do safe sex messages matter? 635
Dmitri Williams. Groups and goblins: The social and civic impact on an online game. 651
Philip M. Napoli & Nancy Gillis. Reassessing the potential contribution of communications
     research in communications policy: The case of media ownership. 671
Alan G. Stavitsky & Tad Odell. Spectrum efficiency and the public interest. 692
Yun Jung Choi & Jong Hyuk Lee. The role of a scene in framing a story: An analysis of a scene‟s
     position, length, and proportion. 703
Cheryl Campanella Bracken. Perceived source credibility of local television news: The impact of
     television form and presence. 723
Steven Eggermont. Developmental changes in adolescents‟ television viewing habits:
     Longitudinal trajectories in a three-wave panel study. 742
                                                                                            178


2006, Vol. 50(3) (Special Issue: Broadcasting in the Americas)

Donald G. Godfrey. Editor‟s note: Broadcast research in the Americas. 365
David R. Spencer & Joseph D. Straubhaar. Broadcast research in the Americas: Revisiting the
    past and looking to the future. 368
Guillermo Avila-Saavedra. New discourses and traditional genres: The adaptation of a feminist
    novel into an Ecuadorian telenovela. 383
Stephen B. Crofts Wiley. Transnation: Globalization and the reorganization of Chilean television
    in the early 1990s. 400
Marilyn Terzic. Canadian hardware, foreign software: The political economy of pay-per-view.
    421
Simon C. Darnell & Brian Wilson. Macho media: Unapologetic hypermasculinity in
    Vancouver‟s “Talk Radio for Guys.” 444
José-Carlos Lozano. Public policies and research on cultural diversity and television in Mexico.
    467
Kenton T. Wilkinson. Cultural policy in a free-trade environment: Mexican television in
    transition. 482

From the Other Side of the Globe
Elaine J. Yuan & James G. Webster. Channel repertories: Using peoplemeter data in Beijing. 524
Cassandra Van Buren. Critical analysis of racist post-9/11 web animations. 537

2006, Vol. 50(2)

Featured Topic: The Internet
Kate Kenski & Natalie Jomini Stroud. Connections between internet use and political efficacy,
    knowledge, and participation. 173
Arvind Diddi & Robert LaREose. Getting hooked on news: Uses and gratifications and the
    formation of news habits among college students in an internet environment. 193
Matthew S. Eastin, Mong-Shan Yang & Amy I. Nathanson. Children of the net: An empirical
    exploration into the evaluation of internet content. 211
Jan Van den Bulck. Television news avoidance: Exploratory results from a one-year follow-up
    study. 231
Ron Leone, Wendy Chapman Peek & Kimberly L. Bissell. Reality television and third-person
    perception. 253
Karyn Riddle, Karen Eyal, Chad Mahood & W. James Potter. Judging the degree of violence in
    media portrayals: A cross-genre comparison. 270
Tom Robinson & Caitlin Anderson. Older characters in children‟s animated television programs:
    A content analysis of their portrayal. 387
Dana E. Mastro & Maria A. Kopcaz. Media representations of race, prototypicality, and policy
    reasoning: An application of self-categorization theory. 305
James G. Webster. Audience flow past and present: Television inheritance effects reconsidered.
    323
                                                                                            179


2006, Vol. 50(1)

Renita Coleman & H. Denis Wu. More than words alone: Incorporating broadcasters‟ nonverbal
     communication into the stages of crisis coverage theory—Evidence from September 11th. 1
Paul R. Brewer & Xiaoxia Cao. Candidate appearances on soft news shows and public
     knowledge about primary campaigns. 18
Julia R. Fox & Byungho Park. The “I” of embedded reporting: An analysis of CNN coverage of
     the “shock and awe” campaign. 46
Lara Zwarun, Daniel Linz, Miriam Metzger & Dale Kunkel. Effects of showing risk in beer
     commercials to young drinkers. 52
Cory L. Armstrong, Michelle L. M. Wood & Michelle R. Nelson. Female news professionals in
     local and national broadcast news during the buildup to the Iraq war. 78
Walter Gantz, Zheng Wang, Bryant Paul & Robert F. Potter. Sports versus all comers:
     Comparing TV sports fans with fans of other programming genres. 95
Robert K. Goidel, Craig M. Freeman & Steven T. Procopio. The impact of television viewing on
     perceptions of juvenile crime. 119
Carolyn A. Lin. Predicting satellite radio adoption via listening motives, activity, and format
     preference. 140

2005, Vol. 49(4)

Craig Allen. Discovering “Joe Six Pack” content in television news: The hidden history of
    audience research, news consultants, and the Warner class model. 363
Randall Patnode. Path not taken: Wired wireless and broadcasting in the 1920s. 383
Barry A. Hollander. Late-night learning: Do entertainment programs increase political campaign
    knowledge for young viewers? 402
R. Lance Holbert. Television news viewing, governmental scope, and postmaterialist spending:
    Assessing mediation by partnership. 416
Vincent Cicchirillo & Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. Effects of affective orientation and video game
    play on aggressive thoughts and behaviors. 435
Yuki Fujikowa. Black media images as a perceived threat to African American ethnic identity:
    Coping responses, perceived public perception, and attitudes towards affirmative action. 450
Michael Pfau, Michel M. Haigh, Lindsay Logsdon, Christopher Perrine, James P. Baldwin, Rick
    E. Breitenfeldt, Joe Cesar, Dawn Dearden, Greg Kuntz, Edgar Montalvo, Dwaine Roberts &
    Richard Romero. Embedded reporting during the invasion and occupation of Iraq: How the
    embedding of journalists affects television news reports. 468
Chang-Hoan Cho & Hongsik John Cheon. Children‟s exposure to negative internet content:
    Effects of family context. 488

2005, Vol. 49(3)

Zizi Papacharissi & Jan Fernback. Online privacy and consumer protection: An analysis of portal
     privacy statements. 259
Paul Hendricks Vettehen, Koos Nuijten & Johannes Benntjes. News in an age of competition:
     The case of sensationalism in Dutch television news, 1995-2001. 282
                                                                                            180


Silvia Knobloch-Westerwick, Nikhil Sharma, Derek L. Hansen & Scott Alter. Impact of
     popularity indications on readers‟ selective exposure to online news. 296
Sean Aday, John Cluverius & Steven Livingston. As goes the statue, so goes the war: The
     emergence of the victory frame in television coverage of the Iraq War. 314
David Tewksbury. The seeds of audience fragmentation: Specialization in the use of online news
     sites. 322

2005, Vol. 49(2)

Moniek Buijzen & Patti M. Valkenburg. Parental mediation of undesired advertising effects. 153
Katherine A. Bradshaw, James C. Foust & Joseph P. Bernt. Local television news anchors‟
    public appearances. 166
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Ashley Yanen. Hopelessness and loneliness as predictors of older
    adults‟ involvement with favorite television performers. 182
Ran Tamborini, Paul Skalski, Kenneth Lachlan, David Westerman, Jeff Davis & Stacy L. Smith.
    The raw nature of televised professional wrestling: is the violence a cause for concern? 202
Ven-hwei Lo & Ran Wei. Exposure to internet pornography and Taiwanese adolescents‟ sexual
    attitudes and behavior. 221

2005, Vol. 49(1)

Annie Lang, Mija Shin, Samuel D. Bradley, Zheng Wang, Seungjo Lee & Deborah Potter. Wait!
    Don‟t turn that dial! Excitemewn to come! The effects of story length and production pacing
    in local television news on channel changing behavior and information processing in a free
    choice environment. 3
Shuhua Zhou. Effects of arousing visuals and redundancy on cognitive assessment of television
    news. 23
Tien-Tsung Lee. The liberal media myth revisited: An examination of factors influencing
    perceptions of media bias. 43
James A. Rada & K. Tim Wulfemeyer. Color coded: Racial descriptors in television coverage of
    intercollegiate sports. 65
Seounmi Youn. Teenagers‟ perceptions of online privacy and coping behaviors: A risk-benefit
    appraisal approach. 86
Carol B. Schwalbe. Jacqueline Kenndey and cold war propaganda. 111

2004, Vol. 48(4)

Deborah A. Fisher, Douglas L. Hill, Joel W. Grube & Enid L. Gruber. Sex on American
    television: An analysis across program genres and network types. 529
Barbara K. Kaye & Barry S. Sapolsky. Offensive language in prime-time television: Four years
    after television age and content ratings. 554
Marina Krcmar & Steve Sohn. The role of bleeps and warnings in viewers‟ perceptions of on-air
    cursing. 570
Stacy L. Smith, Ken Lachlan, Katherine L. Pieper, Aaron R. Boyson, Barbara J. Wilson, Ron
    Tamborini & Rene Weber. Brandishing guns in American media: Two studies examining
                                                                                               181


     how often and in what context firearms appear on television and in popular video games.
     584
George Bailey. Free riders, givers, and heavy givers: Predicting listener support for public radio.
     607
Louisa Ha & Sylvia M. Chan-Olmsted. Cross-media use in electronic media: The role of cable
     television web sites in cable television network branding and viewership. 646
Julia R. Fox, Annie Lang, Yongkuk Chung, Seungwhan Lee, Nancy Schwartz & Deborah Potter.
     Picture this: Effects of graphics on the processing of television news. 646
Michael A. Shapiro & T. Makana Chock. Media dependency and perceived reality of fiction and
     news. 675

2004, Vol. 48(3)

Ron Tamborini, Matthew S. Eastin, Paul Skalski, Kenneth Lachlan, Thomas A. Fediukk &
    Robert Brady. Violent virtual video games and hostile thoughts. 335
Robert LaRose & Matthew S. Eastin. A social cognitive theory of internet uses and gratifications:
    Toward a new model of media attendance. 358
Cary W. Horvath. Measuring television addiction. 378
Kevin C. Lee & Stephen D. Perry. Student instant message use in a ubiquitous computing
    environment: Effects of deficient self-regulation. 399
Nojin Kwak, Marco M. Skoric, Ann E. Williams & Nathaniel D. Poort. To broadband or not to
    broadband: The relationship between high-speech internet and knowledge and participation.
    421
Carolyn A. Lin. Webcasting adoption: Technology fluidity, user innovativeness, and media
    substitution. 446
Shu-Chur Sarrina Li. Exploring the factors influencing the adoption of interactive cable
    television services in Taiwan. 466
Martha M. Lauzen & David M. Dozier. Evening the score in prime time: The relationship
    between behind-the-scenes women and on-screen portrayals in the 2002-2003 season. 484
Amanda D. Lotz & Sharon Marie Ross. Toward ethical cyberspace audience research: Strategies
    for using the internet for television audience studies. 501

2004, Vol. 48(2)

Rita Zajácz. Liberating American communications: Foreign ownership regulations from the
     Radio Act of 1912 to the Radio Act of 1927. 157
Steve Craig. How American adopted radio: Demographic differences in set ownership reported
     in the 1930-1950 U.S. Census. 179
Amanda J. Holmstrom. The effects of the media on body image: A meta-analysis. 196
Susannah R. Stern. Expressions of identity online: Prominent features and gender differences in
     adolescents‟ world wide web home pages. 218
Steven Eggermont. Television viewing, perceived similarity, and adolescents‟ expectations of a
     romantic partner. 244
Jane D. Brown & Carol J. Pardun. Little in common: Racial and gender differences in
     adolescents‟ television diets. 266
                                                                                                 182


Nancy Signorielli. Aging on television: Messages relating the gender, race, and occupation in
    prime time. 279
Antonio C. La Pastina. Selling political integrity: Telenovelas, intertextuality, and local elections
    in rural Brazil. 302

2004, Vol. 48(1)

Dannagal Goldthwaite Young. Late-night comedy in election 2000: The influence of candidate
     trait ratings and the moderating effects of political knowledge and partisanship. 1
Sorin Matei. The impact of state-level social capital on the emergence of virtual communities. 23
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Complementarity in consumption of new types across traditional and
     new media. 41
Annie Lang, Nancy Schwartz, Youngkuk Chung & Seungwhan Lee. Processing substance abuse
     messages: Production pacing, arousing content, and age. 61
Juliette H. Walma van der Molen & Marlies E. Klijn. Recall of television versus print news:
     Retesting the semantic overlap hypothesis. 89
Niklas Ravaja. Effects of image motion on a small screen on emotion, attention, and memory:
     Moving-face versus static-face newscaster. 108
Richard van der Wurff. Program choices of multichannel broadcasters and diversity of program
     supply in the Netherlands. 134

2003, Vol. 47(4)

Travis L. Dixon, Cristina L. Azocar & Michael Casas. The portrayal of race and crime on
    television network news. 498
Paula M. Poindexter, Laura Smith & Don Heider. Race and ethnicity in local television news:
    Framing, story assignments, and source selections. 524
Osei Appiah. Americans online: Differences in surfing and evaluating race-targeted web sites by
    Black and White users. 537
R. Lance Holbert & Michael T. Stephenson. The importance of indirect effects in media effects
    research: Testing for mediation in structural equation modeling. 556
William T. Bielby & Denise D. Bielby. Controlling prime-time: Organizational concentration
    and network television programming strategies. 573
Sylia M. Chan-Olmsted & Loyisa S. Ha. Internet business models for broadcasters: How
    television stations perceive and integrate the internet. 597
Hames R. Walker & Sysan Tyler Eastman. On-air promotion effectiveness for programs of
    different genres, familiarity, and audience demographics. 618
Dana E. Mastro & Susannah R. Stern. Representations of race in television commercials: A
    content analysis of prime-time advertising. 638 (Research in Brief)

2003, Vol. 47(3)

Jaeho Cho, Michael P. Boyle, Heejo Keum, Mark D. Shevy, Douglas M. McLeod, Dhavan V.
    Shah & Zhongdang Pan. Media, terrorism, and emotionality: Emotional differences in media
    content and public reactions to the September 11th terrorist attacks. 309
                                                                                            183


Rivka Ribak & Joseph Turow. Internet power and social context: A globalizations approach to
     web privacy concerns. 328
Miriam J. Metzger& Sharon Docter. Public opinion and policy initiatives for online privacy
     protection. 350
Chava E. Tidhar & Dafina Lemish. The making of television: Young viewers‟ developing
     perceptions. 375
Ron Warren. Parental mediation of preschool children‟s television viewing. 394
Yuki Fujioka & Erica Weintraub Austin. The implications of vantage point in parental mediation
     of television and child‟s attitudes toward drinking alcohol. 418
Donna Rouner, Michael D. Slater & Melanie Domenech-Rodriguez. Adolescent evaluation of
     gender role and sexual imagery in television advertisements. 435
Anthony L. Fargo. Is protection from subpoenas slipping? An analysis of three recent cases
     involving broadcast news outtakes. 455
Joel J. Davis. The accessibility divide: The visually-impaired and access to online news. 474
     (Research in Brief)

2003, Vol. 47(2)

Yariv Tsfati. Does audience skepticism of the media matter in agenda setting? 157
R. Lance Holbert, Nojin Kwak & Dhavan V. Shah. Environmental concern, patterns of television
    viewing, and pro-environmental behaviors: Integrating models of media consumption and
    effects. 177
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Ron Tamborini. Television exposure and the public‟s perceptions of
    physicians. 197
C. Lee Harrington. Homosexuality on All My Children: Transforming the daytime landscape. 216
Keir Keightley. Low television, high fidelity: Taste and the gendering of home entertainment
    technologies. 236
Chad E. Dell. The history of “travelers”: Recylcing in American prime time network
    programming. 260
Susan L. Brinson. Epilogue to the quiz show scandal: A case study of the FCC and corporate
    favoritism. 276
Jan Can den Bulck. Is the mainstreaming effect of cultivation an artifact of regression to the
    mean? 289 (Research in Brief)

2001, Vol. 45(4)

Antonio C. La Pastina. Product placement in Brazilian prime time television: The case of
    reception of a telenovela. 541
Dafna Lemish & Chava E. Tidhar. How global does it get? The Teletubbies in Israel. 558
Bruce E. Pinkleton, Erica Weintrub Austin & Yuki Fujioka. The relationship of perceived beer
    ad and PSA quality to high school students‟ alcohol-related beliefs and behaviors. 575
Hyung-Jin Woo & Joseph R. Dominik. Daytime television talk shows and the cultivation effect
    among U.S. and international students. 598
Erica Scharrer. Tough guys: The portrayal of hypermasculinity and aggression in televised police
    dramas. 615
                                                                                           184


Maria Elizabeth Grabe, Shuhua Zhou & Brooke Barnett. Explicating sensationalism in television
    news: Content and the bells and whistles of form. 635
Jack Glascock. Gender roles on prime-time television: Demographics and behaviors. 656

2001, Vol. 45(3)

Ari Alm & Gregory Ferrell Lowe. Managing transformation in the public polymedia enterprise:
     Amalgamation and synergy in Finnish public broadcasting. 367
Denise D. Bielby & William T. Bielby. Audience segmentation and age stratification among
     television writers. 391
Gail E. Coover. Television and social identity: Race representation as “White” accommodation.
     413
Donald L. Diefenbach & Mark D. West. Violent crime and poisson regression: A measure and a
     method for cultivation analysis. 432
Suzanne Pingree, Robert P. Hawkins, Jacqueline C. Bush Hitchon, Eileen Gilligan, Barry Radler,
     LeeAnn Kahlor, Bradley Gorham, Gudbjorg Hildur Kolbeins, Toni Schmidth & Prathana
     Kannaovakun. If college students are appointment television views . . . . 446
Kimberly A. Neuendorf, David J. Atkin & Leo W. Jeffres. Reconceptualizing channel repertoire
     in the urban cable environment. 464
Juliette H. Walma van der Molen. Assessing text-picture correspondence in television news: The
     development of a new coding scheme. 483
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad & Ron Tamborini. Television doctors: An analysis of physicians in
     fictional and non-fictional television programs.

2001, Vol. 45(2)

Amy I. Nathanson. Parent and child perspectives on the presence and meaning of parental
    television mediation. 201
Erica Weintraub Austin & Bruce E. Pinkleton. The role of parental mediation in the political
    socialization process. 221
Daniel G. McDonald & Hyeok Kim. When I die, I feel small: Electronic game characters and the
    social self. 241
Shu-Chu Sarrina Li. New media and market competition: A niche analysis of television news,
    electronic news, and newspaper news in Taiwan. 259
Salma I. Ghanem & Wayne Wanta. Agenda-setting and Spanish cable news. 277
Karen Slattery, Mark Doremus & Linda Marcus. Shifts in public affairs reporting on the network
    evening news: A move toward the sensational. 290
Barbara K. Kaye & Barry S. Sapolsky. Offensive language through the lens: How television
    broadcasters covered campaign „96. 320
C. A. Tuggle & Suzanne Huffman. Live reporting in television news: Breaking news or black
    holes? 335
Kimberly A. Neuendorf. Viewing alone? Recent considerations of media audience studies. 345
    (Review and Criticism)
William R. Davie. Crime and passion: Journalism for the masses? 335 (Review and Criticism)
                                                                                            185


2001, Vol. 45(1)

Nancy Signorelli & Susan Kahlenberg. Television‟s world of work in the nineties. 4
Erica Sharrer. From wise to foolish: The portrayal of the sitcom father, 1950s-1990s. 23
Mary Strom Larson. Interactions, activities and gender in children‟s television commercials: A
    content analysis. 41
Steven Phipps. “Order out of chaos”: A reexamination of the historical basis for the scarcity of
    channels concept. 57
Sylvia Chan-Olmsted & Yungwook Kim. Perceptions of branding among television station
    managers: An exploratory analysis. 75
C. Ann Hollifield, Gerald M. Kosicki & Lee B. Becker. Organizational vs. professional, culture
    in the newsroom: Television news directors‟ and newspaper editors‟ hiring decisions. 92
Rebecca Ann Lind & Naomi Rocklet. Competing ethos: Reliance on profit versus social
    responsibility by laypeople planning a television newscast. 118
Margaret Morrison & Dean M. Krugman. A look at mass and computer mediated technologies:
    Understanding the roles of television and computers in the home. 135
David J. Cann & Philip B. Mohr. Journalist and source gender in Australian television news. 163
Charlotte Ryan, Kevin M. Carragee & William Meinhofer. Framing, the news media, and
    collective action. 175 (Theory into Practice)

2000, Vol. 44(4)

John C. Tedesco, Lynda Lee Kaid & Lori Melton McKinnon. Network adwatches: Policing the
    1996 primary and general education presidential ads. 541
Dave D‟Alessio. Adoption of the world wide web by American political candidates, 1996-1998.
    556
Karin Gwinn Wilkins. The role of media in public disengagement from political life. 569
Maria Elizabeth Grabe, Shuhua Zhou, Annie Lang & Paul David Bolls. Packaging television
    news: The effects of tabloid on information processing and evaluative responses. 581
Glenn Leschner & James R. Coyle. Memory for television news: Match and mismatch between
    processing and testing. 599
Erika Engstrom & Anthony J. Ferri. Looking through a gendered lens: Local U.S. television
    news anchors‟ perceived career barriers. 614
Alan M. Rubin & Mary M. Step. Impact of motivation, attraction, and parasocial interaction on
    talk-radio listening. 635
David Gunzerath. “Darn that pay TV!”: STV‟s challenge to American television dominant
    economic model. 655
Marina Krcmar & Kelly Fudge Albada. The effect of educational/information rating on
    children‟s attraction to and learning from an education program. 674
Dana E. Mastro & Bradley S. Greenberg. The portrayal of racial minorities on prime time
    television. 690
James A. Rada. A new piece to the puzzle: Examining effects of television portrayals of African
    Americans. 704
                                                                                            186


Jeffrey S. Wilkinson, Benjamin J. Bates, Todd Chambers & Steven R. McClung. What makes a
     good radio remote: Factors leading to perceived cost-effective and well-received on-site
     radio promotional sales events. 716
Mary C. Meyer. Scholarly reaction: Letter response to Dupagne and Waterman, determinants of
     U.S. television fiction imports in Western Europe. 731
Michael Dupagne & David Watterman. Authors‟ response: Response to Professor Meyer. 734

2000, Vol. 44(3)

Jan Van de Bulck. The influence of perceived parental guidance patterns on children‟s media
     use: Gender differences and media displacement. 329
Mami Komaya & Jane Bowyer. College-educated mothers‟ ideas about TV and their active
     mediation of three-to-five-year-old children. 349
Robbin D. Crabtree & Sheena Malhotra. The genesis and evolution of commercial television in
     India: Organization mechanisms of cultural imperialism. 364
Everett M. Rogers & Suruchi Sood. Dimensions of parasocial interaction by letter writers to a
     popular entertainment-education soap opera in India. 386
Adrian Furnham & Elena Farragher. A cross-cultural content analysis of sex-role stereotyping in
     television advertisements: A comparison between Great Britain and New Zealand. 415
David R. Spencer. Canadian Marconi: CFCF television from Signal Hill to the Canadian
     television network. 437
Moniek Buijen & Patti M. Valkenberg. The impact of television advertising on children‟s
     Christmas wishes. 456
Raul Tovares. Latino USA: Constructing a news and public affairs radio program. 471
Karen Sanders & Tim Bale. The symbolic agenda of a British satellite broadcaster‟s 1997 general
     election coverage. 487
Daniel Chandler & Merris Griffits. Gender-differentiated production features in toy commercials.
     503
Patricia Priest. Integrating race and gender issues into the basic media writing course. 521
Carol J. Pardun. An analysis of qualitative research in the Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic
     Media, 1978-1998. 529
Alan G. Stavitsky. By the numbers: The use of ratings data in academic research. 535

2000, Vol. 44(2)

Douglas A. Ferguson & Elizabeth M. Perse. The world wide web as a functional alternative to
     television. 155
Zizi Papacharissi & Alan M. Rubin. Predictors of internet use. 175
Xiaomei Cai & Walter Ganz. Online privacy issues associated with web sites for children. 197
Joseph M. Kayany & Paul Yelsma. Displacement effects of online media in the socio-technical
     contexts of households. 215
Patricia F. Phalen, An agenda for research on women and the organizational culture of
     broadcasting. 230
Susan L. Brinson. Missed opportunities: FCC commissioner Frieda Hennock and the UHF
     debate. 248
                                                                                               187


Stephen D. Perry & William J. Gonzenbach. Inhibiting speech through exemplar distribution:
    Can we predict a spiral of silence? 268
Mary Beth Oliver, James B. Weaver III & Stephanie Lee Sargent. An examination of factors
    related to sex differences in enjoyment of sad films. 282
W. James Potter & Stacy Smith. The context of graphic portrayals of television violence. 301
Joey Reagan. Theory into practice: Toward a set of standards for the use of factor analysis in the
    Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media. 324

2000, Vol. 44(1)

Lawrence Bowen, Keith Stamm & Fiona Clark. Television reliance and political malaise: A
    contingency analysis. 1
Stephanie Greco Larson. Network differences in public opinion coverage during the 1996
    presidential campaign. 16
Mark A. Gunsch, Sheila Brownlow, Sarah E. Haynes & Zachary Mavbe. Differential linguistic
    content of various forms of political advertising. 27
Thomas J. Johnson, Mahmoud Braima & Jayanthi Sothirajah. Measure for measure: The
    relationship between different broadcast types, formats, measures and political behaviors and
    cognitions. 43
Hyuhn-Suhck Bae. Product differentiation in national TV newscasts: A comparison of the cable
    all-news networks and the broadcast networks. 62
William J. Adams. How people watch television as investigated using focus group techniques. 78
Annie Lang, Shuhua Zhou, Nancy Scwartz, Paul D. Bolls & Robert F. Potter. The effects of edits
    on arousal, attention, and memory for television messages: When an edit is an edit can an
    edit be too much? 94
Leslie Jackson Turner. But the republic stood: Program producers‟ perceived pivotal moments in
    network television broadcast standards of the 1970s. 110
Amy I. Nathanson & Joann Cantor. Reducing the aggression-promoting effect of violent cartoons
    by increasing children‟s fictional involvement with the victim: A study of active mediation.
    125
Robert Abelman & David Atkin. What children watch when they watch TV: Putting theory into
    practice. 143

1999, Vol. 43(4)

Annie Lang, Paul Bolls, Robert F. Potter & Karlynn Kawahara. The effects of production pacing
    and arousing content on the information processing of television messages. 451
Stacy Davis. The effects of audience reaction shots and attitudes towards controversial issues.
    476
C. A. Tuggle & Suzanne Huffman. Live news reporting: Professional judgment or technological
    pressure? A national survey of television news directors and senior reports. 492
Dina L. G. Borzekowski & Thomas N. Robinson. Viewing the viewers: Ten video cases of
    television viewing behaviors. 506
Robert Abelman. Preaching to the choir: Profiling TV advisory ratings users. 529
Mark R. Barner. Sex-role stereotyping in FCC-mandated children‟s educational television. 551
                                                                                            188


Philip M. Napoli. The unique nature of communications regulation: Evidence and implications
     for communications policy analysis. 565
Ted M. Coopman. FCC enforcement difficulties with unlicensed micro radio. 582
Donna Lee King & Christopher Mele. Making public access television: Community
     participation, media literacy and the public sphere. 603
John W. Higgins. Community television and the vision of media literacy, social action and
     empowerment. 624

1999, Vol. 43(3)

Louis Leung & Ran Wei. Seeking news via the pager: An expectancy-value study. 299
Jan Van den Bulck. VCR-use and patterns of time shifting and selectivity. 316
Joanathan Cohen. Favorite characters of teenage views of Israeli serials. 327
Camille Zubayr. The loyal viewer? Patterns of repeat viewing in Germany. 346
Wolfram Peiser. The television generation‟s relation to the mass media in Germany: Accounting
    for the impact of private television. 364
Anandam P. Kavoori. Discursive texts, reflexive audiences: Global trends in television news
    texts and audience reception. 386
Paul Reis. What prevents cable TV from taking off in Brazil? 399
Kenichi Ishii, Herng Su & Satoshi Watanabe. Japanese and U.S. programs in Taiwanese
    television: New patterns in Taiwanese television. 416
Nikos Metallinos. The transformation of biological precepts into mental concepts in recognizing
    visual images. 432 (Theory-into-Practice)
Nathaniel Kohn. Disappearing authors: A postmodern perspective on the practice of writing for
    the screen. 433 (Standpoint)

1999, Vol. 43(2)

Patricia Moy, Michael Pfau & LeeAnn Kahlor. Media use and public confidence in democratic
     institutions. 137
Lawrence J. Mullen. Television news and contentiousness: An exploratory study of visual and
     verbal content in news about the President. 159
Erica Weintraub Austin, Paul Bolls, Yuki Fujioka & Jason Englebertson. How and why parents
     take on the tube. 195
Erik P. Bucy & John E. Newhagen. The micro- and macrodramas of politics on television:
     Effects of media format on candidate evaluations. 193
Margaret Reith. Viewing of crime drama and authoritarian aggression: An investigation of the
     relationship between crime viewing, fear, and aggression. 211
James R. Hallmark & Richard N. Armstrong. Gender equity in televised sports: A comparative
     analysis of men‟s and women‟s NCAA Division I basketball championship broadcasts,
     1991-1995. 222
Jeremy H. Lipshultz & Michael L. Hilt. Mass media and the death penalty: Social construction of
     three Nebraska executions. 236
Susan Dente Ross. Doors to diversity: The first amendment implications of telephone video
     company options under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. 254
                                                                                              189


Vincent Kiernan & Mark R. Levy. Competition among broadcast-related web sites. 271
Gretchen S. Barbatsis. Hypermediated telepresence: Sensemaking aesthetics of the newest
    communication art. 280

1999, Vol. 43(1)

Martha M. Lauzen & David M. Dozier. Making a difference in prime time: Women on screen
     and behind the scenes in the 1996-96 television season. 1
Michael G. Elasmar, Kazumi Hasegawa & Mary Brain. The portrayal of women in U.S. prime
     time television. 20
Denise D. Bielby, C. Lee Harrington & William T. Bielby. Whose stories are they? Fans‟
     engagement with soap opera narratives in three sites of fan activity. 35
Patti M. Valkenburg, Marina Krcmar, Alfred L. Peeters & Nies M. Marsielle. Developing a scale
     to assess three styles of television mediation: “Instructive mediation,” “restrictive
     mediation,” and “social coviewing.” 52
John R. Hill & Dolf Zillman. The orphanization of America: Sympathetic crime talk and
     leniency. 67
Philip J. Lowe & Kevin Durkin. The effect of flashback on children‟s understanding of television
     crime content. 83
Marianne Barrett. The relationship of network affiliation change to prime time program ratings.
     98
Kathy B. McKee & Carol J. Pardun. Reading the video: A qualitative study of religious images
     in music videos. 110
Jake Harwood. Age identification, social identity gratifications, and television viewing. 123

1998, Vol. 42(4)

Stephen D. McDowell & Carleen Maitland. The V-chip and the United States: Themes and
    variations in design and employment. 401
James E. Sneegas & Tamyra A. Plank. Gender differences in pre-adolescent reactance to age-
    categorized television advisory labels. 423
Elizabeth M. Perse & Debra Greenberg Dunn. The utility of home computers and media use:
    Implications of multimedia and connectivity. 423
Louisa Ha & E. Lincoln James. Interactivity reexamined: A baseline analysis of early business
    web sites. 457
David J. Atkin, Leo W. Jeffries & Kimberly A. Neuendorf. Understanding internet adoption as
    telecommunications behavior. 475
Carol S. Lomicky & Charles B. Salestom. Anti-abortion political advertising and access to the
    airwaves: A public interest doctrine dilemma. 491
Rebecca Ann Lind, Tammy Swenson-Lepper & David L. Rarick. Identifying patterns of ethical
    sensitivity in TV news viewers: An assessment of some critical viewing skills. 507
Alan G. Stavitsky. Counting the house in public television: A history of ratings use, 1953-1980.
    520
Joey Reagan. Building a set of standards for use of regression in the Journal of Broadcasting &
    Electronic Media. 535
                                                                                              190



1998, Vol. 42(3)

Tsan-Kuo Chang, Jian Wang & Chin-Hsien Chen. The social construction of international
     imagery in the post-cold war era: A comparative analysis of U.S. and Chinese national TV
     news. 277
Khalid Marghalani, Philip Palmgreen & Douglas Boyd. The utilization of direct satellite
     broadcasting in Saudi Arabia. 297
Patti M. Valkenbug, Marina Krcmar & Sandy de Roos. The impact of a cultural children‟s
     program and adult mediation on children‟s knowledge of and attitudes toward opera. 315
Hao-chieh Change. The effect of news teasers in processing TV news. 327
Ven-hwei Lo, Edward Neilan & Pu-tsung King. Television coverage of the 1995 legislative
     election in Taiwan: Rise of cable television as a force for balance in media coverage. 340
George Pollard & Peter Johansen. Professionalism among Canadian radio announcers. 356
Robert D. McIlwraith. “I‟m addicted to television”: The personality, imagination, and TV
     watching patterns of self-identified TV addicts. 371
Marwan M. Kraidy. Broadcasting regulation and civil society in postwar Lebanon. 387

1998, Vol. 42(2)

Dolf Zillman, Kay Taylor, & Kelly Lewis. News as nonfiction theatre: How dispositions toward
    the public cast of characters affect reactions. 153
Thomas R. Lindlof & Milton J. Shatzer. Media ethnography in virtual space: Strategies, limits,
    and possibilities. 170
James G. Webster. The audience. 190
Michael Dupagne & David Waterman. Determinants of U.S. television fiction imports in
    Western Europe. 208
Louis Benjamin. Working it out together: Radio policy from Hoover to the Radio Act of 1927.
    221
Stephen Schwan, Friedrich W. Hesse & Barbel Garsoffky. The relationship between formal
    filmic means and the segmentation behavior of film viewers. 237
Marina Krcmar. The contribution of family communication patterns to children‟s interpretations
    of television violence. 250
John E. Newhagen. TV news images that induce anger, fear, and disgust: Effects on approach-
    avoidance and memory. 265

1998, Vol. 42(1)

Richard J. Schaefer. The development of the CBS news guidelines during the Salant years. 1
Glenn Leshner, Byron Reeves & Clifford Nass. Switching channels: The effects of television
    channels on the mental representations of television news. 21
Bruce E. Pinkleton, Erica Weintraub Austin & Kristin K. J. Fortman. Relationships of media use
    and political disaffection to political efficacy and voting behavior. 34
Susan Tyler Eastman & Gregory D. Newton. The impact of structural salience within on-air
    promotion. 50
                                                                                            191


Kimberly A. Neuendorf, David Atkin & Leo W. Jeffres. Understanding adopters of audio
    information innovations. 80
Gary G. Bennett, Jr. Roll „em: The effects of picture motion on emotional responses. 113
Thomas A. Mollison. Television broadcasting leads Romania‟s march toward an open,
    democratic society. 128 (Standpoint)
Jocelyn Steinke. Connecting theory and practice: Using women scientist role models in television
    programming. 142 (Theory into Practice)

1997, Vol. 41(4)

Hoekyun Ahn & Barry R. Litman. Vertical integration and consumer welfare in the cable
    industry. 453
Kristen Harrison. Does interpersonal attraction to thin media personalities promote eating
    disorders? 478
C. Richard Hofstetter & Christopher L. Gianos. Political talk radio: Actions speak louder than
    words. 501
Jonathan Cohen. Parasocial relations and romantic attraction: Gender and dating status
    differences. 516
Glen Middleham & J. Mallory Wober. An anatomy of appreciation and of viewing amongst a
    group of fans of the series Eastenders. 530
Hans Mathia Kepplinger & Gregor Daschmann. Today‟s news—tomorrow‟s context: A dynamic
    model of news processing. 548
Robert McChesney. Wither communication? 566 (Standpoint)

1997, Vol. 41(3)

James Shanahan, Michael Morgan & Mark Stenbjerre. Green or brown? Television and the
    cultivation of environmental concern. 305
Aviva W. Rosenstein & August E. Grant. Reconceptualizing the role of habit: A new model of
    television audience activity. 324
Glen G. Sparks, C. Leigh Nelson & Rose G. Campbell. The relationship between exposure to
    televised messages about paranormal phenomena and paranormal beliefs. 345
Robert Abelman, David Atkin & Michael Rand. What viewers watch when they watch TV:
    Affiliation change as case study. 360
Richard C. Vincent & Michael D. Basil. College students‟ news gratifications, media use, and
    current events knowledge. 380
Marina Krcmar & Joanne Cantor. The role of television advisories and ratings in parent-child
    discussion of television viewing choices. 393
Bradley S. Greenstreet, John L. Sherry, Rich W. Busselle, Lynn Rampoldi Hnilo & Sandi Smith.
    Daytime television talk shows: Guests, content and interactions. 412

1997, Vol. 41(2)

Joanne Cantor & Amy I. Nathanson. Predictors of children‟s interest in violent television
    programs. 155
                                                                                            192


Any Mustonen & lea Pulkkinen. Television violence: Development of a coding scheme. 168
J. M. Wober. Violence or other routes to appreciation: TV program maker‟s options. 190
Jake Harwood. Viewing age: Lifespan identity and television viewing choices. 203
Barbara K. Kaye & Barry S. Sapolsky. Electronic monitoring of in-home television RCD usage.
    214
Stephen D. Perry & William J. Gozenbach. Effects of news exemplification extended:
    Considerations of controversiality and perceived future opinion. 229
Robert P. Hawkins, Suzanne Pingree, Lisa Bruce & John Tapper. Strategy and style in attention
    to television. 245
Susan Tyler Eastman, Gregory D. Newton, Karen E. Riggs & Jeffrey Neal-Lunsford.
    Accelerating the flow: A transition effect in programming theory? 265
Roger Cooper. Japanese communication research: The emphasis on macro theories of media in
    an “information based” environment. 284 (Standpoint)

1997, Vol. 41(1)

Bradley S. Greenberg & Larry Collette. The changing faces on TV: A demographic analysis of
    network television‟s new seasons, 1966-1992. 1
C. A. Tuggle. Differences in television sports reporting of men‟s and women‟s athletics: ESPN
    Sportscenter and CNN Sports Tonight. 14
Susan L. Brinson & L. Emmett Winn. Talk shows‟ representations of interpersonal conflicts. 25
James M. Honeycutt, Lynn B. Wellman & Mary S. Larson. Beneath family role portrayals: An
    additional measure of communication influence: Using time series analyses of turn at talk on
    a popular television program. 40
Carol M. Liebler & Susan J. Smith. Tracking gender differences: A comparative analysis of
    network correspondents and their sources. 58
W. James Potter, Ron Warren, Misha Vaughn, Kevin Howley, Art Land & Jeremy Hagemeryer.
    Antisocial acts in reality programming on television. 69
Lauren R. Tucker. Was the revolution televised?: Professional criticism about The Cosby Show
    and the essentialization of black cultural expression. 90
Claudia Collins. Viewer letters as audience research: The case of Murphy Brown. 109
Raymond L. Carroll, Charles A. Tuggle, James F. McCollum, Michael A. Mitrook, Kevin J.
    Arlington & John M. Hoerner, Jr. Consonance in local television news program content: An
    examination of intermarket diversity. 132

1996, Vol. 40(4)

Dan Berkowitz, Craig Allen & Diana Beeson. Exploring newsroom views about consultants in
    local TV: The effect of work roles and socialization. 447
Annie Lang, John Newhagen & Byron Reeves. Negative video as structure: Emotion, attention,
    capacity, and memory. 460
Michael D. Basil. Identification as a mediator of celebrity effects. 478
George Albert Gladney & Matthew C. Ehrlich. Cross-media response to digital manipulation of
    still and moving images. 496
                                                                                            193


1996, Vol. 40(3)

Lynda Lee Kaid, John C. Tedesco & Melton McKinnon. Presidential ads as nightly news: A
     content analysis of 1988 and 1992 televised adwatches. 297
Frances R. Matera & Michael B. Salwen. Unwieldy questions? Circuitous answers? Journalists
     as panelists in presidential election debates. 309
Leo Jeffres & David Atkin. Predicting use of technologies for communication and consumer
     needs. 318
Suzanne Pingree, Robert P. Hawkins, David H. Gustafson, Eric Boberg, Earl Bricker, Haile
     Berhe & Elsa Hus. Will the disadvantaged ride the information highway? Hopeful answers
     from a computer-based health crisis system. 331
Patrick R. Parsons. Two tales of a city: John Walson, Sr., Mahanoy City, and the “founding” of
     cable TV. 354
Susan Tyler Eastman, Gregory D. Newton & Lindsy Pack. Promoting prime-time programs in
     megasporting events. 366
Cynthia Hoffner. Children‟s wishful identification and parasocial interaction with favorite
     television characters. 389
Karen L. Slattery, Ernest A. Hakanen & Mark E. Doremus. The expression of localism: Local
     TV news coverage in the new video marketplace. 403

1996, Vol. 40(2)

Maria Elizabeth Grabe. The South African Broadcasting Corporation‟s coverage of the 1987 and
     1989 elections: The matter of visual bias. 153
Hans-Bernd Brosius, Wolfgang Donsbach & Monika Birk. How do text-picture relations affect
     the informational effectiveness of television newscasts. 180
Jian Wang & Tsan-Kuo Chang. From class ideologue to state manager: TV programming and
     foreign imports in China, 1970-1990. 196
Xuejian Yu & Anne Sears. “Localism” in Chinese media context: An examination of a closed
     circuit community cable system. 208
James F. Kenny. TV viewing among TV set owners and non-owners in a remote Philippine
     province. 227
Gabriel Weimann. Cable comes to the holy land: The impact of cable TV on Israeli viewers. 243
Margaret Reith. The relationship between unemployment in society and the popularity of crime
     drama on TV. 258

1996, Vol. 40(1)

Audrey J. Weiss & Barbara J. Wilson. Emotional portrayals in family television series that are
    popular among children. 1
Sylvia M. Chan-Olmsted. From Sesame Street to Wall Street: An analysis of market competition
    in commercial children‟s television. 30
John W. Dimmick, Scott Patterson & Jaspreet Sikand. personal telephone networks: A typology
    and two empirical studies. 45
                                                                                            194


Jan H. Samoriski, John L. Huffman & Denise M. Trauth. Electronic mail, privacy, and the
    Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986: Technology in search of law. 60
Matthew D. Bunker & Charles N. Davis. The First Amendment as a sword: The positive liberty
    doctrine and cable must-carry provisions. 77
Roger Cooper. The status and future of audience duplication research: An assessment of ratings-
    based theories of audience behavior. 96
Joey Reagan. The “repertoire” of information sources. 112
Su-lin Gan, John R. Hill, Elke Pschernig & Dolf Zillmann. The Hebron massacre, selective
    reports of Jewish reactions, and perceptions of volatility in Israel. 122.
                                                                                            195


                             JOURNAL OF COMMUNICATION

2007, Vol. 52(2)

Jong-Eun Roselyn Lee, Clifford Nass, Scott Brenner Brave, Yasunori Morishima, Hiroshi
     Nakajima & Ryota Yamada. The case for caring colearners: The effects of a computer-
     mediated colearner agent on trust and learning. 183
Jaeho Cho & Douglas M. McLeod. Structural antecedents to knowledge and participation:
     Extending the knowledge gap concept to participation. 205
Travis L. Dixson & Christine L. Azocar. Priming crime and activating Blackness: Understanding
     the psychological impact of the overrepresentation of Blacks as lawbreakers on television
     news. 229
Adam F. Simon & Jennifer Jerit. Toward a theory relating political discourse, media, and public
     opinion. 254
Jeff Neiderdeppe, Kevin C. Davis, Matthew C. Farrelly & Jared Yarsevich. Stylistic features,
     need for sensation, and confirmed recall of national smoking adolescent advertisements. 272
Hyunyi Cho & Charles T. Salmon. Unintended effects of health communication campaigns. 295
Amir Hetsroni. Three decades of sexual content on prime-time network programming: A
     longitudinal meta-analytic review. 318
Lynne Kelly & James A. Keaten. Development of the affect for communication channels scale.
     349
Jan Kleinnijenhuis, Anita M. J. van Hoof, Dirk Oegema & Jan A. de Ridder. A test of rivaling
     approaches to explain news effects: News on issue positions of parties, real-world
     development, support and criticism, and success and failure. 366
Eun-Ju Lee. Deindividuation effects on group polarization in computer-mediated
     communication: The role of group identification, public self0awareness, and perceived
     argument quality. 385

2007, Vol. 57(1)

Jon F. Nussbaum. Life span communication and quality of life. (2006 ICA Presidential Address)

Special issue on Framing, Agenda Setting, & Priming
David Tewksbury & Dietram A. Scheufele. Special issue on framing, agenda setting, & priming:
    Agendas for theory and research. 8
Dietram A. Scheufele & David Tewksbury. Framing, agenda setting, and priming: The evolution
    of three media effects models. 9
Tamir Sheafer. How to evaluate it: The role of story-evaluative tone in agenda setting and
    priming. 21
Hyunseo Hwang, Melissa R. Gottlieb, Seungahn Nah & Douglas M. McLeod. Applying a
    cognitive-processing model to presidential debate effects: Postdebate news analysis and
    primed reflection. 40
Baldwin Van Gorp. The constructionist approach to framing: Bringing culture back in. 60
Yuqiong Zhou & Patricia Moy. Parsing framing processes: The interplay between online public
    opinion and media coverage. 79
                                                                                              196


Dennis Chong & James N. Druckman. A theory of framing and opinion formation in competitive
     elite environments. 99
Jill A Edy & Patrick C. Meirick. Wanted, dead or alive: Media frames, frame adoption, and
     support for the war in Afghanistan. 119
David H. Weaver. Thoughts on agenda setting, framing, and priming. 142
Stephen D. Reese. The framing project: A bridging model for media research revisited. 148
Donald R. Kinder. Curmudgeonly advise. 155
Robert M. Entman. Framing bias: Media in the distribution of power. 163

2006, Vol. 56(4)

Jochen Peter & Patti M. Valkenburg. Adolescents‟ exposure to sexually explicit online material
    and recreational attitudes. 639
Galina B. Bolden. Little words that matter: Discourse markers “so” and “oh” and the doing of
    other-attentiveness in social interaction. 661
Robin L. Nabi, Keli Finnerty, Tricia Domschke & Shawnkia Hill. Does misery love company?
    Exploring the therapeutic effects of TV viewing on regretted experiences. 689
Sandi W. Smith, Stacy L. Smith, Katherine M. Pieper, Jina H. Yoo, Amber L. Ferris, Edward
    Downs & Becka Bowden. Altruism on American television: Examining the amount of, and
    context surrounding, acts of helping and sharing. 707
Dietram A. Scheufele, Bruce W. Hardy, Dominique Brossard, Israel S. Waismel-Manor & Erik
    Nisbet. Democracy based on difference: Examining the links between structural
    heterogeneity, homogeneity of discussion networks, and democratic citizenship. 728
Kawan Min Lee, Wei Peng, Seung-A Jin & Chang Yan. Can robots manifest personality? An
    empirical test of personality recognition, social responses, and social presence in human-
    robot interaction. 754
Smita C. Banerjee & Kathryn Greene. Analysis versus production: Adolescent cognitive and
    attitudinal responses to antismoking interventions. 773
Michael Zhaoxu Yan & Philip M. Napoli. Market competition, station ownership, and local
    public affairs programming on broadcast television. 795
W. Wayne Fu. Concentration and homogenization of international movie sources: Examining
    foreign film import profiles. 813
Heidi Hatfield Edwards. A rhetorical typology for studying the audience role in public relations
    communication: The Avon 3-day disruption as exemplar. 836

2006, Vol. 56(Supplement)

Martin Fishbein & Joseph N. Cappella. The role of theory in developing effective health
    communication. S1
Jon A. Kronick, Linchiat Chang, Steven J. Sherman, Laurie Chassin & Clark Presson. The
    effects of beliefs about health consequences of cigarette smoking on smoking onset. S18
Michael T. Stephenson & Brian G. Southwell. Sensation seeking, the activation model, and mass
    media health campaigns: Current findings and future directions for cancer research. S38
Annie Lang. Using the limited capacity model of motivated mediated message processing to
    design effective cancer communication messages. S57
                                                                                               197


Pablo Briňol & Richard E. Petty. Fundamental processes leading to attitude change: Implications
    for cancer prevention communications. S81
Arie W. Kruiglanski, Xiaoyan Chen, Antonio Pierro, Lucia Mannetti, Hans-Peter Erb & Scott
    Spiegel. Persuasion according to the unimodel: Implications for cancer communication.
    S105
James Price Dillard & Robin L. Nabi. The persuasive influence of emotion in cancer prevention
    and detection messages. S123
Ellen Peters, Isaac Lipkus & Michael A. Diffenbach. The functions of affect in health
    communications and in the construction of health preferences. S140
Melanie C. Green. Narratives and cancer communication. S 163
Barbara K. Rimer & Matthew W. Krueter. Advancing tailored health communication: A
    persuasion and message effects perspective. S184
Alexander J. Rothman, Roger D. Bartels, Jhon Wlaschin & Peter Salovey. The strategic use of
    gain- and loss-framed messages to promote healthy behavior: How theory can inform
    practice. S202
Dolf Zillman. Exemplification effects in the promotion of safety and health. S221
K. Viswanath & Karen M. Emmons. Message effects and social determinants of health: Its
    application to cancer disparities. S238
Joseph N. Cappella. Integrating message effects and behavior change theories: Organizing
    comments and unanswered questions. S265

2006, Vol. 56(3)

Wolfgang Donsbach. 2005 ICA Presidential Address: The identity of communication research.
     437
Albert C. Gunther & Janice L. Liebhart. Broad reach or biased source? Decomposing the hostile
     media effect. 449
W. Lance Bennett, Regina G. Lawrence & Steven Livingston. None dare call it torture: Indexing
     and the limits of press independence in the Abu Ghraib scandal. 467
Matthew S. Eastin, Bradley S. Greenberg & Linda Hofschire. Parenting the internet. 486
Galina V. S Sinekopova. Building the public sphere: Bases and biases. 505
William P. Eveland, Jr. & Tiffany Thomson. Is it talking, thinking, or both? A lagged dependent
     variable model of discussion effects on political knowledge. 523
May-May Meijer. Issue news and corporate reputation: Applying the theories of agenda setting
     and issue ownership in the field of business communication. 543
Sonia Livingstone & Ellen J. Helsper. Does advertising literacy mediate the effects of advertising
     on children: A critical examination of two linked research literatures in relation to obsesity
     and food choice. 560
Stella C. Chia. How peers mediate media influence on adolescents‟ sexual attitudes and sexual
     behavior. 585
Sean M. Tierney. Themes of Whiteness in Bulletproof Monk, Kill Bill, and The Last Samurai.
     607
                                                                                            198


2006, Vol. 56(2)

Michael D. Slater, Donna Rouner & Marilee Long. Television dramas and support for
    controversial public policies: Effects and mechanisms. 235
Daniel Romer, Patrick E. Jamieson & Kathleen H. Jamieson. Are news reports of suicide
    contagious? A stringent test of six U.S. cities. 253
Michael P. Boyle, Mike Schmierbach, Cory L. Armstrong, Jaeho Chao, Michael McCluskey,
    Douglas M. McLeod & Dhavan V. Shaw. Expressive responses to news stories about
    extremist groups: A framing experiment. 271
Bradley W. Gorham. News media‟s relationship with stereotyping: The linguistic intergroup bias
    in response to crime news. 289
Kevin Coe & David Domke. Petitioners or prophets? Presidential discourse, God, and the
    ascendancy of religious conservatives. 309
William L. Benoit. Retrospective versus prospective statements and outcome of presidential
    elections. 331
Kenichi Ishi. Implications of mobility: Uses of personal communication media in everyday life.
    346
Jennifer Steves Aubrey. Effects of sexually objectifying media on self-objectification and body
    surveillance in undergraduates: Results of a 2-year panel study. 366
Kristie M. Farrar, Marina Krcmar & Kristine L. Nowak. Contextual features of violent video
    games, mental models, and aggression. 387
Eyun-Jung Ki, Byeng-Hee Chang & Hyoungkoo Khang. Exploring influential factors on music
    piracy across countries. 406

2006, Vol. 56(1)

Thomas N. Robinson & Dana G. Borzekowski. Effects of the smart classroom curriculum to
       reduce child and family screen time. 1
Michael F. Meffert, Sungeun Chung, Amber J. Joiner, Leah Waks & Jennifer Garst. The effects
       of negativity and motivated information processing during a political campaign. 27
Albert C. Gunther, Daniel Bolt, Dina L. G. Borzekowski, Janice L. Liebhart & James Price
       Dillard. Presumed influence on peer norms: How mass media indirectly affect adolescent
       smoking. 52
Dmitri Williams. Virtual cultivation: Online worlds, offline perceptions. 69
Steffan Walgrave & Peter Van Aelst. The contingency of the mass media‟s political agenda
       setting power: Toward a preliminary theory. 88
Sriram Kaylanaraman & SS. Shyam Sundar. The psychological appeal of personalized content in
       web portals: Does customization affect attitudes and behavior? 110
Amir Hetsroni & Riva H. Tukachinsky. Television-world estimates, real-world estimates, and
       television viewing: A new scheme for cultivation. 133
Ji Hoon Park, Nadine G. Garbadoin & Ariel R. Chernin. Naturalizing racial differences through
       comedy: Asian, Black, and White views on racial stereotypes in Rush Hour 2. 157
Rebecca Verser & Robert H. Wicks. Managing voter impressions: The use of images on
       presidential candidate web sites during the 2000 campaign. 178
Chingching Chang. Beating the news blues: Mood repair through exposure to advertising. 198
                                                                                            199



2005, Vol. 55(4)

Robert T. Craig. 2004 ICA Presidential Address: How we talk about how we talk: Community
    theory in the public interest. 659
Linda Aldoory. A (re)constructed feminist paradigm for public relations: A case for substantial
    improvement. 668
Carl H. Botan & Maureen Taylor. The role of trust in channels of strategic communication for
    building civil society. 685
Ulla Bunz. Publish or perish: A limited author analysis of ICA and NCA journals. 703
Scott E. Caplan. A social skill account or problematic internet use. 721
Young Mie Kim. Use and disuse of contextual primes in dynamic news environments. 737
Spiro Kiousis, Michael McDevitt & Xu Wu. The genesis of civic awareness: Agenda setting in
    political sociation. 756
Carsten Reinemenn & Marcus Mauer. Unifying or polarizing? Short-term effects and postdebate
    consequences of different rhetorical strategies in televised debates. 775
Fuyuan Shen & Heidi Hatfield Edwards. Economic individualism, humanitarianism, and welfare
    reform: A value-based account of framing effects. 795
Michael D. Slater & Kenneth A. Rasinski. Media exposure and attention as mediating variables
    influencing social risk judgments. 810
Joseph B. Walther & Ulla Bunz. The rules of virtual groups: Trust, liking, and performance in
    computer-mediated communication. 828
Ron Warren. Parental mediation of children‟s television viewing in low-income families. 847

2005, Vol. 55(3) (Special Issue: State of the Art in Communication Theory and Research, Part 2)

Berger, C. R. Interpersonal communication: Theoretical perspectives, future prospectus. 415
Bonnie J. Dow & Celeste M. Condit. The state of the art in feminist scholarship in
    communication. 448
Doris A. Graber (with James Smith). Political communication faces the 21st century. 479
Larry Gross. The past and future of gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender studies. 508
Mark A. Hamilton & Kritsine L. Nowak. Information systems concepts across two decades: An
    empirical analysis of trends in theory, methods, process, and research. 529
Young Yun Kim. Inquiry in intercultural and development communication. 554
Jon F. Nussbaum & Gustav Friedrich. Instructional/developmental communication: Current
    theory, research, and future trends. 578
John C. Reinard & Sandra M. Ortiz. Communication law and policy: The state of research and
    theory. 594
Joseph B. Walther, Geri Gay & Jeffrey T. Hancock. How do communication and technology
    researchers study the internet? 632

2005, Vol. 55(2)

Ann Burnett & Diane M. Badzinski. Judge nonverbal communication on trial: Do mock jurors
   notice? 209
                                                                                             200


Elizabeth Blanks Hindman. Jayson Blair, The New York Times, and paradigm repair. 225
Jakob D. Jensen & Ryan J. Hurley. Third-person effects and the environment: Social distance,
    social desirability, and presumed behavior. 242
Michael W. Kramer. Communication in a fund-raising marathon group. 257
Jennifer L. Lambe & Douglas M. McLeod. Understanding third-person perception processes:
    Predicting perceived impact on self and others for multiple expressive contexts. 277
Byoungkwan Lee & Ron Tamborini. Third-person effect and internet pornography: The influence
    of collectivism and internet self-efficacy. 292
Seow Ting Lee & Crispin C. Maslog. War or peace journalism? Asian newspaper coverage of
    conflicts. 311
Matthew S. McGlone. Quoted out of context: Contextomy and its consequences. 330
Tamir Sheafer & Gabriel Weimann. Agenda building, agenda setting, priming, individual voting
    intentions, and the aggregate results: An analysis of four Israeli elections. 347
James G. Webster. Beneath the veneer of fragmentation: Television audience polarization in a
    multichannel world. 366
Richard Wilkins. The optimal form: Inadequacies and excessiveness within the asiallinen [matter
    of fact] nonverbal style in public and civic settings in Finland. 383

2005, Vol. 55(1)

Melissa Wood Aleman. Embracing and resisting romantic fantasies as the rhetorical vision on a
     seniornet discussion board. 5
Elisabeth Anker. Villains, victims and heroes: Melodrama, media, and September 11. 22
Linda-Renee Bloch & Dafna Lemish. “I know I‟m a freteritt, but . . .”: How a key cultural frame
     (en)genders a discourse of inequality. 38
Katherine Frith, Ping Shaw & Hong Cheng. The construction of beauty: A cross-cultural analysis
     of women‟s magazine advertising. 56
Bruce W. Hardy & Dietram A. Scheufele. Examining differential gains from internet use:
     Comparing the moderating role of talk and online interactions. 71
R. Lance Holbert. Debate viewing as mediator and partisan reinforcement in the relationship
     between news use and vote choice. 85
Se-Hill Kim, Dietram A. Scheufele & James Shanahan. Who cares about the issues? Issue voting
     and the role of news media during the 2000 U.S. presidential election. 103
Silvia Knobloch, Coy Callison, Lei Chen, Annett Fritzsche & Dolf Zillman. Children‟s sex-
     stereotyped self-socialization through selective exposure to entertainment: Cross-cultural
     experiments in Germany, China, and the United States. 122
Edmund Lauf. National diversity of major international journals in the field of communication.
     139
Maira E. Len-Riuos, Shelly Rodgers, Esther Thorson & Doyle Yoon. Representation of women
     in news and photos: Comparing content to perceptions. 152
Michael A. Xenos & Kristen A. Foot. Politicals as usual, or politics unusual? Position taking and
     dialogue on campaign websites in the 2002 U.S. elections. 169
                                                                                            201


2004, Vol. 54(4) (Special Issue: State of the Art in Communication Theory and Research, Part 1)

James A. Anderson & Geoffrey Baym. Philosophies and philosophical issues in communication,
    1995-2004. 589
Kevin G. Barnhurst, Michal Vari & Igor Rodriguez. Mapping visual studies in communication.
    616
Carl H. Botan & Maureen Taylor. Public relations: State of the field. 645
Jennings Bryant & Dorina Miron. Theory and research in mass communication. 662
Joshua Gunn & Barry Brummett. Popular communication after globalization. 705
Elizabeth Jones, Bernadette Watson, John Gardner & Cindy Galois. Organizational
    communication: Challenges for the new century. 722
Roxanne Parrott. Emphasizing communication in health communication. 751
Karen Tracy & Kathleen Haspel. Language and social interaction: An institutional identity,
    intellectual landscape, and discipline-shifting agenda. 788

2004, Vol. 54(3)

Jennings Bryant. 2003 ICA Presidential Address: Critical communication challenges for the new
     century. 389
Mike Allen, Edward Mabry, Michelle Mattrey, John Bourhis, Scott Titsworth & Nancy Burrell.
     Evaluating the effectiveness of distance learning: A comparison using meta-analysis. 402
Chasu An &Michael Pfau. The efficacy of inoculation in televised political debates. 421
W. Lance Bennett, Victor W. Pickard, David P. Iozzi, Carl L. Schroder, Taso Lagos &C. Evans
     Caswell. Managing the public sphere: Journalistic construction of the great globalization
     debate. 437
Renita Coleman & Ben Wasike. Visual elements in public journalism newspapers in an election:
     A content analysis if the photographs and graphics in Campaign 2000. 456
Andrew L. Mendelson & Esther Thorson. How verbalizers and visualizers process the newspaper
     environment. 474
Ananda Mitra. Voices of the marginalized on the internet: Examples from a website for women
     of South Asia. 492
Peter Monge & Sorin Adam Matei. The role of global telecommunications network in bridging
     economic and political divides, 1989 to 1999. 511
Patricia Moy, Michael R. McCluskey, Kelley McCoy & Margaret A. Spratt. Political correlates
     of local media use. 532
Karin Wahl-Jorgensen. How not to found a field: New evidence on the origins of mass
     communication research. 547

2004, Vol. 54(2)

Pablo Bockzowski. The processes of adopting multimedia and interactivity in three online
    newsrooms. 197
Kevin M. Carragee & Wim Roefs. The neglect of power in recent framing research. 214
Kevin Coe, David Domkie, Erica S. Graham, Sue Lockett John & Victor W. Pickard. No shades
    of gray: The binary discourse of George W. Bush and an echoing press. 234
                                                                                           202


Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. The impact of completeness and web use motivation on the credibility
    of e-health information. 253
Rona Tamiko Halualani, Anu S. Chitgopeker, Jennifer Huynh Thi Ahn Morrison & Patrick
    Shaou-Whea Dodge. Diverse in name only? Intercultural interaction at a multicultural
    university. 270
May G. Kennedy, Ann O‟Leary, Vicki Beck, Katrina Pollard & Penny Simpson. Increases in
    calls to the CDC national STD and AIDS hotline following AIDS-related episodes in a soap
    opera. 287
Daisy R. Lemus, David R. Seibold, Andrew J. Flanagan & Miriam J. Metzger. Argument and
    decision making in computer-mediated groups. 302
Amy I. Nathanson. Factual and evaluative approaches to modifying children‟s responses to
    violent television. 321
Nicholas A. Valentino, Vincent L. Hutchings & Dmitri Williams. The impact of political
    advertising on knowledge, internet information seeking, and candidate preference. 337
John D. Youngblood & J. Emmett Winn. About glory: Competing communication codes
    experienced by the members of the African American Pentecostal Genuine Deliverance
    Holiness Church. 355

2004, Vol. 54(1)

Kimberly L. Bissell & Peiqin Zhou. Must-see TV or ESPN: Entertainment and sports media
    exposure and body-image distortion in college women. 5
Cheryl Campanella Bracken & Matthew Lombard. Social presence and children: Praise, intrinsic
    motivation, and learning with computers. 22
Stacey L. Connaughton & Sharon E. Jarvis. Invitations for partisan identification: Attempts to
    court Latino voters through televised Latino-oriented political advertisements, 1984-2000.
    38
Albert C. Gunther & Kathleen Schnmitt. Mapping boundaries of the hostile media effect. 55
Spiro Kiousis. Explicating media salience: A factor analysis of New York Times issue coverage
    during the 2000 presidential election. 71
Mary Beth Oliver, Ronald L. Jackson, II, Nididi N. Moses & Celnisha L. Dangerfield. The face
    of crime: Viewers‟ memory of race-related facial features of individuals pictured in the
    news. 88
Roxanne Parrott, Kami Silk, Judith Weiner, Celeste Condit, Tina Harris & Jay Bernhardt.
    Deriving lay models of uncertainty about genes‟ role in illness causation to guide
    communication about human genetics. 105
Fuyuan Shen. Chronic accessibility and individual cognitions: Examining the effects of message
    frames in political advertisements. 123
David Tewksbury, Patricia Moy & Deborah S. Weis. Preparations for Y2K: Revisiting the
    behavioral component of the third-person effect. 138
Yan Bing Zhang & Jake Garwood. Modernization and tradition in the age of globalization:
    Cultural values in Chinese television commercials. 156
                                                                                             203


2003, Vol. 53(4)

Andrew C. Billings & Susan Tyler Eastman. Framing identities: Gender, ethnic, and national
    parity in network announcing of the 2002 Winter Olympics. 569
William J. Brown, Michael D. Basil & Mihai C. Bocarnea. Social influence of an international
    celebrity: Responses to the death of Princess Diane. 587
David Domke, Philip Garland, Andre Billeaudeaux & John Hutcheson. Insights into U.S. racial
    hierarchy: Racial profiling, news sources, and September 11. 606
Alice Hall. Reading realism: Audiences‟ evaluations of the reality of media texts. 624
Sorin Matei & Sandra Ball-Rokeach. The internet in the communication infrastructure of urban
    residential communities: Macro or mesolinkage? 642
Shelly Rodgers & Esther Torson. A socialization perspective on male and female reporting. 658
Martin Tanis & Tom Posmes. Social cues and impression formation in CMC.
David Tewskbury. What do Americans really want to know? Tracking the behavior of news
    readers on the internet. 694
Yariv Tsfati & Jonathan Choen. On the effect of the “third-person effect”: Perceived influence of
    media coverage and residential mobility intentions. 711

2003, Vol. 53(3)

William P. Eveland, Jr. A “mix of attributes” approach to the study of media effects and new
    communication technologies. 395
Kimberly Gross & Sean Aday. The scary world in your living room and neighborhood: Using
    local broadcast news, neighborhood crime rates, and personal experience to test agenda
    setting and cultivation. 411
R. Lance Holbert, Owen Pillion, David A. Tschida, Greg G. Armfield, Kelly Kinder, Kristin L.
    Cherry & Amy R. Daulton. The West Wing as endorsement of the U.S. presidency:
    Expanding the boundaries of priming in political communication. 427
Chengju Huang. Transitional media vs. normative theories: Schramm, Altschull, and China. 444.
Marina Krcmar & Stephen Curtis. Mental models: Understanding the impact of fantasy violence
    on children‟s moral reasoning. 460
Vicki Mayer. Living telenovelas/telenovelizing life: Mexican American girls‟ identities and
    transnational telenovelas. 479
Divya C. McMillin. Television, gender, and labor in the global city. 496
Susan E. Morgan, Philip Palmgreen, Michael T. Stephenson, Rick H. Hoyle & Elizabeth P.
    Lorch. Associations between message features and subjective evaluations of the sensation
    value of antidrug public service announcements. 512
Robin L. Nabi & Alexandra Hendriks. The persuasive effect of host and audience reaction shots
    in television talk shows. 527

2003, Vol. 53(2)

Albert C. Gunther & J. Douglas Storey. The influence of presumed influence. 199
Kristen Harrison & Barbara L. Fredrickson. Women‟s sports media, self-objectification, and
    mental health in Black and White adolescent females. 216
                                                                                             204


Silvia Knobloch. Mood adjustment via mass communication. 233
Marrthew S. McGlone & Jennifer A. Batchelor. Looking out for number one: Euphemism and
     face. 251
Kelly L. Schmitt, Kimberly Duyck Woolf & Daniel R. Anderson. Viewing the viewers: Viewing
     behaviors by children and adults during television programs and commercials. 265
Eli Avraham & Anat First. “I buy American”: The American image as reflected in Israeli
     advertising. 282
Kalai Natarajan & Hao Xiaoming. An Asian voice? A comparative study of channel news Asia
     and CNN. 300
W. James Potter & Tami K. Tomasello. Building upon the experimental design in media violence
     research: The importance of including receiver interpretations. 315
Karen M. Staller. Constructing the runaway youth problem: Boy adventures to girl prostitutes,
     1960-1978. 330
Xioquan Zhao & Walter Gantz. Disruptive and cooperative interpretations in prime-time
     television fiction: The role of gender, status, and topic. 347

2003, Vol. 53(1)

Cindy Gallois. Reconciliation through communication in intercultural encounters: Potential or
     peril? 5 (2002 ICA Presidential Address)
Ronald Bishop. The world‟s nicest grown-ups: A fantasy theme analysis of news media coverage
     of Fred Rogers. 16
Jessica M. Fishman & Carolyn Marvin. Portrayals of violence and group differences in
     newspaper photographs: Nationalism and media. 32
R. Lance Holbert, Dhavan V. Shah & Nojin Kwak. Political implications of prime-time drama
     and sitcom uses: Genres of representation and opinions concerning women‟s rights. 45
Dennis T. Lowry, Tam Ching Josephine Nio & Dennis W. Leitner. Setting the public fear
     agenda: A longitudinal analysis of network TV crime reporting, public perceptions of crime,
     and FBI crime statistics. 61
Marina M. Pool, Cees M. Koolstra & Tom H. A. van der Voort. The impact of background radio
     and television on high school students‟ homework performance. 74
Daniel Romer, Kathleen Hall Jamieson & Sean Aday. Television news and the cultivation of fear
     of crime. 88
Michael D. Slater. Alienation, aggression, and sensation seeking as predictors of adolescent use
     of violent film, computer, and website content. 105
Mira Sotirovic. How individuals explain social problems: The influences of media use. 122
Roderick P. Hart, William P. Jennings & Mary J. Dixson. Imagining the American people:
     Strategies for building political community. 138
Michael McDevitt. In defense of autonomy: A critique of the public journalism critique. 155
John Weispfenning. Cultural functions of reruns: Time, memory, and television. 165

2002, Vol. 52(4)

Sherry J. Holliday. “Have fun while you can,” “you‟re only as old as you feel,” and “don‟t ever
    get old!”: An examination of memorable messages about aging. 681
                                                                                            205


Christopher Hajek & Howard Giles. The old man out: An intergroup analysis of intergenerational
    communication among gay men. 698
Loretta L. Pecchioni & Jon M. Croghan. Young adults‟ stereotypes of older adults with their
    grandparents as the targets. 715
Eytan Gilboa. Global communication and foreign policy. 731
Steven E. Clayman & John Heritage. Questioning presidents: Journalistic deference and
    adversarialness in the press conferences of U.S. Presidents Eisenhower and Reagan. 749
Osei Appiah. Black and White viewers‟ perception and recall of occupational characters on
    television. 776
Lynn Schofield Clark. U.S. adolescent religious identity, the media, and the “funky” side of
    religion. 794
Kathryn Greene, Marina Krcmar, Donald L. Rubin, Linda Henley Walters & Jerold L. Hale.
    Elaboration in processing adolescent health messages: The impact of egocentrism and
    sensation seeking on message processing. 812
Radhika Parameswaran. Reading fictions of romance: Gender, sexuality, and nationalism in
    postcolonial India. 832
Michael L. Hecht, Sandra L. Faulkner, C. R. Meyers, TA. Niles, Doug Golden & Melanie Cutler.
    Looking through Northern Exposure at Jewish American identity and the communication
    theory of identity. 852
Paul D‟Angelo. News framing as a multiparadigmatic research program: A response to Entman.
    870
Cornelius B. Pratt, Louisa Ha & Charlotte A. Pratt. Setting the public health agenda on major
    diseases in Sub-Saharan Africa: African popular magazines and medical journals, 1981-
    1997. 889
Ying Zhu. Chinese cinema‟s economic reform from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s. 905
Amy I. Nathanson, Barbara J. Wilson, Jocelyn McGee & Minu Sebastian. Counteracting the
    effects of female stereotypes on television via active mediation. 922
Ron Leone. Contemplating ratings: An examination of what the MPAA considers “too far for r”
    and why. 938
Carine T. G. M. Ex, Jan M. A. M. Janssens & Hubert P. L. M. Korzilius. Young females‟ images
    of motherhood in relation to television viewing. 955
Hans Mathias Kepplinger. Mediatization of politics: Theory and data. 972
Brian L. Massey & Li-jing Arthur Chang. Locating Asian values in Asian journalism: A content
    analysis of web newspapers. 987

2002, Vol. 52(3) (Special Issue: Research on the Relationship Between Verbal and Nonverbal
    Communication: Emerging Integrations)

Stanley E. Jones & Curtis D. LeBaron. Guest editor‟s introduction. 499
Ross Buck & C. Arthur VanLear. Verbal and nonverbal communication: Distinguishing
    symbolic, spontaneous, and pseudo-spontaneous nonverbal behavior. 522
Curtis D. LeBaron & Stanley E. Jones. Closing up closings: Showing the relevance of the social
    and material surround to the completion of interaction. 542
Janet Beavin Bavelas, Linda Coates & Trudy Johnson. Listener responses as a collaborative
    process: The role of gaze. 566
                                                                                                206


Jurgen Streeck. Grammars, words, and embodied meanings: On the uses and evolution of so and
    like. 581
Christian Heath. Demonstrative suffering: The gestural (re)embodiment of symptoms. 597
Wayne A. Beach & Curtis D. LeBaron. Body disclosures: Attending to personal problems and
    reported sexual abuse during a medical encounter. 617
Valerie Manusov & April R. Trees. “Are you kidding me?”: The role of nonverbal cues in the
    verbal accounting process. 640
Judee K. Burgoon, Joseph A. Bonito, Artemio Ramirez, Jr., Norah E. Dunbar, Karadeen Kam &
    Jenna Fisher. Testing the interactivity principle: Effects of mediation, propinquity, and
    verbal and nonverbal modalities in interpersonal interaction. 657

2002, Vol. 52(2)

Chris Segrin & Robin L. Nabi. Does television viewing cultivate unrealistic expectations about
     marriage? 247
Alisha M. Crawly, Daniel R. Anderson, Angela Santomero, Alice Wilder, Marsha Williams,
     Marie K. Evans & Jennings Brytant. Do children learn how to watch television? The impact
     of extensive experience with Blue’s Clues on preschool children‟s television viewing
     behavior. 264
Anne Johnston & Lynda Lee Kaid. Image ads and issue ads in U.S. presidential advertising:
     Using videostyle to explore stylistic differences in televised political ads from 1950 to 2000.
     281
Michael Pfau, R. Lance Holbert, Erin Alison Szabo & Jelly Kaminiski. Issue-advocacy versus
     candidate advertising: Effects on candidate preferences and democratic process. 301
William L. Benoit, Mitchell S. McKinney & Michael T. Stephenson. Effects of watching primary
     debates in the 2000 U.S. presidential campaign. 316
Alice Hall & Joseph N. Cappella. The impact of political talk radio exposure on attributions
     about the outcome of the 1996 U.S. presidential election. 332
Silvia Knobloch & Dolf Zillman. Mood management via the digital jukebox. 351
Craig W. Trumbo. Information processing and risk perception: An adaptation of the heuristic-
     systematic model. 367
Matthew P. McAllister. Television news plugola and the last episode of Seinfeld. 383
Arthur A. Raney & Jennings Bryant. Moral judgment and crime drama: An integrated theory of
     enjoyment. 402
Matt Jackson. From private to public: Reexamining the technological basis for copyright. 416
Ronald L. Jackson II & Susan M. Heckman. Perceptions of White identity and White liability:
     An analysis of White student responses to a college campus racial hate crime. 434

2002, Vol. 52(1)

Barbara J. Wilson, Stacy L. Smith, W. James Potter, Dale Kunkel, Daniel Linz, Carolyn M.
    Colvin & Edward Donnerstein. Violence in children‟s television programming: Assessing
    the risks. 5
Barbara J. Wilson, Carolyn M. Colvin & Stacy L. Smith. Engaging in violence on American
    television: A comparison of child, teen, and adult perpetrators. 36
                                                                                               207


Stacy L. Smith & Aaron R. Byson. Violence in music videos: Examining the prevalence and
    context of physical aggression. 61
Stacy L. Smith, Amy I. Nathanson & Barbara J. Wilson. Prime-time television: Assessing
    violence during the most popular viewing hours. 84
Dale Kunkel, Wendy Jo Maynard Farinola, Kristie Farrar, Edward Donnerstein, Erica Biely &
    Lara Zwarun. Deciphering the V-chip: An examination of the television industry‟s program
    rating judgments. 112
Carolina Acosta-Alzuru & Peggy J. Kreshel. “I‟m an American girl . . . whatever that means”:
    Girls consuming Pleasant Company‟s American girl identity. 139
Bryan E. Denham. Advanced categorical statistics: Issues and applications in communication
    research. 162
Albert C. Gunther & Cindy T. Christen. Projection or persuasive press? Contrary effects of
    personal opinion and perceived news coverage on estimates of public opinion. 177
Laura A. Wachwitz. Burger on Miller: Obscene effects and the filth of a nation.
Rebecca Ann Lind & Colleen Salo. The framing of feminists and feminism in news and public
    affairs programs in U.S. electronic media. 211
Joseph N. Cappella. 2001 ICA Presidential address: Cynicism and social trust in the new media
    environment.

2001, Vol. 51(4)

Rajiv N. Rimal. Perceived risk and self-efficacy as motivators: Understanding individuals‟ long-
     term use of health information. 633
Charles R. Berger. Making it worse than it is: Quantitative depictions of threatening trends in the
     news. 655
Douglas M. McLeod, Benjamin H. Detenver & William P. Eveland, Jr. Behind the third-person
     effect: Differentiating perceptual processes for self and other. 678
Joyce M. Wolburg. Preserving the moment, commodifying time, and improving upon the past:
     Insights into the depiction of time in American advertising. 696
Julia B. Corbett. Women, scientists, agitators: Magazine portrayal of Rachel Carson and Theo
     Colborn. 720
Mira Sotirovic. Media use and perceptions of welfare. 750
Glenn W. Richardson, Jr. Looking for meaning in all the wrong places: Why negative advertising
     is a suspect category. 775
Ann Mason & Marian Meyers. Living with Martha Stewart media: Chosen domesticity in the
     experience of fans. 801

2001, Vol. 51(3) (Special Issue: Uncertainty, Evaluation, and Communication)

Austin S. Babrow. Guest editor‟s introduction. 453
James J. Bradac. Theory comparison: Uncertainty reduction, problematic integration, uncertainty
    management, and other curious constructs. 456
Dale E. Brashers. Communication and uncertainty management. 477
Stephen C. Hines. Coping with uncertainties in advance care planning. 498
Deana J. Goldsmith. A normative approach to the study of uncertainty and communication. 514
                                                                                             208


Eric M. Eisenberg. Building a mystery: Toward a new theory of communication and identity. 534
Austin S. Babrow. Uncertainty, value, communication, and problematic integration. 553
Robert D. McPhee & Pamela Zaug. Organizational theory, organizational communication,
     organizational knowledge, and problematic integration. 574

2001, Vol. 51(2)

Jeanine Warisse Turner, Jean A. Grube & Jennifer Meyers. Developing an optimal match within
    online communities: An exploration of CMC support communities and traditional support.
    231
Tanya Stivers. Negotiating who presents the problem: Next speaker selection in pediatric
    encounters. 252
Cynthia Hoffner, Richard S. Plotkin, Martha Buchanan, Joel David Anderson, Stacy K.
    Kamigaki, Lisa A. Hubbs, Laura Kowalczyk, Helsey Silberg & Angela Pastorek. The third-
    person effect in perceptions of the influence of television violence. 283
Marina Krcmar & Mark C. Cooke. Children‟s moral reasoning and their perceptions of television
    violence. 300
David Domke. The press, race relations, and social change. 317
Chin-Chuan Lee, Zhongdang Pan, Joseph Man Chan & Clement Y. K. So. Through the eyes of
    the U.S. media: Banging the democracy drum in Hong Kong. 345
Robert W. Kubey, Michael J. Lavin & John R. Barrows. Internet use and collegiate academic
    performance decrements: Early findings. 366
Eliza Tanner. Chilean conversations: Internet forum participants debate Augusto Pinochet‟s
    detention. 383

2001, Vol. 51(1)

Valerie Baker, Howard Giles, Kimberly Noels, Julie Duck, Michael Hecht & Richarde Clement.
     The English-only movement: A communication analysis of changing perceptions of
     language vitality. 3
Linda L. Putnam. Shifting voices, oppositional discourse, and new visions for communication
     studies. 38 (2000 ICA Presidential Address)
S. Shyam Sundar & Clifford Nass. Conceptualizing sources in online news. 52
Katherine Sender. Gay readers, consumers, and a dominant gay habitus: 25 years of the Advocate
     magazine. 73
Bernd Henning & Peter Vorderer. Psychological escapism: Predicting the amount of television
     viewing by the need for cognition. 100
Julie L. Andsager, Erica Weintraub Austin & Bruce E. Pinkleton. Questioning the value of
     realism: Young adults‟ processing of messages in alcohol-related public service
     announcements and advertising. 121
Patrick Rossler & Hans-Bernd Brosius. Do talk shows cultivate adolescents‟ views of the world?
     A prolonged-exposure experiment. 143
Mary E. McCoy. Dark alliance: News repair and institutional authority in the age of the internet.
     164
                                                                                             209


2000, Vol. 50(4)

Renee A. Meyers, Dale E. Brashers & Jennifer Hanner. Majority-minority influence: Identifying
    argumentative patterns and predicting argument-outcome links. 3
Michael J. Papa, Arvind Singhal, Sweety Law, Saumya Pant, Suruchi Sood, Everett M. Rogers &
    Corrine L. Shefner-Rogers. Entertainment-education and social change: An analysis of
    parasocial interaction, social learning, collective efficacy, and paradoxical communication.
    31
Jake Harwood. Communication media use in the grandparent-grandchild relationship. 56
Kelly Fudge Albada. The public and private dialogue about the American family on television.
    79
Jennifer Stomer-Galley. On-line interaction and why candidates avoid it. 111
Dave D‟Alessio & Mike Allen. Media bias in presidential elections: A meta-analysis. 133
Anthony J. Roberto, Gary Meyer, Amy Janan Johnson & Charles K. Atkin. Using the extended
    parallel process model to prevent firearm injury and death: Field experience results of a
    video-based intervention. 157
Herman Galperin. Regulatory reform in the broadcasting industries of Brazil and Argentina in the
    1990s. 176

2000, Vol. 50(3) (Special Issue: Negotiating Lifestyle Options in Later Life)

Angie Williams & Virpi Ylanne-McEwen. Guest Editors‟ Introduction. Elderly lifestyles in the
     21st century: “Dorris and Sid‟s excellent adventure.” 4
Justine Coupland. Past the “perfect kind of age”? Styling selves and relationships in over-50s
     dating advertisements. 9
Jake Harwood and Mei-Chen Lin. Affiliation, pride, exchange, and distance in grandparents‟
     accounts of relationships with their college-aged grandchildren. 31
Melanie Morgan & Mary Lee Hummert. Perceptions of communicative control strategies in
     mother-daughter dyads across the life span. 48
Angie Williams & Jacqui Guendouzi. Adjusting to “the home”: Dialectical dilemmas and
     personal relationships in a retirement community. 65
Virpi Ylanne-McEwen. Golden times for golden agers: Selling holidays as lifestyle for the over
     50s. 83

Research Articles
Kevin Wright. Computer-mediated social support, older adults, and coping. 100
Kristen Harrison. The body electric: Thin-ideal media and eating disorders in adolescents. 119
Renee A. Botta. The mirror of television: A comparison of Black and White adolescents‟ body
    image. 144

2000, Vol. 50(2)

Yuezki Zhao. From commercialization to conglomeration: The transformation of the Chinese
   press within the orbit of the party state. 3
                                                                                              210


Roopali Mukherjee. Regulating race in the California civil rights initiative: Enemies, allies, and
    alibis. 27
Linda-Renee Bloch. Mobile discourse: Political bumper stickers as a communication event in
    Israel. 48
Maxwell McCombs, Estebian Lopez-Escobar & Juan Pablo Llamas. Setting the agenda of
    attributes in the 1996 Spanish general election. 77
Holli A. Semetko & Patti M. Valkenburg. Framing European politics: A content analysis of press
    and television news. 93
H. Dennis Wu. Systemic determinants of international news coverage: A comparison of 38
    countries. 110
Travis L. Dixon & Daniel Linz. Overrepresentation and underrepresentation of African
    Americans and Latinos as lawbreakers on television news. 131

2000, Vol. 50(1)

Cynthia M. King. Effects of humorous heroes and villains in violent action films. 5
Wolfram Peiser & Jochen Peter. Third-person perception of television-viewing behavior. 25
Annie Lang. The limited capacity model of mediated message processing. 46
Robert O. Wyatt, Elihu Katz & Joochan Kim. Bridging the spheres: Political and personal
    conversation in public and private spheres. 71
Li-Ning Huang. Examining candidate information search processes: The impact of processing
    goals and sophistication. 93
David Domke. Strategic elites, the press, and race relations. 115

1999, Vol. 49(4)

Philip M. Napoli. Deconstructing the diversity principle. 7
David Domke, Mark D. Watts, Dhavan V. Shah & David P. Fan. The politics of conservative
     ethics and the “liberal media” argument. 35
Erik P. Bucy & John E. Newhagen. The emotional appropriateness heuristic: Processing
     televised presidential reactions to the news. 59
David Michael Ryfe. Franklin Roosevelt and the fireside chats. 80
Jon Bruschke & William E. Loges. Relationships between pretrial publicity and trial outcomes.
     104
W. James Potter & Stacy Smith. Consistency of contextual cues about violence across narrative
     levels. 121
Kembrey McLeod. Authenticity within hip-hop and other cultures threatened with assimilation.
     134
Philip M. Napoli. The marketplace of ideas metaphor in communications regulation. 151
Howard Giles. Managing dilemmas in the “silent revolution”: A call to arms! (1999 ICA
     Presidential Address). 170
                                                                                          211


1999, Vol. 49(3)

Douglas M. McLeod & Benjamin H. Detenber. Framing effects of television news coverage of
    social protest. 3
Marina Krcmar & Kathryn Greene. Predicting exposure to and uses of television violence. 24
Mary Beth Oliver. Caucasian viewers‟ memory of Black and White criminal suspects in the
    news. 46
S. Elizabeth Bird. Gendered construction of the American Indian in popular media. 61
Radhika Parameswaran. Western romance fiction as English-language media in postcolonial
    India. 84
Yoram Peri. The media and collective memory of Yitzhak Rabin‟s remembrance. 106
Dan Berkowitz & James V. TerKeurst. Community as interpretive community: Rethinking the
    journalist-source relationship. 125
James B. McOmber. Technological autonomy and three definitions of technology. 137

1999, Vol. 49(2)

Patti M. Valkenburg & Sabine C. Janssen. What do children value in entertainment programs? A
     cross-cultural investigation. 3
Renee A. Botta. Television images and adolescent girls‟ body image disturbance. 22
Margie Comrie. Television news and broadcast deregulation in New Zealand. 42
Michael Curtin. Feminine desire in the age of satellite television. 55
Jill A. Edy. Journalistic uses of collective memory. 71
Pablo J. Bockowski. Mutual shaping of users and technologies in a national virtual community.
     86
Peter Simonson. Mediated sources of public confidence: Lazarsfeld and Merton revisited. 109
James B. Lemert, Wayne Wanta & Tien-Tsung Lee. Party identification and negative advertising
     in a U.S. Senate election. 123

1998, Vol. 49(1)

Frederich Krotz & Susan Tyler Eastman. Orientations toward television outside the home. 5
Shawn Parry-Giles & Trevor Parry-Giles. Meta-imaging, The War Room, and the hyperreality of
     U.S. politics. 28
Karin Gwinn Wilkins. Developmental discourse on gender and communication in strategies for
     social change. 46
Julie L. Andsager & Kimberly Roe. Country music video in country‟s year of the woman. 69
Lisbeth Lipari. Polling as ritual. 83
Dietram A. Sacheufele. Framing as a theory of media effects. 103
Erwin A. Blackston & Gary W. Bowman. Vertical integration in motion pictures. 123

1998, Vol. 48(3)

Ronald E. Rice, John D‟Ambra & Elizabeth More. Cross-cultural comparison of organizational
   media evaluation and choice. 3
                                                                                            212


Stephanie A. Westmyer, Racheal L. DiCioccio & Rebecca B. Rubin. Appropriateness and
    effectiveness of communication channels in competent interpersonal communication. 27
Elizabeth M. Perse. Implications of cognitive and affective involvement for channel changing. 49
Stacy Davis & Marie-Louise Mares. Effects of talk show viewing on adolescents. 69
Charles R. Berger. processing quantitative data about risk and threat in news reports. 87
Christine L. Kellow & H. Leslie Steeves. The role of radio in the Rwandan genocide. 108
Rick Clifton Moore. Hegemony, agency, and dialectical tension in Ellul‟s technological society.
    129

1998, Vol. 48(2)

Vincent Price, David Tewksbury & Li-Ning Huang. Third-person effects on publication of a
    Holocaust-denial advertisement. 3
Elizabeth Blanks Hindman. Community, democracy, and neighborhood news. 27
W. James Potter & Ron Warren. Humor as camouflage of televised violence. 40
Duane Varan. The cultural erosion metaphor and the transcultural impact of media systems. 58
Sameer Singh, Tomas Domonkos Gedeon, & Youngju Rho. Enhancing comprehension of web
    information for users with special linguistic needs. 86
Linda Cooper Berdayes & Vincent Berdays. The information highway in contemporary magazine
    narrative. 109
Victor Sampedro. Grounding the displaced: Local media reception in a transnational context. 125

1998, Vol. 48(1) (Special Issue: Symposium: Media Literacy)

William G. Christ & W. James Potter. Media literacy, media education, and the academy. 5
David Buckingham. Media in the UK: Moving beyond protectionism. 33
James A. Brown. Media literacy perspectives. 44
Robert Kubey. Obstacles to the development of media education in the U.S. 58
Paul Messaris. Visual aspects of media literacy. 70
Herbert Zettl. Contextual media aesthetics as the basis for media literacy. 81
Joshua Meyrowitz. Multiple media literacies. 96
Justin Lewis & Sut Jhally. The struggle over media literacy. 109

1997, Vol. 47(4)

Michael Pfau, Kathleen E. Kendall, Tom Reichert, Susan A. Hellweg, Waipeng Lee, Kyle James
     Tusing & Theodore O. Proisise. Influence of communication during the distant phase of the
     1996 Republican presidential primary campaign. 6
Kevin G. Barnhurst & Diana Mutz. American journalism and the decline in event-centered
     reporting. 27
Michael Dupagne. Effect of three communication technologies on mass media spending in
     Belgium. 54
Jessica Allen, Sonia Livingstone & Robert Reiner. The changing generic location of crime in
     film: A content analysis of film synopses, 1945-1991. 89
                                                                                            213


Hans Mathias Kepplinger. Political correctness and academic principles: A reply to Simpson.
    102
Stanley A. Deetz. 1997 ICA Presidential Address: Communication in the age of negotiation. 118

1997, Vol. 47(3)

Serra A. Tinc. United colors and united meanings: Benneton and the commodification of social
    issues. 3
June Woong Rhee. Strategy and issue frames in election campaign coverage: A social cognitive
    account of framing effects. 26
David Pritchard & Karen D. Hughes. Patterns of deviance in crime news. 49
David D. Perlmutter. Manufacturing visions of society and history in textbooks. 68
Adam F. Simon. Television news and international earthquake relief. 82

1997, Vol. 47(2)

Elihu Katz, Hadassah Haas & Michael Gurevitch. 20 years of television in Israel: Are there long-
     run effects on values, social connectedness, and cultural practices? 3
Patti M. Valkenbury & Johannes W. J. Beentjes. Children‟s creative imagination in response to
     radio and television stories. 21
Catherine A. Luther & Douglas A. Boyd. American occupation control over broadcasting in
     Japan, 1945-1952. 39
Michal B. Salwen & Paul D. Driscoll. Consequences of third-person perception in support of
     press restrictions in the O. J. Simpson trial. 60
Matthew Kieran. news reporting and the ideological presumption. 79
John Havick. Determinants of national media attention. 97
Marcy Meyer, J. David Johnson & Caroline Ethington. Contrasting attributes of preventive
     health innovations. 112

1997, Vol. 47(1)

Clay Calvert. Hate speech and its harms: A communication theory perspective. 4
Stephen D. Perry, Stefan A. Jenzowsky, Cynthia M. King, Huiuk Yi, Joe Bob Hester & Jeanne
    Gartenschlaeger. Using humorous programs as a vehicle for humorous commercials. 20
Kristen Harrison & Joanne Cantor. The relationship between media consumption and eating
    disorders. 40
S. Robert Lichter, Linda S. Lichter & Daniel Amundson. Does Hollywood hate business or
    money? 68
Kwok Glasser. patriarchy, mediated desire, and Chinese magazine fiction. 85
Charles R. Berger: 1996 ICA Presidential Address: Finding a cure for communication. 109

1996, Vol. 46(4)

Symposium: Dynamic Social Impact Theory and Communication
Edward L. Fink. Dynamic social impact theory and the study of human communication. 4
                                                                                           214


Bibb Latané. Dynamic social impact: The creation of culture by communication. 13
Bibb Latané & James H. Liu. The intersubjective geometry of social space. 26
Bibb Latané & Martin Bourgeois. Experimental evidence for dynamic social impact: The
    emergence of subcultures in electronic groups. 35
Howard Lavine & Bibb Latané. A cognitive-social theory of public opinion: Dynamic social
    impact and cognitive structure. 48
Pascal Huguet & Bibb Latane. Social representations as dynamic social impact. 57
Mark Schaller & Bibb Latane. Dynamic social impact and the evolution of social representations:
    A natural history of stereotypes. 64

Articles
Sidney Krause. Winners of the first 1960 televised presidential debate between Kennedy and
     Nixon. 78
Sharon Hartin Iorio & Susan Schultz Huxman. Media coverage of political issues and the
     framing of personal concerns. 97
W. James Potter & Ron Warren. Considering policies to protect children from TV violence. 116
Amy I. Nathanson. Children‟s fright reactions to television news. 139
Bradley S. Greenberg & Rick W. Busselle. Soap operas and sexual activity: A decade later. 153
     (Research Note)

1996, Vol. 46(3)

Symposium: Biology and Communication
Joseph N. Capella. Why biological explanation? 4
Neil M. Malamuth. Sexually explicit media, gender differences, and evolutionary theory. 8
Pamela J. Shoemaker. Hardwired for news: Using biological and cultural evolution to explain the
    surveillance function. 32
Baldwin M. Way & Roger D. Masters. Emotion and cognition in political information-
    processing. 48
Benjamin H. Detenber & Byron Reeves. A bio-informational theory of emotion: Motion and
    image size effects on viewers. 66

Symposium: Intellectual Roots of Communication Research
John Durham Peters. Tangled legacies. 85
Kenneth Cmiel. On cynicism, evil, and the discovery of communication in the 1940s. 88
John Durham Peters. The uncanniness of mass communication in interway social thought. 108
Brett Gary. Communication research, the Rockefeller Foundation, and mobilization for the war
    on words, 1938-1944. 124
Christopher Simpson. Elizabeth Noelle-Neumann‟s “spiral of silence” and the historical context
    of communication theory. 149

1996, Vol. 46(2)

David Miles. The CD-ROM novel Myst and McLuhan‟s fourth law of media: Myst and its
    “retrievals.” 4
                                                                                        215


Jeanne B. Funk & Debra D. Buchman. Playing violent video and computer games and adolescent
     self-concept. 19
Benjamin I. Page & Jason Tannenbaum. Populist deliberation and talk radio. 33
Vincent Price & Edward J. Czilli. Modeling patterns of news recognition and recall. 55
Peter Lunt & Sonia Livingstone. Rethinking the focus group in media and communications
     research. 79
Robert Kubey, Reed Larson & Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi. Experience sampling method
     applications to communication research questions. 99
Clifford Nass, Byron Reeves & Glenn Leshner. Technology and roles: A tale of two TVs. 121
     (Research Note)
John P. Robinson & Mark R. Levy. New media use and the informed public: A 1990s update.
     129 (Research Note)

1996, Vol. 46(1)

Symposium: The Net
John E. Newhagen & Sheizaf Rafaeli. Why communication researchers should study the internet:
    A dialogue. 4
John December. The units of analysis for internet communication. 14
Merrill Morris & Christine Ogan. The internet as mass medium. 39
Margaret L. McLuahglin. The art site on the world wide web. 51
Malcolm R. Parks & Kory Floyd. Making friends in cyberspace. 80
Robert W. McChesney. The internet and U.S. communication policy-making in historical and
    critical perspective. 98

Research Articles
Eric W. Rothenbuhler. Commercial radio as communication. 125
Karen E. Riggs. Television use in a retirement communication. 144
                                                                                              216


                         JOURNAL OF FAMILY COMMUNICATION

2008, Vol. 7(1)

Paul D. Turman. Parental sport involvement: Parental influence to encourage young athlete
     continued sports participation. 151
Jordan Solitz. Communicative predictors of a share family identity: Comparison of
     grandchildren‟s perceptions of family-of-origin grandparents and stepgrandparents. 177
Patrice M. Buzzanell, Damion Waymer, Maria Paz Tagle & Melina Liu. Different transitions into
     working motherhood: Discourses of Asian, Hispanic, and African American women. 195

2007, Vol. 7(2)

S. S. Krouse & T. D. Afifi. Family-to-work spillover stress: Coping communicatively in the
     workplace. 85
Mary Claire Morr Serewicz, Fran C. Dickson, Jennifer Huynh Thi Anh Morrison & L. Lori
     Poole. Family privacy orientation, relational maintenance, and family satisfaction in young
     adults‟ family relationships. 123

2007, Vol. 1

Mary Lee Hummert. As family members age: A research agenda for family communication. 2
Paul Schrodt, Andrew M. Ledbetter & Jennifer K. Ohrt. Parental confirmation and affection as
    mediators of family communication patterns and children‟s mental well-being. 23
J. Donald Ragsdale & Frances E. Brandau-Brown. Could relational maintenance in marriage
    really be like grocery shopping? A reply to Stafford and Canary. 47
Laura Staffod & Daniel J. Canary. People want—and maintain—fair marriages: Reply to
    Ragsdale and Brandau-Brown. 61
J. Donald Ragsdale & Fraces E. Brandau-Brown. Asked but not answered: A second reply to
    Staffors and Canary. 69

2006, Vol. 6(4)

Laura Stafford & Daniel J. Canary. Equity and interdependence as predictors of relational
    maintenance strategies. 227
Todd L. Sandel, Grace E. Cho, Peggy J. Miller & Su-hua Wang. What it means to be a
    grandmother: A cross-cultural study of Taiwanese and Euro-American grandmothers‟
    beliefs. 255
Steven R. Wilson, Javette Hayes, Carma Bylund, Jessica J. Rack & Andrew P. Herman. Mothers‟
    trait verbal aggressiveness and child abuse potential. 279
                                                                                            217


2006, Vol. 6(3)

Caryn E. Medved, Shannon M. Brogan, Andrea M. McClanahan, Jerimiah F. Morris & Gregory
    J. Shepherd. Family and work socializing communication: Messages, gender, and
    ideological implications. 161
Jake Harwood, Priya Raman & Miles Herstone. The family and communication dynamics of
    group salience. 181
Karla Mason Bergen, Elizabeth A. Suter & Karen L. Daas. “About as solid as a fish net”:
    Symbolic construction of a legitimate parental identity for nonbiological lesbian mothers.
    201

2006, Vol. 6(2)

Nathan Miczo, Lisa A. Miczo & Michelle Johnson. Parental support, perceived stress, and
    illness-related variables among first-year college students. 97
Gustavo S. Mesch. Family relations and the internet: Exploring a family boundaries approach.
    119
Ronda M. Scantlin & Amy B. Jordan. Families‟ experiences with the V-chip: An exploratory
    study. 139

2006, Vol. 6(1)

Chris Segrin. Family interactions and well-being: Integrative perspectives. 3
Sylvia Niehuis, Ted L. Huston & Reva Rosenband. From courtship into marriage: A new
    developmental model and methodological critique. 23
Jody Koenig Kellas & April R. Trees. Finding meaning in difficulty family experiences: Sense-
    making and interaction processes during joint family storytelling. 49
Daniel J. Weigel, Kymberly K. Bennett & Deborah S. Ballard-Reisch. Influence strategies in
    marriage: Self and partner links between equity, strategy use, marital satisfaction, and
    commitment. 77

2005, Vol. 5(4)

Cecilia Bosticco & Teresa Thompson. The role of communication and story telling in the family
    grieving system. 255
Shawn T. Wahl, M. Chad McBride & Paul Schrodt. Becoming “point and click” parents: A case
    study of communication and online adoption. 279
Jennifer M. Heisler. Family communication about sex: Parents and college-aged offspring recall
    discussion topics, satisfaction, and parental involvement. 295
Judith L. Weiner, Kami J. Silk & Roxanne L. Parrott. Family communication and genetic health:
    A research note. 313
                                                                                              218


2005, Vol. 5(3)

John Gottman, Kimberly Ruyan, Catherine Swanson & Kristin Swanson. Proximal change
    experiments with couples: A methodology for empirically building a science of effective
    interventions for changing couples‟ interaction. 163
Laurie Heatherington, Valnetín Escudero & Myrna L. Friedlander. Couple interaction during
    problem discussions: Toward an integrative methodology. 191
Leslie A. Baxter, Carma L. Bylund, Rebecca S. Imes & Denise M. Scheive. Family
    communication environments and rule-based social control of adolescents‟ health lifestyle
    choices. 2099
Michael Tannenbaum. Viewing family relations through a linguistic lens: Symbolic aspects of
    language maintenance in immigrant families. 229

2005, Vol. 5(2)

Kory Floyd & Mark T. Haynes. Applications of the theory of natural selection to the study of
    family communication. 79
Deborah Eicher-Catt. Advancing family communication scholarship: Toward a communicology
    of the family. 103
Stacy L. Young, Tara L. Kubicka, Caralyn E. Tucker, Desi Chávez-Appel & Jamie S. Rex.
    Communicative responses to hurtful messages in families. 123
Michael Irvin Arrington. “She‟s right behind me all the way”: An analysis of prostate cancer
    narratives and changes in family relationships. 141

2005, Vol. 5(1)

Alyson F. Shapiro & John M. Gottman. Effects on marriage of a psycho-communicative-
     educational intervention with couples undergoing the transition to parenthood, evaluation at
     1-year post intervention. 1
Patrick C. Hughes & Fran C. Dickson. Communication, marital communication, and religious
     orientation in interfaith marriages. 25
Stephen M. Haas & Laura Stafford. Maintenance behaviors in same-sex and marital
     relationships: A matched sample comparison. 43
J. Donald Ragsdale & Frances E. Brandau-Brown. Individual differences in the use of relational
     maintenance strategies in marriage. 61

2004, Vols. 3 & 4 (Special Issue: Advancing Family Communication Theory and Research)

Thomas J. Socha. Advancing family communication theories and methods. 151

Part 1: Re-envisioning Family Communication Theory Building
Dawn O. Braithwaite. Editor‟s note. 157
L. Edna Rogers. The development of relational communication: A personal narrative. 157
Mary Anne Fitzpatrick. Family communication patterns theory: Observation on its development
    and application. 167
                                                                                               219


Leslie A. Bazter. A tale of two voices: Relational dialectics theory. 181
Sandra Petronio. Road to developing communication privacy management theory: Narrative in
    progress, please stand by. 193
Loreen N. Olson. Relational control-motivated aggression: A theoretically-based typology of
    intimate violence. 209
Theory in Progress
Norah E. Dunbar. Dyadic power theory: Constructing a communication-based theory of
    relational power. 235
Marceline Thompson-Hayes & Lynne M. Webb. Commitment under construction: A dyadic and
    communicative model of marital commitment. 249

Part II: Innovative Methods for Studying Family Communication
Deborah Ballard-Reisch & Daniel J. Weigel. Editors‟ note. 261
Deborah A. Kashy, William A. Jellison & David A. Kenny. Modeling the interdependence
    among family members. 265
Kory Floyd. An introduction to the uses and potential uses of physiological measurement in the
    study of family communication. 295
Geoffrey K. Leigh. Incorporating human energy fields into studies of family communication. 319
Steve Duck & Robin Crumm. Porteus in the family castle: Studying the inconstant using the
    unwieldy in unison. 337 (Point of View Article)

2004, Vol. 4(2)

Tamara D. Afifi & Stacia Keith. A risk and resiliency model of ambiguous loss in postdivorce
    stepfamilies. 65
Joy Koesten & Karen Anderson. Exploring the influence of family communication patterns,
    cognitive complexity, and interpersonal competence on adolescent risk behaviors. 99
Yan Xu & Brant R. Burleson. The association of experienced spousal support with marital
    satisfaction: Evaluating the moderating effects of sex, ethnic culture, and type of support.
    123

2004, Vol. 4(1)

Barbara A. Penington. The communicative management of connection and autonomy in African
    American and European American mother-daughter relationships. 3
Lynne M. Webb, Amanda J. Bourgerier, Milton W. Schaper, Kayla B. Johnson, Krista LK.
    Dubbs, Kyie N. Mountain, Lim H. Karp & Amber M. Walker. Gender and diversity in
    family communication: A content analysis of four undergraduate textbooks. 35

2003, Vol. 3(4) (Special Issue: Communication and Diversity in the Contemporary Family)

Lynn H. Turner & Richard West. Breaking through silence: Increasing voice for diverse families
    in communication research. 181 (Introduction)
Stephanie Coontz. Diversity and communication values in the family. 187 (Point of View
    Article)
                                                                                            220


Elizabeth E. Graham. Dialectic contradictions in postmarital relationships. 193
Carma L. Bylund. Ethnic diversity and family stories. 215
Kathleen Galvin. International and transracial adoption: A communication research agenda. 237

2003, Vol. 3(3)

Carole A. Barbato, Elizabeth E. Graham & Elizabeth M. Perse. Communicating in the family: An
    examination of the relationship of family communication climate and interpersonal
    communication motives. 123
Lori L. Montalbano-Phelps. Discourse of survival: Building families free of unhealthy
    relationships. 149

2003, Vol. 3(2)

John Oetzel, Stella Ting-Toomey, Martha Idalia Chew-Sanchez, Richard Harris, Richard Wilcox
    & Siegfried Stumpf. Face and facework in conflicts with parents and siblings: A cross-
    cultural comparison of Germans, Japanese, Mexicans, and U.S. Americans. 67
Roxanne Parrott & Robert Lemieux. When the worlds of work and wellness collide: The role of
    familial support on skin cancer control. 95
Jacki Fitzpatrick, Du Feng & Duane Crawford. A contextual model analysis of women‟s social
    competence, affective characteristics, and satisfaction in premarital relationships. 107

2003, Vol. 3(1)

Daniel J. Weigel. A communication approach to the construction of commitment in the early
     years of marriage: A qualitative study. 1
Bill Strom. Communication virtue and its relation to marriage quality. 21
Paul Yelsma & Sherilyn Marrow. An examination of couples‟ difficulties with emotional
     expressiveness and their marital satisfaction. 41

2002, Vol. 2(4)

Michelle Miller & L. Edward Day. Family communication, maternal and paternal expectations,
    and college students‟ suicidality. 167
Laura L. Winn. Strategies used by Head Start mothers while engaging their child in a picture
    book: Is one strategy more related to child vocabulary scores? 185

2002, Vol. 2(3)

Anne E. Lucchetti, William G. Powers & Don E. Love. The empirical development of the child-
    parent communication apprehension scale for use with young adults. 109
Ascan F. Koerner & Kristen Evis Cvancara. The influence of conformity orientation on
    communication patterns in family conversations. 133
                                                                                                221


2002, Vol. 2(2)

Margaret E. Prescott & Beth A. Le Poire. Eating disorders and mother-daughter communication:
    A test of inconsistent nurturing as control theory. 59
Brant R. Burleson & Adrianne Kunkel. Parental and peer contributions to the emotional support
    skills of the child: From whom do children learn to express support? 79

2002, Vol. 2(1)

Murray A. Strauss. Communicating the no-spanking message to parents. 3 (Point of View)
Joy Koesten, Katherine I. Miller & Mary Lee Hummert. Family communication, self-efficacy,
    and White female adolescents‟ risk behavior. 7
Krystyna S. Aune & Jamie Comstock. An exploratory investigation of jealousy in the family. 20

2001, Vol. 1(4)

Ron Warren. In words and deeds: Parental involvement and mediation of children‟s television
    viewing. 211
Annis G. Golden. Modernity and the communicative management of multiple roles: The case of
    the worker-parent. 233
Daniel J. Weigel & Deborah S. Ballard-Reisch. The impact of relational maintenance behaviors
    on marital satisfaction: A longitudinal analysis. 265

2001, Vol. 1(3)

Chris Segrin & Jeanne Flora. Perceptions of relational histories, marital quality, and loneliness
    when communication is limited: An examination of married prison inmates. 151
Victoria O. Orrego & Jose Rodriguez. Family communication patterns and college adjustment:
    The effects of communication and conflictual independence on college students. 175

Reviews and Resources in Family Communication
Lynne M. Webb. A modest beginning: From the latest on-line to a 1995 mainstay. 191
Ann Rosenthal. A review of internet-based resources for family communication research. 193

2001, Vol. 1(2)

Timothy Stephen. Concept analysis of the communication literature on marriage and family. 91
Michelle Miller & Josephine W. Lee. Communicating disappointment: The viewpoint of sons
    and daughters. 111
Loretta L. Pecchioni & Jon F. Nussbaum. Mother-adult daughter discussions of caregiving prior
    to dependency: Exploring concepts among European-American women. 133
                                                                                           222


2001, Vol. 1(1) (Special Issue: Family Communication: Progressing into the 21st Century)

Thomas Socha. Editor‟s introduction: Home, family, and communication: The horizon through a
    wide lens. 1
Gail G. Whitchurch. Stayin‟ applied. 9
Kathleen M. Galvin. Family communication instruction: A brief history and call. 15
Lynne M. Webb. A thoughtful critique on the right stuff: A plan for staying on top of family
    communication information. 21
L. Edna Rogers. Relational communication in the context of family. 25
John Gottman, Robert Levenson & Erica Woodin. Facial expressions during marital conflict. 37
Ellen Wartella & Nancy Jennings. New members of the family: The digital revolution in the
    home. 59
Fred Rogers. A point of view: Family communication, television, and Mister Rogers’
    Neighborhood. 71
William B. Gudykunst & Carmen M. Lee. An agenda for studying ethnicity and family
    communication. 75
Harriette P. McAdoo. Point of view: Ethnicity and family dialog. 87
                                                                                             223


    JOURNAL OF HEALTH COMMUNICATION: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES

2007, Vol. 12(4)

Carol Underwood, Elizabeth Serlemitsos & Mubiana Macwangi. Health communication in
    multilingual contexts: A student of reading preferences, practices, and proficiencies among
    literate adults in Zambia. 317
Michael Give. Consent and counter-mobilization: The case of the National Smokers Alliance.
    339
Sei-Hill Kim & L. Anne Willis. Talking about obesity: News framing of who is responsible for
    causing and fixing the problem. 359
Anthony P. Lombardo & Yves A Léger. Thinking about “think again” in Canada: Assessing a
    social marketing HIV/AIDS prevention campaign. 377
Donald W. Helme, Robert Lewis Donohue, Monika Baier & Linda Zittleman. A classroom-
    administered simulation of a television campaign on adolescent smoking: Testing an
    activation model of information exposure. 399

2007, Vol. 12(3)

Lisa S. Meredith, David P. Eisenman, Hilary Rhodes, Gery Ryan & Anna Long. Trust influences
    response to public health messages during a bioterrorist event. 217
Rachel Smith. Media depictions of health topics: Challenge and stigma formats. 233
May O. Lwin & SAeang Mei-Saw. Protecting children from myopia: A PMT perspective for
    improving health marketing communications. 251
Camilla Maria Andersson, Gunilla Bjäräs, Per Tillgren & Claes Göran Östenson. Local media
    monitoring in process evaluation: Experiences from the Stockholm diabetes prevention
    programme. 269
Pauline Hope Cheong, Thomas Hugh Feeley & Timothy Servoss. Understanding health
    inequalities for uninsured Americans: A population-wide survey. 285

2007, Vol. 12(2)

Shelly Rodgers, Qimei Chen, Margaret Duffy & Kenneth Fleming. Media usage as health
    segmentation variables. 105
Mauro P. Porto. Fighting AIDS among adolescent women: Effects of a public communication
    campaign in Brazil. 121
Lauren D. Harris-Kojetin, Jennifer D. Uhrig, Peyton Williams, Carla Bann, Elizabeth M.
    Frentzel, Lauren M. McCormack, Nancy Mitchell & Nathan West. The “choose with care
    system”—Development of education materials to support informed Medicare health plan
    choices. 133
Angela Sun, Jian Zhang, Janice Tsoh, Evaon Wong-Kim & Edward Chow. The effectiveness in
    utilizing Chinese media to promote breast health among Chinese women. 157
Leen Adams & Maggie Geuens. Healthy or unhealthy slogans: That‟s the question . . . . 173
                                                                                          224


John Oetzel, Bonnie Duran, Yizhou Jiang & Julie Lucero. Social support and social undermining
    as correlates for alcohol, drug, and mental disorders in American Indian women presenting
    for primary care at an Indian health service hospital. 187

2007, Vol. 12(1)

Natalie B. Slopen, Amy C. Watson, Gabriela Gracia & Patrick W. Corrigan. Age analysis of
     newspaper coverage of mental illness. 3
Carma L. Bylund, Christina M. Sabee, Rebecca S. Imes & Amy Aldreidge Sanford. Exploration
     of the construct of reliance among patients who talk with their providers about internet
     information. 17
Joel J. Davis, Emily Cross & John Crowley. Pharmaceutical websites and the communication of
     risk information. 29
Owen B. J. Carter & Robert J. Donovan. Public (mis)understanding of the UV index. 41
Anthony J. Roberto, Rick S. Zimmerman, Kellie E. Carlyle & Erin L. Abner. A computer-based
     approach to preventing pregnancy, STD, and HIV in rural adolescents. 53
Bonnie A. Leeman-Castillo, Kitty K. Corbett, Eva M. Aagaard, Judith H. Maselli, Ralph
     Gonzales & Thomas D. MacKenzie. Acceptability of a bilingual interactive computerized
     educational module in a poor, medically underserved patient population. 77

2006, Vol. 11(8)

Edward W. Maibach, Deanne Weber, Holly Massett, Gregory R. Hancock & Simani Price.
    Understanding consumers‟ health information preferences: Development and validation of a
    brief screening instrument. 717
Itamar Katz. Explaining the increase in condom use among South African young females. 737
Leanne Johnny & Claudia Mitchell. “Live and let live”: An analysis of HIV/AIDS-related stigma
    and discrimination in international campaign posters. 755
Chingching Chang. Changing smoking attitudes by strengthening weak antismoking beliefs—
    Taiwan as an example. 769
Kenneth Fleming, Esther Thorson & Yuyan Zhang. Going beyond exposure to local news media:
    An information-processing examination of public perceptions of food safety. 789

2006, Vol. 11(Supplement 2) (Special Issue: cost-Effectiveness Analysis)

Jane T. Bertrand. Introduction to the special issue on cost-effectiveness analysis. 3
Paul Hutchinson & Jennifer Wheeler. The cost-effectiveness of health communication programs:
    What do we know. 7
David K. Guilkey, Paul Hutchinson & Peter Lance. Cost-effectiveness analysis for health
    communication programs. 47
D. Lawrence Kincaid & Mai Phuoung Do. Multivariate causal attribution and cost-effectiveness
    of a national mass media campaign in the Philippines. 69
Paul Hutchinson, Peter Lance, David K. Guilkey, Mohammed Shahjahan & Shahida Haque.
    Measuring the cost-effectiveness of a national health communication program in rural
    Bangladesh. 91
                                                                                             225


Michael Sweat, Deanna Kerrigan, Luis Moreno, Santo Roasrio, Bayardo Gomez, Hector Jerez,
    Ellen Weiss & Clare Barrington. Cost-effectiveness of environmental-structural
    communication interventions for HIV prevention in the female sex industry in the
    Dominican Republic. 123
Suruchi Sood & Devaki Nambiar. Comparative cost-effectiveness of the components of a
    behavior chance communication campaign on HIV/AIDS in North India. 143
Kevin D. Frick. Cost-effectiveness of behavior change communication campaigns: Assessing the
    state of the science and how to move the field forward. 163

2006, Vol. 11(7)

Elizabeth A. Smith, Nophtali Offen & Ruth E. Malone. Pictures worth a thousand words:
    noncommercial tobacco content in the lesbian, gay, and bisexual press. 635
Dean Schillinger, Frances Wang, Jorge Palacios, Maytrella Roriguex, Edward L. Machtinger &
    Andrew Bindman. Language, literacy, and communication regarding medication in an
    anticoagulation clinic: A comparison of verbal vs. visual assessment. 651
Cynthia Waszak Geary, Holly McClain Burke, Shailes Neupane, Laure Castelnau & Jane D.
    Brown. Does MTV reach an appropriate audience for HIV prevention messages? Evidence
    from MTV viewership data in Nepal and Brazil. 665
Janice Frates, Gloria Garcia Bohrer & David Thomas. Promoting organ donation to Hispanics:
    The role of the media and medicine. 683
Karen Glanz, Nicole M. Sutton & Kimberly R. Jacob Arriola. Operation storefront Hawaii:
    tobacco advertising and promotion in Hawaii stores. 699

2006, Vol. 11(6)

Terry C. Davis, Julie Gazmararian & Estela M. Kennen. Approaches to improving health
     literacy: Lessons from the field. 551
Dean Schillinger, Frances Wang, Maytrella Rodriguez, Andrew Bindman & Edward L.
     Machtinger. The importance of establishing regimen concordance in preventing medication
     errors in anticoagulant care. 555
Marilyn M. Schapira, Ann B. Nattinger & Timothy L. McAuliffe. The influence of graphic
     format on breast cancer risk communication. 569
Felicia E. Mebane, Eileen A. Yam & Barbara K. Rimer. Sex education and the news: Lessons
     from how journalists framed virginity pledges. 583
Kathleen S. Kelly, Michael F. Thompson & Richard D. Waters. Improving the way we die: A
     coorientation study assessing agreement/disagreement in the organization-public relationship
     of hospices and physicians. 607

2006, Vol. 11(5)

Kathleen J. Kelly, Linda R. Stanley, Maria Leonora G. Comello & Gabriel R. Gonzalez. Tobacco
    counteradvertisements aimed at bicultural Mexican American youth: The impact of language
    and theme. 455
                                                                                            226


C. Nadine Wathen. Health information seeking in context: How women make decisions
    regarding hormone replacement therapy. 477
Juanne N. Clarke, Lianne McLellan & Laurie Hoffman-Goetz. The portrayal of HIV/AIDS in
    two popular African American magazines. 495
Christian M. Simon, Stephen J. Zyzanski, Ellen Durran, Xavier Jimenez & Eric D. Kodish.
    Interpreter accuracy and informed consent among Spanish-speaking families with cancer.
    509
Jane Pirkis, R. Warwick Blood, Catherine Francis & Kerry McCallum. On-screen portrayals of
    mental illness: Extent, nature, and impacts. 523

2006, Vol. 11(4)

Seth M. Noar, Kellie Carlyle & Christi Cole. Why communication is crucial: meta-analysis of the
    relationship between safer sexual communication and condom use. 365
Isaac M. Lipkus & William M. P. Klein. Effects of communicating social comparison
    information on risk perceptions for colorectal cancer. 391
Janet Hock & Phillip Gendall. Advertising and obesity: A behavioral perspective. 409
Daniela B. Friedman & Laurie Hoffman-Goetz. Assessment of cultural sensitivity of cancer
    information in ethnic print media. 425

2006, Vol. 11(Supplement 1) (Special Issue: The Health Information National Trends Survey
(HINTS): Research from the Baseline)

K. Viswanath, Nancy Breen, Helen Meissner, Richard P. Moser, Bradford Hesse, Whitney
    Randolph Steele & William Rakowski. Cancer knowledge and disparities in the information
    age. 1
Jennifer S. Ford, Elliot J. Coups & Jennifer L. Hay. Knowledge of colon cancer screening in a
    national probability sample in the United States. 19
Laura E. Zajac, William M./ P. Klein & Kevin D. McCaul. Absolute and comparative risk
    perceptions as predictors of cancer worry: Moderating effects of gender and psychological
    distress. 37
Paul K. J. Han, Richard P. Moser & William M. P. Klein. Perceived authority about cancer
    prevention recommendations: Relationship to perceptions of cancer preventability, risk, and
    worry. 51
Jennifer Hay, Elliot Coups & Jennifer Ford. Predictors of perceived risk for colon cancer in a
    national probability sample in the United States. 71
Amanda J. Dillard, Kevin D. McCaul & William M. P. Klein. Unrealistic optimism in smokers:
    Implications for smoking myth endorsement and self-protective motivation. 93
Jennifer L. Cerully, William M. P. Klein & Kevin D. McCaul. Lack of acknowledgment of fruit
    and vegetable recommendations among nonadherent individuals: Associations with
    information processing and cancer cognitions. 103
Linda Squires, Mary Anne Bright, Lila J. Finny Rutten, Audie A. Atienza, Katherine Treiman,
    Richard P. Moser & Bradford Hesse. Awareness of the National Cancer Institute‟s Cancer
    Information Service results from the Health Information National Trends Study (HINTS).
    117
                                                                                              227


Lila J. Finney Rutten, Erik Augustson & Kay Wanke. Factors associated with patients‟
     perceptions of health care providers‟ communication behavior. 135
Lila J. Finney Rutten, Linda Squires & Bradford Hesse. Cancer-related information seeking:
     Hints from the 2003 Health Information National Trends Survey (HINTS). 147
Minsum Shim, Bridget Kelly & Robert Hornik. Cancer information scanning and seeking
     behavior is associated with knowledge, lifestyle choices, and screening. 157
Giang T. Nguyen & Scarlett L. Bellamy. Cancer information seeking preferences and
     experiences: Disparities between Asian Americans and Whites in the Health Information
     National Trends Survey (HINTS). 173
Bruce S. Ling, William M. Klein & Qianyu Dang. Relationship of communication and
     information measures to colorectal cancer screening utilization: Results from HINTS. 181

2006, Vol. 11(3)

Forum
Edward C. Green & Kim Witte. Can fear arousal in public health campaigns contribute to the
    decline of HIV prevalence? 245
Commentaries. 261

Itshak Yanovitzky. Sensation seeking and alcohol use by college students: Examining multiple
     pathways of effects. 269
Patricia A. Aloise-Young, Michael D. Slater & Courtney C. Cruickshank. Mediators and
     moderators of magazine advertisement effects on adolescent cigarette smoking. 281
Mai P. Do & D. Lawrence Kincaid. Impact of an entertainment-education television drama on
     health knowledge and behavior in Bangladesh: An application of propensity score matching.
     301
Annabelle Mooney. Quality of life: Questionnaires and questions. 327
John Wharf Higgins, P. J. Naylor, Tanya Berry, Brian O‟Conner & David McLean. The health
     buck stops where? Thematic framing of health discourse to understand the context for CVD
     prevention. 343

2006, Vol. 11(2)

Tara M. Cousineau, David Rancourt & Traci Craig Green. Web chatter before and after the
     women‟s health initiative results: A content analysis of on-line menopause message boards.
     133
Traci Hong. Contributing factors to the use of health-related websites. 149
Erika A. Waters, Neil D. Weinstein, Graham A. Colditz & Karen Emmons. Formats for
     improving risk communication in medical tradeoff decisions. 167
Allison C. Morrill & Carey Norland. Interpersonal issues surrounding HIV counseling and
     testing, and the phenomenon of “testing by proxy.” 183
Barbara Curbow, Linda A. Fogarty, Karen A. McDonnell, Julia Chill & Lisa Benz Scott. The role
     of physician characteristics in clinical trial acceptance: Testing pathways of influence. 199
Sarah Bauerle Bass, Sheryl Burt Ruzek, Thomas F. Gordon, Linda Fleisher, Nancy McKeown-
     Conn & Dirk Moore. Relationships of internet health information use with patient behavior
                                                                                           228


    and self-efficacy: Experiences of newly diagnosed cancer patients who contact the National
    Cancer Institute‟s Cancer Information Center. 219

2006, Vol. 11(1)

Timothy Edgar & Vicki S. Freimuth. Introduction: 10 years of health communication research. 7
Vicki S. Friemuth, Holly A. Massett & Wendy Meltzer. A descriptive analysis of 10 years of
    research published in the Journal of Health Communication. 11
Seth M. Noar. A 10-year retrospective of research in health mass media campaigns: Where do we
    go from here? 21
Kimberly N. Kline. A decade of research on health content in the media: The focus on health
    challenges and sociocultural context and attendant informational and ideological problems.
    43
L. Suggs. A 10-year retrospective of research in new technologies for health communication. 61
Katherine A. McComas. Defining moments in risk communication research: 1996-2005. 75
Ashley Duggan. Understanding interpersonal communication processes across contexts:
    Advances in the last decade and challenges for the next decade. 93

2005, Vol. 10(8)

Andrea M. Byrne, Laurie Dickson, Jeffrey L. Derevensky, Rina Gupta & Isabelle Lussier. The
     application of youth substance use media campaigns to problem gambling: A critical
     evaluation. 681
Michael T. Stephenson & Brian L. Quick. Parent ads in the national youth anti-drug media
     campaign. 701
Jisu Huh, Denise E. DeLorme & Leonard N. Reid. Factors affecting trust in on-line prescription
     drug information and impact of trust on behavior following exposure to DTC advertising.
     711
D. Jane Bower, Nessa Barry, Margaret Reid & John Norrie. Designing and implementing e-
     health applications in the UK‟s National Health Service. 733
Kami J. Silk, Judith Weiner & Roxanne L. Parrott. Gene cuisine or frankenfood? The theory of
     reasoned action as an audience segmentation strategy for messages about genetically
     modified foods. 751
Erice Weintraub Austin & Stacy J. T. Hust. Targeting adolescents? The content and frequency of
     alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverage ads in magazine and video formats November 1999-
     April 2000. 769

2005, Vol. 10(Supplement 1) (The National Cancer Institute‟s Cancer Information Service: AZ
New Generation of Service and Research to the Nation)

Mary Ann Bright. The National Cancer Institute‟s Cancer Information Service: A new generation
    of service and research top the nation. 7
Linda Squiers, Lila J. Finney Rutten, Katherine Treiman, Mary Anne Bright & Bradford Hesse.
    Cancer patients‟ information needs across the cancer care continuum: Evidence from the
    cancer information service. 15
                                                                                               229


Mary Anne Bright, Linda Fleisher, Chris Tomsen, Marion E. Morra, Al Marcus & Wendy
     Gehrging. Exploring e-health usage and interest among Cancer Information Service users:
     The need for personalized interactions and multiple channels remains. 35
Maria Talosig-Garcia & Sharon W. Davis. Information-seeking behavior of minority breast
     cancer patients: An exploratory study. 53
Jerianne Heimendinger, Caitlin O‟Neill, Alfred C. Marcus, Pam Wolfve, Karen Julesburg,
     Marion Morra, Amy Allen, Sharon Davis, Linda Mowad, Rosemarie Slevin Peroccia, Joann
     Dewing Ward, Victor Stretcher, Richard Warnecke, Mike Nowak, Ingrid Graf, Diane
     Fairclough, Lucinda Bryant & Issac Lipkus. Multiple tailed messages are effective in
     increasing fruit and vegetable consumption among callers to the Cancer Information Service.
     65
Alfred C. Marcus, Mondi Mason, Pam Wolfe, Barbara E. Morra, Isaac Lipkus, Victor Strecher,
     Richard Warneke, Marion E. Morra, Amy Reasinger Allen, Shawon W. Davis, Amy Gaier,
     Carlen Graves, Karen Julesberg, Lynne Nguyen, Rosemarie Perocchia, Jo Beth Speuer,
     Doug Wagner, Chris Thomsen & Mary Anne Bright. The efficacy of tailored print materials
     in promoting colorectal cancer screening: results from a randomized trial involving callers to
     the National Cancer Institute‟s Cancer Information Service.
Victor J. Stretcher, Al Marcus, Kathy Bishop, Linda Fleisher, William Stengle, Aronld Levinson,
     Diane L. Fairclough, Pam Wolfe, Marion Morra, Sharon Davis, Richard Warnecke, Jerianne
     Heimendinger & Mike Nowak. A randomized controlled trial of multiple tailored messages
     for smoking cessation using callers to the Cancer Information Service. 105
Suzanne M. Miller, Linda Fleisher, Pagona Rousi, Joanne S. Buzaglo, Robert Schnoll, Elyse
     Slater, Susan Raysor & Melania Popa-Mabe. Facilitating informed decision making about
     breast cancer risk and genetic counseling among women calling the NCI‟s Cancer
     Information service. 119
Amy E. Latimer, Nicole A. Katulak, Linda Mowad & Peter Salovey. Motivating cancer
     prevention and early detection behaviors using psychologically tailed messages. 137
Rosemarie Selvin Perocchia, Bruce Rapkin, Julie Keany Hodorowski, Nydia Lassalle Davis,
     Anita Redriock Mcfarlane & Rose Carpenter. Raising awareness of on-line cancer
     information: Helping providers empower patients. 157
David H. Gustafson, Fiona M. McTavish, William Stengle, Denis Ballard, Ellen Jones, Karen
     Julesberg, Helene McDowell, Gina Landucci & Robert Hawkins. Reducing the digital divide
     for low-income women with breast cancer: A feasibility study of a population-based
     intervention. 173
David H. Gustafson, Fiona M. McTavish, William Stengle, Denise Ballard, Robert Hawkins,
     Bret R. Shaw, Ellen Jones, Karen Julesberg, Helene McDowell, Wei Chih Chen, Kanittha
     Volrathongchai & Gina Landucci. Use and impact of ehealth system by low-income women
     with breast cancer. 195
Alfred C. Marcus, Jerianne Heimendinger, Ellan Berman, VictorStrecher, Mary Anne Bright,
     Amy Reasinger Allen, Sharon W. Davis, Karen Julesberg, Linda Z. Mowad, Lynne H.
     Nguyen, Rosemarie Perocchia & Chris Thomsen. A case study in dissemination: Lessons
     learned from a pilot study involving the National Cancer Institute‟s Cancer Information
     Service. 219
                                                                                              230


Alfred C. Marcus, Marion E. Morra, Mary Anne Bright, Linda Fleisher, Gary Kreps &
    Rosemarie Perocchia. The CIS model for collaborative research in health communications:
    A brief retrospective from the current generation of research. 235

2005, Vol. 10(7)

Juanne Clarke. Portrayal of childhood cancer in English language magazines. 593
Kimberly A. Kaphingst, Rima E. Ruud, William DeJong & Lawrence H. Daltroy.
     Comprehension of information in three direct-to-consumer television prescription drug
     advertisements among adults with limited literacy. 609
Chingching Chang. Personal values, advertising, and smoking motivation in Taiwanese
     adolescents. 621
Jeff Niederdeppe. Assessing the validity of confirmed ad recall measures for public health
     communication campaign evaluation. 635
Carmen E. Guerra, Francisco Dominguez & Judy A. Shea. Literacy and knowledge, attitudes,
     and behavior about colorectal cancer screening. 651
John P. Anderton & Ronal O. Valdiserri. Combating syphilis and HIV among users of internet
     chatrooms. 665

2005, Vol. 10(6)

Elizabeth C. Tilson, Colleen M. McBride & Rebecca N. Brouwer. Formative development of an
    intervention to stop family tobacco use: The parents and children talking (PACT)
    intervention. 491
Michael S. Wolf, Charles L. Bennett, Terry C. Davis, Estella Marin & Connie Arnold. A
    qualitative study of literacy and patient response to HIV medication adherence
    questionnaires. 509
Marc Bouley & Thomas W. Valente. The selection of family planning discussion partners in
    Nepal. 519
Robert M. Wolfe & Lisa K. Sharp. Vaccination or immunization? The impact of search terms on
    the internet. 537
Meng-Jinn Chen, Joel W. Grube, Melina Bersamin, Elizath Waiters & Deborah B. Keefe.
    Alochol advertising: What makes it attractive to youth? 553
Kristy Williamson. Where one size does not fit all: Understanding the needs of potential users of
    a portal to breast cancer knowledge online. 567

2005, Vol. 10(5)

Neil Ford, Abimola Williams, Melanie Renshaw & John Nkum. Communication strategy for
     implementing community IMCI. 379
W. Douglas Evans & Alec Ulasevich. News media tracking of tobacco control: A review of
     sampling methodologies. 403
Jeffrey Jensen Arnett. Talk is cheap: The tobacco companies‟ violations of their own cigarette
     advertising code. 419
                                                                                           231


Rajiv N. Rimal, Maria K. Lapinski, Rachel J. Cook & Kevin Real. Moving toward a theory of
    normative influences: How perceived benefits and similarity moderate the impact of
    descriptive norms on behaviors. 433
Maghboeba Mosavel. The use of a telephone-based communication tool by low-income
    substance abusers. 451
Susan Goldstein, Shereen Usdin, Esca Sheepers & Garth Japhet. Communication HIV and AIDS,
    what works? A report on the impact evaluation of Soul City‟s fourth series. 465

2005, Vol. 10(4)

Abigail Rose, Nikki Peters, Judy A. Shea & Karina Armstrong. The association between
    knowledge and attitudes about genetic testing for cancer risk in the United States. 309
J. David Johnson, Donald O. Case, James E. Andrews & Suzanne L. Allard. Genomics—the
    perfect information-seeking research problem. 323
Susannah R. Stern. Messages from teens on the big screen: Smoking, drinking, and drug use in
    teen centered films. 331
Saheed N. Mohammed & Avinash Hombre. HIV/AIDS stories on the World Wide Web and
    transformation perspective, 347
Barbara Pillsbury & Doe Mayer. Women Connect! Strengthening communications to meet sexual
    and reproductive health challenges. 361

2005, Vol. 10(3)

Kimberly K. Engelman, Denise L. Perpich, Shelly L. Peterson, Matthew A. Hall, Edward F.
    Ellerbeck & Annettee L. Statnon. Cancer information needs in rural areas. 199
Wendy Macias, Liza Stavchansky Lewis & Tenikka L. Smith. Health-related message
    boards/chat rooms on the web: Discussion content and implications for pharmaceutical
    sponsorships. 209.
A. Celeste Farr, Kim Witte, Kassa Jarato & Tiffany Menard. The effectiveness of media use in
    health education: Evaluation of an HIV/AIDS television campaign in Ethiopia. 225
Thomas Hugh Freeley & Timothy J. Servoss. Examining college students‟ intentions to become
    organ donors. 237
David Knapp Whittier, May G. Jennedy, Janet S. St. Lawrence, Salvatore Seeley & Vicki Beck.
    Embedding health messages into entertainment television: Effect on gay men‟s responses to
    a syphilis outbreak. 251
Dean M. Krugman, William H. Quinn, Youngjun Sung & Margaret Morrison. Understanding the
    role of cigarette promotion and youth smoking in a changing marketing environment. 261

2005, Vol. 10(2)

Melissa Wanzer, Melanie Booth-Butterfield & Steve Booth-Butterfield. “If we didn‟t use humor
    we‟d cry”: Humorous coping communication in health care settings. 105
Yvonne Terry-McElrath, Melanie Wakefield, Erin Ruel, George I. Balch, Sherry Emery, Glen
    Szczypka, Katherine Clegg-Smith & Brian Flay. The effect of antismoking advertisement
    executional characteristics on youth comprehension, appraisal, recall, and engagement. 127
                                                                                               232


Laurie Hoffman-Goetz, Daniela B. Friedman & Juanne N. Clarke. HIV/AIDS risk factors as
    portrayed in mass media targeting first nations. Métis, and Inuit peoples of Canada. 145
Monique Hennick & Rob Stephenson. Using research to inform health policy: Barriers and
    strategies in developing countries. 181
W. Douglas Evans, Simani Price & Steven Blahut. Evaluating the truth® brand. 181

2005, Vol. 10(1)

Timothy Edgar & James N. Hyde. An alumni-based evaluation of graduate training in health
    communication: Results of survey on careers, salaries, competencies, and emerging trends. 5
Jacqueline L. Stoddard, Kevin L. Delucchi, Ricardo F. Munoz, Noah M. Collins, Eliseo J. Perez
    Stable, Erik Auguston & Leslie L. Lenert. Smoking cessation research via the internet: A
    feasibility study. 27
Barbara Reynolds & Matthew M. Seeger. Crisis and emergency risk communication as an
    integrative model. 43
James Price Dillard & Christine L. Carson. Uncertainty management following a positive
    newborn screening for cystic fibrosis. 57
Nancy W. Muturi. Communication for HIV/AIDS prevention in Kenya: Social-cultural
    considerations. 77

2004, Vol. 9(6)

Erica D. Brownfield, Jay M. Bernhardt, Jennifer L. Phan, Mark V. Williams & Ruth M. Parker.
     Direct-to-consumer drug advertisements on network television: An exploration of quantity
     frequency, and placement. 491
Aparna Despande, Afit Menon, Matthew Perri III & George Zinkhan. Direct-to-consumer
     advertising and its utility in health care decision making: A consumer perspective. 499
Kimberley A. Kaphingst, William DeJong, Rima E. Rudd & Lawren H. Daltroy. A content
     analysis of direct-to-consumer television prescription drug advertisements. 515
Jisu Huh & Brenda J. Cude. Is the information “fair and balanced” in direct-to-consumer
     prescription drub websites? 529
Benjamin R. Bates, Kristan Poirot, Tina M. Harris, Paul J. Achter & Celeste M. Condit.
     Evaluating direct-to-comsumer marketing of race-based pharmacogenomics: A focus group
     study of public understandings of applied genomic medication. 541
Ken Rabin. Commentary: DTC advertising for prescription medicines: Research and reflections
     as the second decade ends. 561
Robert Baukus. Commentary: DTC advertising. 563

2004, Vol. 9(5)

D. A. Gust, P. Gangarosa, B. Hibbs, R. Pollard, G. Wallach & R. T. Chen. National
    immunization information hotline: Calls concerning adverse events, 1998-2000. 387
Tara L. Crowell. Seropositive individuals willingness to communicate, self-efficacy, and
    assertiveness prior to HIV infection. 395
                                                                                          233


W. Douglas Evans, Simani Price, Steven Blahut, James Hersey, Jeffrey Niewdercdeppe & Sarah
    Ray. Social imagery, tobacco independence, and the TruthSM campaign. 425
David E. Nelson, Gary L. Kreps, Bradford W. Hesse, Robert T. Coyle, Gordon Willis, Neeraj K.
    Arora, Barbara K. Rimmer, K. Vish Viswanath, Neil Weinstein & Sara Alden. The health
    information national trends survey (HINTS): Development, design, and dissemination. 443
Reneé Gravois Lee, Valerie A. Taylor & Ryan McGertick. Toward reducing youth exposure to
    tobacco messages: Examining the breadth of brand and nonbrand communications. 461
Derek Yach. Commentary: The health information national trends survey (HINTS):
    Development, design, and dissemination. 481
Vicki S. Freimuth. Commentary: The health information national trends survey (HINTS):
    Development, design, and dissemination. 483

2004, Vol. 9(4)

John C. Pollock & Spiro G. Yulis. Nationwide newspaper coverage of physician-assisted suicide:
    A community structure approach. 281
Sandra C. Jones. Coverage of breast cancer in the Australian print media—Does advertising and
    editorial coverage reflect correct social marketing messages? 309
Yaniv Hanoch. Improving doctor-patient understanding of probability in communication cancer-
    screening test findings. 327
Päivi Kiuru, Maria Poskiparta, Tarja Kettunen, Juha Saltevo & Leena Liimatainen. Advice-
    giving styles by Finnish nurses in dietary counseling concerning Type 2 diabetes care. 337
Sania Nishtar, Yasir Abbas Mirza, Saulat Jehan, Yasmin Hadi, Shazia Yusuf, Saqib Shahab &
    Asma Baddar. Newspaper articles as a tool for cardiovascular prevention programs in a
    developing country. 355
D. A. Gust, P. Gangarose, B. Hibbs, C. Wilkins, K. Ford, M. Stuart, R. Brown-Bryant, G.
    Wallach & R. T. Chen. The national immunization information hotline. 371

2004, Vol. 9(3)

Esther Thorson & Christopher E. Beaudoin. The impact of a health campaign on health social
    capital. 167
Rima E. Rudd, Kimberly Haphingst, Tayla Colton, John Gregoire & James Hyde. Rewriting
    public health information in plain language. 195
Ann Blunden, Tony Lower & Terry Slevin. Knowledge, awareness, and use of the UV index
    among the West Australian public. 207
Merrill Eisenberg, Chris Ringwalt, David Driscoll, Manual Valle & Gregory Guillette. Learning
    from truthsm: Youth participation in field marketing techniques to counter tobacco
    advertising. 223
Corrine L. Shefner-Rogers & Suruchi Sood. Involving husbands in safe motherhood: Effects of
    the SUAMI SIAGA campaign in Indonesia. 233
Lois Beiner, Ming Ji, Elizabeth A. Gilpin & Alison B. Albers. The impact of emotional tone,
    message, and broadcast parameters in youth anti smoking advertisements. 259
                                                                                               234


2004, Vol. 9 (Supplement 1: Special Issue: Forty Years of Diffusion of Innovations: Utility and
Value in Public Health)

Muhiuddin Haider & Gary L. Kreps. Forty years of diffusion of innovations: Utility and value in
    public health. 3
Everett M. Rogers. A prospective and retrospective look at the diffusion model. 13
James W. Dearing. Improving the state of health programming by using diffusion theory. 21
D. Lawrence Kincaid. From innovation to social norm: Bounded normative influence. 37
Gary Meyer. Diffusion methodology: Time to innovate? 59
Leslie B. Snyder, Mark A. Hamilton, Elizabeth W. Mitchell, James Kiwanuka-Tondo, Fran
    Fleming-Milici & Dwayne Procotor. A meta-analysis of the effect of mediated health
    communication campaigns on behavior change in the United States. 71
Keri K. Stephens, Rajiv N. Rimal & June A. Flora. Expanding the reach of health campaigns:
    Community organizations as meta-channels for the dissemination of health information. 97
Jane T. Bertrand. Diffusion of innovation and HIV/AIDS. 113
Elaine Murphy. Diffusion of innovations: Family planning in developing countries. 124
Kriss Barker. Diffusion of innovations: A world tour. 131
William Smith. Ev Rogers: Helping to build a modern synthesis of social change. 139
Robert Hornik. Some reflections on diffusion theory and the role of Everett Rogers. 143
Stephen F. Mosley. Everett Rogers‟ diffusion of innovations theory: Its utility and value in public
    health. 149

2004, Vol. 9(1)

Kenneth Fleming, Esther Torson & Charles K. Atkin. Alcohol advertising exposure and
    perceptions: Links with alcohol expectancies and intentions to drink or drinking in underage
    youth and young adults. (3)
Ricardo J. Wray, Robert M. Hornik, Oscar H. Gandy, Jo Stryket, Marissa Ghez & Kelly
    Mitchell-Clark. Preventing domestic violence in the African American community:
    Assessing the impact of a dramatic radio serial. 31
Neil D. Weinstein, Kathy Atwood, Elaine Puleo, Robert Fletcher, Graham Colditz & Karen M.
    Emmons. Colon cancer: Risk perceptions and risk communication. 53
John Hobbs, Anne Kitter, Susannah Fox, Blackford Middleton & David W. Bates.
    Communicating health information to an alarmed public facing a threat such as a bioterrorist
    attack. 67
Rajiv Khandekar, Martin Bullard, Ton Thi Kim Thanh & Tran Quoc Binh. Knowledge and
    practice related to trachoma among children in Vietnam: A cross-sectional study. 77

2003, Vol. 8(6)

Huan Jose Igartua, Lifen Cheng & Orquidea Lopes. To think or not to thin: Two pathways
   towards persuasion by short films on AIDS prevention. 513.
Ronald Czaja, Clara Manfredi & Jammie Price. The determinants and consequences of
   information seeking among cancer patients. 529
                                                                                             235


Jessica Katz Jameson. Transcending intractable conflicts in health care: An exploratory study of
     communication and conflict management among anesthesia providers. 563
Biance L. Guzman, Michele M. Schlehofer-Sytton, Christina M. Villanueva, Mary Ellen Dello
     Stritto, Bettina J. Casad & Aida Feria. Let‟s talk about sex: How comfortable discussions
     about sex impact teen sexual behavior. 583
Neil Ford, Dan Odallo & Rozanne Chorlton. Communication from a human rights perspective:
     Responding to the HIV/AIDS pandemic in Eastern and Southern Africa. 599
Rafael Obregon. Commentary: Communication from a human rights perspective: Responding to
     the HIV/AIDS pandemic in Eastern and Southern Africa. 613

2003, Vol. 8(5)

Ragnar E. Lofstedt. Science communication and the Swedish acrylamide “alarm.” 407
David Sharp. Commentary: Going public on acrylamide. 433
Ortwin Renn. Commentary: Acrylamide: Lessons for risk management and communication. 435
Kathryn Greene & Laura S. Brinn. Messages influencing college women‟s tanning bed use:
    Statistical versus narrative evidence format and a self-assessment to increase perceive
    susceptibility. 443
R. Cameron Wolf & Julie Pulerwitz. The influence of peer versus adult communication on
    AIDS-protective behaviors among Ghanaian youth. 463
Laurie Hoffman-Goetz, Charlene Shannon & Juanne N. Clarke. Chronic disease coverage in
    Canadian aboriginal newspapers. 475
Pamela J. Surkan, William DeJong, Kathleen M. Herr-Zaya, Mayra Rodriguez-Howard & Kevin
    Fay. A paid radio advertising campaign to promote parent-child communication about
    alcohol. 489

2003, Vol. 8, Supplement 1 (Special Issue: Public Health Communication during the September
2001 Bioterrorism-related Anthrax Outbreaks: CDC Activities and Lessons Learned)

Mary G. Kennedy. Background on the special issue. 4
Vincent T. Covello. Best practices in public health risk and crisis communication. 5
Polyxeni Potter. Electronic journal publishing in the age of bioterrorism: How fast is fast? 9
Marsha L. Vanderford. Communication lessons learned in the emergency operations center
     during CDC‟s anthrax response: A commentary. 11
David A. Shore. Communicating in times of uncertainty: The need for trust. 13
Sandra Mullin. The anthrax attacks in New York City: The “Guliani press conference mode” and
     other communication strategies that helped. 15
Susan J. Robinson & Wendy C. Newsletter. Uncertain science and certain deadlines: CDC
     responses to the media during the anthrax attacks of 2001. 17
Chritine E. Prue, Cheryl Lackey, Lisa Swenarski & Judy M. Gantt. Communication monitoring:
     Shaping CDC‟s emergency risk communication efforts. 35
Felicia Mebane, Sarah Temin & Claudia F. Parvanta. Communicating anthrax in 2001: A
     comparison of CDC information and print media accounts. 50
Robert J. Blendon, John M. Benson, Catherine M. DesRoches & Kathleen J. Weldon. Using
     opinion surveys to track the public‟s responses to a bioterrorist attack. 83
                                                                                           236


William E. Pollard. Public perceptions of information sources concerning bioterrorism before
     and after anthrax attacks: An analysis of national survey data. 93
Rima E. Rudd, John P. Comings & James N. Hyde. Leave no one behind: Improving health and
     risk communication through attention to literacy. 104
Ruth M. Parker & Julie A. Gazmararian. Health literacy: Essential for health communication.
     166
Christina Zarcadoolas, Andrew Pleasant & David S. Greer. Elaborating a definition of health
     literacy: A commentary. 119
Kathleen Hall Jamieson, Kellie Lammie, Clare Wardle & Susan Krutt. Questions about
     hypotheticals and details in reporting on anthrax. 121
J. Gregory Payne & Skye K. Schulte. Mass media, public health, and achieving health literacy.
     124
Kay Golan. Surviving a public health crisis: Tips for communicators. 126
Judith Courtney, Galen Cole & Barbara Reynolds. How the CDC is meeting the training
     demands of emergency risk communication. 128
Charles T. Salmon, Hyun Soon Park & Brenda J. Wrigley. Optimistic bias and perceptions of
     bioterrorism in Michigan corporate spokespersons, fall 2001. 130
Jeffrey P. Koplan. Communication during public health emergencies. 144
Peter M. Sandman. Bioterrorism risk communication policy. 146
Vicki Freimuth. Epilogue to the special issue on anthrax. 148

2003, Vol. 8(4)

Jo Ellen Stryker. Media and marijuana: A longitudinal analysis of news media effects on
    adolescents‟ marijuana use and related outcomes, 1977-1999. 305
Carol Byrd-Bredbenner, Mary Finckenor & Darlene Grasso. Health related content in prime-time
    television programming. 329
Sei-Hill Kim & James Shanahan. Stigmatizing smokers: Public sentiment toward cigarette
    smoking and its relationship to smoking behaviors. 343
Charlotte A. Pratt, Louisa Ha, Steven R. Levine & Cornelius B. Pratt. Stroke knowledge and
    barriers to stroke prevention among African Americans: Implications for health
    communication. 369
Kriss Barker. Order from chaos: Organizational aspects of information, education and
    communication (a case study from Mali). 383

2003, Vol. 8(3)

Isaac M. Lipkus, LaSonya G. Green & Alfred Marcus. Manipulating perceptions of colorectal
    cancer threat: Implications for screening intentions and behaviors. 213
Melanie Wakefield, Brian Flay, Mark Nichter & Gary Giovino. Effects of antic-smoking
    advertising on youth smoking: A review. 229
Mary K. Casey, Mike Allen, Tara Emmers-Sommer, Erin Sahlstein, Dan DeGooyer, Alaina M.
    Winters, Amy Elisabeth Wagner & Tim Dun. When a celebrity contracts a disease: The
    example of Earvin “Magic” Johnson‟s announcement that he was HIV positive. 249
                                                                                           237


Kempe Ronald Hope, Sr. Promoting behavior change in Botswana: An assessment of the peer
     education HIV/AIDS prevention program at the workplace. 267
Felicia Mebane. Bradley vs. Gore: How media covered proposals for health insurance reform in
     the context of the 2000 presidential campaign. 283

2003, Vol. 8(2)

Gina Agostinelli & Joel W. Grube. Tobacco counter-advertising: A review of the literature and a
    conceptual model for understanding effects. 107
Marco C. Yzer, Joseph NB. Cappella, Martin Fishbein, Robert Hornik & R. Kirkland Ahern. The
    effectiveness of getaway communications in anti-marijuana campaigns. 129
Amanda B. Bower & Valerie A. Taylor. Increasing intention to comply with pharmaceutical
    product instructions: An exploratory study investigating the roles of frame and plain
    language. 143
Erica Weintraub Austin & Yin Ju Chen. The relationship of parental reinforcement of media
    messages to college students‟ alcohol-related behaviors. 157
Karoly R. Kulich, Ulf Berggren & Lillemor R.-M. Hallberg. A qualitative analysis of patient-
    centered dentistry in consultations with dental phobic patients. 171

2003, Vol. 8(1)

Cathleen M. Connell, Benjamin A. Shaw, Dara B. Holmes, Margaret L. Hudson, Holly A. Derry
    & Victor J. Strecher. The development of an Alzheimer‟s disease channel for the Michigan
    Interactive Health Kiosk Project. 11
Hajme Sato. Agenda setting for smoking control in Japan, 1945-1990: Influence of the mass
    media on national health policy making. 23
William J. Brown, Michael D. Basil & Mihai C. Bocarnea. The influence of famous athletes on
    health beliefs and practices: Mark McGuire, child abuse prevention, and androstenedione. 41
Sam N. Lehman-Wilzig. Political ill-health coverage: Professional-ethical questions regarding
    news reporting of leaders‟ ailments. 59
Linda C. Lederman, Lea P. Stewart, Fern Walter Goodhart & Lisa Laitman. A case against
    “binge” as the term of choice: Convincing college students to personalize messages about
    dangerous drinking. 79

2002, Vol. 7(5)

Marc Boulay, J. Douglas Storey & Suruchi Sood. Indirect exposure to a family planning mass
    media campaign in Nepal. 379
Renita Coleman & Esther Thorson. The effects of news stories that put crime and violence into
    context: Testing the public health model of reporting. 401
Kathryn Pickle, Sandra Crouse Quinn & Jane D. Brown. HIV/AIDS coverage in Black
    newspapers, 1991-1996: Implications for health communication and health education. 427
Brian G. Southwell, Carlin Henry Barmada, Robert C. Hornik & David M. Maklan. Can we
    measure encoded exposure? Validation evidence from a national campaign. 445
                                                                                              238


Wim Verbeke & Patrick Van Kenhove. Impact of emotional stability and attitude on
   consumption decisions under risk: The Coca-Cola crisis in Belgium. 455

2002, Vol. 7(4)

Thomas R. Eng. Ehealth research and evaluation: Challenges and opportunities. 267
     (Commentary)
Traci Hong & Michael J. Cody. Presence of pro-tobacco messages on the web. 273
Christina Zarcadoolas, Mercedes Blanco, John F. Boyer & Andrew Pleasant. Unweaving the
     web: An exploratory study of low-literature adults‟ navigation skills on the world wide web.
     309
Jay M. Bernhardt, Ruth Ann Weaver Lariscy, Roxanne L. Parrott, Kami J. Silk & Elizabeth M.
     Felter. Perceived barriers to internet-based health communication on human genetics. 325
Sarah N. Keller, Healther LaBelle, Nema Karimi & Shafali Gupta. STD/HIV prevention for
     teenagers: A look at the internet university. 341
Joel J. Davis. Disenfranchising the disabled: The inaccessibility of internet-based health
     information. 355

2002, Vol. 7(3)

Fiona Chew, Sushma Palmer, Zofia Slonska & Kalyani Subbiah. Enhancing health knowledge,
    health beliefs, and health behavior in Poland through a health promoting television program
    series. 179
Yuko Mizuno, May Kennedy, Kristen Weeks-Norton & Jaana Myllyluoma. An examination of
    adolescents who were and were not exposed to “Teens Stopping AIDS”: Reaching the hard-
    to-reach. 197
Alicia K. Matthews, Sarah A. Sellergren, Clara Manfredi & Maryann Williams. Factors
    influencing medical information seeking among African American cancer patients. 205
Nilanjana R. Bardhan. Accounts from the field: A public relations perspective on global
    AIDS/HIV. 221

2002, Vol. 7(2)

Xinguang Chen, Tess Boley Cruz, Darleen V. Schuster, Jennifer B. Unger & Carl Anderson
    Johnson. Receptivity to protobacco media and its impact on cigarette smoking among ethnic
    minority youth in California. 95
Melanie A. Wakefield, Erin E. Ruel, Frank J. Cghaloupka, Sandy J. Slater & Nancy J. Kaufman.
    Association of point-of-purchase tobacco advertising and promotions with choice of usual
    brand among teenage smokers. 113
Christoper E. Beaudoin. Exploring antismoking ads: Appeals, themes, and consequences. 123
Ruth E. Malone, Lynn D. Wnger & Lisa A. Bero. High school journalists‟ perspectives on
    tobacco. 139
Michael Siegel. Antismoking advertising: Figuring out what works. 157
                                                                                          239


2002, Vol. 7(1)

Ruth Kava, Kathleen A. Meister, Elizabeth M. Whelan, Alicia M. Lukachko & Christina
    Mirabile. Dietary supplement safety information in magazines popular among older readers.
    13
Doug Brugge, William DeJong, James Hyde, Quang Le, Chin-Shui Shih, Ann Wong & An Tran.
    Development of targeted message concepts for recent Asian immigrants about secondhand
    smoke. 25
Deborah Glik, Glen Nowak, Thomas Valente, Karena Sapsis & Chad Martin. Youth performing
    arts entertainment-education for HIV/AIDS prevention and health promotion: Practice and
    research. 39
James Kiwanuka-Tondo & Leslie B. Snyder. The influence of organizational characteristics and
    campaign design elements on communication campaign quality: Evidence from 91 Ugandan
    AIDS campaigns. 59

2001, Vol. 6(4)

Thomas W. Valente & Walter P. Saba. Campaign exposure and interpersonal communication as
    factors in contraceptive use in Bolivia. 303
Susan Eggly & Angela Tzelepis. Relational control in difficult physician-patient encounters:
    Negotiating treatment for pain. 323
Lisa Murray-Johnson, Kim Witte, Kelly Morrison, Anne P. Hubbell, Wen-Ying Liu & Joe
    Sampson. Addressing cultural orientations in fear appeals: Promoting AIDS-protective
    behaviors among Mexican immigrant and African American adolescents and American and
    Taiwanese college students. 335

2001, Vol. 6(3)

Scott Ratzan. Quality communication: The path to ideal health. 193 (Special Communication:
    Lecture)
Nichole Egbert & Roxanne Parrott. Self-efficacy and rural women‟s performance of breast and
    cervical cancer detection practices. 219
Francisco J. Mercado-Martinez, Leticia Robles-Silva, Nora Moreno-Leal & Claudia Franco-
    Almazan. Inconsistent journalism: The coverage of chronic diseases in the Mexican press.
    235
William DeJong, R. Cameron Wolf & S. Bryn Austin. U.S. federally funded television public
    service announcements (PSAs) to prevent HIV/AIDS: A content analysis. 249
F. C. Bull, C. L. Holt, M. Krueter, E. M. Clark, & D. Scharff. Understanding the effects of
    printed health education materials: Which features lead to which outcomes. 265
Rebecca A. Weldon. An “urban legend” of global proportion: An analysis of nonfiction accounts
    of the Ebola virus. 281 (Forum)
                                                                                           240


2001, Vol. 6(2)

Jill Armstrong Shultz, Maureen A. Sprague, Laurel J. Branen & Suzanne Lambeth. A
     comparison of views of individuals with Type 2 diabetes mellitus and diabetes educators
     about barriers to diet and exercise. 99
Nurit Guttman & William Harris Ressler. On being responsible: Ethical issues in appeals to
     personal responsibility for health campaigns. 117
Shaheed Mohammed. Personal communication networks and the effects of an entertainment-
     education radio soap opera in Tanzania. 137
Dhavel S. Patel, Kim Witte, Cynthia Zukerman, Lisa Murray-Johnson, Victoria Orrego, Andrew
     M. Maxfield, Suzanne Meadows-Hogan, Julie Tisdale & Edward D. Thimons.
     Understanding barriers to preventive health actions for occupational noise-induced hearing
     loss. 155
Shelly Rodgers & Esther Thorson. The reporting of crime and violence in the Los Angeles Times:
     Is there a public health perspective? 169 (Forum)
J. Gregory Payne. Reporting of crime and violence in the Los Angeles Times: Is there public
     health perspective? 189 (Commentary)

2001, Vol. 6(1)

Jennifer B. Unger, Tess Boley Cruz, Darleen Schuster, June A. Flora & C. Anderson Johnson.
    Measuring exposure to pro- and anti-tobacco marketing among adolescents: Intercorrelations
    among measures and associations with smoking status. 11
David Connel, Jeanne P. Goldberg & Sara C. Folta. An intervention to increase fruit and
    vegetable consumption using audio communications: In-store public service announcements
    and audiotapes. 31
Andrew Doniger. Impact evaluation of the “not me, not now” abstinence-oriented, adolescent
    pregnancy prevention communications program, Monroe County, New York. 45
Adrian Edwards, Glyn Elwyn, Judith Covery, Elaine Matthews & Roisin Pill. Presenting risk
    information—a review of the effects of “framing” and other manipulations on patient
    outcomes. 61

2000, Vol. 5(4)

P. Tillgren, L. Eriksson, K. Guldbrandsson & M. Spiik. Impact of direct mail as a method to
     recruit smoking mothers into a “quit and win” contest. 293
D. Quigley, V. Sanchez, D. Handy, R. Goble & P. George. Participatory research strategies in
     nuclear risk management for native communities. 305
Maifran Mattson. Empowerment through agency-promoting dialogue: An explicit application of
     harm reduction theory to reframe HIV test counseling. 333
Joel J. Davis. Riskier than we think? The relationship between risk statement completeness and
     perceptions of direct to consumer advertised prescription drugs. 349 (Forum)
Julie Yingling. Verbal responses of children and their supportive providers in a pediatric
     oncology unit. 371-377.
                                                                                         241


2000, Vol.5(3)

Peter W. Vaughan & Everett M. Rogers. A staged model of communication effects: Evidence
    from an entertainment-education radio soap opera in Tanzania. 203
Colleen M. McBride, Susan Halabi, Geold Bepler, Pauline Lyna, Lauren McIntyre, Isaac Lipkus,
    Jennifer Albright & Kathy O‟Briant. Maximizing the motivational impact of feedback of
    lung cancer susceptibility on smokers‟ desire to quite. 229
Cherly A. Maurana & Mary A. Clark. The health action fund: A community-based approach to
    enhancing health. 243
Scott MacStravic. The missing links in social marketing. 255 (Forum)
Jacqueline Kerr & Jim McKenna. A randomized control trial of new tailored walking campaigns
    in an employee sample. 265 (Notes from the Field)

2000, Vol. 5(2)

Barbara K. Rimer. Use of multiple media and breast cancer screening: An introduction. 113
Itzhak Yanovitzky & Cynthia L. Blitz. Effect of media coverage and physician advice on
     utilization of breast cancer screening by women 40 years and older. 117
Bret R. Shaw, Fiona McTavish, Robert Hawkins, David H. Gustafson & Suzanne Pingree.
     Experiences of women with breast cancer: Exchanging social support over the CHESS
     computer network. 135
Michael D. Basil, Debra Z. Basil & Caroline Schooler. Cigarette advertising to counter New
     Year‟s resolutions. 161
Kathryn Pitkin Derose, Sarah A. Fox, Elean Reigadas & Jennifer Hawes-Dawson. Church-based
     telephone mammography counseling with peer counselors. 175

2000, Vol. 5(Supplement): Communication for HIV/AIDS Prevention, Care, and Support:
Contexts for Individual and Social Change

Collins O. Airhirhenbuwa & Rafael Obregon. A critical assessment of theories/models used in
     health communication for HIV/AIDS. 5
Srinivas R. Melkote, Sundeep R. Muppidi & Divakar Goswami. Social and economic factors in
     an integrated behavioral and societal approach to communications in HIV/AIDS. 17
Sonja L. Myhre & June A. Flora. HIV/AIDS communication campaigns: Progress and prospects.
     29
Patricia M. Reeves. Coping in cyberspace: The impact of internet use on the ability of HIV-
     positive individuals to deal with their illness. 47
R. Cameron Wolf, Katherine C. Bond & Linda A. Tawfik. Peer promotion programs and social
     networks in Ghana: Methods for monitoring and evaluating AIDS prevention and
     reproductive health programs among adolescents and young adults. 61
Peter W. Vaughn, Everett M. Rogers, Arvind Singhai & Ramadhan M. Swalehe. Entertainment-
     education and HIV/AIDS prevention: A field experiment in Tanzania. 81
Collins O. Airhirhenbuwa, Bummi Makinwa & Rafaeil Obregon. Toward a new communications
     framework for HIV/AIDS. 101
                                                                                           242


Lessons from the Field
Waly Diop. From government policy to community-based communication strategies in Africa:
    Lessons from Senegal and Uganda. 113
Jose Marmo da Silva & Marco Antonio Chagas Guimaraes. Odo-Ya project: HIV/AIDS
    prevention in the context of Afro-Brazilian religion. 119
Eka Esu-Williams. Gender and HIV/AIDS in Africa—our hope lies in the future. 123

2000, Vol. 5(1)

Erica Weintraub Austin & Christopher Knaus. Predicting the potential for risky behavior among
     those “too young” to drink as the result of appealing advertising. 13
Pita Jallinoja & Arja R. Aro. Does knowledge make a difference? The association between
     knowledge about genes and attitudes toward gene tests. 29
Coleen DiIorio, Ken Resnicow, William N. Dudley, Stephen Thomas, Brigittee Manteuffel,
     Dongquin Terry Wang, Deborah F. Van Marter & Jenny Lipana. Social cognitive factors
     associated with mother-adolescent communication about sex. 41
Lawrence R. Frey, Mara B. Adelman, Lyle J. Flint & Jim L. Query, Jr. Weaving meanings
     together in an AIDS residence: Communicative practices, perceived health outcomes, and
     the symbolic construction of community. 53

1999, Vol. 4(4)

Douglas Storey, Yagya Karki, Karen Heckert, Dibya Man Karmacharya & Marc Boulay. Impact
     of the integrated radio communication project in Nepal, 1994-1997. 271
Anna Perea & Michael D. Slater. Power distances and collectivist/individualist strategies in
     alcohol warnings: Effects by gender and ethnicity. 295
Issac M. Lipkus, Yancey Crawford, Kathryn Fenn, Monica Biradavolu, Ruth Ann Binder, Al
     Marcus & Mondi Mason. Testing different formats for communicating colorectal cancer
     risk. 311
Karen Fowler, Carin Celebuski, Timothy Edgar, Fred Koger & Scott C. Ratzan. An assessment
     of the health communication job market across multiple types of organizations. 327
     (Education and Evaluation)
Wim Verbeke, Jacques Viane & Olivier Guiot. Health communication and consumer behavior on
     meat in Belgium: From BSE until Dioxin. 345 (Forum)

1999, Vol. 4(2)

Dean M. Krugman, Richard J. Fox & Paul M. Fischer. Do cigarette warnings warn?
    Understanding what it will take to develop more effective warnings. 95
Dina L. G. Borzekowski, June A. Flora, Ellen Feghery & Caroline Schooler. The perceived
    influence of cigarette advertisements and smoking susceptibility among seventh graders. 105
Kimberly N. Kline. Reading and reforming breast self-examination discourse: Claiming missed
    opportunities for empowerment. 119
                                                                                              243


Peter Tate, John Foulkes, Roger Neighbour, Peter Campion & Steven Field. Assessing
    physicians‟ interpersonal skills via videotaped encounters: A new approach for the Royal
    College of General Practitioners membership examination. 143
William DeJong & Lawrence Wallack. A critical perspective on the drug czar‟s antidrug media
    campaign. 155 (Forum)

1999, Vol. 4(1)

Alfonso Contreras, Rafael Garcia-Alonso, Mara Echenique & Fedora Daye-Contreras. The SOL
    formulas for converting SMOG readability scores between health education materials
    written in Spanish, English, and French. 21
Amelie G. Ramirez, Roberto Villarreal, Alfred McAlister, Kipling J. Gallion, Lucina Suarez &
    Paula Gomez. Advancing the role of participatory communication in the diffusion of cancer
    screening among Hispanics. 31
Rima E. Rudd, Jeanne Goldberg & William Dietz. A five-stage model for sustaining a
    community campaign. 37
Roxanne Parrott, Katherine Wilson, Carolyn Buttram, Karyn Jones & Carol Steiner. Migrant
    farm workers‟ access to pesticide protection and information: Cultivando Buenos Habitos
    campaign development. 49
Stephen A. Buetow. Unsolicited GP advice against smoking: To give or not to give? 67 (Forum)

1998, Vol. 3(4)

Claudia L. Menashe & Michael Siegel. The power of a frame: An analysis of newspaper
    coverage of tobacco issues—United States, 1985-1996. 307
Pradeep K. Krishnatray & Srinivas R. Melkote. Public communication campaigns in the
    destigmatization of leprosy: A comparative analysis of diffusion and participatory
    approaches. A case study in Gwailor, India. 327
Kim Witte, Kenzie A. Cameron, Maria Knight Lapinski & Solomon Nzyuko. A theoretically
    based evaluation of HIV/AIDS prevention campaigns along the Trans-Africa highway in
    Kenya. 345
Elayne Clift. IEC interventions for health: A 20 year retrospective on dichotomies and directions.
    367 (Forum)

1998, Vol. 3(3)

Donald E. Morisky & Dara L. Coan. ASIA—the new epidemic zone for HIV/AIDS. 185
Peer J. Svenkerud & Arvind Singhal. Enhancing the effectiveness of HIV/AIDS prevention
    programs targeted to unique population groups in Thailand: Lessons learned from applying
    concepts of diffusion of innovation and social marketing. 193
Constance Chay-Nemeth. Demystifying AIDS in Thailand: A dialectical analysis of the Thai sex
    industry. 217
Gregory Makoul. Perpetuating passivity: Reliance and reciprocal determinism in physician-
    patient interaction. 233
                                                                                               244


Deborah Glick, Emil Berkanovic, Kathleen Stone, Leticia Ibarra, Marcy Connell Jones, Bob
   Rosen, Myrl Schreibman, Lisa Gordon, Laura Minassian & Darcy Richardes. Health
   education goes Hollywood: Working with prime-time and daytime entertainment television
   for immunization promotion. 263 (Forum)

1998, Vol. 3(3; Supplement)

Christy A. Thomsen & James Ter Maat. Evaluating the cancer information service: A model for
     health communications. Part 1. 1
Christy A. Thomsen & James Ter Maat. Appendix to Part 1: Description of survey methods for
     the CIS telephone service user survey and CIS outreach partner survey. 14
Linda Fleisher, Julie Kornfeld, James Ter Maat, Sharon W. Davis, Katja Laepke & Alice
     Bradley. Building effective partnerships: A national evaluation of the cancer information
     service outreach program. Part 2. 21
Julie Kornfeld, Linda Fleisher, James Ter Maat, Cori Vanchieri, Lisa Hohenemser & Naomi
     Stevens. Reaching minority and underserved populations: The impact of the cancer
     information service‟s outreach program. Part 3. 36
Jo Ann Dewing Ward, Susan Baum, James Ter Maat, Christy A. Thomse & Edward W.
     Maibach. The value and impact of the cancer information service telephone service. Part 4.
     50.
Sharon W. Davis, Linda Fleisher, James Ter Maat, Catherine Muha & Katja Laepke. Treatment
     and clinical trials decisionmaking: The impact of the cancer information service. Part 5. 71
Sherri L. Darrow, Jobeth Speyer, Alfred C. Marcus, James Ter Maat &V Diane Krome. Coping
     with cancer: The impact of the cancer information service on patients and significant others.
     Part 6. 86
Edward W. Maibach, Sharon W. Davis, James Ter Maat & Naomi Rivera. Promoting cancer
     prevention and screening: The impact of the cancer information service. Part 7. 97
Catherine Muha, Kristen Slye Smith, Susan Baum, Jaames Ter Maat & Jo Ann Ward. The use
     and selection of sources in information seeking: The cancer information service experience.
     Part 8. 109

1998, Vol. 3(1)

Thomas E. Backer & Everett M. Rogers. Diffusion of innovations theory and work-site AIDS
    programs. 17
Cecilie Gaziano & Joann O‟Leary. Childbirth and infant development knowledge gaps in
    interpersonal settings. 29
Paul Smaglik, Robert P. Hawkins, Suzanne Pingree, David H. Gustafson, Eric Boberg & Earl
    Bricker. The quality of interactive computer use among HIV-infected individuals. 53
Michael M. Cassell, Christine Jackson & Brian Cheuvront. Health communication on the
    Interned: An effective channel for health behavior change? 71 (Forum)
                                                                                            245


1997, Vol. 2(4)

Deborah Johnson, June Flora & Rajiv Nath Rimal. HIV/AIDS public service announcements
     around the world: A descriptive analysis. 223
J. Michael Jaffe. Media interactivity and self-efficacy: An examination of hypermedia first aid
     instruction. 235
Jeffrey Huebner, David P. Fan & John Finnegan, Jr. “Death of a thousand cuts”: The impact of
     media coverage on public opinion about Clinton‟s health security act. 253
Young Mi Kim & Caroline Marangwanda. Stimulating men‟s support for long-term
     contraception: A campaign in Zimbabwe. 271
Edward Maibach, Amy Shenker & Stephanie Singer. Consensus conference on the future of
     social marketing. 301 (Forum)
Edward Maibach, Amy Shenker & Stephanie Singer. Result of the Delhi survey. 304 (Forum)
Michael Rothschild. An historic perspective of social marketing. 308 (Forum)
Bill Novelli. Barriers to effective social marketing. 310 (Forum)
Bill Smith. Trends and their impact on social marketing. 311 (Forum)
Fred Kroger. Government‟s brand of social marketing. 312 (Forum)
Alan Andreasen. Investing in social marketing. 315 (Forum)
Rick Delano. Overcoming the barriers to social marketing from the corporate perspective. 317
     (Forum)
Elaine Bratic Arkin. Advancing social marketing: The federal agenda. 319 (Forum)
Beverly Schwartz. Commentary of “consensus conference on the future of social marketing.” 321
     (Forum)

1997, Vol. 2(3)

William Harris Ressler & Esther Toledo. A functional perspective on social marketing: Insights
    from Israel‟s bicycle helmet campaign. 145
Tom Grimes, Eric Vernberg & Teresa Cathers. Emotionally disturbed children‟s reactions to
    violent media segments, 157
Donald J. Cegala. A study of doctors‟ and patients‟ communication during a primary care
    consultation: Implications for communication training. 169
Renee A. Botta & Suzanne Pingree. Interpersonal communication and rape: Women
    acknowledge their assaults. 197 (Forum)
Elayne Clift. Response to interpersonal communication and rape: Women acknowledge their
    assaults. 213 (Forum)

1997, Vol. 2(2)

Kevin B. Wright. Shared ideology in Alcoholics Anonymous: A grounded theory approach. 83
Susan L. Brinson & Mary Helen Brown. The AIDS risk narrative in the 1994 CDC campaign.
    101
Scott McLean. A communication analysis of community mobilization on the Warm Springs
    Indiana Reservation. 113
                                                                                            246


Lisa Sparks Bethea & Anne L. Balazs. Improving intergenerational health care communication.
    129 (Forum)

1997, Vol. 2(1)

Michael S. Wilkes. The public dissemination of medical research: Problems and solutions. 3
Erica Weintraub Austin & Kristine Kay Johnson. Effects of general and alcohol-specific media
    literacy training on children‟s decision making about alcohol. 17
Cornelius B. Pratt, Irma Silva-Barbeau & Charlotte A. Pratt. Toward a symmetrical and an
    integrated framework of norms for nutrition communication in Sub-Saharan Africa. 43
Stephen Lenier & Michael L. J. Apuzzo. Response to the public dissemination of medical
    research: Problems and solutions. 61 (Forum)
Richard M. Hodes. The tooth extractor. 63 (Forum)
Elayne Clift. What did you say? Health communicators and where we fit it. 65 (Forum)
Ian Wylie. Mad cows and Englishmen. 69 (Forum)

1996, Vol. 1(4)

Kim Witte, Kenzie A. Cameron, Janet K. McKeon & Judy M. Berkowitz. Predicting risk
    behaviors: Development and validation of a diagnostic scale. 317
James W. Dearing, Everett M. Rogers, Gary Meyer, Mark K. Casey, Nagesh Roa, Shelly Campo
    & Geoffrey M. Henderson. Social marketing and diffusion-based strategies for
    communicating with unique populations: HIV prevention in San Francisco. 343
Nurit Guttman. Values and justifications in health communication interventions: An analytic
    framework. 365
Michael D. Basil. Tobacco: Coopting our public health. 399 (Forum)

1996, Vol. 1(3)

Thomas W. Valente, Patricia R. Poppe & Alice Payne Merritt. Mass-media-generated
    interpersonal communication as sources of information about family planning. 247
Michael D. Slater. Theory and method in health audience segmentation. 267
J. Gerard Power. Evaluating health knowledge: An alternative approach. 285
Michael L. Levy, Steven E. Davis, J. Gordon McComb & Michael L. J. Apuzzo. Economical,
    ethical, and outcome-based decisions regarding aggressive surgical management in patients
    with penetrating craniocerebral injury. 301 (Forum)

1996, Vol. 1(2)

Charles T. Salmon, Karen Wooten, Eileen Gentry, Galen E. Cole & Fred Koger. AIDS
    knowledge gaps: Results from the first decade of the epidemic and implications for future
    information efforts. 141
Barbara F. Sharf, Vicki S. Freimuth, Pamela Greenspon & Courtney Plotnick. Confronting
    cancer on thirtysomething: Audience response to health content on entertainment television.
    157
                                                                                          247


Liana B. Winett & Lawrence Wallack. Advancing public health goals through mass media. 173
Tim L. Tinker. Recommendations to improve health risk communication: Lessons learned from
    the U.S. Public Health Service. 197
Kim Witte. Notes from the field: Does publishing in academic journals make a difference? 221
    (Forum)
Solomon Nzyuko. Does research have any role in information/education/communication
    programs in Africa? An insider‟s view. 227 (Forum)

1996, Vol. 1(1)

Everett M. Rogers. The field of health communication today: An up-to-date report. 15
Scott C. Ratzan, J. Gregory Payne & Carol Bishop. The status and scope of health
    communication. 25
Michael A. Chamberlain. Health communication: Making the most of new media technologies--
    an international overview. 43
Willian DeJong, Lydia O‟Donnell, Alexi D. San Doval & Greg John. The status of clinic-based
    STD patient education: The need for a commitment to innovation in health communication.
    51
Terrance L. Albrecht & Carol Bryant. Advances in segmentation modeling for health
    communication and social marketing campaigns. 65
Stephen G. Bloom. Health legacies from Franklyn Roosevelt to Robert Dole, or how medical and
    health care issues took over the nation‟s news. 83 (Forum)
Gary L. Kreps. Communicating to promote justice in modern health care system. 99 (Forum)
                                                                                                248


                     MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION QUARTERLY

2007, Vol. 20(4)

Jennifer Butler Ellis. Psychological contracts: Does work status affect perceptions of making and
    keeping promises? 335
John A. A. Sillince. Organizational context and the discursive construction of organizing. 363
Canchu Lin & Robin Patric Clair. Measuring Mao Zedong thought and interpreting
    organizational communication in China. 395

Forum: Twenty years of MCQ
Kathy Krone. Forum introduction. 430
Joanne Yates & Christine Kelly. The beginnings. 432
Katherine I. Miller. Steps (and missteps?) during the adolescence of MCQ. 437
Patrice M. Buzzanell. Reflecting on my Management Communication Quarterly editorship a
     decade later. 444
Theodore E. Zorn. Editing MCQ at the dawn of the new millennium. 451
Charles Conrad. Standing on the shoulders of others. 458

2007, Vol. 20(3)

Katherine I. Miller, Jennifer Considine & Johny Garner. “Let me tell you about my job”:
    Exploring the terrain of emotion in the workplace. 231
Karen Zwijze-Koning & Menno De Jong. Evaluating the communication satisfaction
    questionnaire as a communication audit tool. 261
Maria Dixon. Transforming power: Expanding the inheritance of Michel Foucault in
    organizational studies. 283
Theresa A. Domagalski & Lisa A. Steelman. The impact of gender and organizational status on
    workplace anger expression. 297

2006, Vol. 20(2)

Paaige K. Turner & Robert L. Krizek. A meaning-centered approach to customer satisfaction.
    115
Sarah J. Tracy, Pamela Lutgen-Sandvik & Jess K. Alberts. Nightmares, demons, and slaves:
    Exploring the painful metaphors of workplace bullying. 148
John A. A. Sillince. Resources and organizational identities: The role of rhetoric in the creation
    of competitive advantage. 186
Craig Prichard. The organization of organizational discourse. 213 (Review essay)

2006, Vol. 20(1)

Sarah J. Tracy & Clifton Scott. Sexuality, masculinity, and train management among firefighters
    and correctional officers: Getting down and dirty with “America‟s heroes” and the scum of
    law enforcement. 6
                                                                                               249


Rebeccca J. Meisenbach. Habermas‟s discourse ethics and principle of universalization as a
    moral framework for organizational communication. 39
Loril M. Gosseett & Julian Kilker. My job sucks: Examining counterinstitutional web sites as
    locations for organizational member voice, dissent, and resistance.

Forum
Kathleen J. Krone. In memory of Fred Jablin: What might have been and still might be. 91
Fredric M. Jablin. Courage and courageous communication among leaders and followers in
    groups, organizations, and communities. 94

2006, Vol. 19(4)

George Cheney & Dana L. Cloud. Doing democracy, engaging the material: Employee
    participation and labor activity in an age of market globalization. 501 (Colloquy)
Annika Hylmö. Telecommunity and the contestability of choice: Employee strategies to
    legitimize personal decisions to work in a preferred location. 541
Theresa Castor & François Cooren. Organizations as hybrid forms of life: The implications of the
    selection of agency in problem formulation. 570
Walter J. Carl. What‟s all the buzz about? Everyday communication and the relational basis of
    word-of-mouth and buzz marketing practices. 601

Forum: Whither Management Communication
James R. Barker. Introduction. 635
Craig Prichard. Global politics, academic dispositions, and the tilting of organizational
    communication. 638
Karen Lee Ashcraft. Falling from a humble perch? Rereading organizational communication
    studies with an attitude of alliance. 645
François Cooren. The organizational communication-discourse tilt: A refugee‟s perspective. 635
Heather M. Zoller. Suitcases and swimsuits: On the future of organizational communication. 661

2006, Vol. 19(3)

Colloquy
Robert D. McPhee, Karen K. Myers & Angela Trethewey. On collective mind and conversational
    analysis: Response to Cooren. 311
Francois Cooren. Arguments for the in-depth study of organizational interactions: A rejoinder to
    McPhee, Myers, and Trethewey. 327

Forum: The Processes of Dialogue
Robert L. Heath, W. Barnett Pearce, John Shotter, James R. Taylor, Astrid Kersten, Ted Zorn,
    Juliet Ropper, Judy Motion & Stanley Deetz. The processes of dialogue: Participation and
    legitimation. 341
Loril M. Gossett. Falling between the cracks: Control and communication challenges of a
    temporary workforce. 376
                                                                                              250


Tammy McGuire, Debbie S. Dougherty & Joshua Atkinson. “Paradoxing the dialectic”: The
   impact of patients sexual harassment in the discursive construction of nurses‟ caregiving
   roles. 416
James O. Olufowote. Rousing and redirecting a sleeping giant: Symbolic convergence theory and
   complexities in the communication constitution of collective action. 451

2005, Vol. 19(2)

Craig R. Scott & Stephen A. Rains. Anonymous communication in organizations: Assessing use
     and appropriateness. 157
Earl H. McKinney, Jr., James R. Barker, Kevin J. Davis & Daryl Smith. How swift starting
     action teams get off the ground: What United Flight 232 and airline flight crews can tell us
     about team communication. 198
Laurie Lewis, The civil society sector: A review of critical issues and research agenda for
     organizational communication scholars. 238

Forum: Appreciating the “Elsewhere”
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 268
Craig Prichard. Challenging academic imperialism: Some tactics for constructing an
    organizational communication of the elsewhere. 270
Laurie Cohen, Gill Musson & Suanne Tietze. Teaching communication to business and
    management students: A view from the United Kingdom. 279
Deborah Jones. Spot the difference: Discourse in organizational communication, organizational
    studies, and workplace sociolinguistics. 288
James R. Taylor. In praise of ambiguity: Forum responses. 299

2005, Vol. 19(1) (Special Issue: Discourse, Resistance, and Organization)

Linda L. Putnam, David Grant, Grant Michelson & Leanne Cutcher. Discourse and resistance:
    Targets, practices, and consequences. 5
Dennis K. Mumby. Theorizing resistance in organization studies: A dialectical approach. 19
Peter Fleming. Metaphors of resistance. 45
Karen Lee Ashcraft. Resistance through consent? Occupational identity, organizational form, and
    the maintenance of masculinity among commercial airline pilots. 67
Kevin Real & Linda L. Putnam. Ironies in the discursive struggle of pilots defending the
    profession. 91
Susan Ainsworth, Cynthia Hardy & Bill Harley. Online consultation: E-democracy and e-
    resistance in the case of the development gateway. 120

2004, Vol. 18(3)

Daniel J. Lair, Katie Sullivan & George Cheney. Marketization and the recasting of the
    professional self: The rhetoric and ethics of personal branding. 307
Karen K. Myers. A burning desire: Assimilation into a fire department. 344
                                                                                             251


James O. Olufowote, Venon D. Miller & Steven R. Wilson. The interactive effects of role change
   goals and relational exchanges on employee upward influence tactics. 385

Forum: Practicing What We Preach
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 404
Charles Bantz, Sue DeWine & Pamela Shockley-Zalabak. Practicing what we preach:
    Communication theories in higher education administration. 407

2004, Vol. 18(2)

Alexander Lyon. Participants‟ use of cultural knowledge as cultural capital in a dot-com start-up
    organizations. 175
Heather M. Zoller. Dialogue as global issue management: Legitimizing corporate influence in the
    Transatlantic business dialogue. 204
Ying Zhu, Steven K. May & Lawrence B. Rosenfeld. Information adequacy and job satisfaction
    during merger and acquisition. 241

Forum: Graduation Day
James R. Barker, Forum introduction. 271
Clive JH. J. Gilson. The career task before us. 273
Cynthia Stohl. Connectedness in action. 280
David M. Boje. Inside the Rabelaisian Sileni box. 288
Nick Trujillo. Freedom of careers. 296

2004, Vol. 18(1)

Emamnuelle Vaast. O brother, where are thou? From communities to networks of practice
    through intranet use. 5
Ted M. Brimeyer, Andrea V. Eaker & Robin Patric Clair. Rhetorical strategies in union
    organizing: A case of labor versus management. 45
Vivian C. Sheer & Ling Chen. Improving media richness theory: A study of interaction goals,
    message valence, and task complexity in manager-subordinate communication. 76 (Research
    Note)

Forum: Waking Stewart Clegg
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 94
Graham Sewell. Exploring the moral consequences of management communication theory and
    practice. 97
Dennis K. Mumby. “Nomadic theorizing with a power compass”: Clegg, instititality, and critical
    organizational communication studies. 115
Robert D. McPhee. Clegg and Giddens on power and (pos)modernity. 129
Stewat R. Clegg. Platypus at play: Nomadic theorizing with a power compass. 146
                                                                                              252


2004, Vol. 17(4)

Dennis Tourish, Neil Paulsen, Elizabeth Hobman & Phrashant Bordia. The downsides of
    downsizing: Communication processes and information needs in the aftermath of a
    workforce reduction strategy. 485
Francois Cooren. The communicative achievement of collective minding: Analysis of board
    meeting excerpts. 517
Jianzhong Hong & Yrjo Engestrom. Changing principles of communication between Chinese
    managers and workers. 552

Forum: Scholars on the Spiritual Journey
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 586
Joseph W. Weiss. My journey, beliefs, and scholarship: A life in progress. 589
Margaret Benefiel. Walking the red carpet. 596
Sarah Amira De La Garza. My spiritual sensemaking: Career path as responses to interruptions
    of the spiritual project. 603
Charles C. Manz, Karen P. Manz, Robert D. Marx & Christopher P. Neck. Spiritual beliefs and
    scholarship: A journey with the wisdom of Solomon. 611
Andre L. Delbecq. How the religious tradition of calling and spiritual friendship shaped my life
    as a teacher/scholar. 621
James R. Barker. Afterward: Continuing the journey. 628

2003, Vol. 17(3)

Jennifer Anne Thackaberry. “Discursive opening” and closing in organizational self-study:
    Culture as trap and tool in wildland firefighting safety. 319
Jayne M. Morgan, Cassandra M. Reynolds, Talia J. Nelson, Angela R. Johanningmeier, Michael
    Griffin & Pauline Andrade. Tales from the fields: Sources of employee identification in
    agribusiness. 360
Timothy Clark & David Greatbatch. Management fashion as image-spectacle: The production of
    best-selling management books. 396
Judy Gray & Heather Laidlaw. Improving the measurement of communication satisfaction. 425

Forum: Rock and Roll Entrepreneurship
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 449
Timothy S. Reed, Kurt A. Heppard & Andrew C. Corbett. I get by with a little help from my
    friends: Entrepreneurship in rock and roll networks. 452

2003, Vol. 17(2)

Heather M. Zoller. Working out: Managerialism in workplace health promotion. 171
Danielle C. Perry, Maureen Taylor & Marya L. Doefel. Internet-based communication in crisis
    management. 206
                                                                                             253


John J. Sosik & Dong I. Jung. Impression management strategies and performance in information
    technology consulting: The role of self-other rating agreement on charismatic leadership.
    206

Forum: “Ties That Bind”
James R. Barker, Forum introduction. 269
Steven S. Taylor. Knowing in your gut and in your head: Doing theatre and my underlying
    epistemology of communication—Playwright and director reflections on “Ties That Bind.”
    272
Steven S. Taylor. “Ties That Bind.” 280
Michael B. Elmes. From gut knowing: Every silver cloud has a black lining—actor reflections on
    “Ties That Bind.” 301
Grace Ann Rosile. To head knowledge: Critical dramaturgy and artful ambiguity—audience
    reflections on “Ties That Bind.” 308

2003, Vol. 17(1) (Special Issue: Corporate Meltdown)

Charles Conrad. Setting the stage: Introduction to the special issue on the “Corporate Meltdown.”
    5
Timothy Kuhn & Karen Lee Ashcraft. Corporate scandal and the theory of the firm: Formulating
    the contributions of organizational communication studies. 20
Matthew W. Seeger & Robert R. Ulmer. Explaining Enron: Communication and responsible
    leadership. 58
David M. Boje & Grace Ann Rosile. Life imitates art: Enron‟s epic and tragic narration. 85

Forum: Teaching Business Ethically
James R. Barker. Forum introduction. 126
Stella M. Nkomo. Teaching business ethically in the “new” South Africa. 128
Elliott Jaques. Ethics for management. 1346
Nancy DiTomaso, Rochelle Perks-Yancy & Corinne Post. Structure, relationships, and
     community responsibility. 143
Ralph Stabelein. Teaching business ethics or teaching business ethically? 151
James A. Anderson. Forum response: Ethics in business and teaching. 155

2003, Vol. 16(4)

Pamela Lutgen-Sandvik. The communicative cycle of employee emotional abuse: Generation and
    regeneration of workplace mistreatment. 471
William L. Gardner. Perceptions of leader charisma, effectiveness, and integrity: Effects of
    exemplification, delivery, and ethical reputation. 502
Gregory S. Larson & Gerald L. Pepper. Strategies for managing multiple organizational
    identifications: A case of competing identities. 528
Shiv Ganesh. Organizational narcissism: Technology, legitimacy, and identity in an Indian NGO.
    558
                                                                                            254


Forum: Communication and Corporate Social Responsibility
Steven K. May & Theodore E. Zorn. Forum introduction. 595
Nikki C. Townsley & Cynthia Stohl. Contracting corporate social responsibility: Swedish
    expansions in global technology agency work. 599
Stanley Deetz. Corporate governance, communication, and getting social values into the
    decisional chain. 606
Tanni Haas. Toward an “ethic of futurity”: Corporate social responsibility in the age of risk
    society. 612
John C. Lammers. An institutional perspective on communicating corporate responsibility. 618
Steve Schwarze. Corporate-state irresponsibility, critical publicity, and asbestos exposure in
    Libby, Montana. 625

2003, Vol. 16(3)

C. Erik Timmerman. Media selection during the implementation of planned organizational
    change: A predictive framework based on implementation approach and phase. 301
Alf Lizzio, Keithia L. Wilson, Jan Gilchrist & Cindy Gallois. The role of gender in the
    construction and evaluation of feedback effectiveness. 341
Dawna I. Ballard & David R. Seibold. Communicating and organizing in time: A meso-level
    model of organizational temporality. 380

Forum: Challenging Change
Steven K. Mary & Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. Forum introduction. 616
Steven K. May. Case study: Challenging change. 419
Paaige K. Turner. Paradox of ordering change: I insist that we work as a team. 434
Greg Hearn & Abrahan Ninan. Managing change is managing meaning. 440
Brian Nichol & Lou Raye Nichol. The psychodynamics of an organizational change initiative.
Joann Keyton. Teaching a pig to sing? 453

2002, Vol. 16(2)

Tamyra Pierce & Debbie S. Dougherty. The construction, enactment, and maintenance of power-
     as-domination through an acquisition: The case of TWA and Ozark Airlines. 129
W. Timothy Coombs & Sherry J. Holliday. Helping crisis managers protect reputational assets:
     Initial tests of the situational crisis communication theory. 165
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Speaking up: Identifying employees‟ upward dissent strategies. 187
Lorna Heaton & James R. Taylor. Knowledge management and professional work: A
     communication perspective on the knowledge-based organization. 210

Forum: Knowledge Management and/as Organizational Communication
Theodore E. Zorn & Steven K. May. Forum introduction. 237
Andrew J. Flanagan. The elusive benefits of the technological support of knowledge
    management. 242
Noshir S. Contractor & Peter R. Monge. Managing knowledge networks. 249
                                                                                                255


Joel O. Iverson & Robert D. McPhee. Knowledge management in communities of practice:
     Being true to the communicative character of knowledge. 259
Geoff Walsham. What can knowledge management systems deliver? 267
Robert D. McPhee, Steven R. Corman & Kevin Dooley. Organizational knowledge expression
     and management: Centering resonance analysis of organizational discourse. 274
Mats Alvesson, Dan Karreman & Jacky Swan. Departures from knowledge and/or management
     in knowledge management. 282

2002, Vol. 16(1)

Timothy Kuhn & Natalie Nelson. Reengineering identity: A case study of multiplicity and duality
     in organizational identification. 5
Jeffrey W. Kassing & Todd A. Armstrong. Someone‟s going to hear about this: Examining the
     association between dissent-triggering events and employees‟ dissent expression. 39
Michael W. Krameer & Jon A. Hess. Communication rules for the display of emotions in
     organizational settings. 66

Forum: Translating Organizational Scholarship into Practice
Angela Trethewey. Forum introduction. 81
Sarah J. Tracy. Altered practice—altered stories—altered lives: Three considerations for
    translating organizational communication scholarship into practice. 85
George Cheney, Morgan Wilhelmsson & Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. 10 strategies for engaged
    scholarship. 92
Brenda J. Allen. Translating organizational communication scholarship into practice: Starting
    where we are. 101
Timothy Kuhn. Negotiating boundaries between scholars and practitioners: Knowledge,
    networks, and communities of practice. 106
Karen Lee Ashcraft. Practical ambivalence and troubles in transition. 113

2002, Vol. 15(4)

Gail T. Fairhurst, Francois Cooren & Daniel J. Cahill. Discursiveness, contradiction, and
    unintended consequences in successive downsizings. 501
Graham Knight & Josh Greenberg. Promotionalism and subpolitics: Nike and its labor critics.
    541
Katherine Miller. The experience of emotion in the workplace: Professing in the midst of
    tragedy. 571

Forum: The Language Dilemma
Steve K. May. Forum introduction. 601
J. C. Bruno Teboul. Case study: The language of dilemma. 603
Gregory S. Walden. Legal issues posed in the language dilemma. 609
Alan Pakiela. English only: A workplace dilemma. 616
Barbara Speciher. Problems with English-only policies. 619
Alexander G. Murphy. Struggling for occupational voice. 626
                                                                                             256



2002, Vol. 15(3)

Sharon M. Livesey. The discourse of the middle ground: Citizen Shell committees to sustainable
    development. 313
Jane Jorgenson. Engineering selves: Negotiating gender and identity in technical work. 350
Diane Susan Grimes. Challenging the status quo? Whiteness in the diversity management
    literature. 381
Janie M. Harden Fritz. How do I dislike thee? Let me count the ways: Constructing impressions
    of troublesome others at work. 410

Forum: Auditing the Communication Audit
Theodore E. Zorn, Jr., & Steven K. May. Forum introduction: Current uses, critical approaches
     and future prospects. 439
Philip Salem. Assessment, change, and complexity. 442
Gerald M. Goldhaber. Communication audits in the age of the internet. 451
R. Wayne Pace. The organizational learning audit. 458
Deborah Jones. The interpretive auditor: Reframing the communication audit. 466
John C. Meyer. Organizational communication assessment: Fuzzy methods and the accessibility
     of symbols. 472

2001, Vol. 15(2)

Faye L. Smith & Joann Keyton. Organizational storytelling: Metaphors for relational power and
    identity struggles. 149
Angela Trethewey. Reproducing and resisting the master narrative of decline: Midlife
    professional women‟s experiences of aging. 183
Barbara Schneider. Constructing knowledge in an organization: The role of interview notes. 227

Forum: Organizational Communication and Cultural Studies in the New Economy
Bryan C. Taylor. Forum introduction. 256
Majia Holmer Nadesan. Post-Fordism, political economy, and critical organizational
    communication studies. 259
Dana L. Cloud. Laboring under the sign of the new: Cultural studies, organizational
    communication, and the fallacy of the new economy. 268
C. Kay Weaver. Dressing for battle in the new global economy: Putting power, identity, and
    discourse into public relations theory. 279
Bryan C. Taylor & David Carlone. Silicon communication: A reply and case study. 289

2001, Vol. 15(1)

Laurie K. Lewis, Stephanie A. Hamel & Brian K. Richardson. Communicating change to
    stakeholders: Models and predictors of implementers‟ approaches. 5
                                                                                             257


Patricia S. Parker. African American women executives‟ leadership communication within
     dominant-culture organizations: (Re)conceptualizing notions of collaboration and
     instrumentality. 42
Karen M. Hopkins. Manager intervention with troubled supervisors: Help and support start at the
     top. 83

Forum: Organizational Communication and the Quality of Work Life
Steven K. May & Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. Forum introduction. 100
Marifran Mattson & Christina W. Stage. Toward an understanding of intercultural ethical
    dilemmas as opportunities for engagement in new millennium global organizations. 103
Kirsten J. Broadfoot. When the cat‟s away, do the mice play? Control/autonomy in the virtual
    workplace. 110
Loril M. Gossett. The long-term impact of short-term workers: The work life concerns posed by
    the growth of the contingent workforce. 115
Erika L. Kirby & Lynn M. Harter. Discourses of diversity and the quality of work life: The
    character and costs of the managerial metaphor. 121

2001, Vol. 14(4)

Patricia M. Sias & Tammie D. Wyers. Employee uncertainty and information-seeking in newly
     formed expansion organizations. 549
Jaesub Lee. Leader-member exchange, perceived organizational justice, and cooperative
     communication. 574
Robert R. Ulmer. Effective crisis management through established stakeholder relationships:
     Malden Mills as a case study. 590

Forum: E-Commerce and the New Economy
Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. & Steven K. May. Forum introduction. 616
Angela Trethewey & Steve Corman. Anticipating K-commerce: E-commerce, knowledge
    management, and organizational communication. 619
Craig R. Scott. Establishing and maintaining customer loyalty and employee identification in the
    new economy: A communicative response. 629
David McKie. E-scaping management communication: Old discourses, new economy, and new
    economies. 637
Ann M. Mayer-Guell. Business-to-business electronic commerce: The new economy‟s challenge
    to traditional American business values. 644
Scott A. Chadwick. Communicating trust in e-commerce interactions. 653
Diane Tobin Johnson. Is this a real person? Communication and customer service in e-
    commerce. 659

2001, Vol. 14(3)

Cynthia Stohl & George Cheney. Participatory processes/paradoxical practices: Communication
    and the dilemmas of organizational democracy. 349
                                                                                             258


Nurit Zaidman. Cultural codes and language strategies in business communication: Interactions
     between Israeli and Indian businesspeople. 408
Jeffrey W. Kassing. From the looks of things: Assessing perceptions of organizational dissenters.
     442

Forum: Popular Management Writing
Steven K. May & Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. Forum introduction—gurus‟ views and business news:
     Popular management discourse and its relationship to management and organizational
     communication. 471
Michael J. Pratt. A story of peak performance. 476
Bradley G. Jackson. Art for management‟s sake? The new literary genre of business books. 484
David Carlone. Enablement, constraint, and The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People. 491
Majoia Holmer Nadesan. Fortune on globalization and the new economy: Manifest destiny in a
     technological age. 498
David M. Boje. Corporate writing in the web of postmodern culture and postindustrial
     capitalism. 507
Patrice M. Buzzanell. Gendered practices in the contemporary workplace: A critique of what
     often constitutes front page news in The Wall Street Journal. 517

2000, Vol. 14(2)

Melissa K. Gibson & Nancy M. Schullery. Shifting meanings in a blue-collar worker
    philanthropy program: Emergent tensions in traditional and feminist organizing. 189
R. Michael Bokeno & Vernon W. Gantt. Dialogic mentoring: Core relationships for
    organizational learning. 237
Paige P. Edley. Discursive essentializing in a woman-owned business: Gendered stereotypes and
    strategic subordination. 271
Nick Trujillo. Baseball, business, politics, and privilege: An interview with George W. Bush. 307
    (Forum)

2000, Vol. 14(1)

Susan M. Kruml & Deanna Geddes. Exploring the dimensions of emotional labor: The heat of
    Hoschield‟s work. 8
Sherianne Shuler & Beverly Davenport Sypher. Seeking emotional labor: When managing the
    heart enhances the work experience. 50
Sarah J. Tracy. Become a character for commerce: Emotion labor, self-subordination, and
    discursive construction of identity in a total institution. 90

Forum: Management Communication in the Age of Globalization
Theodore E. Zorn, Jr. & Steven K. May. Editors‟ introduction to the form on management
    communication in the age of globalization. 129
George Cheney. Thinking differently about organizational communication: Why, how, and
    where? 132
                                                                                            259


Elizabeth A. More & Harry T. Irwin. Management communication for the new millennium: An
    Australian perspective. 142
Ling Chen. Connecting to the world economy: Issues confronting organizations in Chinese
    societies. 152
Uggero Cesaria. Organizational communication issues in Italian multinational corporations. 161

2000, Vol. 13(4)

Theodore E. Zorn, Deborah J. Page & George Cheney. Nuts about change: Multiple perspectives
    on change-oriented communication in a public sector organization. 515
Stephanie J. Coopman & Katherine Burnett Meidlinger. Power, hierarchy, and change: The
    stories of a Catholic parish staff. 567
Vernon D. Miller, Mike Allen, Mary K. Casey & John R. Johnson. Reconsidering the
    organizational identification questionnaire. 626

Dialogues
Vernon D. Miller & Caryn E. Medved. Managing after the merger: The challenges of employee
    feedback and performance appraisals. 659
Louis P. Cusella. “Managing the merger” case analysis. 668
Sue DeWine & Mary M. Eicholtz. “Manager after the merger”: Feedback at BAS case analysis.
    679
Juanie N. Walker & Michael G. Walker. Response to “Managing the merger” case analyses. 685

2000, Vol. 13(3)

Karen Lee Ashcraft. Empowering “professional” relationships: Organizational communication
     meets feminist practice. 347
Jan-Erik Johanson. Intraorganizational influence: Theoretical clarification and empirical
     assessment of intraorganizational social influence. 393
Priscilla S. Rogers. CEO presentations in conjunction with earnings announcements: Extending
     the construct of organizational genre through competing values profiling and user-needs
     analysis: High speech management theory. 426

Dialogues
Donald P. Cushman. Stimulating and integrating the development of organizational
    communication. 486
Robert D. McPhee & David R. Seibold. Response to the finalist essays. 502

1999, Vol. 13(1)

Majia Holmer Nadesan. The discourses of corporate spiritualism and evangelical capitalism. 3
Laurie K. Lewis. Disseminating information and soliciting input during planned organizational
    change: Implementers‟ targets, sources, and channels for communicating. 43
Jaseun Lee and Robert L. Heath. Managerial media selection and information evaluation from
    the receiver‟s perspective in decision-making contexts. 76
                                                                                                 260


Jeffrey W. Kassing & Theodore A. Avtgis. Examining the relationship between organizational
     dissent and aggressive communication. 100

Dialogues: Self-organizing
Patrice M. Buzzanell. Editor‟s introduction to the dialogues on self-organizing. 116
Renee Houston. Self-organizing systems theory: Historical challenges to new sciences. 119
Klaus Krippendorf. Beyond coherence. 135
Leonard C. Hawes. Dialogics, posthumanist theory, and self-organizing systems. 146
Noshir S. Contractor. Self-organizing systems research in the social sciences: Reconciling the
     metaphors and the models. 154

1999, Vol. 12(4)

Susan L. Brinson & William L. Benoit. The tarnished star: Restoring Texaco‟s damaged public
    image. 483
James S. Sass & Marifran Mattson. When social support is uncomfortable: The communicative
    accomplishment of support as a cultural term in a youth intervention program. 511
Bertah Du-Babcock. Topic management and turn taking in professional communication: First-
    versus second-language strategies. 544

Dialogues
T. Andrew Finn. A case of telecommunications (mis)management. 575
Priscilla S. Rogers, James R. Taylor & T. Andrew Finn. “A case of telecommunications
     (mis)management” case analyses. 580
Kathleen K. Reardon & Kevin J. Reardon. “All that we can be”: Leading the U.S. army‟s gender
     integration effort. 600
Alan J. Rowe, Kathleen K. Reardon & Warren Bennnis. Leadership style inventory 2.2. 618

1999, Vol. 12(3)

James R. Disanze & Connie Bullis. “Everybody identifies with Smokey the Bear”: Employee
    responses to newsletter identification inducements at the U.S. Forest Service. 347
Craig R. Scott, Stacey L. Connaughton, Hector R. Diaz-Saenz, Katherine Maguire, Ruben
    Ramirez, Brian Richardson, Sandra Pride Shaw & Dianne Morgan. The impacts of
    communication and multiple identification on intent to leave: A multimethodological
    exploration. 400
Debbie S. Dougherty. Dialogue through standpoint: Understanding women‟s and men‟s
    standpoints of sexual harassment. 436

1998, Vol. 12(2)

Fredric M. Jablin & Michael W. Kramer. Communication-related sense-making and adjustment
     during job transfers. 155
Jeffrey W. Kassing. Development and validation of the organizational dissent scale. 183
                                                                                              261


Mark P. Orbe. An outsider within perspective to organizational communication: Explicating the
    communicative practices of co-cultural group members. 230
Barbara Mae Gayle & Raymond W. Preiss. Assessing emotionality in organizational conflicts.
    280
Patty Sotrin & Steven J. Tyrell. Wondering about critical management studies: A review of and
    commentary on selected texts. 303 (Dialogue)

1998, Vol. 12(1)

William L. Gardner & Dean Cleavenger. The impression management strategies associated with
    transformational leadership at the world-class level: A psychohistorical assessment. 3
Larry R. Irons. Organizational and technical communication: Terminological ambiguity in
    representing work. 42
Tracy Callaway Russo. Organizational and professional identification: A case of newspaper
    journalists. 72

Dialogues
Katherine Miller. Nurses at the edge of chaos: The application of “new science” concepts to
    organizational systems. 112
Elizabeth J. Van Every & James R. Taylor. Modeling the organization as a system of
    communication activity: A dialogue about the language/action perspective. 128

1998, Vol. 11(4)

Alexandra G. Murphy. Hidden transcripts of flight attendant resistance. 499
Greg V. Fiebig & Michael W. Kramer. A framework for the study of emotions in organizational
    contexts. 536

Dialogues
Patrice Buzzanell. Letter from the editor about MCQ dialogues. 573
Brenda J. Allen. Black womanhood and feminist standpoints. 575
Karen Lee Ashcraft. “I wouldn‟t say I‟m a feminist, but . . .”: Organizational micropractice and
     gender identity. 587
Anna L. Spadlin. The price of “passing”: A lesbian perspective on authenticity in organizations.
     598
Maryanne Wanca-Thibault & Phillip K. Tompkins. Speaking like a man (and a woman) about
     organizational communication: Feminizations and feminism as a recognizable voice. 606
Dennis K. Mumby & Cynthia Stohl. Feminist perspectives on organizational communication.
     622 (Commentary)

1998, Vol. 11(3)

Ronald F. Wendt. The sound of one hand clapping: Counterintuitive lessons extracted from
   paradoxes and double binds in participative organizations. 323
                                                                                             262


Bairj Donabedian, Sharon M. McKinnon & William J. Bruns, Jr. Task characteristics, managerial
    socialization, and media selection. 372
Kim Sydow Campbell, Saroya I. Follender & Guy Shane. Preferred strategies for responding to
    hostile questions in environmental public meetings. 401
Kenneth L. Hacker, Blaine Goss, Charles Townley & Valerie J. Horton. Employee attitudes
    regarding electronic mail policies: A case study. 422

Dialogues
Colleen M. Keough. The case of the aggrieved expatriate. 453
Beverly Davenport Sypher, Barbara Shwom, David M. Boje, Grace Ann Rosile & Vernon D.
    Miller. 460
Ted Forbes & Lynn Isabella. One more time: The art of revising case studies. 486

1997, Vol. 11(2)

Denise Haunani Solomon & Mary Lynn Miller Williams. Perceptions of social-sexual
    communication at work as sexually harassing. 147
Roger J. Volkema, Thomas J. Bergmann & Katherine Farquhar. Use and impact of informal
    third-party discussions in interpersonal conflicts at work. 185
Khalid Mohammed Alkazraji, William L. Gardner III, Jeanette S. Martin & Joseph G. P.
    Paoilillo. The acculturation of immigrants to U.S. organizations: The case of Muslim
    employees. 217
Jaesub Lee. Leader-member exchange, the “pelz effect,” and cooperative communication
    between group members. 266 (Research Note)
Cees B. M. Van Riel. Research in corporate communication: An overview of an emerging field.
    288 (Dialogue)

1997, Vol. 11(1)

Kathleen J. Krone, Ling Chen, Diane Kay Sloan & Linda M. Gallant. Managerial emotionality in
    Chinese factories. 6
Lisa Tyler. Liability means never being able to say you‟re sorry: Corporate guilt, legal
    considerations, and defensiveness in corporate communication. 51
Robert Shuter & Lynn H. Turner. African American and European American women in the
    workplace: Perceptions of conflict communication. 74
C. A. P. Smith & Stephen C. Hayne. Decision making under time pressure: An investigation of
    decision speed and decision quality of computer-supported groups. 97

Dialogue
Organizational Communication in the 21st century: Informal discussion with M. Scott Poole,
    Linda L. Putnam, and David R. Seibold. 127
                                                                                                263


1997, Vol. 10(3)

G. Stoney Alder & Phillip K. Tompkins. Electronic performance monitoring: An organizational
    justice and concertive control perspective. 259
John G. Oetzel & Keri Bolton-Oetzel. Exploring the relationship between self-construal and
    dimensions of group effectiveness. 289
Myria W. Allen & Robert M. Brady. Total quality management, organizational commitment,
    perceived organizational support, and intraorganizational communication. 316
Robert L. Heath & Christine Diana Gay. Risk communication: Involvement, uncertainty, and
    control‟s effect on information scanning and monitoring by stakeholders. 342
Edward W. Christensen & James R. Bailey. A source accessibility effect on media selection. 373
    (Research Note)

1996, Vol. 10(2)

Theodore E. Zorn & Michelle T. Violanti. Communication abilities and individual achievement
    in organizations. 139
Jasmine Tata. Accounting for untoward managerial actions: The mediating influence of
    appraisal. 168
Deborah Weider-Hatfield and John D. Hatfield. Superiors‟ conflict management strategies and
    subordinate outcomes. 189
J. Michael Whitfield, Bruce L. Lamond, & V. Sambamurthy. The effects of organization design
    on media richness in multinational enterprises. 209
Rodney D. Parker & Herbert W. Hildebrandt. Business communication and architecture: Is there
    a parallel? 227 (Commentary)

1996, Vol. 10(1) (Special Issue: Management, Business, Organizational, and Corporate
Communication: A discussion of our disciplines)

Katherine Miller: Who are we and what are we doing? An editor‟s note. 3
Larry R. Smeltzer. Communication within the manager‟s context. 5
N. Lamar Reinsch, Jr. Business communication: Present, past, and future. 27
Dennis K. Mumby & Cynthia Stohl. Disciplining organizational communication studies. 50
Paul A. Argenti. Corporate communication as a discipline: Toward a definition. 73
Annette Shelby. A discipline orientation: Analysis and critique. 98 (Response)
Kathleen Kelley Reardon. The crossroads of organizational communication: Definition or
     dichotomy. 106 (Response)
Priscilla S. Rogers. Disciplinary distinction or responsibility? 112 (Response)
Eric M. Eisenberg. Hearing voices: Speculations on the future of our disciplines. 124 (Response)

1996, Vol. 9(4)

Carey H. Adams & Gregory J. Shepherd. Managing volunteer performance: Face support and
    situational features as predictors of volunteers‟ evaluations of regulative messages. 363
                                                                                              264


Annette Markham. Designing discourse: A critical analysis of strategic ambiguity and workplace
    control. 389
David A. Morand. What‟s in a name? An exploration of the social dynamics of forms of address
    in organizations. 422
Judith A. Kolb. Commentary: Let‟s bring structure back. 452 (Communication Forum)

1996, Vol. 9(3)

Dennis K. Mumby. Feminism, postmodernism, and organizational communication studies: A
    critical reading. 259
Linda Kathryn Larkey. The development and validation of the workforce diversity questionnaire:
    An instrument to assess interactions in diverse workgroups. 296
Robert A. Baron. “La vie en rose” revisited: Contrasting perceptions of informal upward
    feedback among managers and subordinates. 338 (Research Note)
N. Lamar Reinsch, Jr. Management communication ethics research: Finding the bull‟s eye. 349
    (Communication Forum)

1995, Vol. 9(2)

Elizabeth Wolfe Morrison. Information usefulness and acquisition during organizational
    encounter. 131
Stephen A. Cox & Michael W. Kramer. Communication during employee dismissals: Social
    exchange principles and group influence on employee exit. 156
James R. Disanza. Bank teller organizational assimilation in a system of contradictory practices.
    191
Mina A. Vaughn. Organization symbols: An analysis of their types and functions in a reborn
    organization. 219

1995, Vol. 9(1)

Jill J. McMillan & Nikol A. Northern. Organizational codependency: The creation and
      maintenance of closed systems. 6
Myrna M. Cornett-Devito & Paul G. Friedman. Communication processes and merger success:
      An exploratory study of four financial institution mergers. 46
William L. Gardner III & David E. Gundersen. Information system training, usage, and
      satisfaction: An exploratory study of the hospitality industry. 78
Paula S. Sorenson, Katherine Hawkins & Ritch Sorenson. Gender, psychological type and
      conflict style preference. 115 (Research Note)

1995, Vol. 8(4)

Paul Hart, Lynne Svenning & John Ruchinskas. From face-to-face meeting to video
    teleconferencing: Potential shifts in the meeting genre. 395
Randy Y. Hirokawa & Joann Keyton. Perceived facilitators and inhibitors of effectiveness in
    organizational work teams. 424
                                                                                                 265


W. Timothy Coombs. Choosing the right words: The development of guidelines for the selection
     of the “appropriate” crisis-response strategies. 447
Priscilla S. Rogers & John Rymer. What is the functional value of the GMAT analytic writing
     assessment for management education? A critical analysis, part 2. 477 (Commentary)

1995, Vol. 8(3)

Janet Fulk, Joseph Schmitz & Daehee Ryu. Cognitive elements in the social construction of
     communication technology. 259
Mark Adkins & Dale E. Brashers. The power of language in computer-mediated groups. 289
Jeffrey D. Hobbs. Treachery by any other name: A case study of the Toshiba public relations
     crisis. 323
Priscilla S. Rogers & Jone Rymer. What is the relevance of the GMAT analytic writing
     assessment for management education? A critical analysis, part I. 347 (Commentary)
Daniel, J. Montgomery, Gary R. Heald, Stephen R. Macnamara & Laura B. Pincus. Malpractice
     and the communication consultant: A proactive approach. 368 (Commentary)

1994, Vol. 8(2)

William L. Gardner, III, Joy Van Eck Peluchette, & Sharon K. Clinebell. Valuing women in
    management: An impression management perspective of gender diversity. 115
Sherry J. Holladay & W. Timothy Cooms. Speaking of visions and visions being sought: An
    exploration of the effects of content and delivery on perceptions of leader charisma. 165
JC. Bruno Teboul. Facing and coping with uncertainty during organizational encounter. 190
Athar Murtuza. Procedures documentation ought to be illuminative, not just archival. 225
    (Commentary)

1994, Vol. 8(1)

Katherine Miller. From the editor: Three case studies. 3
Ronald F. Wendt. Learning to “walk the talk”: A critical tale of the micropolitics at a total quality
    university. 5
David T. Bastien. A feedback loop model of postmerger performance: Customers and
    competitors. 46
Cornelius B. Pratt. Applying classical ethical theories to ethical decision making in public
    relations: Perrier‟s product recall. 70
J. Kevin Barge. Putting leadership back to work. 95 (Commentary)

1994, Vol. 7(4)

Patrice M. Buzzanell. Gaining a voice: Feminist organizational communication theorizing. 339
Michael W. Kramer. Uncertainty reduction during job transitions: An exploratory study of the
     communication experiences of newcomers and transferees. 384
Wendy S. Zabava Ford & Christina Nation Etienne. Can I help you: A framework for the
     interdisciplinary research on customer service encounters. 413
                                                                                                266



1994, Vol. 7(3)

James Price Dillard, Jerold L. Hale, & Chris Segrin. Close relationships in task environments:
    Perceptions of relational types, illicitness, and power. 227.
Bolanle A. Olaniran. Group performance in computer-mediated and face-to-face communication
    media. 256
Susan R. Glaser. Teamwork and communication: A 3-year case study of change. 282
David L. Sturges. Communicating through crisis: A strategy for organizational survival. 297
    (Commentary)

1993, Vol. 7(2)

Robin P. Clair. The bureaucratization, commodification, and privatization of sexual harassment
    through institutional discourse: A study of the big ten universities. 123
Linda Kathryn Larkey. Perceptions of discrimination during downsizing. 158
Mark Heintzman, Dale Leathers, Roxanne Parrott, & Adrian D. Cairns. Nonverbal rapport-
    building behaviors‟ effects on perceptions of a supervisor. 181

1993, Vol. 7(1)

Steven R. Corman, & Robert L. Krizek. Accounting resources for organizational communication
    and individual differences in their use. 5.
Dayna Finet. Effects of boundary spanning communication on the sociopolitical delegitimation
    of an organization. 36
Kathryn T. Theus. Organizations and the media: Structures of miscommunication. 67
Michael P. Thompson. The skills of inquiry and advocacy: Why managers need both. 95
    (Commentary)

1993, Vol. 6(4)

Gail T. Fairhurst. Echoes of the vision: When the rest of the organization talks total quality. 331
Alicia A. Marshall, & Cynthia Stohl. Being „in the know” in a participative management system.
    372
Sheery J. Holladay, & W. Timothy Coombs. Communicating visions: An exploration of the role
    of delivery in the creation of leader charisma. 405
Larry R. Smeltzer. A de facto definition and focus of management communication. 428
    (Commentary)
Gail T. Fairhurst, & Ronald F. Wendt. The gap in total quality: A commentary. 441
    (Commentary)

1993, Vol. 6(3)

David O. Braaten, Michael J. Cody, & Kristen Bell deTienne. Account episodes in organizations:
    Remedial work and impression management. 219
                                                                                             267


Noshir S. Contractor, & Matthew C. Ehrlich. Strategic ambiguity in the birth of a loosely coupled
   organization: The case of a $50-million experiment. 251
Anne Maydan Nicotera. Beyond two dimensions: A grounded theory model of conflict-handling
   behavior. 282
Dominic A. Infante, Carolyn M. Anderson, Matthew M. Martin, Anita D. Herington, & Jungkee
   Kim. Subordinates‟ satisfaction and perceptions of superiors‟ compliance-gaining tactics,
   argumentativeness, verbal aggressiveness, and style. 307

1992, Vol. 6(2)

Nancy A. Burrell, Patrice M. Buzzanell, & Jill J. McMillan. Feminine tensions in conflict
     situations as revealed by metaphoric analyses. 115
Donald L. Harville. Person/Job fit model of communication apprehension in organizations. 150
John W. Haas, Beverly Davenport Sypher, & Howard E. Sypher. Do shared goals really make a
     difference? 166.
Jerry D. Jorgensen & John L. Petelle. Measuring uncertainty within organizational relationships:
     An analysis of the CLUES instrument. 180 (Research Instrument)

1992, Vol. 6(1)

Ronald E. Rice, Shan-Ju Chang, & Jack Rorobin. Communicator style, media use, organizational
    level, and use and evaluation of electronic messaging. 3
Beth Hartman Elis. The effects of uncertainty and source credibility on attitudes about
    organizational change. 34
Elmore R. Alexander III, Larry E. Penley, & I. Edward Jernigan. The relationship of basic
    decoding skills to managerial effectiveness. 58
Rosita Daskal Albert. Polycultural perspectives on organizational communication. 74
    (Commentary)
Martha M. Lauzen. Supervisor versus practitioner perceptions: When expectations and reality
    meet. 85 (Research Instrument)

1992, Vol. 5(4)

Ruth M. Guzley. Organizational climate and communication climate: Predictors of commitment
    to the organization. 379
David T. Bastien. Change in organizational culture: The use of linguistic methods in a corporate
    acquisition. 403
William G. Egelhoff, & Falguni Sen. An information-processing model of crisis management.
    443
Annette N. Shelby. Readability formulas: One more time. 485 (Commentary)

1992, Vol. 5(3)

Randy Y. Hirokawa, & Kathryn M. Rost. Effective group decision making in organizations: Field
   test of the vigilant interaction theory. 267
                                                                                                268


Michael G. Garko. Persuading subordinates who communicate in attractive and unattractive
    styles. 289
J. W. Gilsdorf. Written corporate policy on communicating: A Delphi study. 316
Charles Steinfield. Computer-mediated communications in organizational settings: Emergent
    conceptual frameworks and directions for research. 348 (Commentary)

1991, Vol. 5(2)

Elmore R. Alexander III, Larry E. Penley, & I. Edward Jernigan. The effect of individual
     differences on managerial media choice. 155
Robert F. Schere, Crystal L. Owen, & James D. Brodzinski. Rater and ratee sex effects on
     performance evaluations in a field setting: A multivariate analysis. 174
Sandra M. Ketrow. Nonverbal communication and client satisfaction in computer-assisted
     transactions. 192
Jerry Sullivan, & Sully Taylor. A cross-cultural test of compliance-gaining theory. 220
Robert L. Cardy. Contextual variables in laboratory and field research: Theoretical importance
     versus theoretical meaningfulness. 240 (Commentary)
Thomas M. Steinfatt. Internal validity and the problem of context: A response to Robert L.
     Cardy. 247 (Commentary)

1991, Vol. 5(1)

Brenda M. Wilkins, & Peter A. Andersen. Gender differences and similarities in management
    communication: A meta-analysis. 6
Margaret Ann Baker. Gender and verbal communication in professional settings: A review of
    research. 36
Debra R. Comer. Organizational newcomers‟ acquisition of information from peers. 64
Cynthia Stohl, & Susan E. Schell. A communication-based model of a small-group dysfunction.
    90
Robert L. Cadry. The applied value of laboratory research. 111 (Commentary)
Thomas M. Steinfatt. External validity, internal validity, and organizational reality: A response to
    Robert L. Cardy. 120 (Commentary)

1991, Vol. 4(4)

Donald Dean Morley, & Pamela Schockley-Zalabak. Setting the rules: An examination of the
     influence of organizational founders‟ values. 422
Terri R. Lituchy, & Wendy J. Wiswall. The role of masculine and feminine speech patterns in
     proposal acceptance: A laboratory study. 450
Patrice M. Buzzanell, & Steve R. Goldzwig. Linear and nonlinear career models: Metaphors,
     paradigms, and ideologies. 466.
Eileen Berlin Ray, & Katherine I. Miller. The influence of communication structure and social
     support on job stress and burnout. 506
Rod Troester. The corporate spokesperson in external organizational communication: What we
     know and what we need to know. 528 (Commentary)
                                                                                          269


J. Kevin Barge & David W. Schlueter. Leadership as organizing: A critique of leadership
    instruments. 541 (Research Instrument)

1991, Vol. 4(3)

Vincent R. Waldron & Kathleen J. Krone. The experience and expression of emotion in the
    workplace: A study of a corrections organizations. 287
Susan A. Komsky. A profile of users of electronic mail in a university: Frequent versus
    occasional users. 310
Richard Ice. Corporate publics and rhetorical strategies: The case of Union Carbide‟s Bhopal
    crisis. 341.
R. V. Rasmussen. A communication model based on the conduit metaphor: What do we know
    and what do we take for granted? 363 (Commentary)
John Hagge & Charles Kostlenick. Conceptualizing research on written management
    communication: A comment on Stratman and Duffy‟s article. 375 (Commentary)
James F. Stratment & Thomas M. Duffy. A response to Hagge and Koslenick. 381 (Commentary
Sue DeWine, Ann Maydan Nicotera, & Doug Parry. Argumentativeness and aggressiveness: The
    flip side of gentle persuasion. 386 (Commentary)

1990, Vol. 4(2)

Gail S. Russ, Richard L. Daft, & Robert H. Lengel. Media selection and managerial
    characteristics in organizational communications. 151
Linda Klebe Trevino, Robert H. Lengel, Wayne Bodensteiner, Edwin A. Gerloff, & Nan Kanoff
    Muir. The richness imperative and cognitive style: The role of individual differences in
    media choice behavior. 176
N. L. Reinsch, Jr., Cam Monroe Steele, Phillip V. Lewis, Michael Stano, & Raymond W.
    Berswick. Measuring telephone apprehension. 198
Wesley C. King, Jr., & Edward W. Miles. What we know—and don‟t know—about measuring
    conflict: An examination of the ROCI-II and the OCCI conflict instruments. 322
Susan A. Hellweg, Patricia Geist, Peter F. Jorgensen, & Kim White-Mills. An analysis of
    compliance gaining instrumentation in the organizational communication literature. 244
    (Research Instrument)

1990, Vol. 4(1)

Young Yong Kim & Katherine I Miller. The effects of attributions and feedback goals on the
    generation of supervisory feedback message strategies. 6
Randy Y. Hirokawa, Rachel A. Kodama, & Nancy L. Harper. Impact of managerial power on
    persuasive strategy selection by female and male managers. 30
Frederick M. Jablin & Venon D. Miller. Interviewer and application questioning behavior in
    employment interviews. 51
James Suchan & Ronald Dulek. A reassessment of clarity in written managerial communications.
    87 (Commentary)
                                                                                            270


Cal W. Downs, Gerald Driskoll, & Do Wuthnow. A review of instrumentation on stress. 100
    (Research Instrument)

1989, Vol. 4(4) (Special Issue: Written Management Communication)

James F. Stratman & Thomas M. Duffy. Conceptualizing research on written management
    communication: Looking through a glass onion. 429
Larry Mikulecky. Basic skills impediments to communication between management and hourly
    employees. 452
Margot Northey. The need for writing skill in accounting firms. 474
Barbara Mirel. Expanding the activities of in-house manual writers: Strategies for complex
    audiences and purposes. 496
Claudia Monpere McIsaac & Mary Ann Aschauer. Proposal writing at Atherton Jourdna, Inc.:
    An ethnographic study. 527

1989, Vol. 3(3)

G. H. Morris, Stasia C. Gaveras, Whitney L. Baker, & Marta L. Coursey. Aligning actions at
    work: How managers confront problems of employee performance. 303
Timothy M. Downs. Predictors of communication satisfaction during performance appraisal
    interviews. 334
Larissa A. Grunig. An exploration of the cases of job satisfaction in public relations. 355
Kathleen K. Reardon & Ben Enis. Establishing a companywide customer orientation through
    persuasive internal marketing. 376 (Commentary)
Robert F. Scherer & James D. Brodzinski. An analysis of the ways of coping questionnaire. 401
    (Research Instrument)

1989, Vol. 3(2)

Katherine I. Miller, Eric G. Zook, & Beth Hartman Ellis. Occupational differences in the
    influence of communication on stress and burnout in the workplace. 166
Michael J. Papa. A comparison of two methods of managerial selection: Employment interviews
    versus communication-based assessment centers. 191
Michael W. Kramer. Communication during intraorganization job transfers. 219
David E. Switzer & Jo Young Switzer. Strategies for managerial and employee intervention in
    the idealization-frustration-demoralization cycle. 249 (Commentary)
Mary A. Konovsku, Frank Jaster, & Mary A. McDonald. Using parametric statistics to explore
    the construct validity of the Thomas-Kilmann Conflict MODE survey. 268 (Research
    Instrument)

1989, Vol. 3(1) (Special Issue: Group Facilitation)

John (Sam) Keltner. Facilitation: Catalyst for group problem solving. 8
Paul G. Friedman. Upstream facilitation: A proactive approach to managing problem-solving
    groups. 33
                                                                                             271


Joseph C. Chilberg. A review of group process designs for facilitating communication in
    problem-solving groups. 51
Randy Y. Hirokawa & Dennis S. Gouran. Facilitation of group communication: A critique of
    prior research and an agenda for future research. 71
Theodore E. Zorn & Lawrence R. Rosenfeld. Between a rock and a hard place: Ethical dilemmas
    in problem-solving group facilitation. 93
Benjamin J. Broome & David B. Keever. Next generation group facilitation: Proposed principles.
    107

1989, Vol. 2(4)

James Suchan & Robert Colucci. An analysis of communication efficiency between high-impact
    and bureaucratic written communication. 454
Joanne Yates. The emergence of the memo as a managerial genre. 485
Timothy G. Plax & Louis E. Cecchi, L. E. Manager decisions based on communication
    facilitated in focus groups. 511
Sherron B. Kenton. The role of communication in managing perceived inequity. 536
    (Commentary)
Joann Keyton & Victor D. Wall, J. SYMLOG: Theory and method for measuring group and
    organizational communication. 544 (Research Instrument)

1989, Vol. 2(3)

Leonard Greenhalgh & Todd D. Jick. Survivor sense making and reactions to organizational
     decline: Effects of individual differences. 305
Judith Bogert. Improving the quality of writing in the workplace: A case study. 328
J. Kevin Barge, Cal W. Downs, & Kenneth M. Johnson. An analysis of effective and ineffective
     leader conversation. 357
Vicky Gordon Martin & Donald R. Martin. The types of styles of managerial information
     scanning. 387
Janelle Shubert. Of ivory towers and corporate citadels. 399 (Commentary)
Philip J. Salem & Robert D. Grantz. Computer use and organization effectiveness: The case of
     two intervening variables. 408 (Commentary)
Ira T. Kaplan & Howard H. Greenbaum. Measuring work group effectiveness: A comparison of
     three instruments. 424 (Research Instrument)

1988, Vol. 2(2)

Sue DeWine & Anita C. James. Examining the communication audit: Assessment and
    modification. 144
Barbara Czarniawska-Joerges & Bernward Joerges. How to control things with words:
    Organizational talk and control. 170
Jeremiah J. Sullivan. Financial presentation format and managerial decision making: Tables
    versus graphs. 194
Herbert W. Hildebrandt. A Chinese managerial view of business communication. 217
                                                                                            272


Peter M. Sandman. Risk communication: Facing public outrage. 235 (Commentary)
Howard H. Greenbaum, Phillip Clampitt, & Shirley Willihnganz. Organizational
    communication: An examination of four instrument. 245 (Research Instrument)
Howard E. Sypher & Beverly Davenport Sypher. Cognitive differentiation and communication
    behavior: The role category questionnaire. 283 (Research Instrument)

1988, Vol. 2(1)

William I. Golden, Dominic A. Infante, & John Izzo. Variations in voice pertaining to
     dissatisfaction/satisfaction with subordinates. 6
Joyze Neu. Conversation structure: An explanation of bargaining behaviors in negotiations. 23
Stephen B. Knouse. The letter of recommendation: Writer familiarity with the recomendee. 46
Cynthia Stohl & W. Timothy Cooms. Cooperation or cooptation: An analysis of quality circle
     training manuals. 63
Mohan Limaye. Buffers in bad news messages and recipient perceptions. 90 (Research Note)
Priscilla S. Rogers. Distinguishing public and presentational speaking. 102 (Commentary)
J. Kevin Barge & David W. Schlueter. A critical evaluation of organizational commitment and
     identification. 116 (Research Instrument)

1988, Vol. 1(4)

Robert D. McPhee. Vertical communication chains: Toward an integrated approach. 455
John J. Trombetta & Donald P. Rogers. Communication climate, job satisfaction, and
    organizational commitment: The effects of information adequacy, communication openness,
    and decision participation. 494
Tracy A. Wellmon. Conceptualizing organizational communication competence: A rules-based
    perspective. 515
James L. Horton. A zero-based approach to public relations. 535 (Commentary)
Cal W. Downs, Joan Archer, John McGrath, & Jeff Stafford. An analysis of communication style
    instrumentation. 543 (Research Instrument)

1988, Vol. 1(3) (Special Issue: Communication and Conflict Styles in Organizations)

Linda L. Putnam. Organization and interpersonal conflict in organization. 293
Pamela Schockly-Zalabak. Assessing the Hall conflict management survey. 302
Deanna F. Womak. Assessing the Thomas-Kilmann conflict MODE survey. 321
Deborah Weider-Hatfield. Assessing the Rahim organizational conflict inventory-II (ROCI-II).
    350
Steven R. Wilson & Michael S. Waltman. Assessing the Putnam-Wilson organizational
    communication conflict instrument. 367
Roseanna G. Ross & Sue DeWine. Assessing the Ross-DeWine conflict management message
    style (CMMS). 389
Mark L. Knapp, Linda L. Putnam, & Lillian J. Davis. Measuring interpersonal conflict in
    organizations: Where do we go from here? 414
                                                                                            273


Kenneth W. Thomas: The conflict-handling modes: Toward a more precise theory. 430
   (Commentary)
Deanna F. Womak. A review of conflict instruments in organizational settings. 437 (Research
   Instrument).

1987, Vol. 1(2)

Elmore R. Alexander, III., Marilyn M. Helms, & Kent E. Curran. An information processing
    analysis of organization information adequacy/abundance. 150
Susan R. Glaser, Sonia Zamanou, & Kenneth Hacker. Measuring and interpreting organizational
    culture. 173
Nick Trujillo & Elizabeth Lance Toth. Organizational perspectives for public relations research
    and practice. 199
Kevin G. Lamude, Tom D. Daniels, & Kim D. White. Managing the boss: Locus of control and
    subordinates‟ selection of compliance-gaining strategies in upward communication. 232
Frank E. X. Dance. What do you mean presentational speaking? 260 (Commentary)
Valerie S. Perotti & Sue DeWine. Competence in communication: An examination of three
    instruments. 272 (Research Instrument)

1987, Vol. 1(1)

Linda S. Henderson. The contextual nature of interpersonal communication in management
    theory and research. 7
Lynn H. Turner & Sally A. Henzl. Influence attempts in organizational conflict: The effects of
    biological sex, psychological gender, and power position. 32
Denise E. Murray. Requests at work: Negotiating the conditions for conversation. 58
Linda Suny Myrsiades. Corporate stories as cultural communication in the organizational setting.
    84
Paul C. Feingold. The emergence of management communication. 121 (Commentary)
Howard H. Greenbaum, Sue DeWine, & Cal W. Downs. Management and organizational
    communication measurement: A call for review and evaluation. 129 (Research Instrument)
                                                                                              274


               QUALITATIVE RESEARCH REPORTS IN COMMUNICATION

2006, Vol. 7

William Self & Mark Hickson, III. United States v. Carmichael: Prior restraint and the internet. 3
Danette Ifert Johnson. Music videos and national identity in post-Soviet Kazakhstan. 9
Mary L. Kahl & Michel Leff. The rhetoric of war and remembrance: An analysis of President
     Bill Clinton‟s 1994 D-Day discourses. 15
Stephanie Cushman & Richard West. Precursors to college student burnout: Developing a
     typology of understanding. 23
Patrick C. Hughes & Amy N. Heuman. The communication of solidarity in friendships among
     African American women. 33
Cynthia Irizarry & Linda Gallant. Managing diversity: Interpretation and enactment in a health
     care setting. 43
Elaine M. Wittenberg-Lyles. Narratives of hospice volunteers: investigating the role of peer
     communication. 51
Christine E. Rittenour & Melanie Booth-Butterfield. College students sexual health:
     Investigating the role of peer communication. 57
Elizabeth Harzold & Lisa Sparks. Adult child perceptions of communication and humor when
     the parent is diagnosed with cancer: A suggestive perspective from communication theory.
     67

2005, Vol. 6

Jim A. Kuypers & Stephen D. Cooper. A comparative framing analysis of embedded and behind-
    the-lines reporting on the 2003 Iraq War. 1
Celeste Lacroix & Robert Westerfelhaus. From the closet to the loft: Liminal license and socio-
    sexual separation in Queer Eye for the Straight Guy. 11
Walter J. Carl. The communicational basis of the organizational text as macroactor: A case study
    of multilevel marketing discourse. 21
Laura W. Black. Dialogue in the lecture hall: teacher-student communication and students‟
    perceptions of their learning. 31
Denise M. Polk. When dysfunction complicates caring: Critiquing a family caregiving model for
    Alzheimer‟s dementia. 41
Jennifer A. H. Becker. A Goffmanian analysis of (in)attentiveness as involvement in group
    therapy sessions. 51
M. Scott Barrett. Spokespersons and message control: How the CDC lost credibility during the
    anthrax crisis. 59
Darlene K. Drummond. Diabetes management: An exploration into the verbal support attempts
    of relational others. 69
Joshua Atkinson. Towards an understanding of the complexities of alternative media: Portrayals
    of power in alternative media. 77
                                                                                           275


2004, Vol. 5

Mark West & John Gastil. Deliberation at the margins: Participant accounts of face-to-face
    public deliberation at the 1999-2000 World Trade protests in Seattle and Prague. 1
Willliam J. Kinesella. Nuclear discourse and nuclear institutions: A theoretical framework and
    two empirical examples. 8
Cynthia A. Irizarry. Face and female professional: A thematic analysis of face-threatening
    communication in the workplace. 15
Scott A. Meyers & Leah E. Bryant. College students‟ perceptions of how instructors convey
    credibility. 22
Myra M. Goldschmidt. Good person stories: The favor narrative as a self-presentation strategy.
    28
Maureen Keeley. Final conversations: Messages of love. 34
Mark P. Orbe & Christopher R. Groschurth. A co-cultural theoretical analysis of communicating
    on campus and at home: Exploring the negotiation strategies of first generation college
    (FGC) students. 41
Jeannette Kindred & Shannon L. Roper. Making connections via Instant Messenger (IM):
    Student use of IM to maintain personal relationships. 48
Alexei V. Matveev. Describing intercultural communication competence: In-depth interviews
    with American and Russian managers. 55

2003, Vol. 4

Troy A. Murphy. Rhetorical invention and the transformation of “We Shall Overcome.” 1
Scott W. Campbell. Listening to the voices in an online class. 9
Linda C. Lederman & Lea P. Stewart. Using focus groups to formulate effective language for
    health communication messages: A media campaign to raise awareness of domestic violence
    on a college campus. 16
Christopher Pudlinski. The multiplicity of response options in social support situations. 23
Melissa Wood Aleman. “You should get yourself a boyfriend” but “let‟s not get serious”:
    Communicating a code of romance in a retirement community. 31
Loreen N. Olson. “From lace teddies to flannel PJs”: An analysis of males‟ experience and
    expressions of love. 38
Lorin Basden Arnold. Delivering empowerment: Women‟s narratives about the role of pregnancy
    bulletin boards. 45
Diane S. Kride & David E. Schneider. Preschool and elementary teachers‟ perceptions of
    communication apprehension. 53
Vatz, R. E. The latest on media bias. 60 (Review)

2002, Vol. 3(4)

Julie Apker. Front-line nurse manager roles, job stressors, and coping strategies in a managed
     care hospital. 75
Dale A. Bertelsen. Kenneth Burke and multiculturalism: A voice of ethnocentrism and apologia.
     82
                                                                                            276


Radha S. Hegde & Barbara DiCicco-Bloom. Working identities: South Asian nurses and the
    transnational negotiations of race and gender. 90
John E. Spillman, Mary Mino & M. Susan Rowles. Sharing organizational messages through
    lateral communication. 96

2002, Vol. 3(3)

Sharmila Pixy Ferris & Shannon Roper. Same and mixed-gender intimacy in a virtual
    environment. 47
Paul M. Leonardi. Cultural transference in perceptions and uses of communication technology: A
    qualitative study. 56
Judy C. Pearson, Theresa L. Hest & Ann Burnett. Heterosexual romantic relationship research
    within the Communication disciplinary journals. 64

2002, Vol. 3(2)

Robin R. Means Coleman. Prospects for locating racial democracy in media: The NAACP
     network television boycott. 225
Marilyn Daniels. Teaching small group communication using first class software. 32
Jeffrey W. Murray. The paradox of Emmanuel Levinas: Knowledge of the absolute other. 39

2001, Vol. 3(1)

Charlton D. McIlwain. Death in Black and White: A study of family differences in the
    performance of death rituals. 1
Loreen N. Olson. Compliance gaining strategies of individuals experiencing “common couple
    violence.” 7
Nathan Stormer. My life as a lacuna. 15

2001, Vol. 2(4)

Linda C. Lederman, Lea P. Stewart, & Mark Golubow (with Fern Walter Goodhart, Richard L.
    Powell, Lisa Laitman, & Joanne Cattafesta). Using debriefing interviews to collect
    qualitative data on dangerous drinking: A case study. 73
Kevin R. McClure & Lisa Laidlaw McClure. Postmodern parody: Zelig and the rhetorical
    subversion of documentary form. 81
Susan M. Wildermuth. Love on the line: Participants‟ descriptions of computer-mediated close
    relationships. 89

2001, Vol. 2(3)

Lisa Sparks Betha. The function of humor within the lives of older adults. 49
Terria Chia-Chia Chen, Jolanta A. Drzewiecka & Patricia Sias. Dialectical tensions in Taiwanese
    international student friendships. 57
Fran C. Dickson & Kandi L. Walker. The expression of emotion in later-life married men. 66
                                                                                             277



2001, Vol. 2(2)

Gary Gumpert & Susan J. Drucker. A plea for chaos: Controlled unpredictability, uncertainty and
    serendipitous life in the urban community. 25
Steven S. Vrooman. Flamethrowers, slashers and witches: Gendered communication in a virtual
    community. 33
Jennifer K. Wood. The rhetorical transformation of Miranda v. Arizona. 42

2001, Vol. 2(1)

Brian Cogan. Resistance is futile? Hackers and the lost art of production. 1
Debbie S. Dougherty. Women‟s discursive construction of a sexual harassment paradox. 6
Mary Mino. Shifting from an instructional to a learning paradigm: Some options for
    communication educators. 14

2000, Vol. 1(4)

Mary Jiang Bresnahan & Deborah H. Cai. From the other side of the desk: Conversations with
   international students about teaching in the U.S. 65
Zhuojun (Joyce) Chen. The impact of teacher-student relationships on college students‟ learning:
   Exploring organizational cultures in the classroom. 76
Michael J. Hostetler. The rhetoric of privatized religious discourse: Rep. Glenn Poshard takes on
   the Christian Coalition. 84

2000, Vol. 1(3)

Norma Manutu-Rupert. The filmic conception of the Black female. 45
Mark P. Orbe & Kiesha T. Warren. Different standpoints, different realities: Race, gender, and
   perceptions of intercultural conflict. 51
Michael M. Tollefson: “Anonymous” Joe Klein and Newsweek: Individual and corporate
   apologia. 58

2000, Vol. 1(2)

Steven Y. Miura. The mediation of conflict in the traditional Hawaiin family: A collectivistic
    approach. 19
Kendall R. Phillips. Consuming community in Jonatahn Demme‟s The Silence of the Lambs. 26
Kevin Wright. The communication of social support within an on-line community for older
    adults: A qualitative analysis of the Seniornet community. 33

2000, Vol. 1(1)

Julia T. Wood. “That wasn‟t the real him”: Women‟s disassociation of violence from the men
     who enact it. 1
                                                                                         278


James W. Chesebro. Communication technologies as symbolic form: Cognitive transformation
    generated by the internet. 8
Dan F. Hahn & Deborah Borisoff. How do we keep women in their place if woman is place? 14

2001, Volume 2(1)

Brian Cogan. Resistance is futile? Hackers and the lost art of production. 1
Debbie S. Dougherty. Women‟s discursive construction of a sexual harassment paradox. 6
Mary Mino. Shifting from an instructional to a learning paradigm: Some options for
    communication educators. 14
                                                                                                279


                         SOUTHERN COMMUNICATION JOURNAL

2007, Vol. 72(2)

Alane K. Smith-Sanders & Lynn M. Harter. Democracy, dialogue, and education: An exploration
    of conflict resolution at Jeffersoin Junior High. 109
Thomas J. St. Antoine. Making heavcen out of hell: New urbanism and the refutation of
    suburban spaces. 127
Michael W. Kramer, Pamela J. Benoit, Maria A. Dixson & Jennifer Benoit-Bryan. Group
    processes in a teaching renewal retreat: Communication functions and dialectical tensions.
    145
Christine E. Rittenour, Scott A. Myers & Maria Brann. Commitment and emotional closeness in
    the sibling relationship. 169
Jason Edward Black. Remembrances of removal: Native resistance to allotment and the
    unmasking of paternal benevolence. 185

2007, Vol. 72(1)

Christina M. Morus. Slobo the redeemer: the rhetoric of Slobodan Milosevic and the construction
    of the Serbian “people.” 1
Pamela L. Lannutti & Melissa O. Camero. Women‟s perceptions of flirtation nonverbal behavior:
    The effects of alcohol consumption and physical attractiveness. 21
Windy Y. Lawrence. Debiltating public deliberation: Ronald Reagan‟s use of the conversation
    metaphor. 37
James. J. Kimble. My enemy, my brother: the paradox of peace and war in Abraham Lincoln‟s
    rhetoric of conciliation. 55

Special Section: History of the Southern States Communication Association
Mark Hickson III. Finding a place in the Southern States Communication Association: A
     phenomenological auto-ethnography of “Where is Waldo?” 71
Richard R. Ranta & Michael Osborn. Identity wars: Changing the name of Southern. 83
Larry D. Miller. How the south helped save the north when the lights went out. 87
Pat J. Gehrke. The Southern Association of Teachers of Speech v. Senator Theodore Bilbo:
     restrain and indirection as rhetorical strategies. 95

2006, Vol. 71(4)

Charles Soukup. Hitching a ride on a star: Celebrity, fandom, and identification on the world
    wide web. 319
Carolyn M. Prentice & Michael W. Kramer. Dialectical tensions in the classroom: Managing
    tensions through communication. 339
Todd Nelson & Chris Sadler. Dialectical hegemony and the enactment of contradictory
    definitions in a rural community planning process. 363
Andrew C. Hansen. The religion text in Daniel Webster‟s “First Bunker Hill Address.” 383
                                                                                             280


Timothy R. Levine, Kelli Jean K. Asada & Hee Sun Park. The lying chicken and the gave
   avoidant egg: Eye contact, deception, and causal order. 401

2006, Vol. 71(3)

Todd F. McDorman. History, collective memory and the Supreme Court: Debating “the people”
    through the Dred Scott controversy. 213
Stephen A. King. Memory, mythmaking, and museums: Constructive authenticity and the
    primitive blues subject. 235
Pradeep Sopory. Metaphor and attitude accessibility. 251
Lawrence B. Rosenfeld, Jack M. Richman, Gary L. Bowen & Scarlet L. Wynns. In the face of a
    dangerous community: the effects on social support and neighborhood danger on high school
    students‟ school outcomes. 273
Robert Danisch. Power and the celebration of the self: Michel Foucault‟s epideictic rhetoric. 291

2006, Vol. 71(2) (Special Issue: The Life and Scholarship of Janice Hocker Rushing)

Memoriam: Janice Hocker Rushing. 107
Arthur P. Bochner & Thomas Frentz. Culture-bearing and sense-making: Introduction to the life
    and scholarship of Janice Hocker Rushing. 109
Joyce L. Hocker. Letting go: Remembering Janice. 115
Jane S. Sutton. Figuring forth the gift of Janice Hocker Rushing. 127
H. L. Goodall, Jr. Unfinished conversations: What I‟ll miss and what I‟ll remember about Janice
    Hocker Rushing. 137
Kathleen J. Turner. Descendence, ascendance, transc3endence: Critiquing popular films. 141
Michael Osborn. Memories of Miz myth. 149
Roseann M. Mandzuik. Myths worth heeding: Feminine integration of critical practices. 153
Bruce E. Gronbeck. Rushing, Frentz, and the matter of psychological rhetorical criticism. 159
Robert E. Terrill. Going deep. 165
Gale Young. Warrior of the heart. 175
Ronald H. Carpenter. Revising Janice Rushing about “The Western Myth” (more importance
    now than ever before). 179
Arthur P. Bochner. Janice‟s voice. 183
Thomas Frentz. Ashes of love. 196
Janice Hocker Rushing. It should have been a wedding: metaphors of life and death at a funeral.
    205

2006, Vol. 71(1)

Kevin L. Sager & John Gastil. The origins and consequences of consensus decision making: A
    test of the social consensus model. 1
David R. Novak. Engaging parrhesia in a democracy: Malcolm X as a truth-teller. 25
George B. Ray & Kory Floyd. Nonverbal expressions of liking and disliking in initial interaction:
    Encoding and decoding perspectives. 45
                                                                                             281


Bo Feng & Erina L. MacGeorge. Predicting receptiveness to advice: Characteristics of the
    problem, the advice-giver, and the recipient. 67
Paul L. Witt, Kennaria C. Brown, James B. Roberts, Jessica Weisel, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R.
    Behnke. Somatic anxiety patterns before, during, and after giving a public speech. 87

2005, Vol. 50(4)

Greg Dickinson. Selling democracy: Consumer culture and citizenship in the wake of September
    271.
Richard Bello. Situational formality, personality, and avoidance-avoidance conflict as causes of
    interpersonal equivocation. 285
Ryan K. Clark. Assessing Bohr‟s rhetorical success in then EPR debate. 301
Christopher R. Darr. Civility as rhetorical enactment: The John Ashcroft “debates” and Burke‟s
    theory of form. 316
Katherine Grace Hendrix. An invitation to dialogue: Do communication journal reviewers mute
    the race-related research of scholars of color? 329

2005, Vol. 70(2) (Special Issue: Computers and Communication)

John Monberg. Trajectories of computer-mediated communication research. 181
David Silver. Selling cyberspace: Constructing and deconstructing the rhetoric of community.
    187
John W. Jordan. A virtual death and a real dilemma: identity, trust, and community in
    cyberspace. 200
Glenn J. Hansen & William L. Benoit. Presidential campaigning on the web: The influence of
    candidate world wide web sites in the 2000 general election. 219
Pamela J. Benoit & William L. Benoit. Criteria for evaluating political campaign webpages. 230
Brian Cogan. “Framing usefulness”: An examination of journalistic coverage of the personal
    computer from 1982-1984. 248

2005, Vol. 70(1)

Ashli Quesinberry Stokes. Constituting Southern feminists: Women‟s liberation newsletters in
    the South. 91
Janet R. Meyer. Effect of secondary goal importance on the anticipation of message outcomes.
    109
M. Sean Limon & Betty H. La France. Communication traits and leadership emergence:
    Examining the impact of argumentativeness, communication apprehension, and verbal
    aggressiveness in work groups. 123
Gary Steven Selby. Scoffing at the enemy: The burlesque frame in the rhetoric of Ralph David
    Abernathy. 134
Scott R. Stroud. Ontological orientation and the practice of rhetoric: A perspective from the
    Bhagavad Gita. 146
James B. Robert, Amber N. Finn, Kay B. Harris, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Public
    speaking state anxiety as a function of trait anxiety and reactivity mechanisms. 161
                                                                                               282



2005, Vol. 70(1)

Robert R. Agne & Cindy H. White. The nature of facework in discussion of everyday problems
    between friends. 1
Davi Johnson. The rhetoric of Huey P. Newton. 15
John Arthos. Almost speaking a new rhetoric: The strangeness of the text of La Nouvelle
    Rhetorique. 31
Mohan J. Dutta-Bergman. Idiocentrism, involvement, and health appeals: A social psychological
    framework. 46
Amos Kiewe. Wither bound? Franklin D. Roosevelt‟s Quo Vadis. 56
Paul E. King & Ralph R. Behnke. Patterns of state anxiety in listening performance. 72

2004, Vol. 69(4)

Diane M. Martin. Balancing on the political high wire: The role of humor in the rhetoric of Ann
     Richards. 273
Andrew F. Wood. Managing the lady managers: The shaping of heterotopian spaces in the 1893
     Chicago Exposition‟s woman‟s building. 289
Nathan Crick. John Dewey‟s aesthetics of communication. 303
Abhik Roy. The construction and scapegoating of Muslims as the “other” in Hindu nationalistic
     rhetoric. 320
Jeffrey W. Murray. The face in dialogue, Part II: Invitational rhetoric, direct moral suasion, and
     the asymmetry of dialogue. 333
William L. Benoit. Election outcome and topic of political campaign attacks. 348

2004, Vol. 69(3) (Special Issue: Organizational Discourse and Citizenship)

John C. Meyer. Organizational discourse and citizenship: An introduction. 183
Jill J. McMillan. The potential for civic learning in higher education: “Teaching democracy by
      being democratic.” 188
Diane M. Martin, Craig O. Rich & Barbara Mae Gayle. Humor works: Communication style and
      human functions in manager/subordinate relationships. 206
Susan Hafen. Organizational gossip: A revolving door of regulation and resistance. 241
Dale Cyphert & David H. Saiia. In search of the corporate citizen: The emerging discourse of
      corporate ecology. 241
Beverly Davenport Sypher. Reclaiming civic discourse in the workplace. 257

2004, Vol. 69(2)

Bradley Reel & Teresa L. Thompson, T. L. Is it a matter of politeness? Face and the effectiveness
    of messages about condom use. 99
J. Donald Ragsdale & Frances E. Brandau-Brown. Measuring relational maintenance in
    marriage: Theoretical and methodological issues. 121
                                                                                           283


Marouf Hasian, Jr. Collective amnesias: The Rudolph Kastner trial and Holocaust consciousness
   in Israel, 1948-1955. 136
Donald A. Fishman. Mainstreaming ethnicity: Horace Hallen, the strategy of transcendence, and
   cultural pluralism. 157
Naomi R. Horvath, Myrna N. Moss, Shyang Xie, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke.
   Evaluation sensitivity and physical sensations of stress as components of public speaking
   state anxiety. 173

2003, Vol. 69(1) (Special Issue: Community and Communication)

Daniel Makagon. A search for social connection in America‟s town square: Times Square and
    urban public life. 1
Michael S. Waltman. Stratagems and heuristics in the recruitment of children into communities
    of hate: The fabric of our future nightmares. 22
Lana F. Rakow, Besty Belter, Heidi Dyrstad, Jodi Hallsten, Jay Johnson & Keri Indvik. The talk
    of movers and shakers: Class conflict in the making of a community disaster. 51
Jason Ingram. Once upon a time in Hong Kong: The construction of community as collective
    agency. 51
J. Kevin Barge. Hope, communication, and community building. 63
Jennifer A. Peeples. Trashing south-central: Place and identity in a community-level
    environmental justice dispute. 82

2003, Vol. 68(4)

Carol B. Mills & Austin S. Babrow. Teasing as a means of social influence. 273
David K. Scott. The Eisenhower/Khrushchev rhetorical compact: Toward a model of cooperative
    public discourse. 287
J. Emmett Winn. Every dream has its price: Personal failure and the American dream in Wall
    Street and The Firm. 307
William L. Benoit & John P. McHale. Presidential candidates‟ television spots and personal
    qualities. 319
Ronald J. Pelias. Imagining a poetics of communication. 335

2003, Vol. 68(3)

Adrianne Kunkel & Brat Burleson. Relational implications of communication skill evaluations
     and love styles. 181
Joshua Gunn & David E. Beard. On the apocalyptic Columbine. 198
Edward C. Appel. Rush to judgment: Burlesque, tragedy, and hierarchical alchemy in the rhetoric
     of American‟s foremost political talkshow host. 217
Sandra L. Borden. Deviance mitigation in the ethical discourse of journalists. 231
Jeffrey M. Murray. The face in dialogue: Emmanual Levinas and rhetorics of disruption and
     supplication. 250
                                                                                             284


2003, Vol. 68(2)

Scarlet L. Wynns & Lawrence B. Rosenfeld. Father-daughter relationships in Disney‟s animated
    films. 91
B. Wayne Howell. Ronald Reagan‟s address at Moscow State University: A rhetoric of
    conciliation and subversion. 107
Jennifer L. Bevan, Kenzie A. Cameron & Megan R. Dillow. One more try: compliance-gaining
    strategies associated with romantic reconciliation attempts. 121
Mark E. Williams. Arguing with style: How persuasion and the enthymeme work together in On
    Invention, Book 3. 136
Amit Pinchevski. Ethics on the line. 136

2003, Vol. 68(1)

Lisa S. Strange. Dress reform and the feminine ideal: Elizabeth Cady Stanton and the “coming
     girl.” 1
Charles Soukup. Television viewing as vicarious resistance: The X-Files and conspiracy
     discourse. 14
Daniel A. Grano. Spiritual-material identification in the deep ecology movement. 27
Patrick C. Hughes & John R. Baldwin. Black, White, and shades of gray: Communication
     predictors of “stereotypic impressions.” 40

2002, Vol. 67(4)

Dean Scheibel. The cat with the “strat” comes back: A Burkeian-Weickian primer for organizing
    narrative. 303
Kathleen Ellis. Perceived parental conformation: Development and validation of an instrument.
    319
Michael T. Stephenson. Anti-drug public service announcements targeting parents: An analysis
    and evaluation. 335

2002, Vol. 67(3) (Special Issue: Civil Discourse)

Rita Kirk Whillock. Civil discourse.213
Kathryn M. Olson. Detecting a common interpretive framework for impersonal violence: The
     homology in participants‟ rhetoric on sport hunting, “hate crimes” and stranger rape. 216
Larry A. Williamson. Racism, tolerance, and perfected redemption: A rhetorical critique of the
     dragging trial. 245
Kristen Hoerl. Monstrous youth in suburbia: Disruption and recovery of the American dream.
     259
Fredel M. Wiant. Exploiting factional discourse: Wedge issues in contemporary American
     political campaigns. 276
Raymie E. McKerrow. Coloring outside the lines. 290
                                                                                              285


2002, Vol. 67(2) (Special Issue: Communication and Committed Couples)

Gail G. Whitchurch. Not just alliteration: Communication and committed couples. 89
Leslie A. Baxter & Dawn O. Braithwaite. Performing marriage: Marriage renewal rituals and
     cultural performance. 94
Fran C. Dickson, Patrick C. Hughes, Linda D. Manning, Kandi L. Walker, Tamara Bollis-Pecci
     & Scott Gratson. Conflict in later-life, long-term marriages. 110
Annis G. Golden. Speaking of work and family: Spousal collaboration on defining role-identities
     and developing shared meanings. 122
Angela Hoppe-Nagao & Stella Ting-Toomey. Relational dialectics and management strategies in
     marital couples. 142
Dawn O. Braithwaite. “Married widowhood”: Maintaining couplehood when one spouse is living
     in a nursing home. 160
Loreen N. O. & Tamara D. Golish. Topics of conflict and patterns of aggression in romantic
     relationships. 180
Julia T. Wood. A critical essay on John Gray‟s Mars and Venus portrayals of men and women.
     201

2001, Vol. 67(1)

Leslie A. Baxter & Dan H. DeGooyer, Jr. Perceived aesthetic characteristics of interpersonal
    communication. 1
Valerie V. Peterson. The rhetorical criticism of visual elements: An alternative to Foss‟s schema.
    19
Joann Keyton, Pat Ferguson & Steven C. Rhodes. Cultural indicators of sexual harassment. 33
Janet R. Meyer. Pursuing relational goals in requests: The effects of dispositional factors and
    type of relationship. 51
Lynne M. Harter & Kathleen J. Krone. Exploring the emergent identities of future physicians:
    Toward an understanding of the ideological socialization of osteopathic medical students. 67

2001, Vol. 66(4)

Ringo Ma & Rueyling Chuang. Persuasion strategies of Chinese college students in interpersonal
     contexts. 267
Josh Boyd. Corporate rhetoric participates in public dialogue: A solution to the public/private
     conundrum. 279
James B. McOmber. Clarifying the public/private distinction by eliminating it? A response to
     Josh Boyd. 294
Michael W. Kramer & Julie E. Berman. Making sense of a university‟s culture: An examination
     of undergraduate students‟ stories. 297
Richard A. Engnell. Toward an ethic of evocative language: Contemporary uses of Holocaust-
     related terminology. 312
Allison Lea Howry & Julia T. Wood. Something old, something new, something borrowed:
     Themes in the voices of a new generation of feminists. 323
                                                                                             286


Stephen D. Bruning & Megham Ralston. Using a relational approach to retaining students and
    building mutually beneficial student-university relationships. 337

2001, Vol. 66(3) (Special Issue: Service-learning in Communication Studies)

Richard Conville. Service-learning and the educated imagination. 183
Melissa K. Gibson, Eleanor M. Kostecki & Mary K. Lucas. Instituting principles of best practice
    for service-learning in the communication curriculum. 187
Joann Kewyton. Integrating service-learning in the research methods course. 201
Ann Q Staton & Stephanie D. Tomlinson. Communication education outreach in elementary
    school classrooms. 211
Mark J. Braun. Using self-directed teams to integrate service-learning into an organizational
    communication course. 226
Lee Artz. Critical ethnography for communication studies: Dialogue and social justice in service-
    learning. 239
Laura Shue O‟Hara. Service-learning: Students‟ transformative journey from communication
    student to civic-minded professional. 251

2001, Vol. 66(2)

J. Blake Scott. Putting women and newborns to the HIV test: A case study of a public policy
     topos. 101
Roseann M. Mandziuk & Suzanne Pullon Fitch. The rhetorical construction of sojourner truth.
     120
Renee Edwards, Richard Bello, Frances Brandau-Brown & Diane Hollems. The effects of
     loneliness and verbal aggressiveness on message interpretation. 139
Michael W. Casey. From British Ciceroniamism to American Baconianism: Alexander Campbell
     as a case study of a shift in rhetorical theory. 151

2001, Vol. 66(1)

Vincent R. Waldron & Melissa R. Lavitt. “Welfare-to-work”: Assessing communication
    competencies and client outcomes in a job training program. 1
William Kirkwood. Stories that bring peace to the mind: Communication and the education of
    feelings. 16
Stephen C. Hines, Mary C. Toale, Alan D. Heisel, Dorren K. Baringer, Rikke D. Amos, Jennifer
    S. Burkett, John V. Dalesio, Christopher E. Davis, Kimberly J. Franey, Lisa N. George,
    Tania K. Gojdycz, Christina A. Hall, Meg S. Lyons & Jill N. Mattiello. Communication in
    advance care planning: Preferences for surrogate involvement. 27
J. Emmett Winn. Mobilizing upward mobility: Investigating the myth of class mobility in
    Working Girl. 40
Gary Selby. The limits of accommodation: Frederick Douglass and the Grisonian abolitionists.
    52
Charles J. G. Griffin. The “Washington revival”: Narrative and moral transformation of
    temperance reform in antebellum America. 67
                                                                                               287


Marouf Hasian, Jr. Colonial re-characterization and the discourse surrounding the Eyre
   controversy. 79

2000, Vol. 65(4)

Joshua Gunn & David E. Beard. On the apocalyptic sublime. 269.
Kory Floyd & Mark T. Morman. Reacting to the verbal expression of affection in same-sex
    interaction. 287
Brian R. McGee. Thomas Dixon‟s The Clansman: Radicals, reactionaries, and the anticipated
    utopia. 300
Paul J. Achter. Narrative, intertextuality, and apologia in contemporary political scandals. 318

2000, Vol. 65(2/3) (Special Issue: Studies in Dialogue)

Mari Lee Mifsud & Scott D. Johnson. Dialogic, dialectic, and rhetoric: Exploring human
     dialogue across the discipline. 91
Ronald D. Gordon. Karl Jaspers: Existential philosopher of dialogic communication. 105
John Shotter. Inside dialogical realities: From an abstract-systematic to a participatory-wholistic
     understanding of communication. 119
Jeffrey W. Murray. Bakhtinian answerability and Levinasian responsibility: Forging a fuller
     dialogical communicative ethics. 133
Richard L. Johannesen. Nel Nodding‟s uses of Martin Buber‟s philosophy of dialogue. 151
W. Barnett Pearce & Kimberley A. Pearce. Combining passions and abilities: Toward dialogic
     virtuosity. 161
Marianne Kristiansen & Jorgen Bloch-Poulsen. The challenge of the unspoken in organizations:
     Caring container as a dialogic answer? 176
Heather M. Zoller. “A place you haven‟t visited before”: Creating the conditions for community
     dialogue. 191
Bruce Hyde & Jeffery L. Bineham. From debate to dialogue: Toward a pedagogy of nonpolarized
     public discourse. 208
John Stewart & Karen Zediker. Dialogue as tensional, ethical practice. 224
Jeanine Czubaroff & Maurice Friedman. A conversation with Maurice Friedman. 243

1999, Vol. 65(1)

Amardo Rodriguez & Robin Patric Clair. Graffiti as communication: Exploring the discursive
    tensions of anonymous texts. 1
Michael W. Kramer & P. M. Pier. Students‟ perceptions of effective and ineffective
    communication by college teachers. 15
James A. Janack. The future‟s foundation as a contested past: Nostalgia and dystalgia in the 1996
    Republican presidential campaign. 34
S. Elizabeth Bird. Chatting on Cynthia‟s porch: Creating community in an email fan group. 49
William L. Benoit & Allison Harthcock. Attacking the tobacco industry: A rhetorical analysis of
    advertisements by the campaign for tobacco-free kids. 66
                                                                                              288


1999, Vol. 64(4) (Special Issue: Radical and Conservative Rhetorics)

Jacqueline Bacon, Taking liberty, taking literacy: Signifying in the rhetoric of African-American
    abolitionists. 271
Sara Hayden. Reversing the discourse of sexology: Margaret Higgins Sanger‟s What Every Girl
    Should Know. 288
Kimber Charles Pearce. The radical feminist manifesto as generic appropriation: Gender, genre,
    and second wave resistance. 307

Forum: The Evolution of Contemporary Conservative Rhetoric
Lloyd Rohler. Conservative appeals to the people: George Wallace‟s populist rhetoric. 316
John C. Hammerback. Barry Goldwater‟s rhetorical legacy. 323
Kurt Ritter. Ronald Reagan‟s 1960s southern rhetoric: Courting conservatives for the GOP. 333

1999, Vol. 64(3)

Stephen A. Cox. Group communication and employee turnover: How coworkers encourage peers
    to voluntarily exit. 181
Ruth Wagoner & Vincent R. Waldron. How supervisors convey routine bad news: Facework at
    UPS. 193
Peter M. Kellet. Dialogue and dialectics in managing organizational change: The case of a
    mission-based transformation. 211
Donald R. Turk & Jennifer L. Monahan. “Here I go again”: An examination of repetitive
    behaviors during interpersonal conflicts. 232

The Forum: Free Speech on the Internet: ACLU v Reno
Paul H. Gates, Jr. ACLU v. Reno: A temporary victory for free speech in cyberspace? 245
Terry W. Cole. Reno v. ACLU: An exigency for cybernetics. 251
Norman Clark. Can we have freedom and responsibility in the decent community?: Community
    networks and the communication decency act. 259

1999, Vol. 64(2) (Special Issue: How Should “We” Relate to “Them”)

Charles J. Stewart. Championing the rights of others and challenging evils: The ego function in
    the rhetoric of other-directed social movements. 91
Alissa Sklar. Contested collectives: The struggle to define the “we” in the 1995 Quebec
    referendum. 106
Garth E. Pauley. Documentary desegregation: A rhetorical analysis of Crisis: Behind A
    Presidential Commitment. 123
Kendall R. Phillips. Tactical apologia: The American Nursing Association and assisted suicide.
    143
Amos Kiewe. A dress rehearsal for a presidential campaign: FDR‟s embodied “run” for the 1928
    governorship. 155
                                                                                                 289


1998, Vol. 64(1) (Special Issue: Communication, Culture and Capstones)

Ruth M. Guzley, Fumiyo Araki, & Linda E. Chalmers. Cross-cultural perspectives of
    perspectives of commitment: Individualism and collectivism as a framework for
    conceptualization. 1
Jolanta A. Drzewiecka & Thomas N. Nakayama. City sites: Postmodern urban space and the
    communication of identity. 20
Mark P. Orbe. Constructions of reality on MTV‟s “The Real World: An analysis of the restrictive
    coding of Black masculinity. 32
Bryan B. Whaley, Anne Maydan Nicotera & Wendy Samter. African American women‟s
    perceptions of rebuttal analogy: Judgments concerning politeness, likability, and ethics. 48

The Forum: Capstone Courses
Scott A. Meyers & Virginia P. Richmond. Developing the capstone course in communication:
    Nine essential questions. 59
William J. Seiler. Envisioning a capstone course in communication: The view from a
    departmental armchair. 65
Mark V. Redmond. Outcomes assessment and the capstone course in communication. 68
Grant C. Cos & Diana K. Ivy. Obscenity, blasphemy, and sedition: An experimental capstone
    course in first amendment rights and responsibilities, 76.

1998, Vol. 63(4) (Special Issue: Rhetorical Studies in the Twenty-first Century)

Moya Ann Ball. Introduction. 271
Steven Goldzwig. Multiculturalism, rhetoric and the twenty-first century. 273
John Angus Campbell. Rhetorical theory in the twenty-first century: A neo-classical perspective.
    291
Martin J. Medhurst. The rhetorical renaissance: A battlefield report. 309
Jamie E. McKerrow. Coporeality and cultural rhetoric: A site for rhetoric‟s future. 315

The Forum
Moya Ann Ball. Introduction. 329
Kathleen J. Turner. Rhetorical studies in the twenty-first century: Envisioning the possibilities.
    330
Carol J. Jablonski. A reflection on curricular reform: A challenge and a role for rhetorical
    studies. 337
Martin J. Medhurst. Rhetorical education in the twenty-first century. 346
Raymie E. McKerrow. Rhetoric and the construction of a deliberative community. 350

1998, Vol. 63(3) (Special Issue: Race and Communication in America: On the Thirtieth
    Anniversary of the Assassination of Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr.)

Cal M. Logue & Eugene F. Miller. Communication interaction and rhetorical status in Harriet
    Ann Jacob‟s slave narrative. 182
                                                                                            290


Keith D. Miller & Kevin Quashie. Slave mutiny as argument, argument as fiction, fiction as
    America: The case of Frederick Douglass‟s The Heroric Slave. 199
Brian R. McGee. Speaking about the other: W. W. B. Du Bois responds to the Klan. 208
Michael Osborn & John Bakke. The melodramas of Memphis: Contending narratives during the
    sanitation strike of 1968. 220
Bernard J. Armada. Memorial agon: An interpretive tour of the National Civil Rights Museum.
    235
Carrie Crenshaw. Colorblind rhetoric. 244.

1998, Vol. 63(2) (Special Issue: Bridging the Public and the Private)

Michael Pfau, Patricia Moy, Barry Radler & Michael K. Bridgeman. The influence of individual
    communication media on public confidence in democratic institutions. 91
John Arthos, Jr. “My voice is bound to the mass of my own life: Private and public boundaries in
    feminist rhetoric. 113
Matthew M. Martin & Rebecca B. Rubin. Affinity-seeking in initial interactions. 131
Jaesub Lee. Maintenance communication in superior-subordinate relationships: An exploratory
    investigation of group social context and the “pelz effect.” 144
Ralph R. Behnke & Chris R. Swayer. Conceptualizing speech anxiety as a dynamic trait. 160
J. Dean Framer. Scholarly communities and the discipline of the communication discipline. 169
    (The Forum)

1997, Vol. 63(1) (Special Issue: Studies in Political Rhetoric)

Garth E. Pauley. Presidential rhetoric and interest group politics: Lyndon B. Johnson and the
    Civil Rights Act of 1964. 1
Davis W. Houch. Reading the body in the text: FDR‟s 1932 speech to the democratic national
    convention. 20
Mark P. Moore. Rhetorical subterfuge and “The Principle of Perfection,” part II: Bob
    Packwood‟s Senate resignation. 37
Theodore F. Sheckels. The rhetorical use of double-voiced discourse and feminine style: The
    U.S. Senate debate over the impact of Talihook „91 on Admiral Frank B. Kelso II‟s
    retirement rank. 56
Roy Schwartzman. Peer review as the enforcement of disciplinary orthodoxy. 69 (The Forum)

1997, Vol. 62(4) (Special Issue: Groups, Decisions, and Satisfaction)

Elizabeth E. Graham, Michal J. Papa & Mary B. McPherson. An applied test of the functional
    communication perspective of small group decision-making. 269
Michael E. Mayer, Kevin T. Sonoda & William B. Gudykunst. The effect of time pressure and
    type of information on decision quality. 280
Christi B. Taylor. Communication satisfaction: Its role in church membership satisfaction and
    involvement among Southern Baptist churches. 293
Susan Schultz Huxman. The tragi-comic rhetorical “dance” of marginalized groups: The case of
    Mennomites in the great war. 305
                                                                                               291


Roxanne Parrot, Robert Lemieux, Tina Harris & Lara Foreman. Interfacing of interfacing and
    mediated communication: Use of active and strategic self-disclosure in personal ads. 319
Brenda Cooper & David Descutner. Strategic silences and transgressive metaphors in Out of
    Africa: Isak Dinesen‟s double-voiced rhetoric of complicit and subversion. 333

The Forum
Edward Schiappa & Wilfred E. Major. Gorgias‟ undeclared theory of argument revisited. 344

1997, Vol. 62(3) (Special Issue: Identity, Persona and the Choices We Face)

Robert E. Terrill & David Zarefsky. Consistency and change in the rhetoric of Stephen A.
    Douglas. 179
Kimberly A. Kennedy & William L. Benoit. The Newt Gingrich book deal controversy: Self
    defense rhetoric. 197
Shane Miller. The woven gender: Made for a woman, but stronger for a man. 217
Nancy Grant Harrington. Strategies used by college students to persuade peers to drink. 229
David Levasseur & Kevin Dean. Accounting for Dole‟s humor in the 1976 vice presidential
    debate: A response to Gruner‟s rejoinder. 243 (Forum)
Mark A. Smeltzer. Practice and theory in Gorgianic speech-making: A response to Major and
    Schiappa. 247 (Forum)
Omar Swartz. Disciplining the “other”: Engaging Blair, Brown and Baxter. 253 (Forum)

1997, Vol. 62(2) (Special issue: Social Influence in Changing Times)

Marouf Hasian, Jr., & Lisa A. Flores. Children of the stones: The intifada and the mythic creation
    of the Palestinian state. 89
David R. Roskos-Ewoldsen & Russell H. Fazio. The role of belief accessibility in attitude
    formation. 107
Margaret Duffy. High stakes: A fantasy theme analysis of the selling of riverboat gambling in
    Iowa. 117
Tyrone L. Adams. Follow the yellow brick road: Using diffusion of innovations theory to enrich
    virtual organizations in cyberspace. 133
Wilfred E. Major & Edward Schiappa. Gorgias‟ “undeclared” theory of arrangement: A
    postscript to Smeltzer. 149 (The Forum)
Charles R. Gruner. A rejoinder to Levasseur and Dean on the “Dole humor myth.” 153 (The
    Forum)

1996, Vol. 62(1) (Special Issue: Rhetoric, Culture and Community)

Catherine Helen Palczewski. Bodies, borders and letters: Gloria Anzaldua‟s “Speaking in
    Tongues: A Letter to 3rd World Women Writers.” 1
Kenneth L. Zagacki. Valcal Havel and the rhetoric of folly. 17
Wayne J. McMullen. Reconstruction of the frontier myth in Witness. 31
Leroy G. Dorsey. The myth of war and peace in presidential discourse: John Kennedy‟s “new
    frontier” myth and the peace corps. 42
                                                                                             292


David G. Lavesseur & Kevin W. Dean. The Dole humor myth and the risks of recontextualizing
    rhetoric. 56
William L. Benoit & K. Kelby Anderson. Blending politics and entertainment: Dan Quayle
    versus Murphy Brown. 73

1996, Vol. 61(4)

J. Michael Hogen & L. Glen Williams. Defining “the enemy” in revolutionary America: From
    the rhetoric of protest to the rhetoric of war. 227
Diane H. Miller, Cal M. Logue & Cindy Jenefsky. Civil liberties; The expansion of White
    women‟s communication activities from the antebellum south through the civil war. 289
Paul D. Erickson. Henry David Thoreau‟s apotheosis of John Brown: A study of nineteenth
    century rhetorical heroism. 302
Omar Swartz. Kenneth Burke‟s theory of form: Rhetoric, art, and cultural criticism. 312
Brenda J. Allen & Phillip K. Tompkins. Vocabularies of motives in a crisis of academic
    leadership. 322
David E. Schneider & Russell A. Beaubien. A naturalistic investigation of compliance-gaining
    strategies employed by doctors in medical interviews. 332
Gage Chapel. Rhetoric synthesis and the discourse of Jack Kemp. 342

1996, Vol. 61(3)

David E. Williams. The drive for prohibition: A transition from social reform to legislative
    reform. 185
Myria Watkins Allen. The relationship between communication, affect, job alternatives, and
    voluntary turnover intentions. 198
John Meyer. Seeking organizational unity: Building bridges in response to mystery. 210
Henry L. Ewbank. The constitution: Burkean, Brandsein and Borkian perspectives. 200
Marshall G. Most & Robert Rudd. Don‟t bet on it . . . The representation of gambling in baseball
    cinema. 233
Richard Bello. A Burkean analysis of “political correctness” confrontation in higher education.
    243
Paula Wilson. The rhythm of Jesse Jackson at the 1988 Democratic national convention. 253
Mark Hickson, III. A response to Erickson, Fleuriet and Hosman‟s “Prolific publishing:
    Professional and administrative concerns.” 265 (Forum)
Keith V. Erickson, Cathy A. Fleuriet & Lawrence A. Hosman. Scholars and pub-junkies:
    Perspectives of academic concerns. 271 (Forum)
                                                                                             293


                       WESTERN JOURNAL OF COMMUNICATION

2007, Vol. 71(1)

Joshua Gunn. Hystericizing Huey: Emotional appeals, desire, and the psychodynamics of
    demagoguery. 1
Dylan P. Wolfe. Sidestepping environmental controversy through a rhetoric of security: George
    W. Bus in Summerhaven, Arizona. 28
Rachel S. Malis & Michael E. Roloff. The effect of legitimacy and intimacy on peer
    interventions into alcohol abuse. 49
Daniel C. Boruwer & Aaron Hess. Making sense of “God hates fags” and “Thank God for 9/11”:
    A thematic analysis of milbloggers‟ responses to Reverent Fred Phelps and the Westboro
    Baptist Church. 69

2006, Vol. 70(4)

Mary Jane Collier. WSCA 2006 presidential address: Cultural positioning, dialogic reflexivity,
     and transformative/third spaces. 263
David Carlone & Gregory S. Larson. Locating possibilities for control and resistance in a self-
     help program. 270
Jacqueline M. Martinez. Semiotic phenomenology and intercultural communication scholarship:
     Meeting the challenge of racial, ethic, and cultural difference. 292
Mark P. Moore. To execute capital punishment. The motification and scapegoating of Illinois
     Governor George Ryan. 311
Julie Kalil Schutten. Invoking Practical Magic: new social movements, hidden populations, and
     the public screen. 311

2006, Vol. 70(3)

Anniko Hylmö. Girls on film: An examination of gendered vocational socialization messages
    found in motion pictures targeting girls. 167
John B. Hatch. Beyond apologia: Racial reconciliation and apologies for slavery. 186
Greg Dickinson. The Pleasantville effect: Nostalgia and the visual framing of (White) suburbia.
    212
Sheryl Hurner. Discursive identity formation of suffrage women. 234

2006, Vol. 70(2)

Michele A. Holling. El simpatico boxer: Underpinning Chicano masculinity with a rhetoric of
    familia in Resurrection Blvd. 91
Christina R. Foust & Charles Soukup. Do I exist? Transcendent subjects and secrets in The Sixth
    Sense. 115
Michael J. Hostetler. David Ramsey and Louisiana: Time and space in the adolescent rhetoric of
    America. 134
                                                                                               294


Erin M. Sahlstein. Making plans: Praxist strategies for negotiating uncertainty-certainty in long-
    distance relationships. 147

2006, Vol. 70(1)

Bryan Crable. Rhetoric, anxiety, and character armor: Burke‟s international rhetoric of identity. 1
Laurie K. Lewis. Employee perspectives on implementation communication as predictors of
    perceptions of success and resistance. 23
Kory Floyd. Human affection exchange: XII. Affectionate communication is associated with
    diurnal variation in salivary free cortisol. 47
Joshua Atkinson & Debbie S. Dougherty. Alternative media and social justice movements: The
    development of a resistance performance paradigm of audience analysis. 64

2005, Vol. 69(3)

Valerie Manusov & Tema Milstein. Interpreting nonverbal behavior: Representation and
    transformation frames in Israeli and Palestinian media coverage of the 1993 Rabin-Arafat
    handshake. 183
Timothy R. Levine, Thomas Hugh Freeley, Steven A. McCornack, Mikayal Hughes & Chad M.
    Harms. Testing the effects of nonverbal behavior training on accuracy in deception detection
    with the inclusion of a bogus training control group. 203
Miles L. Patterson & Mark E. Tubbs. Through a glass darkly: Effects of smiling and visibility on
    recognition and avoidance in passing encounters. 219
Suzanne M. Jones. Attachment style differences and similarities in evaluations of affective
    communication skills and person-centered comforting messages. 233
Alexander Lyon. “Intellectual capital” and struggles over the perceived value of members‟ expert
    knowledge in a knowledge-intensive organization. 251
Laura W. Black. Building connection while thinking together: By-products of employee training
    in dialogue. 273

2005, Vol. 69(4)

Mary Jane Collier. Context, privilege, and contingent cultural identifications in South African
    group interview discourses. 295
April R. Trees. Nonverbal and verbal approach behaviors related to reported and perceived
    support seeking goals in conversations. 319
Laura K. Guerrero & Alana M. Chavez. Relational maintenance in cross-sex friendships
    characterized by different types of romantic intent: An exploratory study. 339
Paul Schrodt. Family communication schemata and the circumplex model of family functioning.
    359
Myron W. Lustig. WSCA 2005 presidential address: Toward a well-functioning intercultural
    nation. 377
                                                                                            295


2005, Vol. 69(3) (Special Issue: Research on Nonverbal Communication, Supportiveness, and
Cultural Competence)

Valerie Manusov & Tema Milstein. Interpreting nonverbal behavior: Representation and
    transformation frames in Israeli and Palestinian media coverage of the 1993 Rabin-Arafat
    handshake. 183
Timothy R. Levine, Thomas Hugh Feeley, Steven A. McCornack, Mikayla Hughes & Chad M.
    Harms. Testing the nonverbal behavior training on accuracy in deception detection with the
    inclusion of a bogus training control group. 203
Miles L. Patterson & Mark E. Tubbs. Thought a glass darkly: Effects of smiling and visibility on
    recognition and avoidance in passing encounters. 219
Susanne M. Jones. Attachment style differences and similarities in evaluations of affective
    communication skills and person-centered comforting messages. 233
Alexander Lyon. “Intellectual capital” and struggles over the perceived value of members‟ expert
    knowledge in a knowledge-intensive organization. 251
Laura W. Black. Building connection while thinking together: By-products of employee training
    in dialogue. 273

2005, Vol. 69(2) (Special Issue: Rhetorical Analyses of Myths, Media and Metaphors)

Greg Dickinson, Brian L. Ott & Eric Aoki. Memory and myth at the Buffalo Bill Museum. 85
Robert Alan Brokkey & Robert Westerfelhaus. The digital auteur: Branding identity on the
    Monsters, Inc. DVD. 109
Jennifer K. Wood. Balancing innocence and guilt: A metaphorical analysis of the US Supreme
    Court‟s ruling on victim impact statements. 129
Craig O. Stewart. A rhetorical approach to news discourse: Media representations of a
    controversial study on “reparative therapy.” 147
Michele L. Hammers. Cautionary tales of liberation and female professionalism: The case against
    Ally McBeal. 167.

2005, Vol. 69(1) (Special Issue: Communication in Non-normative Relationships)

Tara M. Emmers-Sommer. Non-normative relationships: Is there a norm of (non)normativity? 1
C. Arthur VanLear, Megan Sheehan, Lesley A. Withers & Robert A. Walker. AA online: The
     enactment of supportive computer mediated communication. 5
Allison Christian. Contesting the myth of the “wicked stepmother”: A narrative analysis of an
     online stepfamily support group. 27
Mikayla Hughes, Kelly Morrison & Kelli K. Asada. What‟s love got to do with it? Exploring the
     impact of maintenance rules, love attitudes, and network support on friends with benefits
     relationships. 49
Fran C. Dickson, Patrick C. Hughes & Kandi L. Walker. An exploratory investigation into dating
     among later-life women. 67
                                                                                                296


2004, Vol. 68(4)

Nancy J. Eckstein. Emergent issues in families experiencing adolescent-to-parent abuse. 365
Mary F. Hoffman & Amanda Medlock-Klyukovski. “Our creator who art in heaven”: Paradox,
    ritual, and cultural transformation. 389
Daniel C. Brouwer. Corps/corpse: The U.S. military and homosexuality. 411
Rebecca M. Chory-Assad. Effects of television sitcom exposure on the accessibility of verbally
    aggressive thoughts. 431
Connie Bullis. WSCA and the sustainability challenge. 454 (2004 Presidential Address)

2004, Vol. 68(3)

J. Kevin Barge & David W. Schlueter. Memorable messages and newcomer socialization. 233
Jessica Katz Jameson. Negotiating autonomy and connection through politeness: A dialectical
     approach to organizational conflict management. 257
Heather Zoller. Manufacturing health: Employee perspectives on problematic outcomes in a
     workplace health promotion initiative. 278
Eric B. Meiners & Vernon D. Miller. The effect of formality and relational tone on
     supervisor/subordinate negotiation episodes. 302
Danielle Endres & Barbara Warnick. Text-based interactivity in candidate campaign web sites: A
     case study from the 2002 elections. 322
Celeste Walls. You ain‟t just whistling Dixie: How Carol Moseley-Braun used rhetorical status
     to change Jesse Helms‟ tune. 343

2004, Vol. 68(2)

Kathleen S. Valde & Kristine L. Fitch. Desire and sacrifice: Seeking compliance in designated
    driver talk. 121
Pamela J. Lannutti & Jennifer L. Monohan. Resistance, persistence, and drinking: Examining
    goals of women‟s refusals of unwanted sexual advances. 151
Eve-Anne M. Doohan & Valerie Manusov. The communication of compliments in romantic
    relationships: An investigating of relational satisfaction and sex differences and similarities
    in compliment behavior. 170
Jennifer L. Bevan. General partner and relational uncertainty as consequences of another‟s
    jealousy expression. 195
James B. Roberts, Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph E. Behnke. A neurological representation of speech
    state anxiety: Mapping salivary cortisol levels of public speakers. 219

2004, Vol. 68(1)

Joshua Gunn. The rhetoric of exorcism: George W. Bush and the return of political demonology.
    1
Alfred G. Mueller, II. Affirming denial through preemptive apologia: The case of the Armenian
    genocide resolution.
                                                                                              297


Josh Boyd. Organizational rhetoric doomed to fail: R. J. Reynolds and the principle of the
    oxymoron. 45
Theodore O. Prosise & Ann Johnson. Law enforcement and crime on Cops and World’s Wildest
    Police Videos: Anecdotal form and the justification of racial profiling. 72
Walter J. Carl. The interactional business of doing business: Managing legitimacy and co-
    constructing entrepreneurial identities in e-commerce multilevel marketing discourse. 93

2003, Vol. 67(4)

Richard J. Jensen, Thomas R. Burkholder & John C. Hammerback. Martyrs for a just cause: The
     eulogies of Cesar Chavez. 335
Jeff Kressen-Griep, Jon A. Hess & April Trees. Sustaining the desire to learn: Dimensions of
     perceived instructional facework related to student involvement and motivation to learn. 357
Adrianne D. Kunkel, Steven R. Wilson, James Olufowote & Scott Robson. Identity implications
     of influence goals: Initiating, intensifying, and ending romantic relationships. 382
Amy M. Bippus. Humor motives, qualities, and reactions in recalled conflict episodes. 413
Teresa Begman. A critical analysis of the California state railroad museum‟s orientation films.
     427
Katherine Adams. Of all things, communication is the most wonderful. 449 (Presidential
     Address)

2003, Vol. 67(3)

Abhik Roy & Robert C. Rowland. The rhetoric of Hindu nationalism: A narrative of mythic
    redefinition. 225
Brian L. Ott & Bill D. Herman. Mixed messages: Resistance and reappropriation in rave culture.
    249
Roseann M. Mandzuik. Commemorating sojourner truth: Negotiating the politics of race and
    gender in the spaces of public memory. 271
Janet R. Meyer. Cognitive representations of request situations: The relative importance of goal
    specificity and situation features. 292
Olga Gershenson. A family of strangers: Metaphors of connection and separation in the Gesher
    Theatre in Israel. 315

2003, Vol. 67(2)

Larry A. Erbert, Frank G. Perez & Elisabeth Gareis. Turning points and dialectical interpretations
    of immigrant experiences in the United States. 113
Marouf Hasian, Jr. The “hysterical” Emily Hobhouse and Boer War concentration camp
    controversy. 138
Marianne Dainton. Equity and uncertainty in relational maintenance. 164
C. Wesley Buerkle, Michael E. Mayer & Clark D. Olson. Our hero the buffoon: Contradictory
    and concurrent Burkean framing of Arizona Governor Evan Mecham. 187
Nancy M. Schullery & Stephen E. Schullery. Relationship of argumentativeness to age and
    higher education. 207
                                                                                              298



2003, Vol. 67(1)

Helene A. Shugart. She shoots, she scores: Mediated constructions of contemporary female
    athletes in coverage of the 1999 U.S. women‟s soccer team. 1
Sarah Mahan-Hays & Roger C. Arden. Kenneth Burke‟s “attitude” at the crossroads of rhetorical
    and cultural studies: A proposal and case study illustration. 32
Kory Floyd & George B. Ray. Mapping the affectionate voice: Vocalic predictors of perceived
    affection in initial interactions. 56
Mark P. Moore. Making sense of salmon: Synecdoche and irony in a natural resource crisis. 74
William L. Benoit. Presidential campaign discourse as a causal factor in election outcome. 97

2002, Vol. 66(4)

Mark T. Morman & Kory Floyd. A “changing culture of fatherhood”: Effects on affectionate
    communication, closeness, and satisfaction in men‟s relationships with their fathers and their
    sons. 395
Chris R. Sawyer & Ralph R. Behnke. Behavioral inhibition and the communication of public
    speaking state anxiety. 412

Special Section: Conspiracy Rhetoric
Charles J. Stewart. The master conspiracy of the John Birch Society: From communism to the
    New World Order. 424
Leroy G. Dorsey. Re-reading The X-Files: The trickster in contemporary conspiracy myth. 448
James Darsey. A conspiracy of science. 469
Steven R. Goldzwig. Conspiracy rhetoric at the dawn of the new millennium: A response. 492

Sandra Petronio. The new world and scholarship translation practices: Necessary changes in
    defining evidence. 507 (2002 WSCA Presidential Address)

2002, Vol. 66(3)

Todd L. Sandel. Kinship address: Socializing young children in Taiwan. 257
M. Lane Bruner. Rhetorical criticism as limit work. 281
Brenda Cooper & Edward C. Pease. “Don‟t want no short people „round here”: Comforting
    heterosexism‟s intolerance through comic and disruptive narratives in Ally McBeal. 300
Wynton C. Hall. The invention of “quantifiably safe rhetoric”: Richard Wirthlin and Ronald
    Reagan‟s instrumental use of public opinion research in presidential discourse. 319
Michael R. Kramer & Kathryn M. Olson. The strategic potential of sequencing apologia stases:
    President Clinton‟s self-defense in the Monica Lewinsky scandal. 347
Scott R. Stroud. Multivalent narratives: Extending the narrative paradigm with insights from
    ancient Indian philosophical texts. 369
                                                                                             299


2002, Vol. 66(2)

Sarah J. Tracy. When questioning turns to face threat: An interactional sensitivity in 911 call-
    taking. 129
John S. Seiter, Jon Bruschke & Chunsheng Bai. The acceptability of deception as a function of
    perceivers‟ culture, deceiver‟ intention, and deceiver-deceived relationship. 158
Lisa A. Flores & Dreama G. Moon. Rethinking race, revealing dilemmas: Imagining a new racial
    subject in Race Traitor. 181
John Arthos. Appeal to proportion in the Clinton impeachment trial: Reconciling judgment with
    disposition. 208
Marouf Hasian, Jr. Nostalgic longings and imaginary Indias: Postcolonial analysis, collective
    memories, and the impeachment trial of Warren Hastings. 229

2002, Vol. 66(1)

John R. Butler. Somalia and the imperial savage: Continuities in the rhetoric of war. 1
Jennifer L. Borda. The woman suffrage parades of 1910-1913: Possibilities and limitations of an
    early feminist rhetorical strategy. 25
Caitlin Wills Toker. Debating “what ought to be”: The comic frame and public moral argument.
    53
Harry Weger, Jr. & Leah E. Polcar. Attachment style and person-centered comforting. 84
Loreen N. Olson. Exploring “common couple violence” in heterosexual romantic relationships.
    104

2001, Vol. 65(4)

Hui-Jung Chang & J. David Johnson. Communication networks as predictors of organizational
    members‟ media choices. 349
Brooks Aylor & Marianne Dainton. Antecedents in romantic jealousy experience, expression,
    and goals. 370
Brian L. Ott & Eric Aoki. Popular imagination and identity politics: Reading the future in Star
    Trek: The Next Generation. 392
Scott R. Stroud. Technology and mythic narrative: The Matrix as technological hero-quest. 416
Dawn O. Braithwaite. Do more, with more. 442 (2001 WSCA Presidential Address)

2001, Vol. 65(3) (Special Issue: Rhetorical Criticism: The State of the Art Revisited)

David Henry. Introduction. 229
Michael C. Leff. Lincoln at Cooper Union: Neo-classical criticism revisited. 232
James Jasinski. The status of theory and method in rhetorical criticism. 249
Carole Blair. Reflections on criticism and bodies: Parables from public places. 271
Marouf Hasian, Jr. Silences and articulations in modern rhetorical criticism. 295
Leah Ceccarelli. Rhetorical criticism and the rhetoric of science. 314
Stephen Howard Browne. Context in critical theory and practice. 330 (Response)
Bonnie J. Dow. Criticism and authority in the artistic mode. 336 (Response)
                                                                                             300



2001, Vol. 65(2)

Scott A. Myers & Kelly A. Rocca. Perceived instructor argumentativeness and verbal
    aggressiveness in the college classroom: Effects on student perceptions of climate,
    apprehension, and state motivation. 113
Jennifer Anne Samp & Denise Haunani Solomon. Coping with problematic events in dating
    relationships: The influence of dependence power on severity appraisals and decisions to
    communicate. 138
Dale Cyphert. Persuading the body: A rhetoric of action in The Fugitive. 161
John T. Warren. The social drama of a “rice burner”: A (re)constitution of Whiteness. 184
Anne L. Apple & Beth A. Messner. Paranoia and paradox: The apocalyptic rhetoric of Christian
    identity. 206

2001, Vol. 65(1)

Phraedra C. Pezzullo. Performing critical interruptions: Stories, rhetorical invention, and the
    environmental justice movement. 1
Andrew C. Hansen. Rhetorical indiscretions: Charles Dickens as abolitionist. 26
Karen Whedbee. Perspective by incongruity in Norman Thomas‟s “some wrong roads to peace.”
    45
Kim Golombisky. Mothers, daughters, and female identity therapy in How to Make an American
    Quilt. 65
Melissa W. Aleman. Complaining among the elderly: Examining multiple dialectical oppositions
    to independence in a retirement community. 89

2000, Vol. 64(4)

Amy M. Bippus. Humor usage in comforting episodes: Factors predicting outcomes. 359
Kory Floyd. Attributions for nonverbal expressions of liking and disliking: The extended self-
    serving bias. 385
David Douglass. Issues in the use of I. A. Richards‟ tenor-vehicle model of metaphor. 405
Kevin R. McClure. Frederick Douglass‟ use of comparison in his Fourth of July oration: A
    textual critique. 425
Dennis C. Alexander. Communication relevance: Reflections on success. 445 (2000 WSCA
    Presidential Address)

2000, Vol. 64(3)

Judee K. Burgoon & Kory Floyd. Testing for the motivation impairment effect during deceptive
    and truthful interaction. 243
Stephen Howard Browne. Counter science: African American historians and the critique of
    ethnology in nineteenth-century America. 268
D. Robert Dechaine. Magic, mimesis, and revolutionary praxis: Illuminating Walter Benjamin‟s
    rhetoric of redemption. 285
                                                                                             301


Christine L. Carson & William R. Cupach. Fueling the flames of the green-eyed monster: The
    role of ruminative thought in reaction to romantic jealousy. 308
James S. Sass. Emotional labor as cultural performance: The communication of caregiving in a
    nonprofit nursing home. 330

2000, Vol. 64(2)

E. Michelle Ramsey. Inventing citizens during World War I: Suffrage cartoons in The Woman
    Citizen. 113
Charles J. G. Griffin. “Movement as motive”: Self-definition and social advocacy in social
    movement autobiographies. 148
John M. Sloop. Disciplining the transgendered: Brandon Teena, public representation, and
    normativity. 165
Nikki C. Townsley & Patricia Geist. The discursive enactment of hegemony: Sexual harassment
    and academic organizing. 190
Dawna I. Ballard & David R. Seibold. Time orientation and temporal variation across work
    groups: Implications for group and organizational communication. 218

2000, Vol. 64(1)

Kim Witte & Kelly Morrison. Examining the influence of trait anxiety/repression-sensitization
    on individuals‟ reactions to fear appeals. 1
Mark Stoda & George Dionisopoulos. Jeremiad at Harvard: Solzhenitsyn and “The World Split
    Apart.” 28
James R. Andrews. The imperial style: Rhetorical depiction and Queen Victoria‟s diamond
    jubilee. 53
Victoria E. Sanchez & Mary E. Stuckey. Coming of age as a culture? Emancipatory and
    hegemonic readings of The Indian in the Cupboard. 78
Geoffrey Baym. Constructing moral authority: We in the discourse of television news. 92

1999, Vol. 63(4)

Patricia A. Sullivan & Lynn H. Turner. The Zoe Baird spectacle: Silences, sins, and status. 413
Helene A. Shugart. Postmodern irony as subversive rhetorical strategy. 433
Craig R. Scott. The impact of physical and discursive anonymity on group members‟ multiple
     identifications during computer-supported decision making. 456

Controversies, Politics, and Critical Rhetorics: On Paradoxical Juxtapositions—Expanding the
    Conversation
Kendall R. Phillips. A rhetoric of controversy. 488
G. Thomas Goodnight. Messrs. Dinkins, Rangel, and Savage in colloquy on the African burial
    ground: A companion reading. 511
Kent A. Ono & John M. Sloop. Critical rhetorics of controversy. 526
Peter A. Andersen. 1999 WSCA Presidential Address. 539
                                                                                                302


1999, Vol. 63(3) (Special Issue: Spaces)

Leah R. Vande Berg. Introduction to the special issue on “spaces.” 249
Donal Carbaugh. “Just listen”: “Listening” and landscape among the Blackfeet. 250
Raymie E. McKerrow. Space and time in the postmodern polity. 271
Elizabeth Birmingham. Reframing the ruins: Pruitt-Igoe, structural racism, and African American
    rhetoric as a space for cultural critique. 291
Timothy A. Simpson. Recycling urban spaces. 310
Sharon E. Croft. Creating locales through storytelling: An ethnography of a group home for men
    with mental retardation. 329
Richard Cavell. McLuhan and spatial communication. 348
Olga Idriss Davis. In the kitchen: Transforming the academy through safe spaces of resistance.
    364
Lance Strate. The varieties of cyberspace: Problems in definition and delimitation. 382

1999, Vol. 63(2)

Bradford Vivian. The veil and the visible. 115
Angela Trethewey. Isn‟t it ironic: Using irony to explore the contradictions of organizational life.
     140
Dean Scheibel. “If your roommate dies, you get a 4.0”: Reclaiming rumor with Burke and
     organizational culture. 168
Kirt H. Wilson. Toward a discursive theory of racial identity: The Souls of Black Folk as a
     response to nineteenth-century biological determinism. 193
Laura K. Guerrero and Walid A. Afifi. Toward a goal-oriented approach for understanding
     communicative responses to jealousy. 216

1999, Vol. 63(1)

Sheryl L. Lindsey. Communication and “The Mexican Way”: Stability and trust as core symbols
    in Maquiladoras. 1
D. Lynn O‟Brien Hallstein. A postmodern caring: feminist standpoint theories, revisioned caring,
    and communication ethics. 32
Joann Cantor & Becky L. Omdahl. Children‟s acceptance of safety guidelines after exposure to
    televised dramas depicting accidents. 57
Naomi R. Rockler. From magic bullets to shooting blanks: Reality, criticism, and Beverly Hills,
    90210. 72
Marouf Hasian, Jr. & Robert E. Frank. Rhetoric, history, and collective memory: Decoding the
    Goldhagen debates. 95

1998, Vol. 62(4)

Dana L. Cloud. The rhetoric of <family values>: Scapegoating, utopia, and the privatization of
   social responsibility. 387
                                                                                              303


Fernando P. Delgado. When the silenced speak: The textualization and complications of Latina/o
    identity. 420
Daniel O. Buehler. Permanence and change in Theodore Roosevelt‟s conversation jeremiad. 439
Daniel Dolan. Condition respect and criminal identity: The use of personal address terms in
    Japanese mass media. 459
Alan D. DeSantis. Selling the American dream myth to black southerners: The Chicago Defender
    and the great migration of 1915-1919. 474
John L. Pauley, II. Reshaping public persona and the prophetic ethos: Louis Farrakhan at the
    million man march. 512.

1998, Vol. 62(3)

Brian R. McGee. Witnessing and ethos: The Evangelical conversion of David Duke. 217
Richard A Rogers. Overcoming the objectification of nature in constitutive theories: Toward a
     transhuman, materialist theory of communication. 244
Patricia M. Sias & Daniel J. Cahill. From coworkers to friends: The development of peer
     relationships in the workplace. 273

Special Topic: Critical Nuclear Studies
Bryan C. Taylor. Nuclear weapons and communication studies: A review essay. 300
Theodore O. Prosie. The collective memory of the atomic bombings misrecognized as objective
    history: The case of the public opposition to the National Air and Space Museum‟s atom
    bomb exhibit. 316
Bryan Hubbard. Reassessing Truman, the bomb, and revisionism: The burlesque frame and
    entelechy in the decision to use atomic weapons against Japan. 348

1998, Vol. 62(2)

Fernando Pedro Delgado. Chicano ideology revisited: Rap music and the (re)articulation of
    Chicanism. 95
Mark Lawrence McPhail. From complicity to coherence: Rereading the rhetoric of
    Afrocentricity. 114
James R. Andrews. Assaulting the English governing classes: Strategy and radical ideology in
    John Bright‟s Treat Affair speech. 141
Michael J. Hostetler. William Jennings Bryan as Demosthenes: The Scopes trial and the
    undelivered oration, On Evaluation. 165
Jaesub Lee. Effective maintenance communication in superior-subordinate relationships. 181
E. Duff Wrobbel. A conversation analyst‟s response to Patterson, Neupauer, Burant, Koehn, and
    Reed. 209 (Critical Response)

1998, Vol. 62(1)

Richard A. Engnell. Materiality, symbolicity, and the rhetoric of order: “Dialectical biologism”
    as motive in Burke. 1
                                                                                             304


Garth Pauley. Rhetoric and timeliness: An analysis of Lyndon B. Johnson‟s voting rights address.
    26
Scott A. Myers. GTAs as organizational newcomers: The association between supporting
    communication relationships and information seeking. 54
Robert Hanke. The “mock-match” situation comedy” Hegemonic masculinity and its reiteration.
    74

1997, Vol. 61(4)

Dennis K. Mumby. The problem of hegemony: Rereading Gramsci for organizational studies.
    343
Edward C. Appel. The rhetoric of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.: Comedy and context in tragic
    collision. 376
Alan Sillars, Wesley Shellen, Anne McIntosh & Maryann Pomegranate. Relational
    characteristics of language: Elaboration and differentiation in marital conversations. 403
Charles A. Braithwaite. “Were you there?”: A ritual of legitimacy among Vietnam veterans. 423

Special Series: Voices
Mary S. Strine. Deconstructing identity in/and difference: Voices “under erasure.” 448
Gordon Nakagawa. Voice travels: Ventrioquating the other, yearning for home. 460
A. Susan Owen. Learning to listen: Critical reflections on “voices.” 474
Roy Schwartzman. Letter to the brother I never had: Para-/dia/logically talking back to Ono. 485

1997, Vol. 61(3)

Carrie Crenshaw. Resisting Whiteness‟ rhetorical silence. 253
Kory Floyd & Mark T. Morman. Affectionate communication in nonromantic relationships:
    Influences of communicator, relational, and contextual factors. 279
Matthew M. Martin & Carolyn M. Anderson. Aggressive communication traits: How similar are
    young adults and their parents in argumentativeness, assertiveness, and verbal
    aggressiveness? 299
Robin Patric Clair. Organization silence: Silence as voice and voice as silence in the narrative
    exploration of the Treaty of New Echota. 315 (Special Series: Voices)
Betsy Wackernagel Bach. Putting an end to ignorance: Tips for climbing down from the ivory
    tower. 338 (1997 WSCA Presidential Address)

1997, Vol. 61(2)

Sara Hayden. Re-claiming bodies of knowledge: An exploration of the relationship between
    feminist theorizing and feminine style in the rhetoric of the Boson women‟s health book
    collective. 127
April Chatham-Carpenter & Victoria DeFrancisco. Pulling yourself up again: Women‟s choices
    and strategies for recovering and maintaining self-esteem. 164
John C. Meyer. Humor in member narratives: Uniting and dividing at work. 188
                                                                                              305


Special Series: Voices
Bryan C. Taylor. Home zero: Images of home and field in nuclear-cultural studies. 209
Thomas K. Nakayama. Less voix de l‟autre. 235
Bonnie J. Dow. Politicizing voice. 243

1997, Vol. 61(1)

Kimberly S. Barquist Hogelucht & Patricia Geist. Discipline in the classroom: Communicative
    strategies for negotiating order. 1
Abran J. Salazar. Communication effects on small group decision-making: Homogeneity and
    task as moderators of the communication-performance relationship. 35
Joseph P. Zompetti. Toward a Gramscian critical rhetoric. 66

Special Series: Voices
Elizabeth Bell. Listen up, you have to: Voices from “women and communication.” 89
Sandra Petronio, Lisa A. Flores & Michael L. Hecht. Locating the voice of logic: Disclosure
    discourse of sexual abuse. 101
Kent A. Ono. A letter/essay I‟ve been longing to write in my personal/academic voice. 114

1997, Vol. 60(4)

Lori West Peterson & Terrance L. Albrecht. Message design logic, social support, and mixed-
     status relationships. 291
Patrice M. Buzzanell, Nancy A. Burrell, R. Shane Stafford & Sandra Berkowitz. When I call you
     up and you‟re not there: Application of communication accommodation theory to telephone
     answering machine messages. 310
Jess K. Alberts, Yvonne Kellar-Guenther & Steven R. Corman. That‟s not funny: Understanding
     recipients‟ responses to teasing. 337
Margaret Hilton Bahniuk, Susan E. Kogler Hill & Holly J. Darus. The relationship of power-
     gaining communication strategies to career success. 358
Thomas M. Lessl. Naturalizing science: Two episodes in the evolution of a rhetoric of scientism.
     379
Judith Lancioni. The rhetoric of the frame revisioning archival photographs in The Civil War.
     397
Myron Lustig. Culture‟s core. 415 (Poetry as Scholarship)

1996, Vol. 60(3)

Paul A. Mongeau & Colleen M. Carey. Who‟s wooing whom II? An experimental investigation
    of date-initiation and expectancy violation. 195
Michael Pfau & William P. Eveland, Jr. Influence of traditional and non-traditional news media
    in the 1992 election campaign. 214
Janet R. Meyer. What cognitive differences are measured by the role category questionnaire? 233
Leslie A. Baxter & Catherine L. Clark. Perceptions of family communication patterns and the
    enactment of family rituals. 254
                                                                                            306


Edward C. Appel. Burlesque drama as rhetorical genre: The hudibrastic ridicule of William F.
    Buckley. 269
Jolene Koester. On disciplining ourselves. 285 (1996 Presidential address)

1996, Vol. 60(2)

Beth A. Messner. “Sizing up” codependency recovery. 101
Lisa A. Roghaar & Anita L. Vangelisti. Expressed attributions for academic success and failure
    by adolescents and young adults. 124
Shawn J. Parry-Giles. “Camouflaged” propaganda: The Truman and Eisenhower administrations‟
    covert manipulation of news. 146
Kenneth S. Zagacki. The priestly rhetoric of neoconservatism. 168
William K. Rawlins. Teaching as evidence of learning. 188 (Continuing the Dialogue of
    Evidence)

1996, Vol. 60(1)

Mark P. Moore. Rhetorical subterfuge and “the principle of perfection”: Bob Packwood‟s
    response to sexual misconduct charges. 1
Cindy L. Griffin. The essentialist roots of the public sphere: A feminist critique. 21
Robert Alan Brookley. A community like Philadelphia. 40
Frederick C. Corey. personal narratives and young men in prison: Labeling the outside inside. 57
Brian R. Patterson, Nicholas C. Neupauer, Patricia A. Burant, Steven C. Koehn & April T. Reed.
    A preliminary examination of conversation analytic techniques: Rates of inter-transcriber
    reliability. 76
Leslie A. Baxter & Lee West. On “Whistler‟s mother” and discourse of the fourth kind. 92
    (Continuing the Dialogue of Evidence)

								
To top